EUTRAN Parameters RL70

Managed Object Class Tree C1

C2

C3

C4

MRBTS ANTL BTSSCL LCELL LNBTS ANRPRL ANRPRW CTRLTS MTRACE GTPU LNADJ LNADJL LNADJG LNADJW LNADJX LNCEL CAREL CDFIM GFIM GNFL IAFIM IRFIM LNHOG LNHOH LNHOIF LNHOW LNHOX LNNEIH LNREL LNRELG LNRELW LNRELX REDRT UFFIM XPARAM LNMME MODPR MODIMP MODRED MOPR MOIMP MORED PMRNL SCTP MHA PMCADM RET RMOD SMOD TRBADM BBMOD AMLEPR BTOOTH ISHPR

C5

TRBLCADM WIFICNF

Managed Object Class Name C6

Comment Multiradio BTS Site Antenna Line parameters LTE BTS radio specific configuration Local Cell LTE LTE Basestation RNW parameters Automatic Neighbor Relationship Profile LTE Automatic Neighbor Relationship Profile WCDMA Trace Control Cell Trace Session GPRS Tunnel Protocol User Plane parameters Neighbouring LTE BTS Neighbouring LTE BTS Cell Neighbouring GERAN BTS Cell Neighbouring WCDMA BTS Cell Not applicable to TMO Neighbouring CDMA 1xRTT BTS Cell LTE BTS CELL RNW parameters Carrier Aggregation Relation Not applicable to TMO CDMA2000 frequency Idle Mode parameters GERAN frequency Idle Mode parameters GERAN Neighbour Frequency List parameters Intra frequency Idle Mode parameters Inter frequency Idle Mode parameters Handover parameters to Neigbouring GERAN BTS Cell Not applicable to TMO LN Handover to HRPD Handover parameters to Neigbouring Interfrequency LTE Cell Handover parameters to Neigbouring WCDMA BTS Cell Handover parameters to Neigbouring CDMA2000 1xRTT CellNot applicable to TMO Not applicable to TMO LN Neighbourship to HRPD Cell LTE Neighbor Relation LTE Neighbor Relation to GERAN LTE Neighbor Relation to UTRAN Not applicable to TMO LTE Neighbor Relation to CDMA2000 1xRTT Redirection target parameters Utran FDD frequency Idle Mode parameters Not applicable to TMO CDMA2000 1xXRTT Parameter LTE Mobility Management Entity Mobility Default Profile Mobility Idle Mode Default Profile Mobility Default profile for Redirection Mobility Profile Mobility Idle Mode Profile Mobility Profile for Redirection PM counters configuration for radio network layer Stream Control Transmission Protocol parameters Mast Head Amplifier Performance Measurement Common Administration Remote Electrical Tilt Radio Module System Module Troubleshooting Common Administration Baseband Module Inter-Frequency Load Equalization Flexi Zone Bluetooth Support Interference Shaping

WIFI statistics measurement

MO Class

Full Name

Abbreviated Name Parameter name

3GPP Name

AMGR

Account manager identifier

amgrId

AMGR AMGR AMGR ANRPRL ANRPRL ANRPRL ANRPRL

LDAP Server TLS access mode Port number of the primary LDAP server IP address of the primary LDAP server Activate also for UE-based ANR ANR profile for LTE identifier ANR power level threshold for neighbor cells ANR power level threshold for mobility events

ldapConnectionType ldapConnectionType primaryLdapPort primaryLdapPort primaryLdapServer primaryLdapServer actAlsoForUeBased actAlsoForUeBased ANR ANR anrPrLId anrPrLId anrThresRSRPNbC anrThresRSRPNbCe ell anrThresRSRPNbC llanrThresRSRPNbCe ellMobEv llMobEv

ANRPRL ANRPRL ANRPRL ANRPRL ANRPRW ANRPRW ANRPRW ANRPRW ANRPRW ANRPRW ANRPRW ANRPRW ANRPRW ANRPRW ANRPRW ANRPRW ANRPRW

ANR quality threshold for neighbor Neighbor cells relation limit interfrequency Neighbor relation limit intrafrequency Target carrier frequency ANR profile for WCDMA identifier Cells to apply list Enable ANR profile LNRELW default values Circuit-switched fallback with PS handover allowed PS handover allowed Single radio Voice call continuity allowed Limit for ANR created UTRAN neighbor relationsPSCs List of blacklisted Primary scrambling code Last primary scrambling code of a range Coding of RNC ID within UTRAN CI Alignment within UTRAN CI

anrThresRSRQNbC ell nrLimitInterFreq nrLimitIntraFreq targetCarrierFreq anrPrWId cellsToApplyList enableAnrProfile lnRelWDefaults lnRelWDefaultscsfb PsHoAllowed lnRelWDefaultspsH oAllowed lnRelWDefaultssrvc cAllowed lnRelWLimitForAnr pscBlacklist pscBlacklistpsc pscBlacklistpscLast rncIdCoding rncIdCodingrncIdAli gnment

anrThresRSRQNbCe RSRQ llnrLimitInterFreq nrLimitIntraFreq targetCarrierFreq anrPrWId cellsToApplyList enableAnrProfile lnRelWDefaults lnRelWDefaultscsfbP sHoAllowed lnRelWDefaultspsHo Allowed lnRelWDefaultssrvcc Allowed lnRelWLimitForAnr pscBlacklist pscBlacklistpsc pscBlacklistpscLast rncIdCoding rncIdCodingrncIdAlig nment

ANRPRW ANRPRW ANRPRW

RNC ID type SRVCC HO indication UTRAN carrier frequency

rncIdType srvccHoInd utraCarrierFreq

rncIdCodingrncIdTyp e srvccHoInd -98 utraCarrierFreq carrierFreq

amgrId

ANTL ANTL ANTL ANTL ANTL ANTL ANTL ANTL ANTL ANTL ANTL ANTL ANTL BFD BFD BFD BFD BFD BFD BFD BFD BFD BFD BFD BFDGRP BTSSCL BTSSCL BTSSCL BTSSCL BTSSCL BTSSCL BTSSCL BTSSCL BTSSCL BTSSCL BTSSCL BTSSCL BTSSCL BTSSCL BTSSCL BTSSCL BTSSCL BTSSCL

Additional antenna line Rx gain additionalRxGain AL DC voltage enabled alDcVoltageEnabled Antenna identifier antId Antenna round trip delay antennaRoundTripD elay Antenna total loss antennaTotalLoss Antenna line configuration antlId identifier Communication 3GPP enabled communication3gpp Enabled Feeder voltage feederVoltage Product code mrcProdCode Radio module reference id rModId Uplink delay for the delay ulDelay compensation VSWR major alarm vswrMajorAlarm VSWR minor alarm vswrMinorAlarm BFD session activation flag bfdActivation BFD session admin down state bfdAdminUp control Destination IP address for the bfdDestAddress BFD session BFD session lost packets bfdDetectMult detection time multiplier BFD group reference bfdGrp BFD session identifier bfdId Source IP address for the BFD bfdSourceIpAddr session UDP source port of the BFD bfdSourceUdpPort session BFD session type bfdType Desired minimum BFD control desMinTxInt word transmit interval Required minimum BFD control reqMinRxInt word receive Forwarding interval Bidirectional Detection bfdGrpId identifier Toggling alarm suppression list alToggSuppList Toggling alarm amount alToggSuppListalTo ggAmount Toggling clearance time alToggSuppListalTo ggClearenceTime Toggling alarm condition time alToggSuppListalTo ggConditonTime BTS fault name alToggSuppListfault Name Suppression of toggling alarms in alToggSuppListinUs use e BTS identifier btsId BTS name Network synchronization mode LTE BTS site identification PPS synchronization output in use in HO mode External 2.048 MHz synchronization in use External 2.048 MHz synchronization output in HO GPS cable length mode GPS control interface blocked for co-located GPS in useBTS GPS antenna line delay Holdover mode in temperature control

btsName btsSyncMode btssclId ext1ppsClkOutOn ext2M048ClkInUse ext2M048ClkOutOn gpsCableLength gpsCtrlBlockForCoL ocatedBts gpsInUse gpsTotalAntennaLin eDelay holdOverModeUsed

additionalRxGain alDcVoltageEnabled antId antennaRoundTripD elay antennaTotalLoss antlId communication3gpp Enabled feederVoltage mrcProdCode rModId ulDelay vswrMajorAlarm vswrMinorAlarm bfdActivation bfdAdminUp bfdDestAddress bfdDetectMult bfdGrp bfdId bfdSourceIpAddr bfdSourceUdpPort bfdType desMinTxInt reqMinRxInt bfdGrpId alToggSuppList alToggSuppListalTog gAmount alToggSuppListalTog gClearenceTime alToggSuppListalTog gConditonTime alToggSuppListfaultN ame alToggSuppListinUse btsId btsName btsSyncMode btssclId ext1ppsClkOutOn ext2M048ClkInUse ext2M048ClkOutOn gpsCableLength gpsCtrlBlockForCoLo catedBts gpsInUse gpsTotalAntennaLine Delay holdOverModeUsed

BTSSCL BTSSCL BTSSCL CAREL CAREL CAREL CAREL CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM

Rf sharing enabled rfSharingEnabled rfSharingEnabled Forward synchronization in cosyncPropagationEn syncPropagationEna siting abled bled Transmission synchronization tdmSyncInUse tdmSyncInUse (TDM/SyncE/ToP) in use Carrier aggregation relation caRelId caRelId identifier Sched Carrier Aggr fairness caSchedFairFact caSchedFairFact control factor Disable PDCCH outer loop link disableSCellPDCCH disableSCellPDCCH adaptation in SCell OlLa Local cell resource ID of cell to be OlLa lcrId lcrId aggregated CDMA2000 frequency idle mode cdfimId cdfimId configuration identifier CDMA2000 1xRTT CSFB csfbRegParam1xRtt csfbRegParam1xRtt registration parameters CDMA2000 1xRTT NID roamer csfbRegParam1xRtt csfbRegParam1xRttf foreignNIDR registration indicator foreignNidReg CDMA2000 1xRTT SID roamer csfbRegParam1xRtt oreignNidReg csfbRegParam1xRttf eg foreignSIDR registration indicator foreignSidReg CDMA2000 1xRTT home csfbRegParam1xRtt oreignSidReg csfbRegParam1xRtth eg homeReg registration indicator homeReg omeReg CDMA2000 1xRTT multiple NID csfbRegParam1xRtt csfbRegParam1xRtt multipleNID storage indicator CDMA2000 1xRTT multiple SID multiNid csfbRegParam1xRtt multiNid csfbRegParam1xRtt multipleSID storage indicator multiSid CDMA2000 1xRTT network csfbRegParam1xRtt multiSid csfbRegParam1xRttn nid identification nid CDMA2000 1xRTT parametercsfbRegParam1xRtt id csfbRegParam1xRttp parameterRe change registration indicator paramReg CDMA2000 1xRTT power-down csfbRegParam1xRtt aramReg csfbRegParam1xRttp g powerDown registration indicator powerDownReg owerDownReg CDMA2000 1xRTT power-up csfbRegParam1xRtt csfbRegParam1xRttp Reg powerUpReg registration indicator powerUpReg owerUpReg CDMA2000 1xRTT registration csfbRegParam1xRtt csfbRegParam1xRttr registrationP period regPeriod CDMA2000 1xRTT registration csfbRegParam1xRtt egPeriod csfbRegParam1xRttr eriod registrationZ zone regZone egZone CDMA2000 1xRTT system csfbRegParam1xRtt csfbRegParam1xRtts one sid identification sid id CDMA2000 1xRTT number of csfbRegParam1xRtt csfbRegParam1xRttt totalZone registration zones totalZone CDMA2000 1xRTT zone timer csfbRegParam1xRtt otalZone csfbRegParam1xRttz zoneTimer length zoneTimer HRPD pre-registration info hoRegParamHrpd oneTimer hoRegParamHrpd HRPD pre-registration allowed hoRegParamHrpdhr hoRegParamHrpdhrp preRegistrati pdPreRegAllowed HRPD pre-registration zone ID hoRegParamHrpdhr dPreRegAllowed hoRegParamHrpdhrp onAllowed preRegistrati pdPreRegZoneId dPreRegZoneId HRPD secondary pre-registration hoRegParamHrpdhr hoRegParamHrpdhrp onZoneId secondaryPr Zone HRPDID1 secondary pre-registration pdSecPreRegZoneI hoRegParamHrpdhr dSecPreRegZoneId1 hoRegParamHrpdhrp eRegistration secondaryPr d1 ZoneIdList Zone ID2 pdSecPreRegZoneI dSecPreRegZoneId2 eRegistration CDMA2000 HRPD band class list hrpdBdClList hrpdBdClList bandClassLi d2 ZoneIdList CDMA2000 HRPD band class hrpdBdClListhrpdBd hrpdBdClListhrpdBd st bandClass ClBcl ClBcl CDMA2000 HRPD cell reselection hrpdBdClListhrpdC hrpdBdClListhrpdCR cellReselecti priority ResPrio esPrio CDMA2000 HRPD reselection hrpdBdClListhrpdFr hrpdBdClListhrpdFrq onPriority thresX-High high threshold qThrH ThrH CDMA2000 HRPD reselection low hrpdBdClListhrpdFr hrpdBdClListhrpdFrq thresX-Low threshold CDMA HRPD band weight factor qThrL hrpdBdClListidleLB ThrL hrpdBdClListidleLBH idle mode load balancing rpdCelResWeight CDMA2000 HRPD neighbor cell HrpdCelResWeight hrpdNCList hrpdNCList neighCellList list CDMA2000 HRPD frequency hrpdNCListhrpdArfc hrpdNCListhrpdArfcn arfcn n CDMA2000 HRPD band class hrpdNCListhrpdBdC hrpdNCListhrpdBdCl bandClass lNcl CDMA2000 HRPD physical cell hrpdNCListhrpdCellI Ncl hrpdNCListhrpdCellI PhysCellIdC identity d d DMA2000 CDMA2000 HRPD NCL extension hrpdNCListhrpdExS hrpdNCListhrpdExSe selector el l CDMA2000 1xRTT band class list rttBdClList rttBdClList bandClassLi CDMA 1xRTT band weight factor rttBdClListidleLBRtt rttBdClListidleLBRttC st idle mode load balancing CelResWeight CDMA2000 1xRTT band class rttBdClListrttBdClBcl elResWeight rttBdClListrttBdClBcl bandClass BCL CDMA2000 1xRTT cell rttBdClListrttCResPr rttBdClListrttCResPri cellReselecti reselection priority io o onPriority

CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CDFIM CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH CERTH

CDMA2000 1xRTT reselection rttBdClListrttFrqThr rttBdClListrttFrqThrH thresX-High high threshold H CDMA2000 1xRTT reselection rttBdClListrttFrqThrL rttBdClListrttFrqThrL thresX-Low low threshold CDMA2000 1xRTT neighbor cell rttNCList rttNCList neighCellList list CDMA2000 1xRTT frequency rttNCListrttArfcn rttNCListrttArfcn arfcn CDMA2000 1xRTT band class rttNCListrttBdClNcl rttNCListrttBdClNcl bandClass (NCL) CDMA2000 1xRTT physical cell rttNCListrttCellId rttNCListrttCellId PhysCellIdC identity DMA2000 CDMA2000 1xRTT NCL extension rttNCListrttExSel rttNCListrttExSel selector CDMA search window size searchWinSize searchWinSize searchWindo wSize CDMA2000 HRPD cell reselection tResHrpd tResHrpd ttimer ReselectionC Speed dep scaling factors tResHrpdSF tResHrpdSF tDMA2000 treselection HRPD HRPD cell reselection timer factor tResHrpdSFhrpRes tResHrpdSFhrpResTi ReselectionC sf-High DMA2000high mobility HRPD cell reselection timer factor TiFHM tResHrpdSFhrpRes FHM tResHrpdSFhrpResTi sf-Medium SF med mobility1xRTT cell TiFMM FMM CDMA2000 tResRtt tResRtt treselection timer ReselectionC Speed dep scaling factors tResRttSF tResRttSF tDMA2000 treselection 1xRTT 1xRTT cell reselection timer factor tResRttSFrttResTiF tResRttSFrttResTiFH ReselectionC sf-High DMA2000high mobility 1xRTT cell reselection timer factor HM tResRttSFrttResTiF M tResRttSFrttResTiFM sf-Medium SF med mobility Certificate MM BTS Operator BTSOperatorCertific M BTSOperatorCertific ate Certificate Fingerprint BTSOperatorCertific ate BTSOperatorCertific atecertificateFingerp Certificate Issued By BTSOperatorCertific atecertificateFingerpr BTSOperatorCertific rint int atecertificateIssued Certificate Issued To BTSOperatorCertific atecertificateIssuedB BTSOperatorCertific By y atecertificateIssued Certificate Serial Number BTSOperatorCertific atecertificateIssuedT BTSOperatorCertific To o atecertificateSerialN Certificate Type BTSOperatorCertific atecertificateSerialNu BTSOperatorCertific umber mber atecertificateType Certificate Valid From BTSOperatorCertific atecertificateType BTSOperatorCertific atecertificateValidFr Certificate Valid To BTSOperatorCertific atecertificateValidFro BTSOperatorCertific om m atecertificateValidTo atecertificateValidTo CRLDP Source CRLDPSource CRLDPSource CRL distribution point CRLDistributionPoin CRLDistributionPoint tCRLDistributionPoin CRLDistributionPoint CRLDP primary tCRLDPPrimary CRLDP Secondary CRLDistributionPoin CRLDPPrimary CRLDistributionPoint tCRLDPSecondary CRLDPSecondary CRL Info CRLInfo CRLInfo CRLDPType CRLInfoCRLDPTyp CRLInfoCRLDPType e CRL Distribution Point CRLInfoCRLDistribu CRLInfoCRLDistribut tionPoint CRL status of last download CRLInfoCRLDownlo ionPoint CRLInfoCRLDownlo adStatus Issuer of the current certificate CRLInfoCRLIssuer adStatus CRLInfoCRLIssuer revocation list CRLs nextUpdate CRLInfoCRLNextUp CRLInfoCRLNextUp date date CRLs number of revoked CRLInfoCRLNumOf CRLInfoCRLNumOf certificates RevCert Issue date of the current CRLInfoCRLThisUp RevCert CRLInfoCRLThisUpd certificate revocation list date CRL Update Failure Reason CRLInfoCRLUpdate ate CRLInfoCRLUpdateF FailureReason CRL Usage Enabled CRLUsageEnabled ailureReason CRLUsageEnabled Update time for BTS certificate renewal Update time for CA certificate renewal CMP server subject name Certificate Handler configuration identifier CMP Directory

btsCertificateUpdate btsCertificateUpdate Time caCertificateUpdate Time caCertificateUpdateT Time ime caSubjectName caSubjectName certhId certhId cmpDirectory cmpDirectory

CERTH CERTH CERTH CRGPR CRGPR CRGPR CRGPR CRGPR CRGPR CRGPR CRGPR CRGPR CRGPR CRGPR CTRLTS CTRLTS CTRLTS CTRLTS CTRLTS CTRLTS CTRLTS CTRLTS CTRLTS CTRLTS CTRLTS CTRLTS CTRLTS CTRLTS ETHLK ETHLK ETHLK ETHLK ETHLK ETHLK ETHLK ETHLK ETHLK ETHLK ETHLK ETHLK ETHLK ETHLK ETHLK

CMP server IP address CMP server port number Certificate Revocation List update period Cell resource group profile identifier Cell resource group subframe skipping threshold Default PLMN group PLMN group list Mobile country code Mobile network code Mobile network code length PLMN group identifier Plmn group share list PLMN group identifier Cell resource group share Trace control identifier 3rd party trace reporting 3rd party cell trace reporting 3rd party UE trace reporting Maximum UE trace sessions allowed NetAct IP address OMS trace port number 3rd party tool trace port number Trace reporting mode Cell trace reporting mode UE trace reporting mode UE active trace sessions present flag Vendor specific extension tracing TA tracing Switch port acceptable frame types Administrative state of the ethernet Ethernet link link interface interface identifier Layer 2 switch member burst size Layer 2 switch member ingress limiting Layer 2 rate switch member egress shaping rate member VLAN Layer 2 switch identifier list of VLAN identifier Upper value range Low value of VLAN identifier range Link OAM enabling flag Link OAM profile reference MAC address Port default VLAN priority Default VLAN identifier for layer 2 switching Speed and duplex configuration

cmpServerIpAddres scmpServerPort crlUpdatePeriod crgPrId crgSkipThreshold defaultPlmnGroupId plmnGroupList plmnGroupListmcc plmnGroupListmnc plmnGroupListmncL ength plmnGroupListplmn GroupId plmnGroupShareLis tplmnGroupShareLis tplmnGroupId plmnGroupShareLis tplmnGroupShare ctrlTsId extTraceReporting extCellTraceRep extTraceReportinge xtUeTraceRep maxUeTraceSessio ns netActIpAddr omsTracePortNum tceTracePortNum traceRepMode cellTraceRepMode traceRepModeueTr aceRepMode ueActiveTrcSessFla g vendorSpecTracing taTracing acceptableFrameTy pes administrativeState ethLinkId l2BurstSize l2IngressRate l2ShaperRate l2VlanIdList l2VlanIdListhighValu e l2VlanIdListlowValu e linkOAMEnabled linkOAMProfile macAddr portDefaultPriority portDefaultVlanId speedAndDuplex

cmpServerIpAddress cmpServerPort crlUpdatePeriod crgPrId crgSkipThreshold defaultPlmnGroupId plmnGroupList plmnGroupListmcc plmnGroupListmnc plmnGroupListmncLe ngth plmnGroupListplmnG roupId plmnGroupShareList plmnGroupShareList plmnGroupId plmnGroupShareList plmnGroupShare ctrlTsId extTraceReporting extTraceReportingext CellTraceRep extTraceReportingext UeTraceRep maxUeTraceSession snetActIpAddr omsTracePortNum tceTracePortNum traceRepMode traceRepModecellTra ceRepMode traceRepModeueTra ceRepMode ueActiveTrcSessFlag vendorSpecTracing vendorSpecTracingta Tracing acceptableFrameTyp es administrativeState ethLinkId l2BurstSize l2IngressRate l2ShaperRate l2VlanIdList l2VlanIdListhighValu e l2VlanIdListlowValue linkOAMEnabled linkOAMProfile macAddr portDefaultPriority portDefaultVlanId speedAndDuplex

FTM FTM FTM FTM FTM GFIM GFIM GFIM GFIM GFIM GNFL GNFL GNFL GNFL GNFL GNFL GNFL GNFL GNFL GNFL GTPU GTPU GTPU GTPU GTPU GTPU GTPU IAFIM IAFIM IAFIM IAFIM IAFIM IAFIM IAFIM IDNS IDNS IDNS IEIF IEIF IEIF IEIF IEIF IEIF

Transport module identifier Network element location name Software Release Version Network element system name Network element user defined description GERAN frequency idle mode configuration identifier timer GERAN cell reselection Speed-dependent scaling factors t-reselection GERAN timer GERAN cell reselection factor high GERAN cellmobility reselection timer factor medium mobility GERAN frequency band indicator GERAN RAT carrier frequency absolute priority ARFCN value list GERAN inter-frequency threshold high GERAN inter-frequency threshold low GERAN neighbour frequency configuration identifier GERAN carrier weight factor idle mode load balancing NCC permitted bitmap GERAN maximum allowed transmit power GERAN minimum required receive level GTPU configuration identifier Maximum number of unanswered N3 requests GTP-U path supervision interval T3 maximum waiting time for GTP-U SGW IPresponses address list Serving Gateway IPv4/v6 address Transport network identifier Intra frequency idle mode configuration identifier Intra-frequency blacklisted cell list Number of PCI in intra-frequency range PCI in intra-frequency Lowest range Intra-frequency neighbouring cell list Physical cell identifier in neighboring cell procedure list Cell reselection offset DNS servers access configuration identifier IP address of the primary DNS server IP address of the secondary DNS server Identifier of the ethernet based IP interface IP address of the plain Ethernet network interface Plain Ethernet Network Interface IPv6 Address Plain Ethernet Network Interface IPv6 Prefix-Length Maximum transfer unit Subnet mask of the plain Ethernet network interface

ftmId locationName softwareReleaseVer sion systemTitle userLabel gfimId tResGer tResGerSF tResGerSFgerResTi FHM tResGerSFgerResTi FMM bandInd gCelResPrio gerArfcnVal gerFrqThrH gerFrqThrL gnflId idleLBGeranCelRes Weight nccperm pMaxGer qRxLevMinGer gtpuId gtpuN3Reqs gtpuPathSupint gtpuT3Resp sgwIpAddressList sgwIpAddressListsg wIpAddress sgwIpAddressListtra nsportNwId iafimId intrFrBCList intrFrBCListrangeInt raPci intrFrBCListstartIntr aPci intrFrNCList

ftmId locationName softwareReleaseVers ion systemTitle userLabel gfimId tResGer tResGerSF tResGerSFgerResTi FHM tResGerSFgerResTi FMM bandInd gCelResPrio gerArfcnVal gerFrqThrH gerFrqThrL gnflId idleLBGeranCelRes Weight nccperm pMaxGer qRxLevMinGer gtpuId gtpuN3Reqs gtpuPathSupint gtpuT3Resp sgwIpAddressList sgwIpAddressListsg wIpAddress sgwIpAddressListtra nsportNwId iafimId intrFrBCList intrFrBCListrangeIntr aPci intrFrBCListstartIntra Pci intrFrNCList

tReselection tGERAN Reselection sf-High GERAN-SF sf-Medium bandIndicato rcellReselecti onPriority GERANARFCNthresX-High Value thresX-Low

nccPermitted pMaxGERAN q-RxLevMin N3REQUESTS T3RESPONSE

IntraFreqBla cklistedCellLi range st start intraFreqNei intrFrNCListphysCell intrFrNCListphysCellI ghCellList physicalCellI IdNcl dNcl intrFrNCListqOffset intrFrNCListqOffsetC d q-OffsetCell Cell ell dnsAccessId dnsAccessId serverIpAddress serverIpAddress serverIpAddress2 serverIpAddress2 ieifId ieifId localIpAddr localIpAddr localIpv6Addr localIpv6Addr localIpv6PrefixLengt localIpv6PrefixLengt h h mtu mtu netmask netmask

IEIF IEIF IEIF IEIF IEIF IEIF IEIF IEIF IHCP IHCP IHCP IHCP IHCP IHCP IHCP IHCP IHCP IHCP INTP INTP IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO

QOS traffic priorization enabling flag Shaper burst size Total Shaper Burst Size Shaper information rate Total shaper information rate Traffic Path Shaping Enabling Flag Take ethernet overhead into account when shaping WFQ aggregator queue weight Entry set for DHCP clients identified by aIdentifier system name DHCP Client DHCP Fixed IP Address DHCP Server Identifier Entry set for DHCP clients identified by aIPMAC address DHCP Fixed Address DHCP Hardware Identifier DHCP IP address pool DHCP Range End IP Address DHCP Range Start IP Address NTP configuration entity identifier List of NTP server IP addresses Feature Activation Flag For Fast IP Re-Routing Feature Activation Flag IPTransport Network Feature Activation Flag IPv6 For Measurement U/C-Plane Activation Flag Transport Separation For RAN Network Sharing IP Additional Transport Address List IPv4 Address Control Plane Control Plane IPv6 Address User Plane IPv4 Address User Plane IPv6 Address Transport Network Identifier BFD Hold-Up time delay for reinstalling the identifier protection Base station MAC address for BTS subnet Control plane IP address Control plane IPv6 address Disable FTP server Enable/disable service OAM BTS subnet IP address Subnet mask for the BTS subnet IP address Enable response to ICMP traffic IP node configuration identifier Management plane IP address Main Transport Network Identifier

qosEnabled qosEnabled sbs sbs sbsTotal sbsTotal sir sir sirTotal sirTotal trafficPathShapingE trafficPathShapingEn nable upperLayerShaping able upperLayerShaping wfqSchedQueueWe wfqSchedQueueWei ight ght client_identifier client_identifier client_identifierdhcp client_identifierdhcp ClientIdentifier client_identifierdhcp ClientIdentifier client_identifierdhcpF FixedIpAddress ixedIpAddress dhcpAccessId dhcpAccessId hardware_identifier hardware_identifier hardware_identifierd hardware_identifierd hcpFixedIpAddress hardware_identifierd hcpFixedIpAddress hardware_identifierd hcpHardwareIdentifi hcpHardwareIdentifie range_identifier range_identifier er r range_identifierdhcp range_identifierdhcp RangeEnd range_identifierdhcp RangeEnd range_identifierdhcp RangeStart RangeStart ntpAccessId ntpAccessId ntpServers ntpServers actFastIpRerouting actFastIpRerouting actIpTnlMeasure actIpTnlMeasure actIpv6 actIpv6 actSeparationRanS actSeparationRanSh haring addTransportNwIpA aring addTransportNwIpAd ddrList addTransportNwIpA drList addTransportNwIpAd ddrListaddCPlaneIp addTransportNwIpA drListaddCPlaneIpv4 addTransportNwIpAd v4Address Address ddrListaddCPlaneIp addTransportNwIpA drListaddCPlaneIpv6 addTransportNwIpAd v6Address Address ddrListaddUPlaneIp addTransportNwIpA drListaddUPlaneIpv4 addTransportNwIpAd v4Address Address ddrListaddUPlaneIp addTransportNwIpA drListaddUPlaneIpv6 addTransportNwIpAd v6Address Address ddrListtransportNwI drListtransportNwId bfdHoldUpTime bfdHoldUpTime d btsId btsId btsSubnetMacAddr btsSubnetMacAddr cPlaneIpAddress cPlaneIpAddress cPlaneIpv6Address cPlaneIpv6Address disableFtp disableFtp enableSoam enableSoam ftmBtsSubnetAddre ftmBtsSubnetAddres ss ftmBtsSubnetMask sftmBtsSubnetMask icmpResponseEnab icmpResponseEnabl led ed ipNodeId ipNodeId mPlaneIpAddress mPlaneIpAddress mainTransportNwId mainTransportNwId

IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPRM IPRM IPRM IPRM IPRM IPRM IPRT IPRT IPRT IPRT IPRT IPRT IPRT IPRTV6 IPRTV6 IPRTV6 IPRTV6 IPRTV6 IPRTV6 IPRTV6 IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC

Transport network IP address of the O&M TLV system Optional message reply flag TLS usage towards the OPS system MAC address for U/C/M/S plane Neighbor Solicitation Message Retransmit Timerplane application Synchronization IP address OMS IP address Secondary Serving OMS Serving OMS administrative setting Serving OMS switchover request TWAMP reflector and udp echo flag indicator TWAMP application or IP interface address response TWAMP message enabling UDP echoflag flag TWAMP initiator rate for sending messages TWAMP reflector port number User plane IP address User plane IPv6 address WFQ aggregator queue weight for Service OAM messages Restricted Mode exception list (IP address list) How is source two defined? IP address for source two Subnet mask for source two IP address User Label IP Restricted Mode object identifier Identifier of the IP routing table Static IP routes set BFD route protection session identifier Destination IP address of static route Gateway Netmask Preference value of the route Identifier Of The IPv6 Routing Table Static IPv6 Routes Set BFD route protection session identifier Destination IPv6 Address Of The Static RouteIPv6 Prefix Length Destination Gateway IPv6 Address Preference value of the route IPsec emergency bypass control server IP address bypass enabled IPsec emergency IPsec emergency bypass exit active emergency state request IPsec bypass ping retry timer

oamIpAddr oamIpAddr oamTlvReply oamTlvReply omsTls omsTls planeMacAddr planeMacAddr retransTimer retransTimer sPlaneIpAddress sPlaneIpAddress secOmsIpAddr secOmsIpAddr servingOms servingOms servingOmsAdminS servingOmsAdminSe etting servingOmsSwoReq tting servingOmsSwoReq uest uest twampFlag twampFlag twampFlagtwampIp twampFlagtwampIpA Address twampFlagtwampRe ddress twampFlagtwampRef flFlag twampFlagudpEcho lFlag twampFlagudpEchoF Flag twampMessageRate lag twampMessageRate twampReflectorPort twampReflectorPort uPlaneIpAddress uPlaneIpAddress uPlaneIpv6Address uPlaneIpv6Address wfqSchedOamWeig wfqSchedOamWeigh ht tRmExceptions RmExceptions RmExceptionssourc RmExceptionssource eTwoDiscr RmExceptionssourc TwoDiscr RmExceptionssource eTwoIpAddr RmExceptionssourc TwoIpAddr RmExceptionssource eTwoNetMask RmExceptionsuserL TwoNetMask RmExceptionsuserLa abel bel iprmId iprmId ipRoutingTableId ipRoutingTableId staticRoutes staticRoutes staticRoutesbfdId staticRoutesbfdId staticRoutesdestIpA staticRoutesdestIpAd ddr staticRoutesgatewa dr staticRoutesgateway ystaticRoutesnetmas staticRoutesnetmask kstaticRoutesprefere staticRoutespreferen nce ipv6RoutingTableId ce ipv6RoutingTableId staticIpv6Routes staticIpv6Routes staticIpv6RoutesbfdI staticIpv6RoutesbfdI d staticIpv6Routesdes d staticIpv6Routesdest tIpv6Addr staticIpv6Routesdes Ipv6Addr staticIpv6Routesdesti tinationIpv6PrefixLe staticIpv6Routesgat nationIpv6PrefixLeng staticIpv6Routesgate ngth th ewayIpv6Addr wayIpv6Addr staticIpv6Routespref staticIpv6Routespref erence ipSecEmBypassCtrlI erence ipSecEmBypassCtrlI pAddr ipSecEmBypassEna pAddr ipSecEmBypassEna bled ipSecEmBypassExit bled ipSecEmBypassExit ipSecEmBypassPin ipSecEmBypassPing gTimer Timer

IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IRFIM IRFIM

IPsec emergency bypass state ipSecEmBypassStat ipSecEmBypassStat e e IPSec enabling flag ipSecEnabled ipSecEnabled IPsec configuration identifier ipSeccId ipSeccId Security policies securityPolicies securityPolicies Anti replay enabled flag securityPoliciesanti securityPoliciesantiR ReplayEnabled Size of the anti replay window securityPoliciesanti eplayEnabled securityPoliciesantiR ReplayWindowSize DPD alarm raising delay time securityPoliciesdpdd eplayWindowSize securityPoliciesdpdd elay DPD timeout securityPoliciesdpdti elay securityPoliciesdpdti meout ESP encryption algorithm securityPoliciesencr meout securityPoliciesencry yptionMethod IKE Diffie-Hellman group securityPoliciesikeDi ptionMethod securityPoliciesikeDif ffHellGrp IKE layer encryption method securityPoliciesikeE fHellGrp securityPoliciesikeEn ncryptionMethod IKE protocol variant securityPoliciesikeP cryptionMethod securityPoliciesikePr rotocol IPsec action status securityPoliciesipSe otocol securityPoliciesipSec cStatus Local IP address securityPolicieslocal Status securityPolicieslocalI IpAddress Port number of the local IP securityPolicieslocal pAddress securityPolicieslocalI address IpPort local Ip Prefix Length securityPolicieslocal pPort securityPolicieslocalI IpPrefixLength Local IPsec tunnel endpoint IP securityPolicieslocal pPrefixLength securityPolicieslocalT address TunnelEndpoint Policy order number securityPoliciespolic unnelEndpoint securityPoliciespolicy yNumber Protocol information securityPoliciesprot Number securityPoliciesproto ocol Remote IP address securityPoliciesrem col securityPoliciesremot oteIpAddress Port of the remote IP address securityPoliciesrem eIpAddress securityPoliciesremot oteIpPort remote Ip Prefix Length securityPoliciesrem eIpPort securityPoliciesremot oteIpPrefixLength Remote IPsec tunnel endpoint IP securityPoliciesrem eIpPrefixLength securityPoliciesremot address oteTunnelEndpoint Security association maximum securityPoliciessaM eTunnelEndpoint securityPoliciessaMa lifetime axLifeTime xLifeTime EUTRA frequency value dlCarFrqEut dlCarFrqEut dlCarrierFreq EUTRA carrier frequency absolute eutCelResPrio eutCelResPrio cellReselecti priority onPriority

IRFIM

EUTRA carrier weight factor idle mode load balancing

idleLBEutCelResWe idleLBEutCelResWei ight ght

IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM

Inter-frequency blacklisted cell list Number of PCI in inter-frequency range Lowest PCI in inter-frequency range Inter-Frequency neighbouring cell list Physical cell identifier in neighbouring cellprocedure list Cell reselection offset EUTRA inter-frequency quality thresholds (Rel9) EUTRA inter-frequency quality threshold high (Rel9) quality EUTRA inter-frequency threshold lowfrequency (Rel9) EUTRA inter threshold high EUTRA inter frequency threshold low EUTRA presence antenna port1

intFrBCList intFrBCList InterFreqBla intFrBCListrangeInt intFrBCListrangeInter ckCellList range erPci Pci intFrBCListstartInter intFrBCListstartInter start Pci Pci intFrNCList intFrNCList interFreqNei ghCellList intFrNCListphysCellI intFrNCListphysCellI physicalCellI dNcl dNcl intFrNCListqOffCell intFrNCListqOffCell d q-OffsetCell interFrqQThrR9 interFrqQThrR9 interFrqQThrR9inter interFrqQThrR9inter FrqQThrHighR9 FrqQThrHighR9 interFrqQThrR9inter interFrqQThrR9inter FrqQThrLowR9 FrqQThrLowR9 interFrqThrH interFrqThrH thresX-High interFrqThrL interPresAntP

interFrqThrL interPresAntP

thresX-Low presenceAnt ennaPort1

IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM IRFIM IVIF IVIF IVIF IVIF IVIF IVIF IVIF IVIF IVIF IVIF L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI L2SWI

EUTRA cell reselection timer IRFIM identifier Allowed measurement bandwidth Pmax neighbouring EUTRA cells EUTRA frequency specific offset Min required RSRQ in inter-freq neighbor (Rel9) Minimum cells required Rx RSRP level Speed-dependent scaling factors t-reselection EUTRAN timer EUTRA cell reselection factor high EUTRA cellmobility reselection timer factor medium mobility Local IP address of the VLAN interface VLAN Ethernet Network Interface IPv6 VLANAddress Ethernet Network Interface IPv6 Prefix-Length Network mask of the local IP address QOS traffic priorisation enabling flag Shaper burst size Shaper information rate VLAN identifier VLAN interface object identifier WFQ aggregator queue weight DSCP to priority queue map DSCP value Priority queue identifier Enable layer 2 switching Layer 2 switch member weight for priority Layer 2queue switch2member weight for priority Layer 2queue switch3member weight for priority queue Layer 2 switch4member weight for priority Layer 2queue switch5member weight for priority queue 6 priority Port default VLAN Default VLAN identifier for layer 2 switching Priority queue for non-IP frames Priority queue for frames with VLAN bitsfor 0 frames with PriorityPCP queue VLAN PCP bitsfor 1 frames with Priority queue VLAN PCP bits 2 frames with Priority queue for VLAN bitsfor 3 frames with PriorityPCP queue VLAN bitsfor 4 frames with PriorityPCP queue VLAN PCP bitsfor 5 frames with Priority queue VLAN PCP bits 6 frames with Priority queue for VLAN bitsfor 7 untagged PriorityPCP queue frames QOS classification flag Identifier of the layer 2 switch object

interTResEut irfimId measBdw pMaxInterF qOffFrq qQualMinR9 qRxLevMinInterF tResEutSF tResEutSFeutResTi FHM tResEutSFeutResTi FMM localIpAddr localIpv6Addr localIpv6PrefixLengt h 2 netmask qosEnabled sbs sir 2 vlanId vlanIfNetId wfqSchedQueueWe ight dscpMap dscpMapdscp dscpMappriorityQue ue enableLayer2Switch ing l2PriorityQueueWei ght2 l2PriorityQueueWei ght3 l2PriorityQueueWei ght4 l2PriorityQueueWei ght5 l2PriorityQueueWei ght6 portDefaultPriority portDefaultVlanId priorityQueueNonIP priorityQueuePcp0 priorityQueuePcp1 priorityQueuePcp2 priorityQueuePcp3 priorityQueuePcp4 priorityQueuePcp5 priorityQueuePcp6 priorityQueuePcp7 priorityQueueUntag ged qosClassification switchId

interTResEut tReselectionE irfimId UTRA measBdw allowedMeas Bandwidth pMaxInterF p-Max qOffFrq q-OffsetFreq qQualMinR9 qRxLevMinInterF q-RxLevMin tResEutSF ttResEutSFeutResTiF ReselectionE sf-High UTRA-SF HM tResEutSFeutResTiF sf-Medium MM localIpAddr localIpv6Addr localIpv6PrefixLengt h netmask qosEnabled sbs sir vlanId vlanIfNetId wfqSchedQueueWei ght dscpMap dscpMapdscp dscpMappriorityQueu e enableLayer2Switchi ng l2PriorityQueueWeig ht2 l2PriorityQueueWeig ht3 l2PriorityQueueWeig ht4 l2PriorityQueueWeig ht5 l2PriorityQueueWeig ht6 portDefaultPriority portDefaultVlanId priorityQueueNonIP priorityQueuePcp0 priorityQueuePcp1 priorityQueuePcp2 priorityQueuePcp3 priorityQueuePcp4 priorityQueuePcp5 priorityQueuePcp6 priorityQueuePcp7 priorityQueueUntagg ed qosClassification switchId

L2SWI LCELL LCELL LCELL LCELL LCELL LCELL LCELL LNADJ LNADJ LNADJ LNADJ LNADJ LNADJ LNADJ LNADJ LNADJ LNADJ LNADJ LNADJ LNADJ LNADJ LNADJG LNADJG LNADJG LNADJG LNADJG LNADJG LNADJG LNADJG LNADJG LNADJG LNADJG LNADJG LNADJG LNADJG LNADJG LNADJG LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL

Flag to decide if VLAN aware vlanAwareSwitch switching is used Local cell resource identifier lCellId Repeater delay repeaterDelay Resource list resourceList Antenna line id antlId Sub cell identifier resourceListsubCellI d TX and RX usage txRxUsage Cell sector id sectorId Identity of neighbor eNB within adjEnbId PLMN C-Plane IP address of neighbor cPlaneIpAddr eNB C-Plane IP address control cPlaneIpAddrCtrl Neighbor eNB globally unique guGroupIdList group ID list MCC in PLMN identity included in guGroupIdListmcc GU group IDID included in GU MME group guGroupIdListmme group ID MNC in PLMN identity included in GroupId guGroupIdListmnc GU IDin PLMN identity MNCgroup length guGroupIdListmncL included in GU group ID ength Neighbour eNB identifier lnAdjId Primary PLMN identity of neighbor plmnId eNB MCC in primary PLMN identity of plmnIdmcc neighbor eNB PLMN identity of plmnIdmnc MNC in primary neighbor eNB MNC length in primary PLMN of plmnIdmncLength neighbor eNB X2 link status x2LinkStatus ARFCN value geran arfcnValueGeran Band indicator geran bandIndicatorGeran Basestation colour code basestationColourC ode DTM capability dtm CI GERAN gTargetCi LAC GERAN gTargetLac RAC GERAN gTargetRac Neighbor GERAN BTS cell lnAdjGId identifier MCC GERAN mcc MNC GERAN mnc MNC length GERAN mncLength Network colour code networkColourCode Network control order networkControlOrde rrimStatus RIM interface status System info list GERAN systemInfoListGera n System information type systemInfoType Broadcast PLMN identity list bcPlmnIdList MCC in broadcast PLMN identity bcPlmnIdListmcc MNC in broadcast PLMN identity bcPlmnIdListmnc MNC length in broadcast PLMN bcPlmnIdListmncLe identity ngth DL cyclic prefix configuration cpConfDL

vlanAwareSwitch lCellId repeaterDelay resourceList resourceListantlId resourceListsubCellI d resourceListtxRxUsa ge sectorId adjEnbId cPlaneIpAddr cPlaneIpAddrCtrl guGroupIdList guGroupIdListmcc guGroupIdListmmeG roupId guGroupIdListmnc guGroupIdListmncLe ngth lnAdjId plmnId plmnIdmcc plmnIdmnc plmnIdmncLength x2LinkStatus arfcnValueGeran bandIndicatorGeran basestationColourCo de dtm gTargetCi gTargetLac gTargetRac lnAdjGId mcc mnc mncLength networkColourCode networkControlOrder rimStatus systemInfoListGeran systemInfoType bcPlmnIdList bcPlmnIdListmcc bcPlmnIdListmnc bcPlmnIdListmncLen gth cpConfDL

GU-Group-ID mME-GroupID

arfcn bandIndicato rbaseStation ColourCode CI LAC RAC MCC MNC MNC networkColo urCode networkContr olOrder SystemInfoLi stGeran systemInfor mation pLMNIdentity

cyclicPrefixD L

LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJL LNADJW LNADJW LNADJW LNADJW LNADJW LNADJW LNADJW LNADJW LNADJW LNADJW LNADJW LNADJW LNADJW LNADJW LNADJW LNADJW LNADJW LNADJX LNADJX LNADJX LNADJX LNADJX LNADJX LNADJX LNADJX

UL Cyclic Prefix Configuration cpConfUL cpConfUL cyclicPrefixU L Downlink transmission bandwidth dlTrmBw dlTrmBw dLTransmission Identity of neighbor eNB in ECGI ecgiAdjEnbId ecgiAdjEnbId -Bandwidth Local cell resource ID of related ecgiLcrId ecgiLcrId neighbor cell identity of neighbor ecgiPlmnId Primary PLMN ecgiPlmnId LTE cell in ECGI MCC in primary PLMN identity of ecgiPlmnIdmcc ecgiPlmnIdmcc neighbour ENB in ECGI MNC in primary PLMN identity of ecgiPlmnIdmnc ecgiPlmnIdmnc neighbour ENB in ECGIPLMN ID ecgiPlmnIdmncLeng ecgiPlmnIdmncLengt MNC length in primary of neighbour ENB inofECGI th h Downlink EARFCN LTE cell fDlEarfcn fDlEarfcn served by neighbor eNB Uplink EARFCN of FDD cell fUlEarfcn fUlEarfcn uL-EARFCN served by neighbor eNB Neighbor LTE cell identifier lnAdjlId lnAdjlId Physical cell ID of cell served by phyCellId phyCellId neighbor eNB Source of data sourceOfData sourceOfData Special Subframe Configuration spcSubConfTD spcSubConfTD specialSubfr Of Neighbor ENB amePatterns Tracking area code of cell served tac tac by neighbor eNB UL and DL transmission trmBwTD trmBwTD transmissionbandwidth Bandwidth Uplink Downlink subframe ulDlConfTD ulDlConfTD subframeAss configuration in radio frame ignment Uplink transmission bandwidth ulTrmBw ulTrmBw uLTransmission Neighbor WCDMA BTS cell lnAdjWId lnAdjWId -Bandwidth identifier Target primary PLMN identity primaryPlmnId primaryPlmnId MCC primaryPlmnIdmcc primaryPlmnIdmcc MNC primaryPlmnIdmnc primaryPlmnIdmnc MNC length primaryPlmnIdmncL primaryPlmnIdmncLe ength Target secondary PLMN ID list secondaryPlmnIdL ngth secondaryPlmnIdL secondaryPl MCC secondaryPlmnIdLm secondaryPlmnIdLm mnIdL MCC cc cc MNC secondaryPlmnIdLm secondaryPlmnIdLm MNC nc MNC length secondaryPlmnIdLm nc secondaryPlmnIdLm ncLength ncLength Source of data sourceOfData sourceOfData SRVCC HO indication srvccHoInd srvccHoInd SRVCC HO Indication Target cell id uTargetCid uTargetCid Target frequency uTargetFreq uTargetFreq Target location area code uTargetLac uTargetLac LAC Target routing area code uTargetRac uTargetRac RAC Target RNC id uTargetRncId uTargetRncId RNC-ID Primary scrambling code (FDD) uTargetScFdd uTargetScFdd PhysCellIden tityUTRANeighbor 1x carrier frequency arfcn arfcn CarrierFreqC FDD DMA2000 Neighbor 1x band class bandClass bandClass CarrierFreqC DMA2000 Neighbor 1x cell ID cellId cellId CDMA2000 1xRTT neighbor cell lnadjxId lnadjxId identifier Neighbor 1x market ID marketId marketId Neighbor 1x PN offset pnOffset pnOffset PhysCellIdC DMA2000 Neighbor 1x sector ID sectorId sectorId Neighbor 1x switch number swNo swNo

LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS

Activate 1xCSFB Activate Support of 8 EPS Bearers Activation CMAS support Activate CS fallback via redirection Activate cell trace Activate cell trace with IMSI Ciphering algorithm activation parameter Activation of complete consistency checks Activate support of conversational voice bearer Activation of C-plane overload handling Activate CS fallback with PS-HO to UTRA of downlink carrier Activation aggregation

act1xCsfb act8EpsBearers actCMAS actCSFBRedir actCellTrace actCellTraceWithIM SI actCiphering actCompChecks actConvVoice actCplaneOvlHandli ng actCsfbPsHoToUtra actDLCAggr

act1xCsfb act8EpsBearers actCMAS actCSFBRedir actCellTrace actCellTraceWithIMS IactCiphering actCompChecks actConvVoice actCplaneOvlHandlin g actCsfbPsHoToUtra actDLCAggr

LNBTS

Activate support for distributed site Activate support for dual band operation

actDistributedSite

actDistributedSite

LNBTS

actDualBand

actDualBand

LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS

Activate dual carrier usage Activate CSFB to CDMA 1xRTT for dual RX UEsmodification Activate E-RAB Activation ETWS support Activate emergency call via redirection Activate enhanced AC and GBR services Activate flexible base band usage

actDualCarrier actDualRx1xCsfb actERabModify actETWS actEmerCallRedir actEnhAcAndGbrSe rvices actFlexBbUsage

actDualCarrier actDualRx1xCsfb actERabModify E-RAB MODIFY actETWS REQUEST actEmerCallRedir actEnhAcAndGbrSer vices actFlexBbUsage

LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS

Activate GSM redirect with system actGsmRedirWithSI information Activate handover from LTE to actHOtoHrpd eHRPD Activate handover from LTE to actHOtoWcdma WCDMA Activate home eNB mobility actHeNBMobility Activate high priority services actHighPrioServices Activate high amount of RRC actHighRrc connected UE Activate handover from UTRAN actHoFromUtran Activate support of IMS actIMSEmerSessR9 emergency sessions for Rel 9 UE

LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS

Activation of idle mode load actIdleLB actIdleLB balancing (IdleLB) Enable interFrequency handover actIfHo actIfHo Activation idle mode mobility actImmHRPD actImmHRPD CDMA/eHRPD Activation idle mode mobility actImmXrtt actImmXrtt CDMA/1xRTT Activation of inter-frequency load actInterFreqLB actInterFreqLB balancing Activation (iFLB) of intra-frequency load actIntraFreqLoadBal actIntraFreqLoadBal balancing Activate LPPa support for OTDOA actLPPaOtdoa actLPPaOtdoa Activate intra LTE S1based actLTES1Ho actLTES1Ho handover Activate location reporting actLocRep actLocRep Activate MDT cell trace actMDTCellTrace actMDTCellTrace Activate MFBI support actMFBI actMFBI

actGsmRedirWithSI actHOtoHrpd actHOtoWcdma actHeNBMobility actHighPrioServices actHighRrc actHoFromUtran actIMSEmerSessR9

LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS

Activate multiple bearers actMultBearers actMultBearers Activate multiple GBR bearers actMultGbrBearers actMultGbrBearers Activate nonGBR service actNonGbrServiceDi actNonGbrServiceDif differentiation ff factOTNRecovery Activate OTN recovery actOTNRecovery Activate support of operator actOperatorQCI actOperatorQCI specific QCIs Activate support of operator actOperatorQCIGB actOperatorQCIGBR specific GBR QCIs Activate optimized MME selection R actOptMmeSelectio actOptMmeSelection MME n selection Activate PDCP robust header actPdcpRohc actPdcpRohc function compression Activate RAN Information actRIMforGSM actRIMforGSM Management for GSM Enable UE context release with actRedirect actRedirect redirect Activate support for RF chaining actRfChaining actRfChaining Activation status of S1 flex feature actS1Flex actS1Flex Activate S1 overload handling actS1OlHandling actS1OlHandling Activate selective mobility profiles actSelMobPrf actSelMobPrf Activate SRVCC to GSM actSrvccToGsm actSrvccToGsm Activate SRVCC to WCDMA actSrvccToWcdma actSrvccToWcdma Activate subscriber and actSubscriberTrace actSubscriberTrace equipment trace Activate UE-based ANR for Inter- actUeBasedAnrInter actUeBasedAnrInter frequency LTE FreqLte FreqLte

LNBTS LNBTS

Activate UE-based ANR for intraFrequency LTE Activate UE-based ANR for UTRAN

actUeBasedAnrIntra actUeBasedAnrIntra FreqLte actUeBasedAnrUtra FreqLte actUeBasedAnrUtran n

LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS

Activate Uplink CoMP Activation of ZUC algorithm Activate eNACC to GSM AM RLC poll byte table 1 DL poll byte UE category UL poll byte AM RLC poll byte table 2 DL poll byte UE category UL poll byte AM RLC poll byte table 3 DL poll byte UE category UL poll byte AM RLC poll byte table 4 DL poll byte UE category

actUlCoMp actZUC acteNACCtoGSM amRlcPBTab1 amRlcPBTab1dlPoll Byte amRlcPBTab1ueCat egory amRlcPBTab1ulPoll Byte amRlcPBTab2 amRlcPBTab2dlPoll Byte amRlcPBTab2ueCat egory amRlcPBTab2ulPoll Byte amRlcPBTab3 amRlcPBTab3dlPoll Byte amRlcPBTab3ueCat egory amRlcPBTab3ulPoll Byte amRlcPBTab4 amRlcPBTab4dlPoll Byte amRlcPBTab4ueCat egory

actUlCoMp actZUC acteNACCtoGSM amRlcPBTab1 amRlcPBTab1dlPollB pollByte yte amRlcPBTab1ueCat ue-Category egory amRlcPBTab1ulPollB pollByte yte amRlcPBTab2 amRlcPBTab2dlPollB pollByte yte amRlcPBTab2ueCat ue-Category egory amRlcPBTab2ulPollB pollByte yte amRlcPBTab3 amRlcPBTab3dlPollB pollByte yte amRlcPBTab3ueCat ue-Category egory amRlcPBTab3ulPollB pollByte yte amRlcPBTab4 amRlcPBTab4dlPollB pollByte yte amRlcPBTab4ueCat ue-Category egory

LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS

UL poll byte amRlcPBTab4ulPoll amRlcPBTab4ulPollB pollByte Byte yte AM RLC poll byte table 5 amRlcPBTab5 amRlcPBTab5 DL poll byte amRlcPBTab5dlPoll amRlcPBTab5dlPollB pollByte Byte UE category amRlcPBTab5ueCat yte amRlcPBTab5ueCat ue-Category egory UL poll byte amRlcPBTab5ulPoll egory amRlcPBTab5ulPollB pollByte Byte yte ANR interfrequency RSC timer anrIfTRSC anrIfTRSC Activate ANR support for LTE with anrOmExtEnable anrOmExtEnable OAM extension level ANR robustness anrRobLevel anrRobLevel Blacklisted GSM PLMNs for RIM blacklistedGsmPlmn blacklistedGsmPlmn sForRim MCC blacklistedGsmPlmn sForRim blacklistedGsmPlmn sForRimmcc MNC blacklistedGsmPlmn sForRimmcc blacklistedGsmPlmn sForRimmnc MNC length blacklistedGsmPlmn sForRimmnc blacklistedGsmPlmn sForRimmncLength sForRimmncLength BTS reset requested btsResetRequest btsResetRequest Min UE-AMBR downlink for carrier caMinDlAmbr caMinDlAmbr aggregation Ciphering algorithm parameters cipherPrefL cipherPrefL Null ciphering algorithm cipherPrefLeea0 cipherPrefLeea0 SNOW 3G-based algorithm cipherPrefLeea1 cipherPrefLeea1 AES-based algorithm cipherPrefLeea2 cipherPrefLeea2 ZUC-based algorithm cipherPrefLeea3 cipherPrefLeea3 Congestion weight algorithm congWeightAlg congWeightAlg Default profile index AM defProfIdxAM defProfIdxAM Default profile index UM defProfIdxUM defProfIdxUM Enable automatic locking enableAutoLock enableAutoLock Enable graceful cell shutdown enableGrflShdn enableGrflShdn eNB name enbName enbName eNB Name ETWS primary notification etwsPrimNotifBcDur etwsPrimNotifBcDur broadcast duration Global eNB id X2-link blacklist glbNbEnbIdX2LinkB glbNbEnbIdX2LinkBl lacklist X2 blacklisted eNB ID glbNbEnbIdX2LinkB acklist glbNbEnbIdX2LinkBl Macro eNB lacklistenbId X2 blacklisted global eNB id MCC glbNbEnbIdX2LinkB acklistenbId glbNbEnbIdX2LinkBl ID MCC lacklistmcc acklistmcc X2 blacklisted global eNB id MNC glbNbEnbIdX2LinkB glbNbEnbIdX2LinkBl MNC lacklistmnc acklistmnc X2 blacklisted global eNB id MNC glbNbEnbIdX2LinkB glbNbEnbIdX2LinkBl length lacklistmncLength acklistmncLength High-priority session hpsSessConfig hpsSessConfig configurations High-priority session ARP priority hpsSessConfighpsS hpsSessConfighpsS level maximum High-priority session ARP priority essArpMax hpsSessConfighpsS essArpMax hpsSessConfighpsS levelemergency minimum PLMN essArpMin essArpMin IMS imsEmerPlmnConfig imsEmerPlmnConfig configurations Emergency session ARP preimsEmerPlmnConfig imsEmerPlmnConfig emption Capability emerSessArpPreem Emergency session ARP preimsEmerPlmnConfig emerSessArpPreem imsEmerPlmnConfig Cap Cap emption Vulnerability emerSessArpPreem Emergency sessions ARP imsEmerPlmnConfig emerSessArpPreem imsEmerPlmnConfig QOS rule Vul emerSessArpPrioLe Vul emerSessArpPrioLev information: Emergency sessions limited imsEmerPlmnConfig imsEmerPlmnConfig vemerSessLimServ emerSessLimServ ARP service mode support Emergency sessions MCC imsEmerPlmnConfig imsEmerPlmnConfig MCC emerSessMcc Emergency sessions MNC imsEmerPlmnConfig emerSessMcc imsEmerPlmnConfig MNC emerSessMnc Emergency sessions MNC length imsEmerPlmnConfig emerSessMnc imsEmerPlmnConfig emerSessMncLen integrityPrefL emerSessMncLen Integrity protection algorithm integrityPrefL parameters

LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS

Null integrity algorithm SNOW 3G AES ZUC Key refresh margin Macro eNB identifier Max number of LNADJ instances Maximum number of preemptions Maximum number of eNBcontrolled incoming X2-links

integrityPrefLeia0 integrityPrefLeia0 integrityPrefLeia1 integrityPrefLeia1 integrityPrefLeia2 integrityPrefLeia2 integrityPrefLeia3 integrityPrefLeia3 keyRefrMarg keyRefrMarg lnBtsId lnBtsId Macro eNB maxNumOfLnadjLim maxNumOfLnadjLimi Id itmaxNumPreEmptio tmaxNumPreEmption ns maxNumX2LinksIn smaxNumX2LinksIn

LNBTS

Maximum number of eNBcontrolled outgoing X2-links

maxNumX2LinksOu maxNumX2LinksOut t

LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS

MCC in PLMN Minimum not activated UTRA reportStrongestCellsForSon MNC in PLMN MNC length in PLMN Mobility profile selection mode Maximum RIR attempts to GERAN Null ciphering algorithm fallback Operational state OTN recovery period Overload handling Activate incoming HO reduction Activate RRC connection reduction Prioritized bit rate nonGBR PCI-IP address mapping table PCI-IP map downlink EARFCN PCI-IP map eNB ID PCI-IP map IPv4/IPv6 address PCI-IP map primary MCC PCI-IP map primary MNC PCI-IP map primary MNC length PCI-IP map PCI Profile 1 of PDCP parameters PDCP profile ID Status report required Timer discard Profile 101 of PDCP parameters PDCP profile ID ROHC maximum CID Sequence number size Timer discard Profile 102 of PDCP parameters

mcc mcc minNotActivatedUtr minNotActivatedUtra aRSCFS RSCFS mnc mnc mncLength mncLength moProfileSelect moProfileSelect nRimRirG nRimRirG nullFallback nullFallback operationalState operationalState otnRecoveryPeriod otnRecoveryPeriod ovlha ovlha ovlhaactInHORed ovlhaactInHORed ovlhaactRrcConnRe ovlhaactRrcConnRed d pbrNonGbr pbrNonGbr prioritisedBit Rate pciIpAdrMap pciIpAdrMap pciIpAdrMapdlEarfc pciIpAdrMapdlEarfcn EARFCN n pciIpAdrMapenbId pciIpAdrMapenbId Macro eNB ID pciIpAdrMapipAdr pciIpAdrMapipAdr pciIpAdrMapmcc pciIpAdrMapmcc MCC pciIpAdrMapmnc pciIpAdrMapmnc MNC pciIpAdrMapmncLe pciIpAdrMapmncLen ngth gth pciIpAdrMappci pciIpAdrMappci PhysCellId pdcpProf1 pdcpProf1 pdcpProf1pdcpProfil pdcpProf1pdcpProfil eId pdcpProf1statusRep eId pdcpProf1statusRep Req pdcpProf1tDiscard Req pdcpProf1tDiscard discardTimer pdcpProf101 pdcpProf101 pdcpProf101pdcpPr pdcpProf101pdcpPro ofileId pdcpProf101rohcMa fileId pdcpProf101rohcMax maxCID xCid pdcpProf101snSize Cid pdcpProf101snSize pdcp-SNpdcpProf101tDiscar pdcpProf101tDiscard Size discardTimer d pdcpProf102 pdcpProf102


PDCP profile Id Sequence number size Timer discard Profile 103 of PDCP parameters PDCP profile id Sequence number size Timer discard Profile 104 of PDCP parameters PDCP profile id Sequence number size Timer discard Profile 2 of PDCP parameters PDCP profile ID Status report required Timer discard Profile 3 of PDCP parameters PDCP profile ID Status report required Timer discard Profile 4 of PDCP parameters PDCP profile id Status report required Timer discard Profile 5 of PDCP parameters PDCP profile id Status report required Timer discard Handover topology priority Prohibit Load based handover timer Prohibit PS-HO to WCDMA PWS with emergency area ID QCI translation table QCI 1 Delay target DRX profile index DSCP Enforce TTI bundling Logical channel group identifier Maximum GBR downlink Maximum GBR uplink PDCP profile index Priority QCI QCI support

pdcpProf102pdcpPr pdcpProf102pdcpPro ofileId pdcpProf102snSize fileId pdcpProf102snSize pdcpProf102tDiscar pdcpProf102tDiscard d pdcpProf103 pdcpProf103 pdcpProf103pdcpPr pdcpProf103pdcpPro ofileId pdcpProf103snSize fileId pdcpProf103snSize pdcpProf103tDiscar pdcpProf103tDiscard d pdcpProf104 pdcpProf104 pdcpProf104pdcpPr pdcpProf104pdcpPro ofileId pdcpProf104snSize fileId pdcpProf104snSize pdcpProf104tDiscar pdcpProf104tDiscard d pdcpProf2 pdcpProf2 pdcpProf2pdcpProfil pdcpProf2pdcpProfil eId pdcpProf2statusRep eId pdcpProf2statusRep Req pdcpProf2tDiscard Req pdcpProf2tDiscard pdcpProf3 pdcpProf3 pdcpProf3pdcpProfil pdcpProf3pdcpProfil eId pdcpProf3statusRep eId pdcpProf3statusRep Req pdcpProf3tDiscard Req pdcpProf3tDiscard pdcpProf4 pdcpProf4 pdcpProf4pdcpProfil pdcpProf4pdcpProfil eId pdcpProf4statusRep eId pdcpProf4statusRep Req pdcpProf4tDiscard Req pdcpProf4tDiscard pdcpProf5 pdcpProf5 pdcpProf5pdcpProfil pdcpProf5pdcpProfil eId pdcpProf5statusRep eId pdcpProf5statusRep Req pdcpProf5tDiscard Req pdcpProf5tDiscard prioTopoHO prioTopoHO prohibitLBHOTimer prohibitLBHOTimer prohibitPsHOtoWcd prohibitPsHOtoWcd ma pwsWithEmAreaId ma pwsWithEmAreaId qciTab1 qciTab1 qciTab1delayTarget qciTab1delayTarget qciTab1drxProfileInd qciTab1drxProfileInd ex ex qciTab1dscp qciTab1dscp qciTab1enforceTtiBu qciTab1enforceTtiBu ndling ndling qciTab1lcgid qciTab1lcgid qciTab1maxGbrDl qciTab1maxGbrDl qciTab1maxGbrUl qciTab1maxGbrUl qciTab1pdcpProfIdx qciTab1pdcpProfIdx qciTab1prio qciTab1prio qciTab1qci qciTab1qci qciTab1qciSupp qciTab1qciSupp

pdcp-SNSize discardTimer



statusReport Required discardTimer




ttiBundling logicalChann elGroup E-RAB Guaranteed E-RAB Bit Rate Guaranteed Bit Rate Priority QCI


Resource type RLC mode RLC profile index Scheduling bucket size duration Scheduling priority QCI translation table QCI 2 Delay target DRX profile index DSCP Enforce TTI bundling L2 overhead factor GBR DL L2 overhead factor GBR UL Logical channel group identifier Maximum GBR downlink Maximum GBR uplink PDCP profile index Priority QCI QCI support Resource type RLC mode RLC profile index Scheduling bucket size duration Scheduling priority QCI translation table QCI 3 Delay target DRX profile index DSCP Enforce TTI bundling L2 overhead factor GBR DL L2 overhead factor GBR UL Logical channel group identifier Maximum GBR downlink Maximum GBR uplink PDCP profile index Priority QCI QCI support Resource type RLC mode RLC profile index Scheduling bucket size duration Scheduling priority

qciTab1resType qciTab1resType qciTab1rlcMode qciTab1rlcMode qciTab1rlcProfIdx qciTab1rlcProfIdx qciTab1schedulBSD qciTab1schedulBSD qciTab1schedulPrio qciTab1schedulPrio qciTab2 qciTab2 qciTab2delayTarget qciTab2delayTarget qciTab2drxProfileInd qciTab2drxProfileInd ex ex qciTab2dscp qciTab2dscp qciTab2enforceTtiBu qciTab2enforceTtiBu ndling qciTab2l2OHFactor ndling qciTab2l2OHFactorD DL qciTab2l2OHFactor L qciTab2l2OHFactorU UL L qciTab2lcgid qciTab2lcgid qciTab2maxGbrDl qciTab2maxGbrDl qciTab2maxGbrUl qciTab2maxGbrUl qciTab2pdcpProfIdx qciTab2pdcpProfIdx qciTab2prio qciTab2prio qciTab2qci qciTab2qci qciTab2qciSupp qciTab2qciSupp qciTab2resType qciTab2resType qciTab2rlcMode qciTab2rlcMode qciTab2rlcProfIdx qciTab2rlcProfIdx qciTab2schedulBSD qciTab2schedulBSD qciTab2schedulPrio qciTab2schedulPrio qciTab3 qciTab3 qciTab3delayTarget qciTab3delayTarget qciTab3drxProfileInd qciTab3drxProfileInd ex ex qciTab3dscp qciTab3dscp qciTab3enforceTtiBu qciTab3enforceTtiBu ndling qciTab3l2OHFactor ndling qciTab3l2OHFactorD DL L qciTab3l2OHFactor qciTab3l2OHFactorU UL L qciTab3lcgid qciTab3lcgid

Resource Type RLC mode bucketSizeD uration priority

ttiBundling

logicalChann elGroup E-RAB Guaranteed E-RAB Bit Rate Guaranteed Bit Rate Priority QCI Resource Type RLC mode bucketSizeD uration priority

ttiBundling

logicalChann elGroup qciTab3maxGbrDl qciTab3maxGbrDl E-RAB Guaranteed qciTab3maxGbrUl qciTab3maxGbrUl E-RAB Bit Rate qciTab3pdcpProfIdx qciTab3pdcpProfIdx Guaranteed Bit Rate qciTab3prio qciTab3prio Priority qciTab3qci qciTab3qci QCI qciTab3qciSupp qciTab3qciSupp qciTab3resType qciTab3resType Resource Type qciTab3rlcMode qciTab3rlcMode RLC mode qciTab3rlcProfIdx qciTab3rlcProfIdx qciTab3schedulBSD qciTab3schedulBSD bucketSizeD qciTab3schedulPrio qciTab3schedulPrio uration priority


QCI translation table QCI 4 Delay target DRX profile index DSCP Enforce TTI bundling L2 overhead factor GBR DL L2 overhead factor GBR UL Logical channel group identifier Maximum GBR downlink Maximum GBR uplink PDCP profile index Priority QCI QCI support Resource type RLC mode RLC profile index Scheduling bucket size duration Scheduling priority QCI translation table QCI 5 DRX profile index DSCP Enforce TTI bundling Logical channel group identifier PDCP profile index Priority QCI QCI support Resource type RLC mode RLC profile index Scheduling bucket size duration Scheduling priority Scheduling type Scheduling weight QCI translation table QCI 6 DRX profile index DSCP Enforce TTI bundling Logical channel group identifier PDCP profile index Priority QCI

qciTab4 qciTab4 qciTab4delayTarget qciTab4delayTarget qciTab4drxProfileInd qciTab4drxProfileInd ex ex qciTab4dscp qciTab4dscp qciTab4enforceTtiBu qciTab4enforceTtiBu ndling qciTab4l2OHFactor ndling qciTab4l2OHFactorD DL qciTab4l2OHFactor L qciTab4l2OHFactorU UL L qciTab4lcgid qciTab4lcgid qciTab4maxGbrDl qciTab4maxGbrDl qciTab4maxGbrUl qciTab4maxGbrUl qciTab4pdcpProfIdx qciTab4pdcpProfIdx qciTab4prio qciTab4prio qciTab4qci qciTab4qci qciTab4qciSupp qciTab4qciSupp qciTab4resType qciTab4resType qciTab4rlcMode qciTab4rlcMode qciTab4rlcProfIdx qciTab4rlcProfIdx qciTab4schedulBSD qciTab4schedulBSD qciTab4schedulPrio qciTab4schedulPrio qciTab5 qciTab5 qciTab5drxProfileInd qciTab5drxProfileInd ex ex qciTab5dscp qciTab5dscp qciTab5enforceTtiBu qciTab5enforceTtiBu ndling ndling qciTab5lcgid qciTab5lcgid qciTab5pdcpProfIdx qciTab5pdcpProfIdx qciTab5prio qciTab5prio qciTab5qci qciTab5qci qciTab5qciSupp qciTab5qciSupp qciTab5resType qciTab5resType qciTab5rlcMode qciTab5rlcMode qciTab5rlcProfIdx qciTab5rlcProfIdx qciTab5schedulBSD qciTab5schedulBSD qciTab5schedulPrio qciTab5schedulPrio qciTab5schedulType qciTab5schedulType qciTab5schedulWei qciTab5schedulWeig ght ht qciTab6 qciTab6 qciTab6drxProfileInd qciTab6drxProfileInd ex ex qciTab6dscp qciTab6dscp qciTab6enforceTtiBu qciTab6enforceTtiBu ndling ndling qciTab6lcgid qciTab6lcgid qciTab6pdcpProfIdx qciTab6pdcpProfIdx qciTab6prio qciTab6prio qciTab6qci qciTab6qci

ttiBundling

logicalChann elGroup E-RAB Guaranteed E-RAB Bit Rate Guaranteed Bit Rate Priority QCI Resource Type RLC mode bucketSizeD uration priority

ttiBundling logicalChann elGroup Priority QCI Resource Type RLC mode bucketSizeD uration priority

ttiBundling logicalChann elGroup Priority QCI


QCI support Resource type RLC mode RLC profile index Scheduling bucket size duration Scheduling priority Scheduling weight QCI translation table QCI 7 DRX profile index DSCP Enforce TTI bundling Logical channel group identifier PDCP profile index Priority QCI QCI support Resource type RLC mode RLC profile index Scheduling bucket size duration Scheduling priority Scheduling weight QCI translation table QCI 8 DRX profile index DSCP Enforce TTI bundling Logical channel group identifier PDCP profile index Priority QCI QCI support Resource type RLC mode RLC profile index Scheduling bucket size duration Scheduling priority Scheduling weight QCI translation table QCI 9 DRX profile index DSCP Enforce TTI bundling Logical channel group identifier PDCP profile index

qciTab6qciSupp qciTab6qciSupp qciTab6resType qciTab6resType qciTab6rlcMode qciTab6rlcMode qciTab6rlcProfIdx qciTab6rlcProfIdx qciTab6schedulBSD qciTab6schedulBSD qciTab6schedulPrio qciTab6schedulPrio qciTab6schedulWei qciTab6schedulWeig ght ht qciTab7 qciTab7 qciTab7drxProfileInd qciTab7drxProfileInd ex ex qciTab7dscp qciTab7dscp qciTab7enforceTtiBu qciTab7enforceTtiBu ndling ndling qciTab7lcgid qciTab7lcgid qciTab7pdcpProfIdx qciTab7pdcpProfIdx qciTab7prio qciTab7prio qciTab7qci qciTab7qci qciTab7qciSupp qciTab7qciSupp qciTab7resType qciTab7resType qciTab7rlcMode qciTab7rlcMode qciTab7rlcProfIdx qciTab7rlcProfIdx qciTab7schedulBSD qciTab7schedulBSD qciTab7schedulPrio qciTab7schedulPrio qciTab7schedulWei qciTab7schedulWeig ght ht qciTab8 qciTab8 qciTab8drxProfileInd qciTab8drxProfileInd ex ex qciTab8dscp qciTab8dscp qciTab8enforceTtiBu qciTab8enforceTtiBu ndling ndling qciTab8lcgid qciTab8lcgid qciTab8pdcpProfIdx qciTab8pdcpProfIdx qciTab8prio qciTab8prio qciTab8qci qciTab8qci qciTab8qciSupp qciTab8qciSupp qciTab8resType qciTab8resType qciTab8rlcMode qciTab8rlcMode qciTab8rlcProfIdx qciTab8rlcProfIdx qciTab8schedulBSD qciTab8schedulBSD qciTab8schedulPrio qciTab8schedulPrio qciTab8schedulWei qciTab8schedulWeig ght ht qciTab9 qciTab9 qciTab9drxProfileInd qciTab9drxProfileInd ex ex qciTab9dscp qciTab9dscp qciTab9enforceTtiBu qciTab9enforceTtiBu ndling ndling qciTab9lcgid qciTab9lcgid qciTab9pdcpProfIdx qciTab9pdcpProfIdx

Resource Type RLC mode bucketSizeD uration priority



ttiBundling logicalChann elGroup


Priority QCI QCI support Resource type RLC mode RLC profile index Scheduling bucket size duration Scheduling priority Scheduling weight QCI translation table operator specific Counter QCIs group Delay target DRX profile index DSCP Enforce TTI bundling L2 overhead factor GBR Dl L2 overhead factor GBR Ul Logical channel group identifier Maximum GBR downlink Maximum GBR uplink PDCP profile index Priority QCI QCI support Resource type RLC mode RLC profile index Scheduling bucket size duration Scheduling priority Scheduling weight RACH access for handover from UTRAN Recovery reset delay Profile 1 of RLC parameters Poll PDU RLC profile id Timer poll retransmit Timer status prohibit Timer reordering Profile 101 of RLC parameters RLC profile id SN field length downlink SN field length uplink Timer reordering

qciTab9prio qciTab9prio Priority qciTab9qci qciTab9qci QCI qciTab9qciSupp qciTab9qciSupp qciTab9resType qciTab9resType Resource Type qciTab9rlcMode qciTab9rlcMode RLC mode qciTab9rlcProfIdx qciTab9rlcProfIdx qciTab9schedulBSD qciTab9schedulBSD bucketSizeD qciTab9schedulPrio qciTab9schedulPrio uration priority qciTab9schedulWei qciTab9schedulWeig ght ht qciTabOperator qciTabOperator qciTabOperatorcoun qciTabOperatorcount terGroup qciTabOperatordela erGroup qciTabOperatordelay yTarget qciTabOperatordrxP Target qciTabOperatordrxPr rofileIndex qciTabOperatordscp ofileIndex qciTabOperatordscp qciTabOperatorenfor qciTabOperatorenfor ttiBundling ceTtiBundling qciTabOperatorl2OH ceTtiBundling qciTabOperatorl2OH FactorDl qciTabOperatorl2OH FactorDl qciTabOperatorl2OH FactorUl qciTabOperatorlcgid FactorUl qciTabOperatorlcgid logicalChann qciTabOperatormax qciTabOperatormaxG elGroup E-RAB GbrDl qciTabOperatormax brDl qciTabOperatormaxG Guaranteed E-RAB Bit Rate GbrUl brUl qciTabOperatorpdcp qciTabOperatorpdcp Guaranteed Bit Rate ProfIdx qciTabOperatorprio ProfIdx qciTabOperatorprio Priority qciTabOperatorqci qciTabOperatorqci QCI qciTabOperatorqciS qciTabOperatorqciSu upp qciTabOperatorresT pp qciTabOperatorresTy Resource ype qciTabOperatorrlcM pe qciTabOperatorrlcMo Type RLC mode ode de rlcProfIdx qciTabOperatorrlcPro qciTabOperatorsche fIdx qciTabOperatorsched bucketSizeD dulBSD qciTabOperatorsche ulBSD qciTabOperatorsched uration priority dulPrio ulPrio qciTabOperatorsche qciTabOperatorsched dulWeight ulWeight rachAccessForHoFr rachAccessForHoFro omUtran recoveryResetDelay mUtran recoveryResetDelay rlcProf1 rlcProf1pollPdu rlcProf1rlcProfileId rlcProf1tPollRetr rlcProf1tProhib rlcProf1tReord rlcProf101 rlcProf101rlcProfileI d rlcProf101snFieldLe ngthDL rlcProf101snFieldLe ngthUL rlcProf101tReord

rlcProf1 rlcProf1pollPdu t-PollPDU rlcProf1rlcProfileId rlcProf1tPollRetr tPollRetrans rlcProf1tProhib tmit StatusProhibi rlcProf1tReord t-Reordering t rlcProf101 rlcProf101rlcProfileId rlcProf101snFieldLen sngthDL rlcProf101snFieldLen FieldLength sngthUL FieldLength rlcProf101tReord t-Reordering


Profile 102 of RLC parameters RLC profile id SN field length downlink SN field length uplink Timer reordering Profile 103 of RLC parameters RLC profile id SN field length downlink SN field length uplink Timer reordering Profile 104 of RLC parameters RLC profile id SN field length downlink SN field length uplink Timer reordering Profile 2 of RLC parameters Poll PDU RLC profile id Timer poll retransmit Timer status prohibit Timer reordering Profile 3 of RLC parameters Poll PDU RLC profile id Timer poll retransmit Timer status prohibit Timer reordering Profile 4 of RLC parameters Poll PDU RLC profile id Timer poll retransmit Timer status prohibit Timer reordering Profile 5 of RLC parameters Poll PDU RLC profile id Timer poll retransmit Timer status prohibit Timer reordering S1 induced cell deactivation time SCell activation cycle period SCell activation method SCell deactivation timer eNB

rlcProf102 rlcProf102rlcProfileI d rlcProf102snFieldLe ngthDL rlcProf102snFieldLe ngthUL rlcProf102tReord rlcProf103 rlcProf103rlcProfileI d rlcProf103snFieldLe ngthDL rlcProf103snFieldLe ngthUL rlcProf103tReord rlcProf104 rlcProf104rlcProfileI d rlcProf104snFieldLe ngthDL rlcProf104snFieldLe ngthUL rlcProf104tReord rlcProf2 rlcProf2pollPdu rlcProf2rlcProfileId rlcProf2tPollRetr rlcProf2tProhib rlcProf2tReord rlcProf3 rlcProf3pollPdu rlcProf3rlcProfileId rlcProf3tPollRetr rlcProf3tProhib rlcProf3tReord rlcProf4 rlcProf4pollPdu rlcProf4rlcProfileId rlcProf4tPollRetr rlcProf4tProhib rlcProf4tReord rlcProf5 rlcProf5pollPdu rlcProf5rlcProfileId rlcProf5tPollRetr rlcProf5tProhib rlcProf5tReord s1InducedCellDeact DelayTime sCellActivationCycle Period sCellActivationMeth od sCellDeactivationTi mereNB

rlcProf102 rlcProf102rlcProfileId rlcProf102snFieldLen sngthDL rlcProf102snFieldLen FieldLength sngthUL FieldLength rlcProf102tReord t-Reordering rlcProf103 rlcProf103rlcProfileId rlcProf103snFieldLen sngthDL rlcProf103snFieldLen FieldLength sngthUL FieldLength rlcProf103tReord t-Reordering rlcProf104 rlcProf104rlcProfileId rlcProf104snFieldLen sngthDL rlcProf104snFieldLen FieldLength sngthUL FieldLength rlcProf104tReord t-Reordering rlcProf2 rlcProf2pollPdu t-PollPDU rlcProf2rlcProfileId rlcProf2tPollRetr tPollRetrans rlcProf2tProhib tmit StatusProhibi rlcProf2tReord t-Reordering t rlcProf3 rlcProf3pollPdu t-PollPDU rlcProf3rlcProfileId rlcProf3tPollRetr tPollRetrans rlcProf3tProhib tmit StatusProhibi rlcProf3tReord t-Reordering t rlcProf4 rlcProf4pollPdu t-PollPDU rlcProf4rlcProfileId rlcProf4tPollRetr tPollRetrans rlcProf4tProhib tmit StatusProhibi rlcProf4tReord t-Reordering t rlcProf5 rlcProf5pollPdu t-PollPDU rlcProf5rlcProfileId rlcProf5tPollRetr tPollRetrans rlcProf5tProhib tmit StatusProhibi rlcProf5tReord t-Reordering t s1InducedCellDeact DelayTime sCellActivationCycle Period sCellActivationMetho d sCellDeactivationTim ereNB

LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

SCell and PCell ambiguous HARQ feedback usage Shutdown step amount Shutdown window Supported number of LNADJ instances System information list WCDMA Physical Cell Id System Information Timer to wait for next RI PDU from GERAN Polling timer to ReStart RIR Procedure to for GERAN Timer to wait RIR Response from GERAN Supervision timer for handover preparation GSM Supervision to timer preparation intra LTE HO Supervision timer for the preparation HO WCDMA End-Tag maximum AM End-Tag maximum UM Timer delayed AC continuation At pre-emption TTI bundling during handover measurements TX path failure mode Maximum RSSI for interferenceaware UL-PC match indicator Voice support preconfiguration Time to trigger for A1 to deactivate interfor measurement Time to trigger A2 to activate GERAN measurement Time to Trigger for A2 to activate C2K-HRPD Measurement Time to trigger for A2 to activate inter measurement Time to trigger for A2 to activate WCDMA measurement Time to trigger for A2 to start redirect procedure A3 offset A3 report interval A3 time to trigger A5 report interval A5 time to trigger Access class barring for mobile originating CSbarring fallback Access class list Access class barring time Access probability factor Access class barring for MMTEL video originating callslist Access class barring Access class barring time Access probability factor Access class barring for MMTEL voice originating callslist Access class barring Access class barring time Access probability factor

sCellpCellHARQFdb sCellpCellHARQFdb kUsage shutdownStepAmou kUsage shutdownStepAmoun nt shutdownWindow tshutdownWindow supportedNumOfLn supportedNumOfLna adj systemInformationLi dj systemInformationLis stWCDMA systemInformationLi tWCDMA systemInformationLis physCellId-r9 stWCDMAphysCellI systemInformationLi tWCDMAphysCellId systemInformationLis utra-BCCHd stWCDMAsysInfo tWCDMAsysInfo Container-r9 tRimKaG tRimKaG tRimPollG tRimPollG tRimRirG tRimRirG T(RIR) tS1RelPrepG tS1RelPrepG TS1RELOCp rep tS1RelPrepL tS1RelPrepL tS1relocprep tS1RelPrepU tS1RelPrepU TS1RELOCp rep tagMaxAM tagMaxAM tagMaxUM tagMaxUM timDelACContPree timDelACContPreem mpt ttiBundlingDuringHo pt ttiBundlingDuringHo Meas txPathFailureMode Meas txPathFailureMode ulpcRssiMaxIAw ulpcRssiMaxIAw voiceSuppMatchInd voiceSuppMatchInd a1TimeToTriggerDe a1TimeToTriggerDea timeToTrigge actInterMeas a2TimeToTriggerAct ctInterMeas a2TimeToTriggerAct rtimeToTrigge GERANMeas a2TimeToTriggerAct GERANMeas a2TimeToTriggerAct rtimeToTrigge HrpdMeas a2TimeToTriggerAct HrpdMeas a2TimeToTriggerActI rTimeToTrigg InterFreqMeas a2TimeToTriggerAct nterFreqMeas a2TimeToTriggerAct er TimeToTrigg WcdmaMeas WcdmaMeas a2TimeToTriggerRe a2TimeToTriggerRed er TimeToTrigg direct irect er a3Offset a3Offset a3ReportInterval a3ReportInterval a3TimeToTrigger a3TimeToTrigger a5ReportInterval a5ReportInterval a5TimeToTrigger a5TimeToTrigger acBarCsfbOc acBarCsfbOc acacBarCsfbOcacBar acBarCsfbOcacBarA BarringForC acSFB-r10 AC C acBarCsfbOcacBar acBarCsfbOcacBarTi BarringForSp acecialAC Time me BarringTime acBarCsfbOcprobFa acBarCsfbOcprobFa accacBarMMTelVideoO cacBarMMTelVideoOc BarringFacto ssaccacBarMMTelVideoO acBarMMTelVideoOc rBarringForM acMTEL-VideocacBarAC acBarAC acBarMMTelVideoO acBarMMTelVideoOc BarringForSp acr9 ecialAC cacBarTime acBarTime BarringTime acBarMMTelVideoO acBarMMTelVideoOc accprobFac probFac acBarMMTelVoiceO acBarMMTelVoiceOc BarringFacto ssaccacBarMMTelVoiceO acBarMMTelVoiceOc rBarringForM acMTEL-VoicecacBarAC acBarAC acBarMMTelVoiceO acBarMMTelVoiceOc BarringForSp acr9 ecialAC cacBarTime acBarTime BarringTime acBarMMTelVoiceO acBarMMTelVoiceOc accprobFac probFac BarringFacto r

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

Access class barring for originating calls Access class barring list for mobile originating calls Access class barring time for originating calls Access probability factor for originating callsfor signaling Access barring Access class barring list mobile orig signaling Access class barring time for signaling Access probability factor for signaling Activate DL OLDTC Activate DL voice packet aggregation Activate DRX Activate fast adaptive MIMO switch Activate load adaptive PDCCH Activate modulation scheme UL

acBarOc acBarOc acacBarOcocAcBarAC acBarOcocAcBarAC BarringForM acO-Data acBarOcocAcBarTi acBarOcocAcBarTim BarringForSp acecialAC me acBarOcocAcProbF e acBarOcocAcProbFa BarringTime acac c BarringFacto acBarSig acBarSig acr acBarSigsigAcBarA acBarSigsigAcBarAC BarringForM acO-Signalling C acBarSigsigAcBarTi acBarSigsigAcBarTi BarringForSp acecialAC me acBarSigsigAcProb me acBarSigsigAcProbF BarringTime acFac ac BarringFacto actDlsOldtc actDlsOldtc r actDlsVoicePacketA actDlsVoicePacketAg gg g actDrx actDrx actFastMimoSwitch actFastMimoSwitch actLdPdcch actLdPdcch actModulationSche actModulationSchem meUL eUL

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

Activate support for excluded intra-band IF measurement Activate outer loop link adaptation PRS activation PRS Tx diversity activation Activate PUSCH masking Repeater mode activation Activate support for up to six Inter-freq measurement Activate smart DRX Activate supercell configuration Activate TTI bundling Activation of uplink group hopping Activate uplink link adaptation Method for UL power control Additional active UE with reason radio reason handover Additional active UE with reason time critical handover Add emergency sessions Add GBR-DRB traffic for radio reason handover Add GBR-DRB traffic for time critical reason handover Add number DRB radioReasHo Add number DRB timeCriticalHo Add number QCI1 DRB for radioReasHo Add number QCI1 DRB for timeCriticalHo Additional spectrum emission mask

actNoIntraBandIFM actNoIntraBandIFMe easurements asurements actOlLaPdcch actOlLaPdcch actOtdoa actOtdoa actPrsTxDiv actPrsTxDiv actPuschMask actPuschMask actRepeaterMode actRepeaterMode actSixIfMeasuremen actSixIfMeasurement ts sactSmartDrx actSmartDrx actSuperCell actSuperCell actTtiBundling actTtiBundling actUlGrpHop actUlGrpHop actUlLnkAdp actUlLnkAdp actUlpcMethod actUlpcMethod addAUeRrHo addAUeRrHo addAUeTcHo addAUeTcHo addEmergencySess addEmergencySessi ions addGbrTrafficRrHo ons addGbrTrafficRrHo addGbrTrafficTcHo addGbrTrafficTcHo addNumDrbRadioR addNumDrbRadioRe easHo addNumDrbTimeCrit asHo addNumDrbTimeCriti icalHo addNumQci1DrbRa calHo addNumQci1DrbRadi dioReasHo addNumQci1DrbTim oReasHo addNumQci1DrbTim eCriticalHo eCriticalHo addSpectrEmi addSpectrEmi additionalSp ectrumEmiss ion

LNCEL

Administrative state ANR UTRA RSCP threshold

administrativeState administrativeState anrUtraRscpThres anrUtraRscpThres

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

Apply UL out-of-sync state Blacklisted cell for intra and inter freq HO list topologies Blacklisted eUTRA carrier frequency Range of physical cell id range Start of physical cell id range Blanked PUCCH resources CDMA2000 timers CDMA2000 1xRTT measurement report timer relocation preparation CDMA2000 timer CDMA2000 relocation execution timer UL Handover preparation transfer timer Intra-frequency reselection timer EUTRA Cell reselection timer factor high mobility Cell reselection timer factor medium mobility Cell barred flag Cell capacity class value Cell individual offset of own serving cells PCI Cell name Cell reselection priority

applyOutOfSyncStat applyOutOfSyncStat e e blacklistHoL blacklistHoL intraFreqBlac blacklistHoLblacklist blacklistHoLblacklistT kCellList Topo blacklistHoLfreqEutr opo blacklistHoLfreqEutra carrierFreq a phyCellIdRange blacklistHoLphyCellI range blacklistHoLphyCellI dRange blacklistHoLphyCellI start dStart dStart blankedPucch blankedPucch c2KTimers c2KTimers c2KTimerstC2KMea c2KTimerstC2KMeas sReport c2KTimerstC2KRelo Report c2KTimerstC2KReloc cPrep c2KTimerstC2kRelo Prep c2KTimerstC2kReloc cExec c2KTimerstULHOPr Exec c2KTimerstULHOPre epTransfer pTransfer celResTiF celResTiF tcelResTiFcelResTiF celResTiFcelResTiF ReselectionE sf-High UTRA-SF HM celResTiFcelResTiF HM celResTiFcelResTiF sf-Medium MM MM cellBarred cellBarred cellBarred cellCapClass cellCapClass Cell Capacity Class Value cellIndOffServ cellIndOffServ cellIndividual Offset cellName cellName cellReSelPrio cellReSelPrio cellReselecti onPriority

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

Cell reset requested cellResetRequest cellResetRequest Assigned cell resource group cellResourceGroup cellResourceGroupP profile PrId Cell resource sharing mode cellResourceSharin rId cellResourceSharing Minimum required quality in cell gMode cellSelectionInfoV92 Mode cellSelectionInfoV92 (Rel9) 0 Offset for minimum required cellSelectionInfoV92 0 cellSelectionInfoV92 RSRQ in cell (Rel9) 0qQualMinOffsetR9 Minimum required RSRQ in cell cellSelectionInfoV92 0qQualMinOffsetR9 cellSelectionInfoV92 (Rel9) 0qQualMinR9 0qQualMinR9 Cell scheduling request periodicity cellSrPeriod cellSrPeriod Cell type cellType cellType Enable aperiodic CQI reporting on cqiAperEnable cqiAperEnable PUSCH Aperiodic CQI feedback reporting cqiAperMode cqiAperMode mode CQI periodicity network period cqiPerNp cqiPerNp Periodic CQI subbands cycles cqiPerSbCycK cqiPerSbCycK Enable simultaneous CQI and cqiPerSimulAck cqiPerSimulAck ACK/NACK DeltaF PUCCH list dFListPucch dFListPucch DeltaF PUCCH format 1 dFpucchF1 dFListPucchdFpucch F1 DeltaF PUCCH format 1b dFpucchF1b dFListPucchdFpucch F1b DeltaF PUCCH format 2 dFpucchF2 dFListPucchdFpucch F2 DeltaF PUCCH format 2a dFpucchF2a dFListPucchdFpucch F2a

ANRPRW

RSCP

CellSelection Info-v920 qQualMinOffs q-QualMin-r9 et-r9 ISR (Tab.10.1-5) Cell Size srConfigIndex cqiReportingMo Np deAperiodic K simultaneous AckNackAnd deltaFListCQI PUCCH deltaFPUCCHdeltaFFormat1 PUCCHdeltaFFormat1b PUCCHdeltaFFormat2 PUCCHFormat2a

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

DeltaF PUCCH format 2b Dedicated SR transmission maximum Default paging cycle Delta preamble random access message 3 shift for PUCCH Delta cyclic Enabled TB size impact to UE PUSCH power calculation Enable 64QAM in downlink Cell power reduce

dFpucchF2b dSrTransMax defPagCyc deltaPreMsg3 deltaPucchShift deltaTfEnabled dl64QamEnable dlCellPwrRed

dFListPucchdFpucch F2b dSrTransMax defPagCyc deltaPreMsg3 deltaPucchShift deltaTfEnabled dl64QamEnable dlCellPwrRed

deltaFPUCCHdsrFormat2b TransMax defaultPagin gCycle

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

Downlink channel bandwidth Enable downlink interference generation Interference level for generated downlink interference Modulation scheme for downlink interference Downlink MIMO mode Enable OLQC Downlink pathloss change Downlink PCFICH transmission power boost Downlink PHICH transmission power boost Downlink reference signals transmission power boost

dlChBw dlInterferenceEnabl e dlInterferenceLevel dlInterferenceModul ation dlMimoMode dlOlqcEnable dlPathlossChg dlPcfichBoost dlPhichBoost dlRsBoost

dlChBw dlInterferenceEnable dlInterferenceLevel dlInterferenceModula tion dlMimoMode dlOlqcEnable dlPathlossChg dlPcfichBoost dlPhichBoost dlRsBoost

Channel bandwidth

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

DL target BLER Default CQI Enable DL AMC MIMO power compensation DCI format for common channel transmission DL OLDTC target Use of partly allocated PRBs DRX apply device type DRX profile 1 DRX profile index DRX profile priority DRX profile 101

dlTargetBler dlTargetBler dlamcCqiDef dlamcCqiDef dlamcEnable dlamcEnable dlpcMimoComp dlpcMimoComp dlsDciCch dlsDciCch dlsOldtcTarget dlsOldtcTarget dlsUsePartPrb dlsUsePartPrb drxApplyDeviceType drxApplyDeviceType drxProfile1 drxProfile1 DRX-Config drxProfile1drxProfile drxProfile1drxProfileI Index drxProfile1drxProfile ndex drxProfile1drxProfile Priority Priority drxProfile101 drxProfile101 DRX-Config

deltaPUCCH -Shift deltaMCSEnabled

DlPathlossC hange

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

DRX inactivity timer DRX long cycle DRX on duration timer DRX profile index DRX profile priority DRX retransmission timer DRX profile 102 DRX inactivity timer DRX long cycle DRX on duration timer DRX profile index DRX profile priority DRX retransmission timer DRX profile 103 DRX inactivity timer DRX long cycle DRX on duration timer DRX profile index DRX profile priority DRX retransmission timer DRX profile 2 DRX inactivity timer DRX long cycle DRX on duration timer DRX profile index DRX profile priority DRX retransmission timer DRX profile 3 DRX inactivity timer DRX long cycle DRX on duration timer DRX profile index DRX profile priority DRX retransmission timer DRX profile 4 DRX inactivity timer DRX long cycle DRX on duration timer DRX profile index DRX profile priority DRX retransmission timer DRX profile 5 DRX inactivity timer

drxProfile101drxIna drxProfile101drxInact drxctivityT drxProfile101drxLon ivityT drxProfile101drxLong InactivityTim DRX Cycle, er gCycle Cycle drxProfile101drxOn drxProfile101drxOnD longDrxonDurationTi Cycle DuratT drxProfile101drxProf uratT drxProfile101drxProfi mer ileIndex drxProfile101drxProf leIndex drxProfile101drxProfi ilePriority drxProfile101drxRet lePriority drxProfile101drxRetr drxransT ansT Retransmissi drxProfile102 drxProfile102 onTimer drxInactivityT drxProfile102drxInact drxProfile102drxLon ivityT drxProfile102drxLong gCycle drxProfile102drxOn Cycle drxProfile102drxOnD DuratT drxProfile102drxProf uratT drxProfile102drxProfi ileIndex drxProfile102drxProf leIndex drxProfile102drxProfi ilePriority lePriority drxRetransT drxProfile102drxRetr ansT drxProfile103 drxProfile103 DRX-Config drxProfile103drxIna drxProfile103drxInact ctivityT drxProfile103drxLon ivityT drxProfile103drxLong gCycle drxProfile103drxOn Cycle drxProfile103drxOnD DuratT drxProfile103drxProf uratT drxProfile103drxProfi ileIndex drxProfile103drxProf leIndex drxProfile103drxProfi ilePriority drxProfile103drxRet lePriority drxProfile103drxRetr drxransT ansT Retransmissi drxProfile2 drxProfile2 DRX-Config onTimer drxProfile2drxInactiv drxProfile2drxInactivi drxityT drxProfile2drxLongC tyT drxProfile2drxLongC InactivityTim DRX Cycle, er ycle ycle drxOnDuratT drxProfile2drxOnDur longDrxonDurationTi Cycle atT drxProfile2drxProfile drxProfile2drxProfileI mer Index drxProfile2drxProfile ndex drxProfile2drxProfile Priority drxProfile2drxRetra Priority drxProfile2drxRetran drxnsT sT Retransmissi drxProfile3 drxProfile3 DRX-Config onTimer drxProfile3drxInactiv drxProfile3drxInactivi drxityT drxProfile3drxLongC tyT drxProfile3drxLongC InactivityTim DRX Cycle, er ycle ycle longDrxdrxOnDuratT 1 drxProfile3drxOnDur onDurationTi Cycle atT drxProfile3drxProfile drxProfile3drxProfileI mer Index drxProfile3drxProfile ndex drxProfile3drxProfile Priority drxProfile3drxRetra Priority drxProfile3drxRetran drxnsT sT Retransmissi drxProfile4 drxProfile4 DRX-Config onTimer drxProfile4drxInactiv drxProfile4drxInactivi drxityT drxProfile4drxLongC tyT drxProfile4drxLongC InactivityTim DRX Cycle. er ycle ycle drxProfile4drxOnDur drxProfile4drxOnDur longDrxonDurationTi Cycle atT atT mer drxProfile4drxProfile drxProfile4drxProfileI Index ndex drxProfile4drxProfile drxProfile4drxProfile Priority drxProfile4drxRetra Priority drxProfile4drxRetran drxnsT sT Retransmissi drxProfile5 drxProfile5 DRX-Config onTimer drxProfile5drxInactiv drxProfile5drxInactivi drxityT tyT InactivityTim er


DRX long cycle DRX on duration timer DRX profile index DRX profile priority DRX retransmission timer DRX smart profile 2 DRX inactivity timer DRX long cycle DRX on duration timer DRX profile index DRX profile priority DRX retransmission timer DRX short cycle DRX short cycle timer Short term inactivity factor for smart DRX profile 3 DRX smart DRX inactivity timer DRX long cycle DRX on duration timer DRX profile index DRX profile priority DRX retransmission timer DRX short cycle DRX short cycle timer Short term inactivity factor for smart DRX profile 4 DRX smart DRX inactivity timer DRX long cycle DRX on duration timer DRX profile index DRX profile priority DRX retransmission timer DRX short cycle DRX short cycle timer Short term inactivity factor for smart DRX profile 5 DRX smart DRX inactivity timer DRX long cycle DRX on duration timer DRX profile index DRX profile priority DRX retransmission timer DRX short cycle

drxLongCycle drxProfile5drxLongC DRX Cycle, drxProfile5drxOnDur ycle drxProfile5drxOnDur longDrxonDurationTi Cycle atT atT drxProfile5drxProfile drxProfile5drxProfileI mer Index drxProfile5drxProfile ndex drxProfile5drxProfile Priority drxProfile5drxRetra Priority drxProfile5drxRetran drxnsT sT Retransmissi drxSmartProfile2 drxSmartProfile2 DRX-Config onTimer drxSmartProfile2drxI drxSmartProfile2drxI drxnactivityT nactivityT drxLongCycle 1 drxSmartProfile2drxL InactivityTim DRX Cycle, er ongCycle drxOnDuratT 2 drxSmartProfile2drx longDrxonDurationTi Cycle OnDuratT drxSmartProfile2drx drxSmartProfile2drxP mer ProfileIndex drxSmartProfile2drx rofileIndex drxSmartProfile2drxP ProfilePriority drxSmartProfile2drx rofilePriority drxSmartProfile2drx drxRetransT RetransT drxShortCycle drxSmartProfile2drxS Retransmissi DRX Cycle, onTimer hortCycle drxSmartProfile2drx drxSmartProfile2drxS shortDrxDRX Cycle, Cycle ShortCycleT hortCycleT drxSmartProfile2sm drxSmartProfile2sma shortDrxCycl eTimer artStInactFactor rtStInactFactor drxSmartProfile3 drxSmartProfile3 DRX-Config drxSmartProfile3drxI drxSmartProfile3drxI drxnactivityT drxSmartProfile3drx nactivityT drxSmartProfile3drxL InactivityTim DRX Cycle, er LongCycle ongCycle drxOnDuratT 3 drxSmartProfile3drx longDrxonDurationTi Cycle drxSmartProfile3drx OnDuratT drxSmartProfile3drxP mer ProfileIndex drxSmartProfile3drx rofileIndex drxSmartProfile3drxP ProfilePriority drxSmartProfile3drx rofilePriority drxSmartProfile3drx drxRetransT drxSmartProfile3drx RetransT drxSmartProfile3drxS Retransmissi DRX Cycle, onTimer ShortCycle drxSmartProfile3drx hortCycle drxSmartProfile3drxS shortDrxDRX Cycle, Cycle ShortCycleT hortCycleT drxSmartProfile3sm drxSmartProfile3sma shortDrxCycl eTimer artStInactFactor rtStInactFactor drxSmartProfile4 drxSmartProfile4 DRX-Config drxSmartProfile4drxI drxSmartProfile4drxI drxnactivityT drxSmartProfile4drx nactivityT drxSmartProfile4drxL InactivityTim DRX Cycle. er LongCycle ongCycle drxSmartProfile4drx drxSmartProfile4drx longDrxonDurationTi Cycle OnDuratT OnDuratT drxSmartProfile4drx drxSmartProfile4drxP mer ProfileIndex rofileIndex drxSmartProfile4drx drxSmartProfile4drxP ProfilePriority drxSmartProfile4drx rofilePriority drxSmartProfile4drx drxRetransT drxSmartProfile4drx RetransT drxSmartProfile4drxS Retransmissi DRX Cycle, onTimer ShortCycle hortCycle drxSmartProfile4drx drxSmartProfile4drxS shortDrxDRX Cycle, Cycle ShortCycleT hortCycleT shortDrxCycl drxSmartProfile4sm drxSmartProfile4sma eTimer artStInactFactor rtStInactFactor drxSmartProfile5 drxSmartProfile5 DRX-Config drxSmartProfile5drxI drxSmartProfile5drxI drxnactivityT nactivityT drxLongCycle 2 drxSmartProfile5drxL InactivityTim DRX Cycle, er ongCycle longDrxdrxSmartProfile5drx drxSmartProfile5drx onDurationTi Cycle OnDuratT OnDuratT drxSmartProfile5drx drxSmartProfile5drxP mer ProfileIndex drxSmartProfile5drx rofileIndex drxSmartProfile5drxP ProfilePriority drxSmartProfile5drx rofilePriority drxSmartProfile5drx drxRetransT RetransT Retransmissi drxSmartProfile5drx drxSmartProfile5drxS DRX Cycle, onTimer ShortCycle hortCycle shortDrxCycle


DRX short cycle timer drxSmartProfile5drx drxSmartProfile5drxS DRX Cycle, ShortCycleT Short term inactivity factor for drxSmartProfile5sm hortCycleT drxSmartProfile5sma shortDrxCycl eTimer smart artStInactFactor rtStInactFactor AccessDRX barred for emergency eCallAcBarred eCallAcBarred accalls BarringForE eHRPD sector-ID list for preeHrpdSectList eHrpdSectList mergency registration Loadbalancing factor for preeHrpdSectListpreRe eHrpdSectListpreRe registration eHRPD gLoadBalFactor gLoadBalFactor SectorID of with eHRPD access sectorID eHrpdSectListsectorI CDMA2000 network D Sector ID Extended uplink link adaptation eUlLaAtbPeriod eUlLaAtbPeriod ATB periodicity Extended uplink link adaptation eUlLaBlerAveWin eUlLaBlerAveWin BLER averaging window Extended uplink link adaptation eUlLaDeltaMcs eUlLaDeltaMcs delta MCS Extended uplink link adaptation eUlLaLowMcsThr eUlLaLowMcsThr low MCS threshold Extended uplink link adaptation eUlLaLowPrbThr eUlLaLowPrbThr low PRB threshold Extended uplink link adaptation eUlLaPrbIncDecFac eUlLaPrbIncDecFact PRB factordownlink tor or EARFCN earfcnDL earfcnDL EARFCN EARFCN uplink earfcnUL earfcnUL EARFCN Emergency area ID list emAreaIdList emAreaIdList Emergency Area ID Enable AMC for PDCCH link enableAmcPdcch enableAmcPdcch adaptation Enable better cell HO enableBetterCellHo enableBetterCellHo Enable coverage HO enableCovHo enableCovHo Enable downlink 16QAM enableDl16Qam enableDl16Qam Enable lower aggregation enableLowAgg enableLowAgg selection for PDCCH LA Enable PDCCH power control enablePcPdcch enablePcPdcch E-UTRAN cell identifier eutraCelId eutraCelId eUTRANcellI E-UTRAN access point position eutranAccessPointP eutranAccessPointP dentifier Eosition Altitude eutranAccessPointP osition eutranAccessPointP UTRANAcce altitude ssPointPositi ositionaltitude ositionaltitude Confidence eutranAccessPointP eutranAccessPointP confidence on ositionconfidence Degrees of latitude eutranAccessPointP ositionconfidence eutranAccessPointP latitude ositiondegreesOfLat Degrees of longitude eutranAccessPointP ositiondegreesOfLatit eutranAccessPointP longitude itude ude ositiondegreesOfLo Direction of altitude eutranAccessPointP ositiondegreesOfLon eutranAccessPointP directionOfAl ngitude gitude ositiondirectionOfAlti Latitude sign eutranAccessPointP ositiondirectionOfAltit eutranAccessPointP titude latitudeSign tude ude ositionlatitudeSign ositionlatitudeSign Orientation of major axis eutranAccessPointP eutranAccessPointP orientationOf ositionorientationOf eutranAccessPointP ositionorientationOfM uncertaintyAl MajorAxis Uncertainty altitude eutranAccessPointP MajorAxis ajorAxis ositionuncertaintyAlt ositionuncertaintyAltit Uncertainty semi-major eutranAccessPointP eutranAccessPointP titude uncertaintyS itude ude ositionuncertaintySe ositionuncertaintySe Uncertainty semi-minor eutranAccessPointP eutranAccessPointP emi-major uncertaintyS miMajor miMajor ositionuncertaintySe ositionuncertaintySe emi-minor Fast uplink link ATB trigger fUlLAAtbTrigThr fUlLAAtbTrigThr miMinor miMinor threshold Filter center TX filterCenterTx filterCenterTx Filter coefficient filterCoeff filterCoeff filterCoefficie Filtering coefficient used for CSFB filterCoefficientCSF filterCoefficientCSFB nt filterCoefficie Cpich-Ecn0 BCpichEcn0 CpichEcn0 Filtering coefficient used for CSFB filterCoefficientCSF filterCoefficientCSFB nt filterCoefficie Cpich-RSCP BCpichRscp CpichRscp nt Filtering coefficient used for cpich filterCoefficientCpic filterCoefficientCpich filterCoefficie ecN0 hEcn0 Ecn0 Filtering coefficient used for cpich filterCoefficientCpic filterCoefficientCpich nt filterCoefficie RSCP hRscp Rscp Filtering coefficient used for filterCoefficientRSR filterCoefficientRSRP nt filterCoefficie RSRP P Filtering coefficient used for filterCoefficientRSR filterCoefficientRSRQ ntRSRP filterCoefficie RSRQ coefficient used for RSSI filterCoefficientRSSI Q ntRSRQ Filtering filterCoefficientRSSI filterCoefficie nt

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

Further PLMN identity list Cell reserved for operator use Mobile country code Mobile network code Mobile network code length GBR congestion handling Group assignment for PUSCH Maximum number of message 3 HARQ transmissions Maximum number of HARQ transmission in DL of HARQ Maximum number transmission in UL Max number of UL HARQ transmissions TTI bundling Hopping modeduring of PUSCH HRPD Timers CDMA2000 HRPD Handover Relocation Timer CDMA2000Execution HRPD Handover Relocation Preparation Timer CDMA2000 HRPD UL Handover Preparation Transfer Timer Highspeed scenario Related hysteresis of offset a3Offset for RSRP of intra F Related hysteresis threshold th2 GERAN for RSRP Related Hysteresis of Threshold2 C2K-HRPD for RSRP Related hysteresis of threshold th2 interFreq for RSRP Related hysteresis of threshold th2 WCDMA for RSRP Related hysteresis of threshold th2a for RSRP Related hysteresis of thresholds th3 and th3a for RSRP Related hysteresis of threshold th4 for RSRP Inter-frequency load balancing load thresholds load balancing Inter-frequency QCI1 Bearer check Inter-frequency loadtimer balancing GBR high load DL Inter-frequency load balancing non-GBR high load Inter-frequency loadDL balancing PDCCH high load Inter Freq Load Bal Retry Timer Cell reselection weight factor idle mode load balancing Percentage of UE for idle mode load balancing

furtherPlmnIdL furtherPlmnIdL plmnfurtherPlmnIdLcellR furtherPlmnIdLcellRe IdentityList cellReserved eserve serve furtherPlmnIdLmcc furtherPlmnIdLmcc ForOperator mcc Use furtherPlmnIdLmnc furtherPlmnIdLmnc mnc furtherPlmnIdLmncL furtherPlmnIdLmncL ength ength gbrCongHandling gbrCongHandling grpAssigPUSCH grpAssigPUSCH harqMaxMsg3 harqMaxMsg3 harqMaxTrDl harqMaxTrDl harqMaxTrUl harqMaxTrUl maxHARQharqMaxTrUlTtiBun harqMaxTrUlTtiBundl Tx maxHARQdling ing Tx hopModePusch hopModePusch hrpdTimers hrpdTimers hrpdTimerstC2KRel hrpdTimerstC2KRelo ocOverallHrpd hrpdTimerstC2KRel cOverallHrpd hrpdTimerstC2KRelo ocPrepHrpd hrpdTimerstUlHoPre cPrepHrpd hrpdTimerstUlHoPre pTransferHrpd pTransferHrpd hsScenario hsScenario HST Scenario hysA3Offset hysA3Offset hysteresis hysThreshold2GER hysThreshold2GERA hysteresis AN hysThreshold2Hrpd N hysThreshold2Hrpd hysteresis hysThreshold2Inter hysThreshold2InterFr hysteresis Freq hysThreshold2Wcd eq hysThreshold2Wcdm hysteresis ma a hysThreshold2a hysThreshold2a hysteresis hysThreshold3 hysThreshold3 hysteresis hysThreshold4 hysThreshold4 hysteresis iFLBLoadThreshold iFLBLoadThresholds siFLBBearCheckTim iFLBLoadThresholdsi er iFLBHighLoadGBR FLBBearCheckTimer iFLBLoadThresholdsi DL iFLBHighLoadNonG FLBHighLoadGBRD iFLBLoadThresholdsi L BRDL iFLBHighLoadPdcch FLBHighLoadNonGB iFLBLoadThresholdsi RDL FLBHighLoadPdcch iFLBLoadThreshold iFLBLoadThresholdsi siFLBRetryTimer idleLBCelResWeigh FLBRetryTimer idleLBCelResWeight tidleLBPercentageOf idleLBPercentageOf Ues Ues


Uplink improved latency reaction timer Inactivity timer Initial MCS in downlink Initial MCS in uplink Initial amount of PRBs in uplink Intra-frequency cell reselection allowed Presence antenna port1 Local cell resource ID

ilReacTimerUl inactivityTimer iniMcsDl iniMcsUl iniPrbsUl intrFrqCelRes intraPresAntP lcrId

ilReacTimerUl inactivityTimer iniMcsDl iniMcsUl iniPrbsUl intrFrqCelRes intraPresAntP lcrId

intraFrequen cyReselectio presenceAnt n ennaPort1


LTE cell configuration identifier Load balancing profile Cell individual offset change lower margin Maximum bitrate downlink Maximum bitrate uplink Maximum code rate for paging Maximum code rate for random access message 4 for random Maximum code rate access message 2 for SIB Maximum code rate Maximum GBR-DRB Traffic Limit Maximum number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH Max number act DRB Maximum number of active UEs Max number Carrier Aggr configured UEs double carrier Max number QCI1 DRBs (GBRs) Maximum number of RRC connections Maximum number RRC emergency Maximum amount of users per TTI in DL amount of users per Maximum TTI in UL bitrate selector Maximum Measurement quantity for UTRACSFB FDD measurements Measurement quantity used for UTRA FDD measurements MIMO Closed Loop configuration CQI threshold for fallback to CL MIMO 1 CW mode CQI threshold for activation of CL MIMO 2 CW mode Rank threshold for fallback to CL MIMO 1 CW mode Rank threshold for activation of CL MIMO 2 CW mode MIMO Open Loop configuration CQI threshold for fallback to MIMO diversityfor activation of OL CQI threshold MIMOthreshold SM Rank for fallback to MIMO diversity Rank threshold for activation of OL MIMO bitrate SM downlink Minimum Minimum bitrate uplink Mobility profiles mapping list Mobility profile ID Subscriber profile ID Last subscriber profile ID of a range state parameters Mobility NCellChangeHigh Mobility state parameters NCellChangeMedium Mobility state parameters tevaluation Mobility state parameters THystNormal Modification period coefficient

lnCelId lnCelId loadBalancingProfile loadBalancingProfile lowerMarginCIO lowerMarginCIO maxBitrateDl maxBitrateDl maxBitrateUl maxBitrateUl maxCrPgDl maxCrPgDl maxCrRa4Dl maxCrRa4Dl maxCrRaDl maxCrRaDl maxCrSibDl maxCrSibDl maxGbrTrafficLimit maxGbrTrafficLimit maxNrSymPdcch maxNrSymPdcch maxNumActDrb maxNumActDrb maxNumActUE maxNumActUE maxNumCaConfUe maxNumCaConfUeD Dc cmaxNumQci1Drb maxNumQci1Drb maxNumRrc maxNumRrc maxNumRrcEmerge maxNumRrcEmerge ncy ncy maxNumUeDl maxNumUeDl maxNumUeUl maxNumUeUl mbrSelector mbrSelector measQuantityCSFB measQuantityCSFB measQuantit Utra yUTRA-FDD measQuantityUtra Utra measQuantityUtra measQuantit yUTRA-FDD mimoClConfig mimoClConfig mimoClCqiThD mimoClConfigmimoC lCqiThD mimoClCqiThU mimoClConfigmimoC lCqiThU mimoClRiThD mimoClConfigmimoC lRiThD mimoClRiThU mimoClConfigmimoC lRiThU mimoOlConfig mimoOlConfig mimoOlCqiThD mimoOlConfigmimo OlCqiThD mimoOlCqiThU mimoOlConfigmimo OlCqiThU mimoOlRiThD mimoOlConfigmimo OlRiThD mimoOlRiThU mimoOlConfigmimo OlRiThU minBitrateDl minBitrateDl minBitrateUl minBitrateUl moPrMappingList moPrMappingList moPrMappingListm moPrMappingListmo oPrId moPrMappingListspi PrId moPrMappingListspi d moPrMappingListspi d moPrMappingListspi dLast dLast mobStateParamNC mobStateParamNCel nelChgHgh ChgHgh mobStateParamNC mobStateParamNCel CellChangeH nigh elChgMed ChgMed mobStateParamTEv mobStateParamTEv CellChange t-Evaluation Medium al al mobStateParamTHy mobStateParamTHy t-HystNormal stNorm stNorm modPeriodCoeff modPeriodCoeff modification PeriodCoeff

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

ACK/NACK offset n1PucchAn Maximum number of out-of-sync n310 indications Maximum number of in-sync n311 indications PUCCH bandwidth for CQI nCqiRb Intra EUTRA offset frequency offsetFreqIntra Operational state operationalState Nominal power for UE PUCCH TX p0NomPucch power calculation Nominal power for UE PUSCH TX p0NomPusch power calculation Maximum output power pMax Pmax intra-frequency neighboring pMaxIntraF E-UTRA Max. uplink transmission power pMaxOwnCell own cellnB Paging pagingNb PDCCH LA UE default pdcchAggDefUe aggregation PDCCH aggregation for RA msg4 pdcchAggMsg4 PDCCH aggregation for paging pdcchAggPaging PDCCH aggregation level for pdcchAggPreamb preamble assignments PDCCH aggregation for random pdcchAggRaresp access message PDCCHresponse aggregation for pdcchAggSib secondary system information PDCCH allocation limit pdcchAlpha

n1PucchAn n310 n311 nCqiRb offsetFreqIntra operationalState p0NomPucch p0NomPusch pMax pMaxIntraF pMaxOwnCell pagingNb pdcchAggDefUe pdcchAggMsg4 pdcchAggPaging pdcchAggPreamb pdcchAggRaresp pdcchAggSib pdcchAlpha

LNCEL

PDCCH LA CQI shift

pdcchCqiShift

pdcchCqiShift

LNCEL

PDCCH and HARQ response target BLER

pdcchHarqTargetBle pdcchHarqTargetBler r

LNCEL LNCEL MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

PDCCH LA UL DL allocation balance value Periodic initial CQI feedback type Periodic UE measurements Report amount Report interval PHICH duration PHICH resource Physical layer cell identity PRACH cyclic shift PRACH configuration index PRACH frequency offset

pdcchUlDlBal periodicCqiFeedbac kType periodicUeMeas reportAmount reportInterval phichDur phichRes phyCellId prachCS prachConfIndex prachFreqOff

pdcchUlDlBal periodicCqiFeedback Type periodicUeMeas periodicUeMeasrepo rtAmount periodicUeMeasrepo rtInterval phichDur phichRes phyCellId prachCS prachConfIndex prachFreqOff

n1PucchAn n310 n311 nRB-CQI offsetFreq P0_NOMINA L_PUCCH P0_NOMINA L_PUSCH(j= Pmax 1) p-Max p-Max nB

PUCCH CQI Feedback Type ReportAmou nt ReportInterv al phichDuration phichResource ZeroCorrelati onZoneConfi prachg Configuration prachIndex FrequencyOf fset

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

PRACH high speed flag Power ramping step Preamble transmission maximum Cell reserved for operator use PRS bandwidth

prachHsFlag prachPwrRamp preambTxMax primPlmnCellres prsBandwidth

prachHsFlag prachPwrRamp preambTxMax primPlmnCellres prsBandwidth

highSpeedFl ag powerRampi ngStep preambleTra nsMax cellReserved ForOperator prsUse Bandwidth


PRS configuration index PRS muting PRS muting info PRS muting info pattern length PRS Number of DL frames PRS power boost PUCCH cyclic shift for mixed formats PUSCH decoding offset index for ACK PUSCH decoding offset index for CQI PUSCH decoding offset index for rank indicator procedure Cell reselection hysteresis value Min. required RSRQ in intra-freq neighbor cells Q RX level min.(Rel9) offset

prsConfigurationInd ex prsMuting prsMutingprsMutingI nfo prsMutingprsMutingI nfoPatternLen prsNumDlFrames prsPowerBoost pucchNAnCs puschAckOffI

prsConfigurationInde xprsMuting prsMutingprsMutingI nfo prsMutingprsMutingI nfoPatternLen prsNumDlFrames prsPowerBoost pucchNAnCs puschAckOffI

prsConfiguration prsIndex MutingInfo prsMutingInfo

puschCqiOffI puschRiOffI qHyst qQualMinR9 qRxLevMinOffset Minimum required RX level in cell qrxlevmin Min. required RX level for intraqrxlevminintraF freq neighboring Maximum contentcells resolution timer raContResoT Large size random access MCS in raLargeMcsUl uplink RA message power offset for raMsgPoffGrB group B selection Number of random access raNondedPreamb preambles Random access preambles group raPreGrASize A size access response window raRespWinSize Random size Small size random access MCS in raSmallMcsUl uplink Small size random access data raSmallVolUl volume uplink value Randominchallenge rand DL rate capping AMBR margin rcAmbrMgnDl Rate capping AMBR margin in rcAmbrMgnUl uplink Enable rate capping in downlink rcEnableDl Enable rate capping in uplink rcEnableUl Enable reduced bandwidth DL redBwEnDl Maximum number of PRBs redBwMaxRbDl assigned in downlink Restricted PRB assignment in redBwRbUlConfig uplink configuration Maximum number of PRBs redBwRbUlConfigre assigned in uplink dBwMaxRbUl Minimum number of PRBs redBwRbUlConfigre assigned in uplink dBwMinRbUl Enable restricted PRB redBwRpaEnUl assignment in uplink Rank indication reporting enable riEnable Multiplier M for periodic RI riPerM reporting period Periodic RI reporting offset riPerOffset

puschCqiOffI puschRiOffI qHyst qQualMinR9 qRxLevMinOffset qrxlevmin qrxlevminintraF raContResoT raLargeMcsUl raMsgPoffGrB raNondedPreamb raPreGrASize raRespWinSize raSmallMcsUl raSmallVolUl rand rcAmbrMgnDl rcAmbrMgnUl rcEnableDl rcEnableUl redBwEnDl redBwMaxRbDl redBwRbUlConfig redBwRbUlConfigred BwMaxRbUl redBwRbUlConfigred BwMinRbUl redBwRpaEnUl riEnable riPerM riPerOffset

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

numDLFrames nCS-AN

q-Hyst q-QualMin-r9 qRxLevMinOff q-RxLevMin set q-RxLevMin Contention Resolution Timer messagePo werOffsetGro upB sizeOfRAPreambleGro upA


RACH root sequence rootSeqIndex rootSeqIndex RSRQ mobility parameters rsrqMobilityParams rsrqMobilityParams A1 report interval for serving rsrqMobilityParamsa rsrqMobilityParamsa reportInterval becomes betterA2-RSRQ than RSRP Time to trigger to start 1ReportInterval rsrqMobilityParamsa 1ReportInterval rsrqMobilityParamsa timeToTrigge mobility measurement 2TimeToTriggerMob Related hysteresis of threshold rsrqMobilityParamsh 2TimeToTriggerMob rsrqMobilityParamsh rhysteresis Rsrq Rsrq Th2 for RSRQ Threshold Th2 mobility for RSRQ mobility ysThreshold2MobR rsrqMobilityParamst ysThreshold2MobRsr rsrqMobilityParamsth a2-Threshold srq q hreshold2MobRsrq Threshold Th2a for RSRQ rsrqMobilityParamst reshold2MobRsrq rsrqMobilityParamsth thresholdmobility hreshold2aRsrq RSRQ redirection parameters rsrqRedirectParams reshold2aRsrq rsrqRedirectParams RSRQ Time to trigger for A2 by RSRQ to rsrqRedirectParams rsrqRedirectParamsa start redirect a2TimeToTriggerRe Related hysteresis of threshold rsrqRedirectParams 2TimeToTriggerRedir rsrqRedirectParamsh directRsrq ectRsrq Th4 for RSRQ hysThreshold4Rsrq Threshold Th4 for RSRQ rsrqRedirectParams ysThreshold4Rsrq rsrqRedirectParamst threshold4Rsrq hreshold4Rsrq CDMA2000 1xRTT cell ID info rttCellIdInfo rttCellIdInfo CDMA2000 1xRTT CSFB type rttCsfbType rttCsfbType CDMA2000 1xRTT prerttPreregRefCellId rttPreregRefCellId registration reference cell id CDMA2000 1xRTT prerttPreregRefCellIdrtt rttPreregRefCellIdrtt registration ID prePreregCellId CDMA2000 cell 1xRTT rttPreregRefCellIdrtt PreregCellId rttPreregRefCellIdrtt registration market ID PreregMarketId CDMA2000 1xRTT prerttPreregRefCellIdrtt PreregMarketId rttPreregRefCellIdrtt registration sector ID PreregSectorId CDMA2000 1xRTT prerttPreregRefCellIdrtt PreregSectorId rttPreregRefCellIdrtt registration switch number PreregSwNo Intra-frequency measurements sIntraSearchV920 PreregSwNo sIntraSearchV920 sthresholds (Rel9) Intra-frequency measurements sIntraSearchV920sI sIntraSearchV920sIn IntraSearchsv920 power threshold (Rel9) ntraSearchPR9 traSearchPR9 Intra-frequency measurements sIntraSearchV920sI sIntraSearchV920sIn IntraSearchP s-r9 quality threshold (Rel9) ntraSearchQR9 traSearchQR9 IntraSearchQ Intra-frequency measurements sIntrasearch sIntrasearch s-r9 threshold Inter-freq and inter-RAT meas sNonIntraSearchV9 sNonIntraSearchV92 IntraSearch sthresholds (Rel9) 20 Inter-freq and inter-RAT power sNonIntraSearchV9 0 sNonIntraSearchV92 NonIntraSear sch-v920 meas threshold (Rel9) 20sNonIntraSearch 0sNonIntraSearchPR Inter-freq and inter-RAT quality sNonIntraSearchV9 sNonIntraSearchV92 NonIntraSear sPR9 9 chP-r9 meas threshold (Rel9) 20sNonIntraSearch 0sNonIntraSearchQ NonIntraSear Inter-frequency and inter-RAT sNonIntrsearch sNonIntrsearch sQR9 R9 chQ-r9 measurements threshold NonIntraSear SI window length siWindowLen siWindowLen sich WindowLeng System Information 2 Scheduling sib2Scheduling sib2Scheduling th Periodicity sib2SchedulingsiMe sib2SchedulingsiMes si-Periodicity ssagePeriodicity Repetition sib2SchedulingsiMe sagePeriodicity sib2SchedulingsiMes ssageRepetition sageRepetition Message Mapping sib2SchedulingsiMe sib2SchedulingsiMes SIB-Type ssageSibType sageSibType System Information 3 Scheduling sib3Scheduling sib3Scheduling Periodicity sib3SchedulingsiMe sib3SchedulingsiMes si-Periodicity ssagePeriodicity Repetition sib3SchedulingsiMe sagePeriodicity sib3SchedulingsiMes ssageRepetition sageRepetition Message Mapping sib3SchedulingsiMe sib3SchedulingsiMes SIB-Type ssageSibType sageSibType System information scheduling list sibSchedulingList sibSchedulingList Periodicity sibSchedulingListsi sibSchedulingListsiM MessagePeriodicity Repetition sibSchedulingListsi essagePeriodicity sibSchedulingListsiM MessageRepetition sibSchedulingListsiM essageRepetition SIB type sibSchedulingListsi MessageSibType essageSibType Speed-dependent reselection spStResPars spStResPars speedStateR structure Number cell changes high mobility spStResParsnCellC spStResParsnCellCh eselectionPa nrs hgHigh gHigh Number cell changes medium spStResParsnCellC spStResParsnCellCh CellChangeH nigh mobility hgMed gMed CellChange Cell reselection hysteresis high spStResParsqHystS spStResParsqHystSf sf-High Medium mobility fHigh High

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

Cell reselection hysteresis medium mobility Timer TCRmax Timer TCRmaxHyst Scheduling weight downlink for SRB Scheduling weight uplink for SRB SRS Configuration Power offset for SRS transmission power calculation Short term inactivity factor Synchronization signals transmission Timer T300 mode Timer T301 Timer T302 Timer T304 for interRAT Timer T304 for interRAT GSM Timer T304 intra-LTE Timer T304 for eNACC to GSM Timer T310 Timer T311 Timer T320 Timer ExtendedWaitTime-r10 Timer paging correlation interval Periodic BSR time Periodic PHR timer Prohibited PHR timer Retransmission BSR timer Cell reselection timer Timer to store UE context Time alignment maximum offset Time alignment timer Time alignment timer margin Tracking area code Q-threshold for reselection towards lower prio low RAT/freq Threshold serving Threshold th1 for RSRP Threshold th2 GERAN for RSRP Threshold Th2 CDMA2000-HRPD for RSRP th2 interFreq for RSRP Threshold

spStResParsqHystS fMed spStResParstEvalu ation spStResParstHystN ormal srbSchedWeightDl srbSchedWeightUl srsConfiguration srsPwrOffset stInactFactor syncSigTxMode t300 t301 t302 t304InterRAT t304InterRATGsm t304IntraLte t304eNaccGsm t310 t311 t320 tExtendedWait tPageCorrInt tPeriodicBsr tPeriodicPhr tProhibitPhr tReTxBsrTime tReselEutr tStoreUeCntxt taMaxOffset taTimer taTimerMargin tac threshServingLowQ R9 threshSrvLow threshold1 threshold2GERAN threshold2Hrpd threshold2InterFreq

spStResParsqHystSf sf-Medium Med spStResParstEvaluat t-Evaluation ion spStResParstHystNo t-HystNormal rmal srbSchedWeightDl srbSchedWeightUl srsConfiguration srsPwrOffset pSRS-Offset stInactFactor syncSigTxMode t300 t300 t301 t301 t302 t302 t304InterRAT t304 t304InterRATGsm T304 t304IntraLte t304 t304eNaccGsm T304 t310 t310 t311 t311 t320 cellReselecti onPriorityExp tExtendedWait extendedWai iryTimer tTime tPageCorrInt tPeriodicBsr PeriodicBsrTi me tPeriodicPhr PeriodicPPH Rtimer tProhibitPhr ProhibitedPH RTimer tReTxBsrTime tReselEutr tReselectionE tStoreUeCntxt Tstore_UE_c UTRAN ntxt taMaxOffset taTimer timeAlignme ntTimer taTimerMargin tac trackingArea threshServingLowQR Code threshServin 9 gLowQ-r9 threshSrvLow threshServin gLow threshold1 s-Measure threshold2GERAN a2-Threshold threshold2Hrpd a2-Threshold threshold2InterFreq thresholdRSRP

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

Threshold th2 WCDMA for RSRP Threshold th2a for RSRP Threshold th3 for RSRP Threshold th3a for RSRP

threshold2Wcdma threshold2a threshold3 threshold3a

threshold2Wcdma threshold2a threshold3 threshold3a

a2-Threshold a1-Threshold a5Threshold1 a5Threshold2


Threshold th4 for RSRP Time to trigger SF high Time to trigger SF medium TTI bundling BLER target TTI bundling BLER threshold TTI bundling SINR threshold Uplink channel bandwidth Uplink combination mode Uplink reference signals cyclic shift UL AMC target BLER

threshold4 threshold4 timeToTriggerSfHigh timeToTriggerSfHigh timeToTriggerSfMed timeToTriggerSfMedi ium ttiBundlingBlerTarge um ttiBundlingBlerTarget tttiBundlingBlerThres ttiBundlingBlerThres hold ttiBundlingSinrThres hold ttiBundlingSinrThres hold hold ulChBw ulChBw ulCombinationMode ulCombinationMode ulRsCs ulRsCs ulTargetBler ulTargetBler

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

Enable all TBs in UL AMC UL AMC MCS switch period UL ATB period Alpha Interference aware UL-PC configuration Nominal PUSCH P0 for interference-aware UL-PC for Cell-center/edge balancing interference-aware Minimum UL qualityUL-PC for interference-aware UL-PC Minimum waiting time for next ULPC decision Reference UL power value for interference-aware UL-PCtarget Preamble initial received power Uplink power control PUCCH configuration Lower RSSI threshold for PUCCH power decision Lower command SINR threshold for PUCCH power command decision Upper RSSI threshold for PUCCH power decision Upper command SINR threshold for PUCCH power command decision Uplink power control PUSCH configuration Lower RSSI threshold for PUSCH power decision Lower command SINR threshold for PUSCH power command decision Upper RSSI threshold for PUSCH power decision Upper command SINR threshold for PUSCH power command decision TPC command in random access response Time interval for power command decisions UL scheduler FD type Max packet aggregation UL Minimum PRB allocation for UEs which are UL power limitedblock size Minimum transport PUSCH mask

ulamcAllTbEn ulamcSwitchPer ulatbEventPer ulpcAlpha ulpcIAwConfig p0NomPuschIAw ulpcCEBalanceIAw ulpcMinQualIAw ulpcMinWaitForPc ulpcRefPwrIAw ulpcIniPrePwr ulpcPucchConfig ulpcLowlevCch ulpcLowqualCch ulpcUplevCch ulpcUpqualCch ulpcPuschConfig ulpcLowlevSch ulpcLowqualSch ulpcUplevSch ulpcUpqualSch ulpcRarespTpc ulpcReadPeriod ulsFdPrbAssignAlg ulsMaxPacketAgg ulsMinRbPerUe ulsMinTbs ulsPuschMask

thresholdRSRP timeToTrigge r-SF timeToTrigge r-SF

Channel bandwidth

ulamcAllTbEn ulamcSwitchPer ulatbEventPer ulpcAlpha alpha ulpcIAwConfig ulpcIAwConfigp0No P0_PUSCH, mPuschIAw ulpcIAwConfigulpcC c EBalanceIAw ulpcIAwConfigulpcMi nQualIAw ulpcIAwConfigulpcMi nWaitForPc ulpcIAwConfigulpcRe fPwrIAw ulpcIniPrePwr preambleIniti alReceivedT ulpcPucchConfig argetPower ulpcPucchConfigulpc LowlevCch ulpcPucchConfigulpc LowqualCch ulpcPucchConfigulpc UplevCch ulpcPucchConfigulpc UpqualCch ulpcPuschConfig ulpcPuschConfigulpc LowlevSch ulpcPuschConfigulpc LowqualSch ulpcPuschConfigulpc UplevSch ulpcPuschConfigulpc UpqualSch ulpcRarespTpc deltaMsg2 ulpcReadPeriod ulsFdPrbAssignAlg ulsMaxPacketAgg ulsMinRbPerUe ulsMinTbs ulsPuschMask

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNHENB LNHENB LNHENB LNHENB LNHENB LNHOG LNHOG LNHOG LNHOG LNHOG LNHOG LNHOG LNHOG LNHOG LNHOH LNHOH LNHOH LNHOH LNHOH LNHOH LNHOH LNHOH LNHOH LNHOH LNHOH LNHOH LNHOH LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOIF

Length of the PUSCH mask Start PRB of the PUSCH mask Scheduling method of the UL scheduler Uplink power control common rel10 add-ons UL power offset for PUCCH format 1bCS UL power offset for PUCCH format 3 Cell individual offset change upper margin Unique sector electronics ID Home eNB cell individual offset Home eNB EUTRA carrier frequency Home eNB set identifier Home eNB first PCI Home eNB last PCI ARFCN value list Threshold1 GERAN for RSRP of serving cell GERAN for RSSI Threshold2 neighbour cell GERAN Time to trigger measurement report ARFCN frequency band indicator Related hysteresis of thresholds B2Th1 and B2Th2BTS for Hcell Neighbor GERAN handover identifier NCC permitted bit map Interval for periodical GERAN measurement reporting Threshold1 CDMA2000-HRPD for RSRP of serving Cell for HRPD Threshold2 CDMA2000 Neighbour Cell CDMA2000Time to Trigger HRPD Measurement Report CDMA2000 HRPD Carrier Frequency CDMA2000 HRPD ARFCN CDMA2000 HRPD Band Class Relative weight of the eHRPD carrier CDMA2000 HRPD Preregistration Allowed CDMA2000 HRPD Search Window Size Related Hysteresis of B2Th1 and B2Th2 forHRPD C2K-HRPD Neighbor cell handover identifier CDMA2000 HRPD Frequency Specific for Offset Interval Periodical C2K-HRPD Measurement Reporting A3 offset RSRP inter frequency A3 offset RSRQ inter frequency A3 report interval RSRP inter frequency A3 report interval RSRQ inter frequency A3 time to trigger RSRP inter frequency A3 time to trigger RSRQ inter frequency A5 report interval inter frequency A5 time to trigger inter frequency

ulsPuschMaskulsPu ulsPuschMaskulsPus schMaskLength ulsPuschMaskulsPu chMaskLength ulsPuschMaskulsPus schMaskStart chMaskStart ulsSchedMethod ulsSchedMethod uplinkPCCommonr1 uplinkPCCommonr10 UplinkPower 0 uplinkPCCommonr1 uplinkPCCommonr10 ControlCom deltaFmon-v1020 0deltaFPucchF1bC deltaFPucchF1bCSr deltaFPucchF3r10 uplinkPCCommonr10 PUCCHdeltaFSr10 10 Format1bCS deltaFPucchF3r10 PUCCHupperMarginCIO upperMarginCIO -r10 Format3-r10 useId useId cellIndOff cellIndOff freqEutra freqEutra lnHeNBId lnHeNBId pciFirst pciFirst pciLast pciLast arfcnValueListGERA arfcnValueListGERA explicitListOf N b2Threshold1GERA N b2Threshold1GERA ARFCNs b2N b2Threshold2RssiG N b2Threshold2RssiGE Threshold1 b2ERAN RAN b2TimeToTriggerGE b2TimeToTriggerGE Threshold2G timeToTrigge ERAN RANMeas RANMeas bandIndicatorGERA bandIndicatorGERA rbandIndicato N hysB2ThresholdGE N hysB2ThresholdGER rhysteresis RAN AN lnHoGId lnHoGId nccperm nccperm nccreportIntervalGERA reportIntervalGERAN Permitted reportInterval N b2Threshold1Hrpd b2Threshold1Hrpd b2b2Threshold2PstrHr b2Threshold2PstrHrp Threshold1 b2pd d b2TimeToTriggerHrp b2TimeToTriggerHrp Threshold2C timeToTrigge DMA2000 dMeas dMeas rCarrierFreqC hrpdCarrierFreq hrpdCarrierFreq hrpdCarrierFreqhrpd hrpdCarrierFreqhrpd DMA2000 CarrierFreqC Arfcn hrpdCarrierFreqhrpd Arfcn hrpdCarrierFreqhrpd DMA2000 CarrierFreqC BandClass BandClass hrpdMeasLoadBalF hrpdMeasLoadBalFa DMA2000 actor hrpdPreRegAllowed ctor hrpdPreRegAllowed preRegistrati onAllowed hrpdSearchWindow hrpdSearchWindowS searchWindo Size ize hysB2ThresholdHrp hysB2ThresholdHrpd wSize hysteresis d lnHohId lnHohId offsetFreqHrpd offsetFreqHrpd offsetFreq reportIntervalHrpd reportIntervalHrpd reportInterval a3OffsetRsrpInterFr a3OffsetRsrpInterFre a3-Offset eq a3OffsetRsrqInterFr q a3OffsetRsrqInterFre a3-Offset eq a3ReportIntervalRsr q a3ReportIntervalRsrp pInterFreq InterFreq a3ReportIntervalRsr a3ReportIntervalRsrq qInterFreq a3TimeToTriggerRsr InterFreq a3TimeToTriggerRsr pInterFreq a3TimeToTriggerRsr pInterFreq a3TimeToTriggerRsr qInterFreq a5ReportIntervalInte qInterFreq a5ReportIntervalInter rFreq Freq a5TimeToTriggerInt a5TimeToTriggerInter erFreq Freq

LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOIF LNHOW LNHOW LNHOW LNHOW LNHOW LNHOW LNHOW LNHOW LNHOW LNHOW LNHOW LNHOW LNHOW LNHOW LNHOX LNHOX LNHOX LNHOX LNHOX LNHOX LNHOX LNMME LNMME LNMME LNMME LNMME LNMME LNMME LNMME LNMME

Eutra carrier info Related hysteresis offset a3Offset RSRP frequency Relatedinter hysteresis offset a3Offset RSRQ inter frequency Related hysteresis of thresholds th3 and th3a for RSRP Presence antenna port1 Neighbor interfrequency LTE cell handover identifier Measurement quantity inter frequency Measurement bandwidth Inter EUTRA offset frequency Threshold th3 for RSRP inter frequency Threshold th3a for RSRP inter frequency Inter-freq load bal threshold for RSRP target Inter-freq loadfilter bal threshold for RSRQ target filter Threshold CSFB to UTRAWCDMA EcN0toneighbor Thresholdfor CSFB UTRA- cell WCDMA for RSCP neighbour Time to trigger UTRA-CSFB cell measurement report Threshold1 UTRA for RSRP of serving cell Threshold2 UTRA for ecNo neighbour Threshold2cell UTRA for RSCP neighbour cell UTRA Time to trigger measurement report Related hysteresis of threshold B1 for CSFB to WCDMA Related hysteresis thresholds B2Th1, B2Th2 HO BTS WCDMA Neighbor WCDMA cell handover identifier Maximum number of CSFB target cells frequency Utranper offset frequency Interval for periodical UTRA measurement UTRAN carrierreporting frequency CDMA2000 1xRTT neighbor cell handover identifier CDMA2000 1XRTT carrier frequency CDMA2000 1XRTT ARFCN CDMA2000 1XRTT band class Maximum number of e1xCSFB target cells per frequency CDMA2000 1XRTT search Window size CDMA2000 1xRTT strength threshold Accumulated list of MME served PLMNs MCC of PLMN ID in served PLMNs RAT MNC of per PLMN IDofinMME served PLMNs per RAT of MME MNC length of PLMN ID in served PLMNs per RAT of MME Administrative state Primary IPv4/v6 address Secondary IPv4/v6 address LTE mobility management entity identifier MME name

eutraCarrierInfo eutraCarrierInfo hysA3OffsetRsrpInt hysA3OffsetRsrpInte hysteresis erFreq hysA3OffsetRsrqInt rFreq hysA3OffsetRsrqInte hysteresis erFreq hysThreshold3Inter rFreq hysThreshold3InterFr hysteresis Freq eq interPresAntP interPresAntP presenceAnt ennaPort1 lnHoIfId lnHoIfId measQuantInterFre measQuantInterFreq q measurementBand measurementBandwi width dth offsetFreqInter offsetFreqInter offsetFreq threshold3InterFreq threshold3InterFreq a5threshold3aInterFre threshold3aInterFreq Threshold1 a5q thresholdRsrpIFLBF thresholdRsrpIFLBFil Threshold2 ilter thresholdRsrqIFLBF ter thresholdRsrqIFLBFil ilter b1ThresholdCSFBU ter b1ThresholdCSFBUt utra-EcN0 traEcn0 b1ThresholdCSFBU raEcn0 b1ThresholdCSFBUt utra-RSCP traRscp b1TimeToTriggerCS raRscp b1TimeToTriggerCSF timeToTrigge FBUtraMeas rb2b2Threshold1Utra BUtraMeas b2Threshold1Utra b2Threshold2UtraE b2Threshold2UtraEc Threshold1 utra-EcN0 cn0 n0 b2Threshold2UtraR b2Threshold2UtraRs utra-RSCP scp b2TimeToTriggerUtr cp b2TimeToTriggerUtra timeToTrigge aMeas hysB1ThresholdCS Meas hysB1ThresholdCSF rhysteresis FBUtra hysB2ThresholdUtra BUtra hysB2ThresholdUtra hysteresis lnHoWId lnHoWId maxNumCsfbTarget maxNumCsfbTargets soffsetFreqUtra offsetFreqUtra offsetFreq reportIntervalUtra reportIntervalUtra reportInterval utraCarrierFreq utraCarrierFreq carrierFreq lnhoxId lnhoxId rttCarrierFreq rttCarrierFreq CarrierFreqC rttCarrierFreqrttArfc rttCarrierFreqrttArfcn DMA2000 CarrierFreqC n DMA2000 rttCarrierFreqrttBan rttCarrierFreqrttBand CarrierFreqC dClass Class rttMaxNumCsfbTarg rttMaxNumCsfbTarge DMA2000 ets rttSearchWindowSiz ts rttSearchWindowSiz searchWindo e e wSize rttStrengthThresh rttStrengthThresh accMmePlmnsList accMmePlmnsListm cc accMmePlmnsListm nc accMmePlmnsListm ncLength administrativeState ipAddrPrim ipAddrSec lnMmeId mmeName

accMmePlmnsList accMmePlmnsListmc caccMmePlmnsListmn caccMmePlmnsListmn cLength administrativeState ipAddrPrim ipAddrSec lnMmeId mmeName MME Name

LNMME LNMME LNMME LNNEIH LNNEIH LNNEIH LNNEIH LNNEIH LNNEIH LNREL LNREL LNREL LNREL LNREL LNREL LNREL LNREL LNREL LNREL LNREL LNREL LNRELG LNRELG LNRELG LNRELG LNRELG LNRELG LNRELG LNRELG LNRELG LNRELG LNRELG LNRELW LNRELW LNRELW LNRELW LNRELW LNRELW LNRELW LNRELW LNRELW LNRELW LNRELW

Relative MME capacity S1 link status Transport network identifier HRPD ARFCN HRPD Band Class HRPD PN Offset HRPD SectorID Neighborship identifierHRPD PS Handover allowed Cell individual offsets of other neighbor cells offset delta for load Cell individual balancing Identity of eNB in ECGI of related neighbor Identity ofcell cell in ECGI of related neighbor cell Primary PLMN ID of eNB in ECGI of related neighbor cell identity MCC in primary PLMN MNC in primary PLMN identity MNC length in primary PLMN identity Handover allowed LTE neighbor relation identifier Neighbor relation control Neighbor relation status Cell identity ENACC allowed Location Area Code GERAN neighbor relation identifier Neighbor relation control PLMN Identity in CGI of GERAN neighbor cell MCC MNC MNC Length Redirect with system information allowed Single radio voice call continuity allowed Circuit-switched fallback with PS handover allowed relation WCDMA neighbor identifier Neighbor relation control Primary PLMN identity in CGI of UTRAN MCC neighbor cell MNC MNC length PS handover allowed Single radio voice call continuity allowed Target cell Id in UTRAN CGI of related neighbor Target RNC Id cell

relMmeCap relMmeCap s1LinkStatus s1LinkStatus transportNwId transportNwId hrpdArfcn hrpdArfcn hrpdBandClass hrpdBandClass hrpdPnOffset hrpdPnOffset hrpdSectorID hrpdSectorID lnNeiHId lnNeiHId psHoAllowed psHoAllowed cellIndOffNeigh cellIndOffNeigh cellIndOffNeighDelt cellIndOffNeighDelta a ecgiAdjEnbId ecgiAdjEnbId ecgiLcrId ecgiLcrId ecgiPlmnId ecgiPlmnId ecgiPlmnIdmcc ecgiPlmnIdmcc ecgiPlmnIdmnc ecgiPlmnIdmnc ecgiPlmnIdmncLeng ecgiPlmnIdmncLengt th h handoverAllowed handoverAllowed lnRelId lnRelId nrControl nrControl nrStatus nrStatus ci ci eNACCAllowed eNACCAllowed lac lac lnRelGId lnRelGId nrControl nrControl plmnId plmnId plmnIdmcc plmnIdmcc plmnIdmnc plmnIdmnc plmnIdmncLength plmnIdmncLength redirWithSysInfoAllo redirWithSysInfoAllo wed wed srvccAllowed srvccAllowed csfbPsHoAllowed csfbPsHoAllowed lnRelWId lnRelWId nrControl nrControl plmnId plmnId plmnIdmcc plmnIdmcc plmnIdmnc plmnIdmnc plmnIdmncLength plmnIdmncLength psHoAllowed psHoAllowed srvccAllowed srvccAllowed uTargetCid 2 uTargetCid uTargetRncId 2 uTargetRncId

Relative MME Capacity CarrierFreqC DMA2000 CarrierFreqC DMA2000 PhysCellIdC DMA2000 CDMA2000 Sector ID cellIndividual Offset

CI LAC

LNRELX LNRELX LNRELX LNRELX LNRELX LNRELX LNRELX LNRELX LNRELX LTAC LTAC LTAC LTAC LTAC MFBIPR MFBIPR MFBIPR MFBIPR MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA

Neighbor 1x carrier frequency Neighbor 1x band class Neighbor 1x cell ID E1xCSFB allowed CDMA2000 1xRTT neighbor relation Neighboridentifier 1x market ID Neighbor 1x PN offset Neighbor 1x sector ID Neighbor 1x switch number LTAC identifier TAC limit GBR emergency TAC limit GBR handover TAC limit GBR normal Transport Network Identifier Additional E-UTRA frequency band indicator Additional spectrum emission E-UTRA carrier frequency MFBI profile identifier Active AISG protocol version Alarm threshold level Antenna band list Antenna beamwidth Antenna operating frequency band Antenna operation gain Antenna bearing Antenna model number Antenna serial number Antenna line identifier Base station ID Connection Gain resolution Installation date Installers ID LNA number Maximum supported gain Mast head amplifier alarm detection Mast head amplifier gain Mast head amplifier identifier Mast head amplifier type Minimum supported gain Product code 3GPP realese ID

arfcn arfcn CarrierFreqC DMA2000 bandClass bandClass CarrierFreqC DMA2000 cellId cellId e1xCsfbAllowed e1xCsfbAllowed lnrelxId lnrelxId marketId marketId pnOffset pnOffset PhysCellIdC DMA2000 sectorId sectorId swNo swNo ltacId ltacId tacLimitGbrEmerge tacLimitGbrEmergen ncy tacLimitGbrHandove cy tacLimitGbrHandover rtacLimitGbrNormal tacLimitGbrNormal transportNwId transportNwId addFreqBandInd addFreqBandInd FreqBandInd addSpectrEmissReq addSpectrEmissReq icator AdditionalSp ectrumEmiss eutraCarrierFreq eutraCarrierFreq ion mfbiPrId mfbiPrId active active aisgProtocol aisgProtocol alarmThresholdLeve alarmThresholdLevel lantBandList antBandList antBandListantBea antBandListantBeam Beamwidth mwidth each antBandListantOper width antBandListantOperF in Antenna operating FreqBand antBandListantOper reqBand antBandListantOper operating Gain in band in each band band(s) Gain Gain operating antBearing antBearing Antenna order band in band Bearing antModel antModel Antenna order model antSerial antSerial Antenna number serial antlId antlId number baseStationID baseStationID Base Station ID connection connection gainResolution installDate installerID lnaNumber maxGain mhaAlarmDetection mhaGain mhaId mhaType minGain prodCode releaseId3Gpp

gainResolution installDate Installation Date installerID Installer's ID lnaNumber maxGain mhaAlarmDetection mhaGain mhaId mhaType minGain prodCode releaseId3Gpp

MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MHA MODIMP MODIMP MODIMP MODIMP MODIMP MODIMP MODIMP MODIMP MODIMP MODIMP MODIMP MODIMP MODIMP MODIMP MODIMP MODIMP MODIMP MODPR MODPR MODPR MODPR MODPR MODPR MODPR MODPR MODPR MODPR MODPR MODPR MODPR MODPR MODRED MODRED

Scanned antenna interface Sector ID Serial number Substance TMA subunit receive frequency band max receive frequency TMA subunit band min TMA subunit transmit frequency band max transmit frequency TMA subunit band min TMA subunit type WMH connector CDMA HRPD band list for idle mode balancing CDMAload HRPD band class for idle mode load balancing CDMA HRPD band weight factor idle mode loadband balancing CDMA 1xRTT list for idle mode load balancing CDMA 1xRTT band class for idle mode balancing CDMAload 1xRTT band weight factor idle mode load balancing EUTRA carrier list for idle mode load balancing EUTRA carrier frequency for idle mode load balancing EUTRA carrier weight factor idle mode load balancing GERAN band parameters for idle mode load balancing GERAN carrier freq band for idle mode load balancing GERAN carrier weight factor idle mode load balancing GERAN carrier freq list for idle mode load balancing Idle mode mobility default profile identifier UTRA FDD carrier list for idle mode load balancing UTRA-FDD carrier weight factor idle mode load balancing UTRA FDD carrier freq for idle mode load balancing Auto adaptation to freq. layers of all neighbour cells Frequency layer list for high priority CSFB to WCDMA Frequency layer list for normal priority CSFB to WCDMA Frequency layer list for LTE inter frequency mobility Frequency layer list for packet switched handover Frequency layer listWCDMA for SRVCC to WCDMA Percentage of UE for idle mode load balancing Mobility default profile identifier Reference freq. list network assisted cell change GERAN Band indicator applied to reference ARFCN Reference ARFCN Reference frequency list for SRVCC to GSMapplied to Band indicator reference ReferenceARFCN ARFCN Add GSM system information to redirection message Redirection priority for CS fallback with redirection

scannedAntennaInt scannedAntennaInte erface rface sectorID sectorID Sector ID serNum serNum substance substance tmaSubunitRxFreqB tmaSubunitRxFreqB TMA Subunit andMax tmaSubunitRxFreqB andMax tmaSubunitRxFreqB receive TMA Subunit frequency andMin andMin tmaSubunitTxFreqB tmaSubunitTxFreqBa receive TMA band Subunit frequency andMax tmaSubunitTxFreqB ndMax tmaSubunitTxFreqBa transmit TMA Subunit band frequency andMin ndMin transmit tmaSubunitType tmaSubunitType TMA Subunit band frequency type wmhConnector wmhConnector band cdmaHrpdBdClL cdmaHrpdBdClL bandClassPri cdmaHrpdBdClLcd cdmaHrpdBdClLcdm orityListHRP bandClass D maHrpdBdCl aHrpdBdCl cdmaHrpdBdClLidle cdmaHrpdBdClLidleL LBHrpdCelResWeig BHrpdCelResWeight cdmaRttBdClL cdmaRttBdClL bandClassPri ht cdmaRttBdClLcdma cdmaRttBdClLcdma orityList1xRT bandClass T RttBdCl cdmaRttBdClLidleL RttBdCl cdmaRttBdClLidleLB BRttCelResWeight RttCelResWeight dlCarFrqEutL dlCarFrqEutL freqPriorityLi dlCarFrqEutLdlCarF dlCarFrqEutLdlCarFr stEUTRA carrierFreq rqEut qEut dlCarFrqEutLidleLB dlCarFrqEutLidleLBE EutCelResWeight utCelResWeight geranCarFrqBd geranCarFrqBd geranCarFrqBdgera geranCarFrqBdgeran bandIndicato nBandInd geranCarFrqBdidleL BandInd geranCarFrqBdidleL r BGeranCelResWeig geranCarFrqIdleMo BGeranCelResWeig geranCarFrqIdleMod ht ht deL eL modimpId modimpId utrFddCarFrqL utrFddCarFrqL freqPriorityLi utrFddCarFrqLidleL utrFddCarFrqLidleLB stUTRA-FDD BUtraFddCelResWe utrFddCarFrqLutrFd UtraFddCelResWeig utrFddCarFrqLutrFdd carrierFreq ight ht dCarFrq CarFrq autoAdapt autoAdapt freqLayListCsfbHigh freqLayListCsfbHigh Wcdma freqLayListCsfbNor Wcdma freqLayListCsfbNorm mWcdma Wcdma freqLayListLte freqLayListLte freqLayListPsHoWc freqLayListPsHoWcd dma freqLayListSrvccWc ma freqLayListSrvccWcd dma idleLBPercentageOf ma idleLBPercentageOf Ues Ues moDPrId moDPrId refFreqListNaccGer refFreqListNaccGera an refFreqListNaccGer n refFreqListNaccGera anbandIndicator refFreqListNaccGer nbandIndicator refFreqListNaccGera anreferenceARFCN nreferenceARFCN refFreqListSrvccGs refFreqListSrvccGsm m refFreqListSrvccGs refFreqListSrvccGsm mbandIndicator refFreqListSrvccGs bandIndicator refFreqListSrvccGsm mreferenceARFCN addGsmSIToRedirM referenceARFCN addGsmSIToRedirMs sg g csFallBPrio csFallBPrio

MODRED MODRED MODRED MODRED MODRED MODRED MODRED MODRED MODRED MODRED MOIMP MOIMP MOIMP MOIMP MOIMP MOIMP MOIMP MOIMP MOIMP MOIMP MOIMP MOIMP MOIMP MOIMP MOIMP MOIMP MOIMP MOPR MOPR MOPR MOPR MOPR MOPR MOPR MOPR MOPR MOPR MOPR MOPR MOPR MORED MORED MORED

Redirection priority for emergency emerCallPrio emerCallPrio call Mobility default profile identifier for moDRedId moDRedId redirection CDMA band redirBandCdma redirBandCdma CDMA frequency redirFreqCdma redirFreqCdma eUTRA frequency redirFreqEutra redirFreqEutra UTRA frequency redirFreqUtra redirFreqUtra GERAN ARFCN values list redirGeranArfcnValu redirGeranArfcnValu eL GERAN band indicator redirGeranBandIndi eL redirGeranBandIndic cator ator RAT for redirection redirRAT redirRAT Redirection priority for UE context redirectPrio redirectPrio release CDMA HRPD band list for idle cdmaHrpdBdClL cdmaHrpdBdClL bandClassPri mode balancing CDMAload HRPD band class for idle cdmaHrpdBdClLcd cdmaHrpdBdClLcdm orityListHRP bandClass D mode load balancing maHrpdBdCl aHrpdBdCl CDMA HRPD band weight factor cdmaHrpdBdClLidle cdmaHrpdBdClLidleL idle mode loadband balancing LBHrpdCelResWeig BHrpdCelResWeight CDMA 1xRTT list for idle cdmaRttBdClL cdmaRttBdClL bandClassPri ht mode load balancing CDMA 1xRTT band class for idle cdmaRttBdClLcdma cdmaRttBdClLcdma orityList1xRT bandClass T mode balancing CDMAload 1xRTT band weight factor RttBdCl cdmaRttBdClLidleL RttBdCl cdmaRttBdClLidleLB idle mode load list balancing RttCelResWeight EUTRA carrier for idle mode BRttCelResWeight dlCarFrqEutL dlCarFrqEutL freqPriorityLi load balancing EUTRA carrier frequency for idle dlCarFrqEutLdlCarF dlCarFrqEutLdlCarFr stEUTRA carrierFreq mode load balancing rqEut qEut EUTRA carrier weight factor idle dlCarFrqEutLidleLB dlCarFrqEutLidleLBE mode load balancing utCelResWeight GERAN band parameters for idle EutCelResWeight geranCarFrqBd geranCarFrqBd mode load balancing GERAN carrier freq band for idle geranCarFrqBdgera geranCarFrqBdgeran bandIndicato mode load balancing GERAN carrier weight factor idle nBandInd geranCarFrqBdidleL BandInd geranCarFrqBdidleL r mode load balancing BGeranCelResWeig GERAN carrier freq list for idle geranCarFrqIdleMo BGeranCelResWeig geranCarFrqIdleMod ht ht mode load balancing eL Idle mode mobility profile identifier deL moimpId moimpId UTRA FDD carrier list for idle utrFddCarFrqL utrFddCarFrqL freqPriorityLi mode load balancing UTRA-FDD carrier weight factor utrFddCarFrqLidleL utrFddCarFrqLidleLB stUTRA-FDD idle mode balancing BUtraFddCelResWe UTRA FDDload carrier freq for idle utrFddCarFrqLutrFd UtraFddCelResWeig utrFddCarFrqLutrFdd carrierFreq ight ht mode load balancing dCarFrq Frequency layer list for high freqLayListCsfbHigh CarFrq freqLayListCsfbHigh priority CSFB to WCDMA Wcdma Frequency layer list for normal freqLayListCsfbNor Wcdma freqLayListCsfbNorm priority CSFB to WCDMA mWcdma Wcdma Frequency layer list for LTE inter freqLayListLte freqLayListLte frequency mobility Frequency layer list for packet freqLayListPsHoWc freqLayListPsHoWcd switched handover Frequency layer listWCDMA for SRVCC to dma freqLayListSrvccWc ma freqLayListSrvccWcd WCDMA dma Percentage of UE for idle mode idleLBPercentageOf ma idleLBPercentageOf load balancing Ues Ues Mobility profile identifier moPrId moPrId Reference freq. list network refFreqListNaccGer refFreqListNaccGera assisted cell change GERAN an Band indicator applied to refFreqListNaccGer n refFreqListNaccGera reference ARFCN anbandIndicator Reference ARFCN refFreqListNaccGer nbandIndicator refFreqListNaccGera anreferenceARFCN Reference frequency list for refFreqListSrvccGs nreferenceARFCN refFreqListSrvccGsm SRVCC to GSMapplied to m Band indicator refFreqListSrvccGs refFreqListSrvccGsm reference ARFCN mbandIndicator Reference ARFCN refFreqListSrvccGs bandIndicator refFreqListSrvccGsm mreferenceARFCN Add GSM system information to addGsmSIToRedirM referenceARFCN addGsmSIToRedirMs redirection message sg g Redirection priority for CS fallback csFallBPrio csFallBPrio with redirection Redirection priority for emergency emerCallPrio emerCallPrio call

MORED MORED MORED MORED MORED MORED MORED MORED MORED MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MRBTS MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE

Mobility profile identifier for moRedId moRedId redirection CDMA band redirBandCdma redirBandCdma CDMA frequency redirFreqCdma redirFreqCdma eUTRA frequency redirFreqEutra redirFreqEutra UTRA frequency redirFreqUtra 2 redirFreqUtra GERAN ARFCN values list redirGeranArfcnValu redirGeranArfcnValu eL GERAN band indicator redirGeranBandIndi eL redirGeranBandIndic cator ator RAT for redirection redirRAT 2 redirRAT Redirection priority for UE context redirectPrio redirectPrio release Activate ethernet security actEthernetSec actEthernetSec GPS antenna altitude altitude altitude Auto connection hardware ID from autoConHWId autoConHWId BTS Auto connection site ID from BTS autoConSiteId autoConSiteId Auto configuration blocked autoConfBlocked autoConfBlocked Configuration data cmSyncCheck cmSyncCheck synchronization check Configuration data cmSyncCheckPerio cmSyncCheckPeriod synchronization check period d Autoconfiguration required by commissioningRequ commissioningRequi multiradio flexi BTS ired Configuration data revision configDataRevision red configDataRevisionN number Number umber GPS antenna latitude latitude latitude GPS antenna longitude longitude longitude Multiradio flexi BTS site identifier mrbtsId mrbtsId Passive unit list passUnitList passUnitList Comment passUnitListcomme passUnitListcommen nt Name passUnitListname tpassUnitListname Product code passUnitListprodCo passUnitListprodCod de Serial number passUnitListserNum e passUnitListserNum Version passUnitListversion passUnitListversion Reset multiradio flexi BTS to test resetToTestDedicate resetToTestDedicate dedicated d Shared RFstate technologies sharedRfTechnologi d sharedRfTechnologie es Symptom data trigger list symptomDataTrigge ssymptomDataTrigger rL L Time zone timeZone timeZone Product code unitListprodCode unitListprodCode Cell identifier cellId cellId Cell maximum active UEs traced cellMaxActiveUEsTr cellMaxActiveUEsTra aced ced Cell trace mode cellTrcMode cellTrcMode Cell vendor specific tracing cellVendorSpecTraci cellVendorSpecTraci ng ng Cell TA tracing cellTaTracing cellVendorSpecTraci ngcellTaTracing E-UTRAN trace identifier eutranTraceId eutranTraceId MCC eutranTraceIdeutran eutranTraceIdeutran TraceIdMcc MNC eutranTraceIdeutran TraceIdMcc eutranTraceIdeutran TraceIdMnc MNC length eutranTraceIdeutran TraceIdMnc eutranTraceIdeutran TraceIdMncLen Trace ID eutranTraceIdtraceI TraceIdMncLen eutranTraceIdtraceId Trace recording session reference d eutranTraceIdtrcRec eutranTraceIdtrcRec SessionRef SessionRef

E-UTRAN Trace MCC ID MCC Trace ID Trace Recording Session Reference

MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE OAMMA OAMMA OAMMA OAMMA OAMMA OAMMD OAMMD OAMMD OAMMEP OAMMEP OAMMEP OAMMEP OAMMEP OAMMEP OAMMEP OAMMEP OAMPRF OAMPRF OAMPRF OAMPRF OAMPRF OAMPRF OAMPRF OAMPRF OAMPRF OAMPRF OAMPRF OAMPRF

Cell trace session identifier 3rd party tool cell trace port number Trace collection entity IP address Trace RRC msg category Trace RRC non UE spec msg list Trace RRC setting Trace RRC UE spec msg list Trace S1 msg category Trace S1 non UE spec msg list Trace S1 setting Trace S1 UE spec msg list Trace X2 msg category Trace X2 non UE spec msg list Trace X2 setting Trace X2 UE spec msg list Maintenance association identifier Continuity Check Messages transmission period Name of the maintenance association Vlan Enabled flag VLAN identifier of the maintenance association Maintenance domain identifier Level of the maintenance domain Name of the maintenance domain AIS enabling flag Allow sending of CCM messages and resetlink CCM counters Ethernet reference Maintenance association endpoint identifier Maintenance association endpoints list of the Maintenance MAC address Association Point MaintenanceEnd Association End Point VLANidentifier PCP bits Link OAM operational mode at local peer Link Critical Event Link OAM Alarm delaycounting Erroredclearance Frame Event threshold Errored Frame Event counting interval Errored Frame Period Event counting threshold Errored Frame Period Event counting interval Errored Frame Seconds Summary EventSeconds counting Errored Frame threshold Summary Event counting interval OAM PDU message transmission rate Link OAM event support flag Link OAM Profile Name Link OAM link loopback duration

mTraceId mTraceId tceCellTracePortNu tceCellTracePortNum m tceIpAddress tceIpAddress Trace traceRrcMsgCatego traceRrcMsgCategor Collection Entity IP ry traceRrcNonUeSpe ytraceRrcNonUeSpec Address cMsgList MsgList traceRrcSetting traceRrcSetting traceRrcUeSpecMs traceRrcUeSpecMsg gList traceS1MsgCategor List traceS1MsgCategory ytraceS1NonUeSpec traceS1NonUeSpec MsgList MsgList traceS1Setting traceS1Setting traceS1UeSpecMsg traceS1UeSpecMsgL List traceX2MsgCategor ist traceX2MsgCategory ytraceX2NonUeSpec traceX2NonUeSpec MsgList MsgList traceX2Setting traceX2Setting traceX2UeSpecMsg traceX2UeSpecMsgL List ist assocId assocId ccmTxPeriod ccmTxPeriod maName maName vlanEnabled vlanEnabled vlanId vlanId domainId domainId mdLevel mdLevel mdName mdName aisEnabled aisEnabled enableCcm enableCcm ethernetPort ethernetPort oammepId oammepId remoteMepList remoteMepList remoteMepListmac remoteMepListmacA Addr remoteMepListmepI ddr remoteMepListmepId d vlanPrio vlanPrio activeMode activeMode alarmClearanceDela alarmClearanceDela yefEventThreshold yefEventThreshold efEventWindow efEventWindow efpEventThreshold efpEventThreshold efpEventWindow efpEventWindow efssEventThreshold efssEventThreshold efssEventWindow efssEventWindow eventRepetition eventRepetition eventSupport eventSupport linkOAMProfileNam linkOAMProfileName e loopBackTime loopBackTime

OAMPRF OAMPRF OAMPRF OAMPRF PMCADM PMCADM PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMRNL PMTNL PMTNL PMTNL PMTNL PMTNL PMTNL PMTNL PMTNL PMTNL PMTNL PMTNL PMTNL

Loopback Supported Profile instance identifier Link OAM loopback test message rate Link OAM loopback test message frame size administration PM common identifier Performance measurement data reporting interval LTE cell availability LTE cell load LTE cell resource LTE cell throughput LTE EPS bearer LTE intersystem handover LTE Handover to eHRPD per eHRPD LTE interbandclass system handover to GSM per neighbour cell LTE inter system handover to UTRAN per neighbour LTE inter eNB handovercell LTE intra eNB handover LTE handover LTE power and quality DL LTE power and quality UL LTE QoS LTE RRC LTE radio bearer LTE S1AP LTE transport load LTE UE and service differentiation LTE UE state LTE X2AP LTE eNB load LTE neighbour cell related handover Performance management RNL identifier Ethernet IF statistics measurement interval Ethernet link measurement interval IPSec measurement interval IP filtering measurement interval IP statistics measurement interval L2 switch statistics measurement interval PHB statistics measurement interval TAC statistics measurement interval TOP FreqSync statistics measurement interval TOP PhaseSync statistics measurement interval TWAMP statistics measurement intervalIP statistics measurement VLAN interval

loopbackSupported loopbackSupported profileId profileId testFrameRate testFrameRate testFrameSize testFrameSize pmCAdmId pmCAdmId reportingIntervalPm reportingIntervalPm mtCellAvailability mtCellAvailability mtCellLoad mtCellLoad mtCellRes mtCellRes mtCellThruput mtCellThruput mtEPSBearer mtEPSBearer mtInterSysHo mtInterSysHo mtInterSysHoEhrpd mtInterSysHoEhrpdB Bc mtInterSysHoGsmN cmtInterSysHoGsmNb b mtInterSysHoUtran mtInterSysHoUtranN Nb b mtIntereNBHo mtIntereNBHo mtIntraeNBHo mtIntraeNBHo mtLTEHo mtLTEHo mtPowQualDL mtPowQualDL mtPowQualUL mtPowQualUL mtQoS mtQoS mtRRC mtRRC mtRadBearer mtRadBearer mtS1AP mtS1AP mtTranspLoad mtTranspLoad mtUEandServiceDiff mtUEandServiceDiff mtUEstate mtUEstate mtX2AP mtX2AP mteNBload mteNBload mtintraLTEHoNb mtintraLTEHoNb pmRnlId pmRnlId lte_ETHIF_Stats_Int lte_ETHIF_Stats_Int erval lte_Ethernet_Link_I erval lte_Ethernet_Link_Int nterval lte_IPSec_Interval erval lte_IPSec_Interval lte_IP_Filtering_Inte lte_IP_Filtering_Inter rval lte_IP_Stats_Interva val lte_IP_Stats_Interval llte_L2SWI_Stats_In lte_L2SWI_Stats_Int terval lte_PHB_Stats_Inter erval lte_PHB_Stats_Inter val val lte_TAC_Statistics_I lte_TAC_Statistics_In nterval lte_TOP_FreqSync_ terval lte_TOP_FreqSync_ Stats_Interval lte_TOP_PhaseSyn Stats_Interval lte_TOP_PhaseSync c_Stats_Interval lte_TWAMP_Stats_I _Stats_Interval lte_TWAMP_Stats_I nterval nterval lte_VLAN_IP_Stats_ lte_VLAN_IP_Stats_I Interval nterval

PMTNL PMTNL PMTNL PPTT PPTT PPTT PPTT QOS QOS QOS QOS QOS QOS QOS QOS QOS QOS QOS QOS QOS QOS QOS QOS REDRT REDRT REDRT REDRT REDRT REDRT REDRT REDRT REDRT REDRT REDRT REDRT RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET

VLAN PHB statistics measurement interval VLAN IF statistics measurement interval Identifier of the performance management Administrativeconfiguration state PDH line build out (transmitter signal attenuation) PDH line type PDH interface identifier Table for mapping DSCPs to PHBs and Code PCP bits Diff Serve Point value Per Hop Behaviour VLAN priority bits PHB counters enabling flag Per Hop Behaviour queue weight list Assured Forwarding Class 1 Weight AssuredValue Forwarding Class 2 Weight AssuredValue Forwarding Class 3 Weight Value Assured Forwarding Class 4 Weight Value Best Effort Weight Value Quality of Service configuration identifier Overwrite DSCP in SSE messages Table for mapping traffic types to DSCPs Diff Service Code Point value Traffic type name Add GSM system information to redirection Redirectionmessage priority for CS fallback with redirection Redirection priority for emergency call CDMA band CDMA frequency eUTRA frequency UTRA frequency GERAN ARFCN values list GERAN band indicator RAT for redirection Redirection priority for UE context release Redirection target configuration identifier Active Angle Antenna band list Antenna beamwidth Antenna operating frequency band Antenna operation gain Antenna bearing Antenna height

lte_VLAN_PHB_Sta ts_Interval lte_VLAN_Stats_Int erval pmTnlId administrativeState pdhLbo pdhLineType pdhPSTTPId dscpMap dscpMapdscp dscpMappHB dscpMapvlanPrio enablePhbCounters perHopBehaviourW eightList perHopBehaviourW eightListassuredFor perHopBehaviourW wardingClass1 eightListassuredFor perHopBehaviourW wardingClass2 eightListassuredFor perHopBehaviourW wardingClass3 eightListassuredFor perHopBehaviourW wardingClass4 eightListbestEffort qosId sseDscpOverwrite trafficTypesMap trafficTypesMapdsc p trafficTypesMaptraffi cType addGsmSIToRedirM sg csFallBPrio emerCallPrio redirBandCdma redirFreqCdma redirFreqEutra redirFreqUtra redirGeranArfcnValu eL redirGeranBandIndi cator redirRat redirectPrio redrtId active angle antBandList antBandListantBea mwidth antBandListantOper FreqBand antBandListantOper Gain antBearing antHeight

lte_VLAN_PHB_Stat s_Interval lte_VLAN_Stats_Inte rval pmTnlId administrativeState pdhLbo pdhLineType pdhPSTTPId dscpMap dscpMapdscp dscpMappHB dscpMapvlanPrio enablePhbCounters perHopBehaviourWei ghtList perHopBehaviourWei ghtListassuredForwa perHopBehaviourWei rdingClass1 ghtListassuredForwa perHopBehaviourWei rdingClass2 ghtListassuredForwa perHopBehaviourWei rdingClass3 ghtListassuredForwa perHopBehaviourWei rdingClass4 ghtListbestEffort qosId sseDscpOverwrite trafficTypesMap trafficTypesMapdscp trafficTypesMaptraffic Type addGsmSIToRedirMs g csFallBPrio emerCallPrio redirBandCdma bandClass redirFreqCdma arfcn redirFreqEutra ARFCNValueEUTRA redirFreqUtra ARFCNValueUTRA redirGeranArfcnValu explicitListOf eL redirGeranBandIndic ARFCNs bandIndicato ator rRedirectedC redirRat arrierInfo redirectPrio redrtId active angle antBandList antBandListantBeam Beamwidth width each antBandListantOperF in Antenna operating reqBand antBandListantOper operating Gain in band in each band band(s) Gain operating antBearing Antenna order band in band Bearing antHeight order

RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RET RMOD RMOD RMOD RMOD RMOD RMOD RMOD RMOD RMOD RMOD RMOD RMOD RMOD RMOD

Antenna location Antenna model number Antenna serial number Antenna technology Antenna type Antenna line identifier list Base station ID Calibrate Calibration done ConfigurationFile DL needed Configuration done Configuration file Connection HW version Installation date Installers ID Manufacturer Max angle Mechanical angle Min angle Product code 3GPP realese ID RET antenna unit number RET device type Remote electrical tilt identifier Scanned antenna interface Sector ID Serial number SW version Climate control profiling Connection list RP3 link id Position in chain System module identifier External alarm input signal list Cancel delay for the alarm Description Line ID Polarity Severity Start delay for the alarm Used in EUTRA External control signal list

antLocation antModel antSerial antTechnology antType antlIdList baseStationID calibrate calibrationDone configFileDlNeeded configurationDone configurationFile connection hwVersion installDate installerID manufacturer maxAngle mechanicalAngle minAngle prodCode releaseId3Gpp retAntUnitNumber retDeviceType retId scannedAntennaInt erface sectorID serNum swVersion climateControlProfili ng connectionList connectionListlinkId connectionListpositi onInChain sModId extAlList extAlListcancelDela yextAlListdescr extAlListid extAlListpolarity extAlListseverity extAlListstartDelay extAlListusedInEutr a extCtrlList

antLocation antModel Antenna model antSerial Antenna number serial antTechnology number antType antlIdList baseStationID Base Station ID calibrate calibrationDone configFileDlNeeded configurationDone configurationFile connection hwVersion installDate Installation Date installerID Installer's ID manufacturer maxAngle mechanicalAngle minAngle prodCode releaseId3Gpp retAntUnitNumber retDeviceType retId scannedAntennaInte rface sectorID Sector ID serNum swVersion climateControlProfilin g connectionList connectionListlinkId connectionListpositio nInChain connectionListsModI d extAlList extAlListcancelDelay extAlListdescr extAlListid extAlListpolarity extAlListseverity extAlListstartDelay extAlListusedInEutra extCtrlList

RMOD RMOD RMOD RMOD RMOD RMOD BBMOD RMOD RMOD SCTP SCTP SCTP SCTP SCTP SCTP SCTP SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD SMOD STPG STPG STPG

Description Line ID In use Initial state Link speed Module location Product code Radio module reference id Serial number SCTP association failure retransmission counter Maximum time to wait for a new SCTP establishment SCTP path failure retransmission counter Maximum retransmission timeout Minimum retransmission timeout SCTP heartbeat message interval SCTP configuration identifier Climate control profiling External alarm input signal list Cancel delay for the alarm Description Line ID In use Polarity Severity Start delay for the alarm External control signal list Description Line ID In use Initial state Link list Link id Link speed Radio master Module location Product code System module id Serial number Synchronization master Technology The synchronization sources of the BTS of the clock source Protocol Interface number of recovered clock source

extCtrlListdescr extCtrlListid extCtrlListinUse extCtrlListinitState linkSpeed moduleLocation prodCode rModId serNum assocMaxRetrans maxTimeSctpSetup pathMaxRetrans rtoMax rtoMin sctpHeartbeatInterv al sctpId climateControlProfili ng extAlList extAlListcancelDela yextAlListdescr extAlListid extAlListinUse extAlListpolarity extAlListseverity extAlListstartDelay extCtrlList extCtrlListdescr extCtrlListid extCtrlListinUse extCtrlListinitState linkList linkListlinkId linkListlinkSpeed radioMaster moduleLocation prodCode sModId 2 serNum syncMaster technology synchroSourceList clockProtocol synchroSourceListin terfaceNumber

extCtrlListdescr extCtrlListid extCtrlListinUse extCtrlListinitState linkSpeed moduleLocation prodCode rModId serNum assocMaxRetrans maxTimeSctpSetup pathMaxRetrans rtoMax rtoMin sctpHeartbeatInterval sctpId climateControlProfilin g extAlList extAlListcancelDelay extAlListdescr extAlListid extAlListinUse extAlListpolarity extAlListseverity extAlListstartDelay extCtrlList extCtrlListdescr extCtrlListid extCtrlListinUse extCtrlListinitState linkList linkListlinkId linkListlinkSpeed linkListradioMaster moduleLocation prodCode sModId serNum syncMaster technology synchroSourceList synchroSourceListclo ckProtocol synchroSourceListint erfaceNumber

STPG STPG STPG STPG STPG SYNC TAC TOPB TOPF TOPF TOPF TOPF TOPP TOPP TOPP TOPP TOPP TOPP TOPP TOPP TOPP TOPP TWAMP TWAMP TWAMP TWAMP TWAMP TWAMP TWAMP TWAMP TWAMP UFFIM UFFIM UFFIM UFFIM UFFIM UFFIM UFFIM UFFIM UFFIM UFFIM UFFIM UFFIM

Clock source priority synchroSourceListpr synchroSourceListpri iority SSM enabling flag synchroSourceLists ority synchroSourceListss smEnabled SSM message timeout synchroSourceLists mEnabled synchroSourceListss smTimeout Unit Number of clock source synchroSourceListu mTimeout synchroSourceListun interface nitNumber itNumber Synchronisation protection group timingGenPgId timingGenPgId identifier Clock synchronization syncId syncId configuration identifier TAC identifier tacId tacId Time over Packet common topbId topbId configuration identifier Feature Activation Flag ToP with actTopFreqSynch actTopFreqSynch freq synchronization Log mean synchronization value logMeanSyncValue logMeanSyncValue IP address of the ToP master masterIpAddr masterIpAddr Time over Packet freq sync topId topId configuration identifier Accepted Clock Quality table acceptedClockQuali acceptedClockQualit Feature Activation Flag ToP with ty actTopPhaseSynch yactTopPhaseSynch phase synchronization Log mean synchronization value logMeanSyncValue logMeanSyncValue Phase Error Compensation phaseErrorComp phaseErrorComp Timing over Packet topComMode topComMode Communication Mode PTP Domain Number topDomainNumber topDomainNumber ToP over Ethernet Multicast topEthMulticastAddr topEthMulticastAddre Address ess ss Timing over Packet masters topMasters topMasters properties table IP Address of the ToP master topMastersmasterIp topMastersmasterIpA Addr ddr Time over Packet phase toppId toppId synchronisation configuration id Lock or unlock a TWAMP session administrativeState administrativeState TWAMP session destination IP destIpAddress destIpAddress address TWAMP session destination port destPort destPort DSCP value for TWAMP message dscp dscp transmission TWAMP initiator message size messageSize messageSize Packet loss ratio alarm threshold plrAlarmThreshold plrAlarmThreshold Round-trip-time alarm threshold rttAlarmThreshold rttAlarmThreshold TWAMP initiator messages sourceIpAddress sourceIpAddress source addressidentifier TWAMPIPsession twampId twampId UTRA cell reselection timer tResUtra tResUtra tReselectionU Speed-dependent scaling factors tResUtraSF tResUtraSF tTRA t-reselection UTRAN UTRA cell reselection timer factor tResUtraSFutrResTi tResUtraSFutrResTi ReselectionU sf-High TRA-SF high mobility FHM FHM UTRA cell reselection timer factor tResUtraSFutrResTi tResUtraSFutrResTi sf-Medium medium mobility FMM FMM Utran FDD idle mode uffimId uffimId configuration identifier List of UTRA FDD carrier utrFddCarFrqL utrFddCarFrqL carrierFreqLi frequencies UTRA downlink frequency value utrFddCarFrqLdlCar utrFddCarFrqLdlCar stUTRA-FDD carrierFreq FrqUtra FrqUtra UTRA-FDD carrier weight factor utrFddCarFrqLidleL utrFddCarFrqLidleLB idle mode load balancing UTRA maximum allowed transmit BUtranFddCelResW utrFddCarFrqLpMax UtranFddCelResWei utrFddCarFrqLpMax p-MaxUTRA eight ght power Utra UTRA minimum needed quality utrFddCarFrqLqQua Utra utrFddCarFrqLqQual q-QualMin parameter lMinUtra UTRA minimum required receive utrFddCarFrqLqRxL MinUtra utrFddCarFrqLqRxLe q-RxLevMin level carrier frequency absolute utrFddCarFrqLuCel evMinUtra vMinUtra UTRA utrFddCarFrqLuCelR cellReselecti priority ResPrio esPrio onPriority

UFFIM UFFIM UFFIM UFFIM ULCOMP ULCOMP ULCOMP UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM XPARAM AMLEPR AMLEPR AMLEPR AMLEPR

UTRA inter-RAT quality threshold high (Rel9) UTRA inter-RAT quality threshold low (Rel9) UTRA inter frequency threshold high UTRA inter frequency threshold low Uplink CoMP Cell List Uplink coordinated multipoint identifier Uplink CoMP SINR Threshold Enable RP3-01 interface UNIT identifier Installed hardware unit type Expected hardware unit type CDMA2000 1xRTT auth mode indicator CDMA2000 1xRTT auth mode indicator included CDMA2000 1xRTT band class Day light savings time indicator Include day light savings time indicator FPC FCH INIT SETPT for RC11 FPC FCH INIT SETPT for RC12 FPC FCH INIT SETPT for RC3 FPC FCH INIT SETPT for RC4 FPC FCH INITSETPT for RC5 GCSNAL2Ack timer indicator GCSNA sequence context timer indicator CDMA2000 1xRTT home registration included IMSI 11th and 12th digit IMSI T supported Leap second Leap seconds included Local time offset Local time offset included CDMA2000 1xRTT max number of alt SO Mobile country code CDMA2000 1xRTT minimum protocol revision 1x protocol revision Pilot increment Pilot increment included Preferred mobile station identifier type CDMA2000 1xRTT mobility parameters identifier Active mode load equalization profile identifier Headroom in CAC Difference in CAC of source and target cellsfor maximum CAC Threshold

utrFddCarFrqLutraF utrFddCarFrqLutraFr rqQThrHighR9 utrFddCarFrqLutraF qQThrHighR9 utrFddCarFrqLutraFr rqQThrLowR9 utrFddCarFrqLutraF qQThrLowR9 utrFddCarFrqLutraFr thresX-High rqThrH utrFddCarFrqLutraF qThrH utrFddCarFrqLutraFr thresX-Low rqThrL qThrL ulCoMpCellList ulCoMpCellList ulCoMpId ulCoMpId ulCoMpSinrThreshol ulCoMpSinrThreshol d enableRP301Interfa d enableRP301Interfac ce e unitId unitId unitTypeActual unitTypeActual unitTypeExpected unitTypeExpected auth auth authIncluded authIncluded bandClass bandClass dayLt dayLt dayLtIncluded dayLtIncluded fpcFchInitSetptRC1 fpcFchInitSetptRC11 1 fpcFchInitSetptRC1 fpcFchInitSetptRC12 2 fpcFchInitSetptRC3 fpcFchInitSetptRC3 fpcFchInitSetptRC4 fpcFchInitSetptRC4 fpcFchInitSetptRC5 fpcFchInitSetptRC5 gcsnaL2AckTimer gcsnaL2AckTimer gcsnaSequenceCon gcsnaSequenceCont textTimer homeRegIncluded extTimer homeRegIncluded imsi11and12 imsi11and12 imsiTSupported imsiTSupported lpSec lpSec lpSecIncluded lpSecIncluded ltmOff ltmOff ltmOffIncluded ltmOffIncluded maxNumAltSo maxNumAltSo mcc mcc minPRev minPRev pRev pRev pilotInc pilotInc pilotIncIncluded pilotIncIncluded prefMSIDType prefMSIDType xparamId xparamId amlePrId cacHeadroom deltaCac maxCacThreshold

amlePrId cacHeadroom deltaCac maxCacThreshold

AMLEPR ANRPRW BBMOD BBMOD BBMOD BBMOD

Target carrier frequency ANR UTRA EcNo threshold Baseband module identifier Link list Link id Link speed

targetCarrierFreq anrUtraEcNoThres bbModId linkList linkListlinkId linkListlinkSpeed

targetCarrierFreq anrUtraEcNoThres bbModId linkList linkListlinkId linkListlinkSpeed

BBMOD

Radio master

linkListradioMaster

linkListradioMaster

BBMOD BBMOD BBMOD BBMOD BTOOTH BTOOTH BTOOTH BTOOTH BTOOTH BTOOTH BTOOTH BTOOTH BTOOTH BTOOTH BTOOTH BTOOTH BTOOTH

Product code planned System Module Identifier System Module Port Number Serial Number Activate Bluetooth interface support Activate Bluetooth Enabled Alarm Allow Inquiry Scan Response Allow Legacy Pairing Allow Bluetooth secure simple pairing Bluetooth Interface Identifier Customizable Bluetooth name Legacy Pairing OTP Mode Legacy Pairing Secret Pairing Relationship Timeout Pairing Relationships Bluetooth Device Address Device Status

prodCodePlanned sModId sModPort serNum actBluetooth actBluetoothTransAl arm allowInqScanResp allowLegacyPairing allowSspPairing btoothId btoothName legacyPairingOPTM ode legacyPairingSecret pairingRelationTime rpairingRelationships pairingRelationships deviceAddress pairingRelationships deviceStatus

prodCodePlanned sModId sModPort serNum actBluetooth actBluetoothTransAl arm allowInqScanResp allowLegacyPairing allowSspPairing btoothId btoothName legacyPairingOPTMo de legacyPairingSecret pairingRelationTimer pairingRelationships pairingRelationships deviceAddress pairingRelationships deviceStatus

BTOOTH BTOOTH BTOOTH BTSSCL BTSSCL ETHLK FTM

Out of Band Data Pairing Order Number Secure Simple Pairing Secret External GPS antenna LNA power supply External GPS receiver Holdover Mode Ethernet Backhaul type LMT Port

pairingRelationships outOfBandData pairingRelationships pairingOrderNum sspSecret actExtGpsOutputLn aPowerSupply extGpsReceiverHol doverMode ethBhType lmtPort

pairingRelationships outOfBandData pairingRelationships pairingOrderNum sspSecret actExtGpsOutputLna PowerSupply extGpsReceiverHold overMode ethBhType lmtPort

FTM

Primary Backhaul Port

primBackhaulPort

primBackhaulPort

EcNo

IPNO IPNO IPNO IPNO IPRT IPRTV6 IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC

C-plane Ipv4 address secondary for additional network secondary C-plane Ipv6 address for additional network secondary C-plane Ipv4 address C-plane Ipv6 address secondary Preferred source IPv4 address Preferred source IPv6 address

addTransportNwIpA addTransportNwIpAd ddrListaddCPlaneIp addTransportNwIpA drListaddCPlaneIpAd addTransportNwIpAd AddressSec dressSec ddrListaddCPlaneIp cPlaneIpAddressSe drListaddCPlaneIpv6 cPlaneIpAddressSec v6AddressSec ccPlaneIpv6Address AddressSec cPlaneIpv6AddressS Sec staticRoutespreSrcI ec staticRoutespreSrcIp pv4Addr staticIpv6Routespre v4Addr staticIpv6RoutespreS SrcIpv6Addr rcIpv6Addr Activate IPsec Backup Tunnel actIpSecBkupTun actIpSecBkupTun Feature IPsec Backup Tunnel Manual ipSecBkupTunManS ipSecBkupTunManS switch witch IPsec Tunnel local tunnel ipSecBkupTunManS witch ipSecBkupTunManS endpoint witchlocalTEP IPsec Tunnel remote tunnel ipSecBkupTunManS witchlocalTEP ipSecBkupTunManS endpoint witchremoteTEP witchremoteTEP IPsec Tunnels ipSecTunnels ipSecTunnels IPsec Backup Tunnel switchback ipSecTunnelsipSec ipSecTunnelsipSecB mode BkupTunSwitchback kupTunSwitchbackM Mode ode

IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC IPSECC ISHPR ISHPR ISHPR ISHPR

IPsec Tunnel local tunnel endpoint IPsec Tunnel remote tunnel endpoint IPsec Backup Tunnel mapped BFD IPSecsession BackupidTunnel current remote endpoint IPsec backup tunnel failure detection mechanism IPSec Backup Tunnel maximum switch time IPSec Backup Tunnel minimum switch time Tunnel remote IPsec Backup endpoint IPsec Backup Tunnel state Activation of fast pref. resource inc. GBR Act. mech. of fast for pref. resource inc. mech. for non-GBR Activation threshold for interference shaping Freq. edge for blanked resources in macro cell

ipSecTunnelslocalT ipSecTunnelslocalTE EP ipSecTunnelsremot P ipSecTunnelsremote eTEP securityPoliciesipSe TEP securityPoliciesipSec cBkupTunBFDSessi securityPoliciesipSe BkupTunBFDSessio securityPoliciesipSec onID nID cBkupTunCurrRemo securityPoliciesipSe BkupTunCurrRemote securityPoliciesipSec teEndpoint Endpoint cBkupTunFailMech securityPoliciesipSe BkupTunFailMech securityPoliciesipSec cBkupTunMaxSwitc securityPoliciesipSe BkupTunMaxSwitchT securityPoliciesipSec hTime ime cBkupTunMinSwitch securityPoliciesipSe BkupTunMinSwitchTi securityPoliciesipSec Time me cBkupTunRemoteE securityPoliciesipSe BkupTunRemoteEnd securityPoliciesipSec ndpoint point cBkupTunState actFastIncreaseGbr BkupTunState actFastIncreaseGbr actFastIncreaseNon actFastIncreaseNon Gbr activationThreshold Gbr activationThreshold blankingPosition blankingPosition

ISHPR ISHPR ISHPR ISHPR

Downlink interference shaping profile identifier High load limit for neighbor cell Max. num. of cells for neighbor cell load of info exch.loaded neighbor Number highly cells

ishPrId limitHighLoadNeigh bor nCellsLoadExchang e nHighLoadNeighbor

ishPrId limitHighLoadNeighb or nCellsLoadExchange nHighLoadNeighbor

ISHPR

Periodicity for neighbor cell load info exchange

periodicityLoadExch periodicityLoadExcha ange nge

ISHPR

Alignment method for DL interference shaping

prefAlignment

prefAlignment

ISHPR ISHPR ISHPR ISHPR

Lower threshold to decrease preferred resources Upper threshold to increase preferred resources Lower Limit for preferred resources Step size for adjusting the amount of pref. resources

prefResDecreaseTh reshold prefResIncreaseThr eshold prefResLowerLimit prefResStepSize

prefResDecreaseThr eshold prefResIncreaseThre shold prefResLowerLimit prefResStepSize

ISHPR

Restart period for neighbor cell load info exchange

restartPeriodLoadEx restartPeriodLoadEx change change

ISHPR LNADJ LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS

Periodicity for interference updatePeriod updatePeriod shaping for update actions RLF based RRC connection rlfBasedRCRsuppor rlfBasedRCRsupport reestablishment supported ted ed Activate active mode load actAmle actAmle equalization Activate autonomous removal of actAutoLteNeighRe actAutoLteNeighRem LTE neighbours moval oval Activate downlink interference actDlIntShaping actDlIntShaping shaping Activate inter-frequency service actInterFreqService actInterFreqServiceB based handover Activate periodic carrier blinking BasedHo actPeriodicCarrierBli asedHo actPeriodicCarrierBli nking Activate RLF based RRC actRLFbasedRCR nking actRLFbasedRCR connection reestablishment Activate RT performance actRtPerfMonitoring actRtPerfMonitoring monitoring SDL activation flag actSdl actSdl Activate service based mobility actServBasedMobT actServBasedMobTh thresholds Activate timing advance histogram hr actTaHistCounters ractTaHistCounters PM counters Activate temporary radio master actTempRadioMaste actTempRadioMaster role Activation of user layer TCP MSS ractUserLayerTcpMs actUserLayerTcpMss clamping Activate vendor specific cell trace sClamping actVendSpecCellTra Clamping actVendSpecCellTra enhancements ceEnh ANR Idle Time Thresholds for LTE anrIdleTimeThresLt ceEnh anrIdleTimeThresLte e Idle Time Threshold for LTE anrIdleTimeThresLt anrIdleTimeThresLtei Neighbour Relationsfor Neighbour eidleTimeThresLteN Idle Time Threshold anrIdleTimeThresLt dleTimeThresLteNR anrIdleTimeThresLtei eNBTime Exchange eidleTimeThresNbE anrIdleTimeThresLtei dleTimeThresNbEnb Idle Threshold for Neighbour R anrIdleTimeThresLt eNBs eidleTimeThresNbe Exch dleTimeThresNbeNB Idle Time Threshold for X2 links nbExch anrIdleTimeThresLt anrIdleTimeThresLtei NB eidleTimeThresX2 Neighbour eNB Exchange Wait anrIdleTimeThresLt dleTimeThresX2 anrIdleTimeThresLte Timer enbEnbExchWaitTm nbEnbExchWaitTmr r

LNBTS

ANR UTRA RSCFS timer

anrUtraTRSCFS

LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS

Consecutive handover execution failure re-validation TH Timer for eICIC synchronization recovery Maximum GTP tunnel unit Load balancing special case handling selection

consecHoFailThres consecHoFailThres eIcicSyncRecoveryT eIcicSyncRecoveryT maxGtpTU maxGtpTU mlbSpecialCase mlbSpecialCase

LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNBTS LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

Nominal bit rate downlink qciTab5nbrDl Nominal bit rate uplink qciTab5nbrUl Nominal bit rate downlink qciTab6nbrDl Nominal bit rate uplink qciTab6nbrUl Nominal bit rate downlink qciTab7nbrDl Nominal bit rate uplink qciTab7nbrUl Nominal bit rate downlink qciTab8nbrDl Nominal bit rate uplink qciTab8nbrUl Nominal bit rate downlink qciTab9nbrDl Nominal bit rate uplink qciTab9nbrUl Nominal bit rate downlink qciTabOperatornbrD lqciTabOperatornbrU Nominal bit rate uplink lrlfBasedRCRdefault RLF based RRC connection reestablishment default wait S1 periodical revalidation s1PrdRevalWaitTmr timer Resource status reporting tRsrInitWait initiation wait time Resource status rep. result wait tRsrResFirst time first reporting Temporary radio master recovery tempRadioMasterR time ecovTime Temporary radio master trigger tempRadioMasterTri time ggerTime X2 periodical revalidation wait x2PrdRevalWaitTmr timer Activate enhanced inter-cell actEicic interference coordination Activate nominal bitrate for non- actNbrForNonGbrB GBR bearers Activate extended VoLTE talk time earers actQci1eVTT Max number of AMLE-based HOs amleMaxNumHo between two status CAC updates X2 resource update amlePeriodLoadExc periodicity hange

qciTab5nbrDl qciTab5nbrUl qciTab6nbrDl qciTab6nbrUl qciTab7nbrDl qciTab7nbrUl qciTab8nbrDl qciTab8nbrUl qciTab9nbrDl qciTab9nbrUl qciTabOperatornbrDl qciTabOperatornbrUl rlfBasedRCRdefault s1PrdRevalWaitTmr tRsrInitWait tRsrResFirst tempRadioMasterRe covTime tempRadioMasterTri ggerTime x2PrdRevalWaitTmr

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

Antenna bearing for AoA calculation Averaging filter constant for CRE tagging Minimum margin for load balancing CIO adjustment Downlink interference shaping configuration DL interference shaping active Amount of blanked resources

antBearingForAoaCa lc creCqiAvg deltaLbCioMargin dlIshConfig dlIshConfigactDlIsh dlIshConfigamountBl ankedRes

antBearingForAoaC alc creCqiAvg deltaLbCioMargin dlIshConfig dlIshConfigactDlIsh dlIshConfigamountB lankedRes

anrUtraTRSCFS

actEicic actNbrForNonGbrBe arers actQci1eVTT amleMaxNumHo amlePeriodLoadExch ange


Downlink interference shaping profile identifier beta ABS adaptation Threshold to switch from MP0 to MP1 Threshold to switch from MP1 to MP0 ABS delta adjustment Delay timer for applying a new ABS pattern Threshold for re-tagging UEs from CRE to non-CRE Maximum CIO value for CIO Group 2 inCIO macro cellfor CIO Maximum value Group in macromuting cell pattern Highest3 allowed

dlIshConfigishPrId eIcicAbsAdaptation Beta eIcicAbsAdaptation Threshold0To1 eIcicAbsAdaptation Threshold1To0 eIcicAbsDeltaAdjust ment eIcicAbsPatChange DelayT eIcicCreDelta eIcicMaxG2CioMacr o eIcicMaxG3CioMacr o eIcicMaxMutePatter n

dlIshConfigishPrId eIcicAbsAdaptationB eta eIcicAbsAdaptationT hreshold0To1 eIcicAbsAdaptationT hreshold1To0 eIcicAbsDeltaAdjust ment eIcicAbsPatChangeD elayT eIcicCreDelta eIcicMaxG2CioMacro eIcicMaxG3CioMacro eIcicMaxMutePattern

LNCEL LNCEL

Maximum number of allowed eICIC partnerships Timer for transition to MP0

eIcicMaxNumPartne eIcicMaxNumPartner rs seIcicMp0DelayT eIcicMp0DelayT

LNCEL

Expected Cell Size

expectedCellSize

expectedCellSize

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

Inter-freq. service based HO retry timer Idle mode load balancing capacity threshold Intra-frequency load balancing load thresholds DL GBR resource high load DL non-GBR resource high load PDCCH high load Hysteresis for DL GBR resource load measurement Hysteresis for DL Non-GBR resource Hysteresisload for measurement PDCCH load measurement Maximum number of load balancing partner candidates Load filtering coefficient Intra- and inter-freq. load bal. common settings Mode for load calculating the CAC in load bal. and eICIC

iFServiceBasedHoR etryTimer idleLBCapThresh intraFreqLbLoadThr esholds intraFreqLbLoadThr esholdshighLoadGb intraFreqLbLoadThr rDl esholdshighLoadNo intraFreqLbLoadThr nGbrDl esholdshighLoadPd intraFreqLbLoadThr cch esholdshysteresisLo intraFreqLbLoadThr adDlGbr esholdshysteresisLo intraFreqLbLoadThr adDlNonGbr esholdshysteresisLo intraFreqLbLoadThr adPdcch esholdsmaxLbPartn lbLoadFilCoeff ers loadSettings loadSettingsmlbEici cOperMode

iFServiceBasedHoR etryTimer idleLBCapThresh intraFreqLbLoadThre sholds intraFreqLbLoadThre sholdshighLoadGbrD intraFreqLbLoadThre lsholdshighLoadNon intraFreqLbLoadThre GbrDl sholdshighLoadPdcc intraFreqLbLoadThre h sholdshysteresisLoa intraFreqLbLoadThre dDlGbr sholdshysteresisLoa intraFreqLbLoadThre dDlNonGbr sholdshysteresisLoa intraFreqLbLoadThre dPdcch sholdsmaxLbPartner lbLoadFilCoeff s loadSettings loadSettingsmlbEicic OperMode

LNCEL

Nominal number of PRBs for load loadSettingsnomNu loadSettingsnomNu balancing mPrbNonGbr mPrbNonGbr

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

DL GBR resource target load DL non-GBR resource target load PDCCH target load Uplink CAC source selection Static CAC for uplink Maximum NBR-DRB traffic limit Max number carrier aggr configured UEs Max number carrier aggr configured UEs 3 Carriers cells Max number of secondary for DL carrier aggr Maximum NBR-DRB PRBs per UE Load measurement RRM timer multiplier Load measurement RRM timer multiplier eICIC PRBs for Number offorPUCCH HARQ format 3 Handling NBR Congestion Extended VoLTE Talk Time Configuration forfor QCI1 DL target BLER QCI1

loadSettingstargetL loadSettingstargetLo oadGbrDl loadSettingstargetL adGbrDl loadSettingstargetLo oadNonGbrDl loadSettingstargetL adNonGbrDl loadSettingstargetLo oadPdcch loadSettingsulCacS adPdcch loadSettingsulCacSel election loadSettingsulStatic ection loadSettingsulStaticC Cac maxNbrTrafficLimit ac maxNbrTrafficLimit maxNumCaConfUe maxNumCaConfUe maxNumCaConfUe maxNumCaConfUe3 3c cmaxNumScells maxNumScells maxPrbsPerNbrUe maxPrbsPerNbrUe multLoadMeasRrm multLoadMeasRrm multLoadMeasRrmE multLoadMeasRrmEi icic cic nPucchF3Prbs nPucchF3Prbs nbrCongHandling nbrCongHandling qci1eVTTConfig qci1eVTTConfig qci1eVTTConfigqci1 qci1eVTTConfigqci1 DlTargetBler DlTargetBler


Maximum number of HARQ transmission in DL of forHARQ QCI1 Maximum number transmission in ULreconfiguration for QCI1 HARQ and BLER timer for QCI1factor for the QCI1 Multiplication traffic in downlink Multiplication factor for the QCI1 traffic in uplink UL AMC target BLER for QCI1 RIP alarming configuration Activate RIP alarming Alarm threshold crossing time Alarm threshold for UL subframe

qci1eVTTConfigqci1 HarqMaxTrDl qci1eVTTConfigqci1 HarqMaxTrUl qci1eVTTConfigqci1 ReconStopTimer qci1eVTTConfigqci1 ThroughputFactorDl qci1eVTTConfigqci1 ThroughputFactorUl qci1eVTTConfigqci1 UlTargetBler ripAlarmingConfig

qci1eVTTConfigqci1 HarqMaxTrDl qci1eVTTConfigqci1 HarqMaxTrUl qci1eVTTConfigqci1 ReconStopTimer qci1eVTTConfigqci1 ThroughputFactorDl qci1eVTTConfigqci1 ThroughputFactorUl qci1eVTTConfigqci1 UlTargetBler ripAlarmingConfig

ripAlarmingConfigac tRIPAlarming ripAlarmingConfigal armThresholdCrossi ripAlarmingConfigal ngTime armThresholdULSF

ripAlarmingConfigact RIPAlarming ripAlarmingConfigala rmThresholdCrossin ripAlarmingConfigala gTime rmThresholdULSF

LNCEL

Load measurement X2 timer

tLoadMeasX2

tLoadMeasX2

LNCEL

Load measurement X2 timer for eICIC

tLoadMeasX2Eicic

tLoadMeasX2Eicic

LNCEL LNCEL LNCEL

Ping pong time Threshold th2 GERAN for RSRP during QCI1 Threshold th2 WCDMA for RSRP during QCI1

tPingPong threshold2GERANQ ci1 threshold2WcdmaQ ci1

tPingPong threshold2GERANQc a2-Threshold i1 threshold2WcdmaQc a2-Threshold i1

LNHOIF LNHOIF LNREL LNREL MODPR MOPR MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE

Inter-freq. service based threshold thresholdRsrpIFSBF RSRP target filter based threshold ilter Inter-freq. service thresholdRsrqIFSBF RSRQ target filter ilter Active mode load equalization amleAllowed allowed Remove allowed removeAllowed Frequency layer list for VoLTE freqLayListServiceB service based HO asedHo Frequency layer list for VoLTE freqLayListServiceB service based HO asedHo Cell maximum active MDT UEs cellMaxActiveMDTU traced EsTraced Enhanced cell vendor specific enhCellVendorSpec tracing Tracing Angle of arrival tracing enhCellVendorSpec TracingaoATracing Power HeadRoom tracing enhCellVendorSpec TracingpHRTracing

MTRACE

RIP report interval

enhCellVendorSpec enhCellVendorSpecT TracingripReportInte racingripReportInterv rval al

MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE MTRACE PMCADM PMCADM

RIP report type RIP tracing Timing advance tracing synchronized UpLink SINR tracing Job type RT PM Collection Entity RT PM Collection Entity IP Address

enhCellVendorSpec enhCellVendorSpecT TracingripReportTyp enhCellVendorSpec racingripReportType enhCellVendorSpecT e TracingripTracing enhCellVendorSpec racingripTracing enhCellVendorSpecT TracingtATracingSy enhCellVendorSpec racingtATracingSync enhCellVendorSpecT nch h TracinguLSINRTraci racinguLSINRTracing jobType jobType ng rTPmCollEntity rTPmCollEntity rTPmCollEntityrTPm rTPmCollEntityrTPm CollEntityIpAddr CollEntityIpAddr

thresholdRsrpIFSBFil ter thresholdRsrqIFSBFil ter amleAllowed removeAllowed freqLayListServiceBa sedHo freqLayListServiceBa sedHo cellMaxActiveMDTU EsTraced enhCellVendorSpecT racing enhCellVendorSpecT racingaoATracing enhCellVendorSpecT racingpHRTracing

Reporting Periodicity

PMCADM

RT PM Collection Entity Port Number

rTPmCollEntityrTPm rTPmCollEntityrTPm CollEntityPortNum CollEntityPortNum

PMCADM

RT PM Collection Interval

rTPmCollEntityrTPm rTPmCollEntityrTPm CollInterval CollInterval

PMCADM PMCADM PMCADM PMRNL

SDL maximum upload file number SDL Nonce SDL primary destination IP address LTE Handover RLF Trigger

sdlMaxUploadFileN umber sdlNonce sdlPrimaryDestIp mtHoRlf

sdlMaxUploadFileNu mber sdlNonce sdlPrimaryDestIp mtHoRlf

PMRNL

LTE MAC

mtMAC

mtMAC

PMTNL

WiFi counter status interval parameter

lte_WiFi_Stats_Inter lte_WiFi_Stats_Inter val val

RMOD RMOD SMOD TOPF

Baseband module identifier Product code planned Product code planned Accepted Clock Quality table

connectionListbbMo dId prodCodePlanned prodCodePlanned acceptedClockQuali ty

TOPF

ToP announce message mode

announceRequestM announceRequestMo ode de

TOPF TOPF TOPF TOPF

ToP selection mode PTP domain number Timing over Packet masters properties Configuredtable priority 1 for ToP master

ieeeTelecomProfile topDomainNumber topMasters topMasterspriority_1

connectionListbbMod Id prodCodePlanned prodCodePlanned acceptedClockQualit y

ieeeTelecomProfile topDomainNumber topMasters topMasterspriority_1

TOPF TRBLCADM TRBLCADM TRBLCADM TRBLCADM TRBLCADM TRBLCADM TRBLCADM TRBLCADM TRBLCADM TRBLCADM WIFICNF WIFICNF

Configured priority 2 for ToP master Activate remote syslog transmission Remote syslog configuration Remote syslog DSCP Remote syslog format Remote syslog server IP address Remote syslog server IP port number Remote syslog transmit duration Remote syslog transport protocol Remote syslog transmission status Troubleshooting common administration Activate WiFi identifier Factory Reset WiFi

topMasterspriority_2 actRemoteSyslogTr ansmission remoteSyslogConfig remoteSyslogConfig remoteSyslogDSCP remoteSyslogConfig remoteSyslogForma remoteSyslogConfig tremoteSyslogServer remoteSyslogConfig IPaddress remoteSyslogServer remoteSyslogConfig PortNo remoteSyslogTrans remoteSyslogConfig mitDuration remoteSyslogTrans remoteSyslogTrans portProtocol missionStatus trblCAdmId actWiFi factoryResetWiFi

topMasterspriority_2 actRemoteSyslogTra nsmission remoteSyslogConfig remoteSyslogConfigr emoteSyslogDSCP remoteSyslogConfigr emoteSyslogFormat remoteSyslogConfigr emoteSyslogServerI remoteSyslogConfigr Paddress emoteSyslogServerP remoteSyslogConfigr ortNo emoteSyslogTransmi remoteSyslogConfigr tDuration emoteSyslogTranspo remoteSyslogTransm rtProtocol issionStatus trblCAdmId actWiFi factoryResetWiFi

WIFICNF WIFICNF WIFICNF

Reboot WiFi WiFi Uplink Rate Limiter Integrated WiFi Configuration Id

rebootWiFi wiFiUplinkRateLimit er wificfnId

rebootWiFi wiFiUplinkRateLimite rwificfnId

Description

This parameter identifies the account manager. The value is always 1. This parameter holds the TLS access mode for the server(s) of the the port BTS.number Valuesof are ThisLDAP parameter holds the "secured" (allow only secured connections) and primary LDAP server. This holds the IP address of the "both"parameter (allow both unsecured and secured primary server.for UE-based intra- and/or ActivatesLDAP the profile connections). inter-frequency ANR (LTE556, LTE782) too. This parameter uniquely ANRPRL Format: this is an IPv4 IPidentifies address an in dotted object. If of a neighbor included ANR decimal form defined incell RFC 2373. If RSRP set to "true" the profile applies for in any kind of measurement "reportStrongestCells" is greater Threshold to control detection of neighbour ANR, that is UE-based and not UE-based. Ifcells set to An Automatic Neighbor Relationship Profile than anrThresRSRPNbCell, then a UE-based cell is Examples: via passive ANR. "false" the profile is not applied for ANR (ANRPRL) defines carrier-frequency-specific accepted by eNB as a UE-based neighbor cell forfeatures which CGI IPv4: 10.12.11.101 but still applied for not ANR settings for automatic detection of LTE intrais If aneeded. measurement report for theneighbor mobility cells. events (for example frequency andLTE492). inter-frequency A3, A4 or A5 is received, then the cell parameter is an relevant onlyPCI ifthe atcan least one of The eNB will request to resolve CGI corresponding to included beof the features; LTE782 or LTE556, is activated, unknown cells only if the respective RSRQ accepted as 'candidate for ANR' only neighbor if level thethat Once the number of LTEcell inter-frequency is if actUeBasedAnrIntraFreqLte and/or measured by the UE is at least equal to PCI fulfills the condition: relations the eNB Once theof number of cell LTEreaches intra-frequency neighbor actUeBasedAnrInterFreqLte is setautonomous to "true". anrThresRSRQNbCell. RSRP(PCI) > anrThres RSRPNbCellMobEv. "nrLimitInterFreq", the eNB stops relations of the eNB cell reaches The parameter identifies the EUTRA target carrier The parameter only relevant if at least one of learning of new is neighbor cells via ANR. "nrLimitIntraFreq", the eNB stops autonomous frequency for which this ANR profile applies. The parameter is relevant only if at least one of the features LTE492, LTE782 or LTE556 is This parameter uniquely identifies an ANRPRW Note: The number of inter-frequency neighbor learning of new neighbor cells viaisANR. the features; LTE782 or LTE556, activated, that activated, i.e. if allows anrOmExtEnable or ANR object. relations exceed this limit since new neighbor The parameter to restrict the profile to Note: Thecan number of intra-frequency neighbor The profile applies for intraand or inter-frequency is if actUeBasedAnrIntraFreqLte and/or actUeBasedAnrIntraFreqLte or cells/new neighbor relations canby betheir configured certain LTE cells that are identified lncelId. relations can exceed this limitstill since new neighbor The parameter enables ANR for the ANR dependent on the carrier frequency of the actUeBasedAnrInterFreqLte is set to "true". actUeBasedAnrInterFreqLte islearning set toofbe 'true'. An Automatic Neighbor Relationship Profile viathe O&M and autonomous creation neighbor If parameter is omitted or the list is empty the cells/new neighbor relations still can configured carrier frequency of the profile. cell. Default values for blacklisting of UTRAN mobility (ANRPRW) defines carrier-frequency-specific relations for already available neighbor cells profile is considered as default profile, which might via O&M and autonomous creation of neighbor Passive ANR can be switched off by setting the types into WCDMA neighbor relationship objects settings for automatic detection of WCDMA occur. The controls whether CSFB with PS applies allcarrier cells with no dedicated profile. relations for already available neighbor cells might If no parameter target ishigh defined, the profile applies for threshold to a very value. LNRELW. neighbor cells. handover to the related neighbor cell is allowed. occur. The parameterwhich controls whether PS to any frequency is measured byhandover a UE. This the neighbor is allowed. profile is considered as profile and must parameter whether SRVCC handover Therelated values are controls used cell if adefault new LNRELW object is exist inrelated any case. If an ANRPRL instance with a to the neighbor cell is allowed. created by eNB because of ANR measurements The parameter allows limiting the number of dedicated carrierapplies frequency exists, this has higher and if theneighbor profile for the detecting LTE cell. WCDMA relations (LNRELW instances) The parameter a list of Primary priority than thespecifies default profile. per UTRAN carrier frequency and LTE cell. Scrambling Codes or code that are Note ANR measurements will ranges beofonly Singlethat PSC value or(PSC) first PSC value a range excluded from ANR learning. activated in a cell if an LNHOIF object is created that isPSC blacklisted. Last value ifonly a range of PSC values are This limit applies forcarrier ANR created LNRELW for each relevant target frequency. blacklisted. instances but does not apply for LNRELW The parameter specifies the coding of the RNC Id instances, which are manually created via plan within the 28 Bit UTRAN Cell Identity. The file. parameter defines whether the RNC-ID is aligned to the left or right side within Cell Identity. If the limit is already reached or even exceeded by The parameter defines whether the RNL manually created LNRELW instances, noId is of type 'normal' (12 Bit) or 'extended' (16 Bit). additional LNRELW instances referring to This parameter selects if SRVCC to a WCDMA WCDMA neighbor cells with the profile carrier target cell is performed a combined PS and CS The parameter identifiesasthe UTRA carrier frequency be added by ANR. SRVCC orwill whether performed for the frequency for which SRVCC this ANRisprofile applies. CS bearer only. If the number of neighbor relations (LNRELW instances) exceeds maximum number The value is used if the a new LNADJW objectofis WCDMA neighbor cells which might be used by created by eNB because of ANR measurements eNB measurement configurations (limit LTE in 3GPP and ifinthe profile applies for the detecting cell. 36.331) but the limit which ich configured with

Additional Rx gain in decibels, is used in gain calculation to compensate Rx gain Defines if antenna line DC an power is produced by an external device e.g. the base station when two enabled/disabled for an antenna line. The DC Identifies the specific antenna port intogether Flexi Radio radio modules areby cross-connected via power is enabled default (when the file or Module antenna The totalfor delay allline. the passive units This of an Rx diversity sharing line. User parameter isoutputs notofavailable forthe anantenna AL). antenna line can be entered into this parameter, will know the gain produced by the external device This parameter the total calculated parameter is thecontains most relevant forloss AL DC power which is then used as the RTT value in delay to apply proper value here. Note: an MHA/TMA from the feederLoss and passive units. value Note! In RF case this parameter Identifies thesharing specific line. compensation inincluded BTS.ifantenna gain not be in this parameter. The shall will be set to "false" BTS is set to the Radio Defines if the device scan functionality is MHA/TMA gain is commissioned together with Note: The parameter only applicable when a the slave mode (SMOD - is linkList - radioMaster enabled/disabled a to capable 3GPP antenna MHA/TMA commissioning and taken into Defines thedevice voltage level supplied to the antenna MHA is commissoned. parameter value isfor set "false"). line. The scan is enabled by default (when the file account as default by the system. line. Thethe values entered parameter Defines product codefor of this the unit in question. or parameter is not available for an AL). depend on the MHA type. This parameter the radio module Non-AISG NSN identifies MHAs: WMHA, WMHB: 12 associated with the antenna line. Note: In RF sharing case this parameter value Antenna BTS1 Line Uplink Delay in nanoseconds, is WMHC: Automatic value (Manual voltage shall be set to the "false" if BTS isline set to the Radio used to compensate the antenna UL delay override is allowed: possible values [0 V / +12 V/ Defines a VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) slave mode (SMOD linkList radioMaster difference between main and diversity Rx +14.5 V/ +24V/ +28 V (+24 /+28 only for Main major alarm level.is(voltage Defines a of VSWR wave ratio) parameter value set to "false"). branches the cell. This isstanding needed to avoid gain branch, the value depends on the radio module minor alarm level. This parameter activates or deactivates the BFD (i.e. performance) loss due to the time difference type)]), BTS2 12 In WCDMA - LTE RF sharing the parameter session. between Rx branches data. This parameter controls the For admin state ofoffset the of doesn't need beRF configured forexample, LTE. In WCDMA - to LTE sharing the parameter 1/2 chip period (130ns) introduces gain Non-AISG Other (3rd party) MHA: 0diversity (The user can BFD session. This parameter specifies the destination IP are of doesn't need toto be configured for LTE. Activate: if set value "true", the transmission degradation of about 1dB. Different delays change the line voltage to 12V. If set to "false", the session enters the "Down" address to be used incontrol the BFD session. To be is The negotiated BFD transmission BFD control packets towards the peer met e.g. when two radio modules are crossAISG MHAs: Currently for allword AISG MHA state. Only control messages withremote state "Admin entered in dotted decimal format. interval, multiplied by this parameter, provides started and, in case the BFD session fails, alarms connected together via RX diversity Automatic value is the used. This parameter indicates on the BFDoutputs. group toUser Down" are sent to peer. All active alarms ofthe the detection time for lost packets in the BFD session. are raised. may provide absolute UL delay values for all Rx which the BFD session belongs. BFD session are cleared. This parameter identifies the BFD session. Both IP formats can be used. Roughly speaking is the number of Deactivate: set to value "false", the transmission branches of ifsharing the or optionally only the positive Note: In address RF case this parameter value The iscell, abfdDetectMult managed object instance If setparameter to "true", the session leaves the "Down" Format: IPv4 address parameter in dotted This parameter specifies the source IP address tois BFD control packets that FTM may lose in a of BFD control packets towards the remote peer difference referred to the smallest delay branch shall be set to the the "Automatic" ifanBTS isremote set of to peer the identifier (LMOID), referencing state. It will reach "Up"parameter state if instance theacc. decimals or IPv6 address to to RFC be used in BFD messages for the BFD session. row, before it shall declare the BFD session be stopped. Also the BTS discards every received and leave smallest delay branch value to zero. It's Radio slave mode (SMOD linkList radioMaster This parameter specifies the UDP source port to object class BFDGRP. The parameter may remain is also in "Up" state. If the BFD session fails, 4291. This can bevalue a interface IPiswhen address ato a down. BFD packet for athe BFD instance. not required tonetwork apply the delay theor delay parameter isdeactivated set to UL "false"). be used in the BFD session. empty, meaning BFD session not bound alarms are raised for it. This specifies the type the BFD virtual IP address. To be entered inof decimal Moreover allrange active alarms related todotted the BFD for Rxparameter branches ofand the cell are about equal. Note: Note: value default value depend on BFD group. session: Single Hop or Multi Hop BFD. This parameter specifies the minimum interval, format. session are cleared. The BFD session effectively Multiradio Combiner (MRC) delay shall not be the BFD type. Example: that needs transmitting control does notBTS exist atBFD, all. when included in this parameter. The MRC delays are This parameter specifies the minimum interval -FTM-1/IPNO-1/BFDGRP-# Forthe Multi Hop the value range isBFD 4784, packets for the BFD session. Both IP address formats can be used. taken into account as default by the system when between received BFD control packets that the 49152...65535 and the default value = 4784. where # can be from 1..8. This parameter identifies BFD group. Format: IPv4 address parameter in dotted the Combiner isavalue commissioned into use. FTM will support for the BFD session. - ForMultiradio Single Hop BFD the range is 3784, The alarms are suppressed based on the toggling decimals or IPv6 address parameter acc. to 49152...65535 and the default value = 3784.RFC alarm parameters. The defines togglingthe alarm parameters 4291. Toggling alarm amount number of contain the amount of alarms in time (time and alarms limit in time (time and amount values) Duration time when the toggling alarm is no longer amount setting the toggling alarm when thevalues alarm)either isfordeclared to be in toggling alarm toggling (alarm active or cleared). If the Duration time the alarm is toggling (alarm condition and when clearance duration time when the condition. alarm is alarm active, it no is set active after toggling alarm either active or cleared). The toggling alarm toggling is longer toggling (alarm either BTS Fault name defined in RISE. The same name is cleared. condition timeinisthe used toalarm determine with ittoggling active cleared). If BTS the active, is set can beorfound alarmisdocumentation. Defines the toggling toggling suppression used for this alarm amount the toggling condition. activeparameter after alarm is cleared. This includes also alarming resource BTS fault and alarming HW resource pair. Defines in question. and faultthe ID.BTS Syntax used in enums: This parameter can be NOTE: used forThere identification of hw_faultId_faultName. are some Note: This parameter cannot bepurposes, changed part by the BTS. It is used for planning i.e. to special marks indicating usually dynamic in This parameter specifies thedone synchronization NetAct. Any change will be using BTS SM. provide identification information of the site. It is the fault name. Special marks are removed in mode of the eNB. LTE specific Base Station level radio parameters. not used any Telecom PDDB butfor they are visible purposes. for the operator. In frequency synchronised mode, the frequency of Controls in holdover mode the external 1pps the radio ifinterface signal is synchronised to the output is switched on (parameter true) or on the Defines the usagethe of the external reference source; phase of the=2.048MHz frames switched off (parameter = Frequency false). synchronization radio interface isreference. random. sync2.048 mode Controls if in holdover mode the external can be used in FDD systems, when no features MHz output is switched on true) or This parameter defines the cable length= used In the eNB has lostphase all(parameter supported reference arecase used which require synchronisation. switched off (parameter = false). between GPS receiver and eNB for official sources for generating 1pps pulse, the eNB starts This parameter defines if fault managementNSN is cable with length of 30m, 100m or 300m . If this running in hold-over mode. This parameter enabled for indicating faults related to the sync In phase synchronised mode, the radio interface This parameter defines if thethe fault management is In case theinisBTS lost all supported reference parameter set,by the gpsTotalAntennaLineDelay controls holdover mode external 1pps signal provided asynchronised Sync Hub Master BTS via the is iffor frequency and in addition enabled indicating faults related to the external sources providing the external 2.048 MHz This parameter specifies the delay inoperates theis shall not be set.frames output is of switched on or 1pps/GPS input (i.e. theline local BTS the start the onoff. the radio interface GPS receiver. output, the sync BTS starts running in hold-over mode. cable used between the GPS receiver and an eNB This parameter determines whether System as sync hub slave). phase synchronised. In FDD systems mode phase sync This parameter controls if in holdover the or between the synchronization hub master and If an official NSN cable is replaced by a non-NSN Parameter cannot be enabled in case eNB has Module fan speed is optimized by oscillator modeparameter must be MHz configured when features used This must be set 'true' when an external 2.048 output istoswitched onare or off. synchronization hub slave. delivered cable the parameter GPS antenna FSM-r2 as master system module. temperature orphase noise level. This parameter must be set to "Total 'true' to when the which require synchronisation (e.g. external GPS receiver is connected the line delay"MBMS). must input bePhase used instead of this sync parameter. synchronisation signal is provided a Sync OTDOA, sync requires input 1pps/GPS syncassure input. 'True' indicates toby the This parameter specifies the cable delay used NSN does not the validity of delay Hub Master BTS via the 1pps/GPS sync input. either from GPS or ToP-P. system that the connected GPS receiver should between a GPS and eNB or between calculation when using cables not ordered 'True' indicates toreceiver thesignal system that signal should provide a valid sync at the sync input. Thebe synchronization hubinput. master and synchronization officially. present at the sync The parameter must be parameter must be set to 'false' when no external hub BTS in case in case of 1PPS set toslave 'false' when synchronisation is notsynch provided

This parameter enables the RF sharing with GSM or UTRAN in LTE BTS. the feature This parameter enables "Synchronisation Defines the sharing usageHub". ofcan thebe TDM synchronisation LTE 3G RF configured only if the reference. This parameter is the naming attribute of theand MOC shared BTS does or will contain a 3G System This parameter enables the output of 2MHz CAREL. Module. If the 3G System Module does not exist This parameter controls scheduling fairness 1pps/ToD signals at the SYNCH OUT connector It uniquely identifies aofCAREL instance. and the LTE-3G RF sharing has been configured, between UEs with and without activated SCelllink (Sand enables the use a PDH interface for The parameter controls PDCCH outer loop CAREL activates Carrier Aggregation in LTE BTScreation will stay in the ifinitializing state because LNCEL). forwarding synchronization from the BTS system adaptation is disabled inisSCell a UE withID an This parameter is the Local Cellfor Resource the related cells. 3G System Module always the radio master This parameter controls scheduling fairness inofDL clock. activated SCell. cell to be aggregated. CAREL is created in the LNCEL that will be Pin case of LTE-3G RF sharing. Initializing state in This and parameter is the naming attribute of the MOC time frequency domain scheduling between Aggregate cells considering the following: LNCEL (primary cell for Carrier Aggregation). the LTE BTS SW prevents reconfiguration CDFIM. UEs with and without an active SCell. Value 0 Used todoes indicate whether orBTS not the UE shall If disableSCellPDCCHOlLa is set to True, PDCCH -LNCEL NSN notfairness guarantee correct SCell addition contains lcrId the S-LNCEL (secondary commissioning of theaof LTE by the BTS Site It uniquely identifies CDFIM instance. means that no is provided; that is UEs perform a be CDMA2000 1xRTT OLLA will disabled for a UEpre-registration an active if Defines whether the CDMA2000 1xNSN Radio in case the band combination iswith an cell for Aggregation). Manager. with aninCarrier SCell activated get maximal benefits; the UE does not have a valid / current preSCell its SCell (other UEs in this cell which and do Transmission (1xRTT) Network supported band combination butand not supported Depending onTechnology enableAutoLock Shared RF cannot be chained Defines whether the CDMA2000 1x Radio value 1 means that full fairness is provided that by is registration. not have SCell activated/configured can use Identification (NID) roamer registration indicator 3GPP TS 36.101 enableGrflShdn settings, LNCEL isSystem automatically Parameter is used only for automatic licence Transmission Technology (1xRTT) UEs withwhether and without an active SCell will be Defines the CDMA2000 1x Radio Structure including all CDMA2000 1xRTT CSFB PDCCH OLLA depending on the setting of for Circuit Switched Fallback (CSFB) pre-locked NSN does not correct SCell addition during plan activation for CAREL activation and inguarantee addition this parameter is used for Identification (SID) roamer registration indicator treated similarly. Transmission Technology (1xRTT) home Registration Parameters of both Release 8 enable and actOlLaPdcch in this cell). Defines the CDMA2000 1x Radio Transmission registration is broadcast. Value TRUE is to in case the band combination is an NSN creation/deletion. for shared RF modules IP address configuration. Circuit Switched Fallback (CSFB) pre-registration The pair of cells that areCircuit aggregated should have registration indicator for Switched Fallback Release 9. If actOlLaPdcch in PCell and SCell is 'true' and Technology (1xRTT) multiple Network foreign NID roamers for autonomous registration. supported band combination and supported bySID Defines the CDMA2000 1x Radio Transmission is broadcast. Value TRUE is to enable foreign the same setting for this parameter. (CSFB) pre-registration ischannel broadcast. Value TRUE disableSCellPDCCHOlLa is set toPower false, PDCCH Identification (NID) storage indicator for Circuit This parameter is broadcast in the RRC: 3GPP TS 36.101 but the bandwidths of means that the Multi Carrier Amplifiers Technology (1xRTT) multiple System Identification roamers forSCell autonomous registration. This Defines the CDMA2000 Radio Transmission is tocells enable home (non-roaming) autonomous OlLa in the will be 1x used for the UE with an Switched Fallback (CSFB) pre-registration. When SystemInformationBlockType8 (SIB8) message the are not supported by 3GPP in this band (MCPA) transmitting both GSM/EDGE RF, (SID) storage indicator for Circuit Switched parameter is broadcast in the RRC: Technology Identification registration. This parameter is broadcast in (NID) the active and willNetwork reuse the calculations of the Defines the CDMA2000 1x Radio Transmission this parameter isinitpre-registration. set to TRUE, the UEatmessage may store and is SCell provided the combination (section 5.6A.1 in TS 36.101). WCDMA and(1xRTT) LTE RF carrier signals the Fallback (CSFB) When thissame SystemInformationBlockType8 (SIB8) associated with this cell for Circuit Switched RRC: SystemInformationBlockType8 (SIB8) PDCCH OlLa in the PCell of this UE. Technology (1xRTT) parameter-change entries in SID_NID_LIST for each SID. This MobilityParametersCDMA2000 Information 3GPP frequency band. Defines the 1x Radio Transmission parameter isCDMA2000 set to TRUE, the UEThis may store to and is provided inin the Fallback (CSFB) pre-registration. parameter message and provided the If actOlLaPdcch PCell or SCell is configured registration forin Circuit Switched Fallback parameter isindicator broadcast in the RRC: Element (IE) in RRC_CONNECTED mode. Technology (1xRTT) power down registration entries in SID_NID_LIST having different SIDs. MobilityParametersCDMA2000 Information Defines the CDMA2000 1x Radio Transmission is broadcast in the RRC: MobilityParametersCDMA2000 Information 'false', PDCCH OlLa insharing SCell ismode, never used andRF (CSFB) pre-registration. When this parameter is SystemInformationBlockType8 (SIB8) message When operating in RF a single indicator for Circuit Switched Fallback (CSFB) preThis parameter is broadcast in the RRC: Element (IE) in RRC_CONNECTED mode. Technology (1xRTT) power up registration SystemInformationBlockType8 (SIB8) message Element (IE) in RRC_CONNECTED mode only the configured value of disableSCellPDCCHOlLa Defines the time interval between timer-based set to TRUE, the UE should register on parameter and is provided in the Module is connected to two System Modules registration. Set this parameter to TRUE for the SystemInformationBlockType8 (SIB8) message indicator for Circuit Switched Fallback (CSFB) and is provided in the when homeRegIncluded parameter is set is not the considered by BTS SW. registrations. This parameter is broadcast indown. the change events. This parameter is Transmission broadcast intoprethe MobilityParametersCDMA2000 Information simultaneously. Defines the CDMA2000 1x Radio UE to register immediately before powering and is provided in the registration. Set this parameter to TRUE for the MobilityParametersCDMA2000 Information TRUE. The parameter shall be set to 'false' when it is RRC: SystemInformationBlockType8 (SIB8) Element (IE) in RRC_CONNECTED mode. Technology (1xRTT) registration zone number This is broadcast in the RRC: MobilityParametersCDMA2000 Information Defines the CDMA2000 1xinafter Radio Transmission UE toparameter register immediately powering up. This Element (IE) inthere RRC_CONNECTED mode. expected that isModule some correlation between message and is provided the Flexi EDGE System is operating in associated with this cell for Circuit Switched SystemInformationBlockType8 (SIB8) message Element (IE) in RRC_CONNECTED mode. Technology (1xRTT) System Identification (SID) parameter is broadcast in the RRC: pdcchCqiShift(t) in the pair of cells that are Defines the number of CDMA2000 1x MobilityParametersCDMA2000 Information GSM/EDGE SW or WCDMA mode andRadio Flexi Fallback (CSFB) pre-registration. This parameter and provided in this the associated with cell for Circuit Switched SystemInformationBlockType8 (SIB8) message aggregated and it shall be set to 'true' otherwise. Transmission (1xRTT) registration Element (IE) inTechnology RRC_CONNECTED mode. Multimode System Module in LTE or WCDMA SW Defines the timer for CDMA2000 1x Radio is broadcast in the RRC: MobilityParametersCDMA2000 Information Fallback (CSFB) This parameter and is provided inpre-registration. the zones in the zone(1xRTT) list by the UE for mode. retained Both are connected to the one and same Transmission Technology zone SystemInformationBlockType8 (SIB8) message Element (IE) in RRC CONNECTED mode. This structure contains parameters associated is broadcast in the RRC: MobilityParametersCDMA2000 Information Circuit Switched Fallback (CSFB) pre-registration. FlexiisMultiradio RF Module. registration associated with this cell for Circuit and provided in the with eHRPD used in SIB8. SystemInformationBlockType8 (SIB8) message Element (IE) Pre-registration in RRC_CONNECTED Defines whether UE isare allowed tomode. perform preThis parameter isthe broadcast in the RRC: Super cell configurations not released inThis Switched Fallback (CSFB) pre-registration. MobilityParametersCDMA2000 Information and is provided in the registration when the UE does not have a valid / SystemInformationBlockType8 (SIB8) message conjunction with RF-Sharing. Defines the High Packet Data parameter isevolved broadcast in Rate the RRC: Element (IE) in RRC_CONNECTED mode. MobilityParametersCDMA2000 Information current pre-registration. A value of false indicates and is provided in the (eHRPD) Pre-registration Information. This SystemInformationBlockType8 (SIB8)mode. message Defines the evolved High Rate Packet Data Element (IE) in RRC_CONNECTED UE isisnot allowed perform preregistration in this MobilityParametersCDMA2000 Information parameter contains the primary ColorInformation. Code of the and provided in to the (eHRPD) secondary pre-registration Defines the evolved High Rate Packet Data cell. Element (IE) in RRC_CONNECTED mode. eHRPD Access Network (AN) which this Evolved MobilityParametersCDMA2000 Information This parameter contains the secondary Color (eHRPD) secondary pre-registration Information. CDMA2000 HRPD frequency bands Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (EUTRA) cell Element (IE) in RRC_CONNECTED mode. Code of the eHRPD Access Network (AN) which This parameter contains the secondary Color List of CDMA2000 HRPD frequency bands. This overlays. The UE uses this parameter to CDMA2000 HRPD Frequency Band (used in Band this Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Code of the eHRPD Network (AN) which structure may contain upThe to 32 instantiated determine whether it Access should pre-register with the Class List). (EUTRA) cell overlays. UE uses this Absolute priority of the Bandclass of CDMA2000 this Evolved Terrestrial Radio Access quadruples ofUniversal a hrpdBdClBcl, hrpdCResPrio, eHRPD network. Identifies the CDMA2000 HRPD Frequency Band parameter to determine whether it should preHRPD (EUTRA) cell and overlays. TheBandclass UE uses this High threshold towards this offound. hrpdFrqThrH hrpdFrqThrL. in which the CDMA2000 Carrier can beparameter register with the eHRPD network. Absolute priority (0 means: lowest priority). parameter to determine whether itThis should preCDMA2000 HRPD Low threshold towards this of defines the first instance of Bandclass secondary Color register with the eHRPD network. This parameter This specifies the be high threshold used in CDMA2000 HRPD Codes which can assigned to an eHRPD cell. Weight factor ofbetween CDMA HRPD band used by Equal priorities RATs not supported defines the towards second instance ofare secondary Color reselection CDMA2000 HRPD This specifies the low threshold used in round robin for idle mode according toalgorithm [3GPP Codes which can be36.304]. assigned toCell anload eHRPD cell. CDMA2000 extended Neighbor Information reselection towards CDMA2000 HRPD balancing. for HRPD HRPD carrier frequency within a CDMA2000 When the parameter is not defined, the Cell Structure containes CDMA2000 Neighbor Band. Identifies the CDMA2000 Frequency Band in main corresponding carrier is not used in selecting Information for HRPD. The parameter value isCarrier basedcan on the absolute which the CDMA2000 be found. target for IdleModeMobilityControlInfo for load Identifies the CDMA "Physical cell32 identity". This structure may contain up to instantiated radio-frequency channel number “ARFCN”. balancing. Weighted round robin algorithm shall triples of a hrpdCellId, hrpdArfcn and 3GPP-R8 Distributes Physical Cell Ids between select always one target frequency for idle mode hrpdBdClNcl. List 3GPP-R9 Extension List. CDMA2000 1xRTT frequency bands loadand balancing, which is matching UE capabilities, "R8ListPartOnly" means, the related Physical Cell List of CDMA2000 1xRTT frequency bands. to be used as main target for idle mode load Weight factor of CDMA 1xRTT band NCL. used byThis Id has to be placed in the 3GPP-R8 structure contains quadruples of a balancing and this instantiated target have always highest round robin algorithm for will idlemeans, mode load CDMA2000 1xRTT Frequency Band (used inAll "R9ExtensionPartPossible" the related rttBdClBcl, rttCResPrio, rttFrqThrH and rttFrqThrL. priority assigned in RRC Release message. balancing. Band Class List). Physical Cell Id can be placed in the 3GPP-R8 Absolute priority of the Bandclass of CDMA2000 other target frequencyisfor idle mode the load When parameter not defined, Identifies CDMA2000 1xRTT Frequency Band NCL, ifthe allthe Physical Cell Ids with "R8ListPartOnly" 1xRTT balancing matching UE capabilities and configured corresponding carrier is not used in selecting main in which the CDMA2000 Carrier can be found. are already placed in the 3GPP-R8 NCL and there Absolute priority means:CDFIM lowestand priority). in LNCEL, IRFIM,(0UFFIM, GNFL will target for IdleModeMobilityControlInfo for load is space (up 16 with IDs allowed). Otherwise be addedleft as well,tobut lowered priorities as balancing. Weighted round robin algorithm shall they shall be placed in the 3GPP-R9 ExtensionEqual priorities between RATs are not supported configured for SIB with kept hierarchy of priorities. select always one target frequency for idle mode NCL (acc. to [3GPP ASN.1 rules) according to 36.304]. The shall calculate proportional weights load algorithm balancing, which is matching UE capabilities, corresponding to configured There is no to be used as main target forvalues. idle mode load check about the sum of weights configured by the

This specifies the high threshold used in reselection towards CDMA2000 1xRTT This specifies the low threshold used in reselection towards CDMA2000 1xRTT CDMA2000 extended Neighbor Cell Information for 1xRTT 1xRTT carrier frequency within a CDMA2000 Structure containes CDMA2000 Neighbor Cell Band. CDMA2000 1xRTT Frequency Band. Information for 1xRTT. The parameter value is based on the absolute CDMA2000 1xRTT Physical Identity This structure may contain upCell to 40 instantiated radio-frequency channel number “ARFCN”. quadruples of a rttCellId, rttArfcn, rttBdClNcl and Distributes Physical Cell Ids between 3GPP-R8 rttExSel List and 3GPP-R9 Extension List. The search window size is a CDMA parameter to "R8ListPartOnly" means, the related Physical Cell be used to assist inCell searching for theTimer neighboring CDMA2000 HRPD Reselection Id has to be placed in the 3GPP-R8 NCL. pilots Speed dependent ScalingFactors "R9ExtensionPartPossible" means,for thetResHrpd related Parameter Speed dependent ScalingFactor for if Physical Cell Id can be placed in the 3GPP-R8 CDMA2000 HRPD Cell Reselection Timer factor Treselection CDMA2000 HRPD TS 36.304. NCL, if isallinPhysical Cell Ids within"R8ListPartOnly" the UE High Mobility state. CDMA2000 HRPD in Cell Reselection Timer factor if are already placed the 3GPP-R8 and there The field tResHrpd isMobility multiplied withNCL this factor if the UE is in Medium state. CDMA2000 1xRTT Cell Timerin is space (up toMobility 16 IDsReselection allowed). Otherwise the UE isleft in High state as defined The field tResHrpd isinmultiplied with this factor if they shall be placed the 3GPP-R9 ExtensionSpeed dependent ScalingFactors for defined tResRtt in 36.304 the UE is in Medium Mobility state as NCL (acc. to ASN.1dependent rules) Parameter ScalingFactor for if CDMA2000Speed 1xRTT Cell Reselection Timer factor 36.304. Treselection CDMA2000 1xRTT in TS 36.304. the UE is in High Mobility state. CDMA2000 Rtt Cell Reselection Timer factor if the The tResRtt Mobility is multiplied with this factor if the UE isfield in Medium state. Operator Certificate installed indefined the BTS 36.304 UE is in High Mobility state as The field tResRtt is multiplied with this in factor if the Certificate Fingerprint UE is in Medium Mobility state as defined in It should beIssued in “Hex Certificate ByAscii” format with “FF:EE:DD”. 36.304. Certificate Issued To Certificate Serial Number Certificate Type The Certificate could be TA (Trust Certificate Validtype From Anchor)/RA(Registration authority)/CA (Certificate The format is: Certificate Valid To Authority) . YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.SSS[+-]hh:mm The format is: Used CRL distribution pointfrom address where hh:mm is the offset GMT.can be YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.SSS[+-]hh:mm selected from operator defined parameter and The listhh:mm of CRLisdistribution points where the offset from GMT. certificate extension Primary URI of the operator defined CRL distribution point. Secondary URI of the operator defined CRL Note: Primary addresses in the structure are distribution point. Downloaded unique, i.e. noCRL twoinformation entries canaddresses have samefor primary Note: Primary and secondary an Type of CRL DP: address. entry cannot be the same. Manually Primary CRLDP or URI of theconfigured defined CRL distribution point. Manually configured Secondary CRLDP or The status of the last download of CRL CRLDP Contained in Certificate extension This parameter holds the name of the issuing instance of the current revocation list. Time of next update of certificate CRL The number of revoked certificates in CRL The format is: This parameter holds the issueing date of the YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.SSS[+-]hh:mm current certificate revocation list.GMT. The failure reason could the following: where hh:mm is the offsetbefrom List (CRL) for one of the following reasons: Certificate Revocation List usage activation The - Theformat LDAPis: binding fails. This specifies how(no many before a -YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.SSS[+-]hh:mm Theparameter LDAP search is emtpy CRLdays found). / The BTS certificate expires the BTS autonomously where hh:mm is the offset from GMT. This parameter specifies the number of days the LDAP search contains more triggers a entry. CMP update sequence. BTS shall raise an alarm in to theby"BTS than one This parameter identifies theadvance CMP server its own Anchor" and "BTS vendor certificate" -subject TheTrust CRL signature validation fails. name. It may either be detected by DHCP This identifies the certificate handler expiry. -upon Theparameter CRL file exceeds BTS storage limit. autoconnection orthe configured by the configuration. The value is always 1. This is the operator configured CMP Directory to - The BTS certificate management system.is part of the CRL. be used for addressing Certificate - DNS resolution for thethe CRL distribution point Management Protocol server. fails.

This is the IP address of the Certificate Management To befor entered in This is the portProtocol numberserver. to be used addressing dotted decimal format. the server. ThisCertificate parameterManagement specifies theProtocol period for executing a periodical update of the Certificate Revocation This parameter uniquely identifies a CRGPR List. The value is given in hours. Value 0 means instance. The parameterupdate". defines a thresholds above which "no periodical the resource utilization withinisano subframe Group which is used if there explicit is considered efficient, in which case the subframe assignment. List of PLMN groups. dedicated share caninbe will be assigned to theAcell resource groups assigned to each PLMN group. Indicates the Mobile Country Code. question. Otherwise, the assignment of the Online modification is performed if the profile is The Mobile Code parameter indicates subframe toCountry the cell LNCEL resource group may be is the Indicates the Mobile not assigned to any orCode. if the feature Online modification isNetwork performed if the profile is Mobile Country Code and is part of the PLMN skipped. The Mobile Network Code parameter the deactivated into allany assigned cells, i.e. ifindicates Indicates the length of the Mobile Network Code. not assigned LNCEL or if the feature is identifier. The value '0' means disabling subframe skipping. Mobile Network Code and is part of the PLMN cellResourceSharingMode is equal to 'none'. The Mobile Network Code parameter deactivated in all assigned cells, The parameter assigns thelength PLMNi.e. Id iftonot a PLMN identifier. If a cell contains PLMN IDs are part of indicates the length of the Mobile Network Code, cellResourceSharingMode iswhich equal to 'none'. group. List of PLMN group shares. The list parameter the assigned cell resource group profile (CRGPR) either 2 or 3 digits. allows reservation ofIDs cellare capacity per instance, the considered as part ofin Specifies the PLMN PLMN group identifier ascell assigned resource group on a percentage basis. the default PLMN group. plmnGroupList. Specifies the share of the cell resource group on a percentage basis. This parameter is being the attribute ofathe MOC Online modification is naming performed if the is All UEs/traffic not associated withprofile PLMN CTRLTS. not assigned to support any LNCEL orisParty if considered the feature is ID (no reporting usual scenario known) Trace to 3rd Tool. as It uniquely identifies a Trace Control deactivated inthe alldefault assigned cells, i.e. ifinstance. belonging to PLMN group. This indicates support sending trace Trace reportingthe support to for 3rd PartytoTool for Cell cellResourceSharingMode is equal 'none'. reports to 3rd Party address. Trace. Trace reporting support to 3rd Party Tool for This indicates the supportTrace. for sending trace Subscriber & Equipment The maximum number of UEfor trace reports to 3rd Party address Cellsessions Traffic This indicates the support for sending trace allowed. NetAct IP address Tracing. reports to 3rd Party address for Subscriber & of This parameter indicates the maximum number The Trace Port Number to be used while Equipment Trace. active subscriber or UE trace sessions that can be establishing trace connection towards The Trace by Port Number to be (TCP) used while supported eNB. OMS/iOMS. establishing trace connection (TCP) towards Trace reporting mode to be used by OMS for 3rd Party Tool. sending trace reports to NetAct. Specifies the trace reporting mode used by OMS This is the trace reporting mode used at OMS for for sending Trace Reports formode Cell Trace Sessions Specifies the trace reporting used at OMS sending trace reports to NetAct. (Cell Traffic Trace Trace)Reports to NetAct. for for User Thissending indicates if there are any activeTrace UE trace Sessions (Subscriber & Equipment trace) to sessions running within eNB. Support for vendor specific extension tracing (at NetAct. This parameter indicates if there aresupported) any active present only RLC and MAC tracing This parameter describes whether UE trace sessions currently runningtracing within of eNB. instantaneous TA value as part of vendor If the value of acceptableFrameTypes is specific extension tracingthe is device enabledwill ordiscard not. "AdmitTagged", untagged This parameter is used to lock and unlock the and Priority-tagged frames received on this ethernet link interface. This parameter identifies the BTS transport interface. Locking the interface deactivates it. Ethernet interface. This specifies tagged, the maximum burst size If theparameter value is “AdmitAll”, untagged and that can be transmitted in a single burst in egress Priority-tagged frames received on this interface This parameter specifies for limiting Administrative state rulesthe for rate correct Format: "slot#-if#" direction on this Ethernet interface of layer 2 will be accepted. Untagged and Priority-tagged ingress traffic at the ethernet link interface. configurations: This parameter specifies egress the shaping switch. The burst size is actually calculated < frames are assigned to the VLAN defined bybyrate the Parameter value unitFSMx = MBit/s. •of Outdoor Module the Ethernet interface. Parameter value unit is where This parameter specifies the VLANs that are l2ShaperRate x l2BurstSize x 1sec >. Example: portDefaultVlanId for this interface. 1. ETHLK 0-1 at FSMx can becontaining “unlocked”the if in MBit/s. slot# = slot number of the unit supported over this ethernet interface. Theof a l2ShaperRate =100 Mb/s and l2BurstSize=1% This parameter specifies the upper value The following granularities exist: Basic module FSMx present. Ethernet interfaces, and parameter aup list up to1can 16 entries results aisburst ofMpbs. Mbit =“unlocked” 125where Kbyte.ifeach range ofin VLAN identifiers. 1 Mbps steps toof 10 2. ETHLK 0-2 atsize FSMx be This parameter specifies either a single VLAN or The following granularities exist: if# = the interface number of the physical entry represents either a single VLAN 5 Mbps steps beyond 10 Mbps and upidentifier to VLAN 100 Basic module FSMx present and enable identifier or the lower value of a range of 1 Mbps steps up to 10 Mbps. interface on the unit Enables the Link OAM functionality for this is 6%. a range of VLAN identifiers. It (TRS is strongly The step size is 0.1%. The maximum value VLAN id ‘1’ is reserved for un-tagged frames Mbps. RP301Interface = false and if sub-module identifiers. 5 Mbps value steps In beyond 10bursts). Mbps and up to 100 ethernet consequence: recommended VLAN the Default is 0% (no A reference toshould athat Link OAM profile. This is to avarious handling and not beidentifiers configured. 50 Mbps link. steps beyond 100 Mpbs and up 1 and FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK 1-1 =of“locked” Mbps. and -entries the values of all statistics counters of the Link would not overlap each other. It is also The parameter is only valid for the FTLB and distinguished name referencing an instance of Gbps. ETHLK 1-3 = “locked”). This parameter shows the MAC address of the VLAN id ‘1’ is reserved for un-tagged frames 50 Mbps steps beyond 100 Mbps and up to for FTIB/FTLB, OAM feature forthat this interface are set to 0 1 recommended PVID, defined by parameter FSMr3 hardware unit types. class OAMPRF. 3. ETHLK 1-1 at FTIF/FTLF can be “unlocked” ethernet handling and should not configured. Gbps. slot#: 1interface. : This is always 1,appear sinceframes. there isofonlyif Default VLAN priority for untagged -portDefaultVlanId, the Link OAM alarms forbe this interface are would not in any Format: "FTM-1/OAMPRF-*" TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK NOTE:All Transport IF cards 1 slot. cleared l2VlanIdList entry. This specifies the VLAN identifier that 1-3 isparameter “locked and ETHLK 0-2FSMr3) = “locked””. (FTIA,FTIB,FTFB,FTLB and shall support if#: 1..3 Every untagged ingress Ethernet frame at this -The the Link OAM discovery process is either default value of the parameter isstarted, single range is inserted internally by the FTM into an untagged where 4. ETHLK 1-2 at FTIF/FTLF can be “unlocked” This parameter specificies if the ethernet link configuration of 1 Mbps atvalue the switch-port shaper,Ifif interface gets assigned this Port Default in active or passive mode. entry and isin defined with 2-4094 forPriority. VLAN ingress frame that enters the layer 2 switch via FTM-1: = a parent instance of object class TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK characteristics are autonegotiated or not. but itFSMF/FSMG isinknown, that FTLB effectively egresses forlist (Flexi BTS Release 3toOutdoor QoS classification mode is configured VLANID BTS interface. Site Manager and by planning value this Ethernet ETHLK, This is always 1 (static MO) 1-4 is “locked”. If not,Mbps the attribute contains the capacity and both the 1.18 andand FSMr3 egresses 1.56 Mbps, System Module), PCP, this priority is used for enqueing decision ofif 2 for lowValue value 4094 for highValue In order that the frame will be0, viain is OAMPRF-#, #This =be anis instance oftransmitted object class 5. ETHLK 1-3 at FTIF/FTLF can bethat “unlocked” duplex mode to set forcibly. Note 1000 of which are acceptable deviations. slot#: 0 : always since Transport the frame. If the frame egresses the switch NetAct. another Ethernet interface, after layer ETHLK 2 switching OAMPRF TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present, 1-1 MBit is available only on system Gigabit Ethernet integrated into module. tagged, this priority shall be used in are theidallowed VLAN tag A maximum of common 100 different VLANs has been performed, the same VLAN must is “locked” and ETHLK 0-2 = “locked”. interfaces (GE). if#:FTIB 1..2 : Value range is 1..2 for EIF1..EIF2be on header. for unit. configured in1-4 the identifier that (i.e. if Example: FTM-1/OAMPRF-1 6. ETHLK atVLAN FTIF/FTLF canlist beof“unlocked” Note: In case the shared RP3-01/TRS port this unit The value FTIF/FTLF is(see empty forpresent FTIBl2VlanIdList). unit and 2… Ethernet interface parameter TRSdefault sub-module and ETHLK FCT-EIF2) is configured for transport, exclusively

This parameter identifies BTS transport. The is always This value parameter holds1.the description of the geographical location theSW network element. This parameter showsofthe release versionThe of format can be freely decided by the operator. The the FTM. This parameter holds the the name of the network parameter may also be empty. element. The operator freely define the value This parameter holds acan short description of the of this parameter. network element. The format can be freely This parameter uniquely identifies a GFIM decided by the operator. The parameter may also (GERAN frequency Idle Mode GERAN cell reselection timer Configuration) remain empty. managed object. The parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for N" in TS If the TheTreselectionGERAN field t-ReselectionGERAN is 36.304. multiplied with field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified this factor if the UE is in the high mobility state The t-ReselectionGERAN is multiplied withas in TSfield 36.304 defined in this if36.304 the UE to is distinguish in the medium Thisfactor is an indicator the mobility GERANstate as defined in 36.304. frequency band in case of ARFCN values Absolute priority of the GERAN carrier frequency associated with either GSM 1800 or GSM 1900 Each ARFCN value explicitly listed carriers. Equal priorities between RATs are not supported This specifies the threshold used by theone UE of when For ARFCN not associated with according tovalues [3GPP 36.304]. reselecting towards a higher priority frequency those bands, the indicator is not relevant. This specifies the threshold used in reselectionX than the currently serving frequency towards X priority from a higher priority Identifiesfrequency GNFL (GERAN Neighbour Frequency frequency List Configuration) managed object Weight factor of GERAN carrier frequency used by round robin algorithm for idle mode load This parameter restricts the permitted Network balancing. Colour Code (NCC) for idle mode mobility. This is the the parameter maximum is allowed transmission power When notnetwork defined, Using default no isthe permitted. for onsettings, an minimum uplink carrier ThisGERAN specifies the required RX level main in corresponding carrier is not usedfrequency. in selecting Applicable for the neighbouring GERAN cells on the cell in dBm target for IdleModeMobilityControlInfo for load This parameter is namingwhere attribute MOC A field encoded asthe a bitmap, bit of N is set to this carrier frequency. balancing. Weighted round robin algorithm shall GTPU "0" if a BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is not This parameter holds thefrequency number offor unanswered If pmaxGERAN is absent, the maximum power select always one target idle mode permitted for monitoring, and set tothe "1"time if the GTP-U ECHO REQUESTs (within defined according to the UE capability is used. This parameter holds the time interval between load balancing, which is matching UE capabilities, BCCH carrier t3Response), with NCC = N-1 is permitted for by parameter after which aload GTP-U sending GTP-U ECHO REQUESTs, used for GTPto be used as main target for idle mode This parameter holds maximum waiting time monitoring; N = 1 to 8;the bit 1 of the bitmap is the path failure is declared. The parameter is only U user data path supervision on the S1 and X2 balancing and this target will have always highest for GTP-U ECHO RESPONSE messages, leading bit thedefines bit string. This parameter the S-GW IP-Address relevant in of case GTPU path supervision is used interfaces. It defines also if data path supervision priority assigned in RRC Release message. All(toX2 for GTP-U data path supervision on the S1 and be supervised). In case feature "Transport switched ON (parameter gtpuPathSupint has a Application IPv4/v6 address therelevant serving SAE is ON target or OFF. other frequency for idle mode load in interfaces. This parameter isof only case separation for RAN sharing" is activated also the non-zero value). gateway (S-GW) for UE which datapathfor supervision is balancing matching capabilities and configured This parameter holds the the GTP-U path supervision isidentifier switched ON S-GW IP-Addresses for the additional transport switched on. The 3GPP recommend GTP-U supervision in LNCEL, IRFIM, UFFIM, CDFIM andSeparation GNFL will transport network in case "Transport (parameter gtpuPathSupint has a non-zero value). This parameter uniquely an IAFIM as (Intranetwork are configured. Both IP address formats can be used. interval starts with a value 60s. be added asalso well, but withIdentifies priorities for RAN sharing" feature islowered supported. Frequency Idle Mode configuration) managed Defines the intra-frequency list. Format: IPv4 address in dotted configured for SIB withparameter kept blacklisted hierarchy ofcell priorities. object. decimals or IPv6 address parameter acc. to RFCto The algorithm shall calculate proportional weights Indicateshas thetonumber of PCIs in the range has Opertor take care that transportNwId 4291. corresponding to configured values. There is no4, (including startPCI). Value corresponds be either mainTransportNwId any of the with Indicates the lowest PCIweights inn4 theor range check about the sum n12 corresponds with of 12 and so configured on. The UEby the transportNwIds configured in IPNO. Intra-frequency cell list in which case user. value 1 ifneighbouring applies the field is absent, Defines the intra-frequency neighbouring list. The Cellcell Identifier a unique cellcellby only Physical the physical identityisvalue indicated identification a neighboring cell list offset (in dB) start applies. in defines The parameter a cell-specific that isparameter used in the cell reselection This identifies the DNSprocedure. Access configuration object. Value is always 1. of the This parameter specifies the IP address primary DNS server. If thethe parameter hasofathe valid This parameter specifies IP address value (not empty, not 0.0.0.0) this server is queried secondary DNSidentifies server. The DNS is This parameter thesecondary BTS transport first for DNS resolution. queried if the primary DNS is configured but not Ethernet-based IP interface. This is the IP address of the plain Ethernet accessible. The value is always 1. network interface towardsofthe transport This is the IPv6 address theexternal plain Ethernet network. It has an associated subnet mask. network interface towards theparameter external transport This is the IPv6 prefix-length of the network. plain Ethernet network interface towards theis This the maximum the Ethernet If theisaddress is setwith totransfer 0.0.0.0, theofinterface Format: parameter IPv6 unit address acc. to external transport network. interface. taken ofsubnet use. Instead, This isout the mask ofVLAN the IPinterfaces address ofare the RFC4291. Format: parameter acc. to RFC4291. used (IVIF object instance). plain network interface. If the Ethernet address is set to 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 in full NOTE: For unit types the FTIB/FTLB, notation or ::HW abbreviated, interfacethe is taken Note: Values 1 and 2 are not allowed. supported range is '576..1608 octets'.are Forused HW unit out of use. Instead, VLAN interfaces types FSM/FTIF, the supported range is (IVIF object instance). '576..1644 octets'. For all HW FlexiZone Micro unit types, the supported range is '576..1644 octets'.

This parameter specifies if multiple PHB queues are over this interface or only a single one. Thisused parameter holds the shaper burst size for the Multiple PHB queues allow DSCP based traffic interface. The Total Shaper Burst Size ("SBS") defines the prioritization. maximum burst holds size that allowed to pass atrate the This parameter the isshaper information output of the WFQ aggregator. for interface. The plain Ethernet interface byShaper default Information has the 6 Thisthe parameter holds the total For FTLB, the actual minimum egress rate is 1.18 PHB queue scheduler. Rate ("SIR") at the output thetype WFQ This decides onof the of aggregator. shaping in Mbpsparameter and on FSM-r3, the actual minimum egress case of VLANs. When traffic path shaping is This is parameter decides shaping limitations takes the on rate 1.56 Mbps due toiftechnical enabled, shaping atinto theaccount. level of each VLAN is ethernet overhead If the flagWFQ has Octeon. This is the weight value to be used in the enabled, else shaping at the WFQ aggregator value "true", scheduler the shapedforbandwidth is the aggregation this This is set the of Shaping entries the interface. DHCP database level is the enabled. also switched off bandwidth on IP layerinmay only. If thebeflag has of the BTS that is used to bind an IP address to a entirely. This is"false", a unique usedheader in the is DHCP server of value thestring ethernet counted also. DHCP client that identifies itself client at thethat BTSisby a the BTS for identifying a DHCP This parameter specifies the fixed IP address that system name (by a "text string"). assigned a fixed IP is to be assigned to address. the DHCP client DHCP if it requests This parameter identifies Server This may either be onespecified ofthe theunique predefined names a lease with the name in parameter object in the BTS. Its value is always 1. This is set of entries in the Tilt), DHCP database of the "RET1" (Remote Electrical "RET2", "BBU" dhcpClientIdentifier. BTS. This set of entries is used to bind an IP and "LMU" or a user-defined name consisting of This parameter specifies the address The IP address must be within the IP public IP that Note:This isa not applicable forfixed FlexiZone Micro address to DHCP client that identifies itself at up to 20 digits [0-9] or letters [a-z] and [A-Z]. is to be assigned tohardware the DHCP clientaddress ifthe it requests subnet of the BTS. However, neither IP within This is unique (MAC) hardware. BTS bythe a hardware address a "MAC a lease with address specified in addresses ofthe theMAC BTS nor its(by subnet IPaaddress the DHCP server of the BTS by which DHCP This entry reserves an IP address range to be address"). parameter dhcpHardwareIdentifier. must be used. client identifies itself atfor thethe BTS. Theclients. server will used for assignments DHCP This parameter theoffinal IP address The address must bedecimal within the public IP of To beIP entered dotted format. then assign theinspecifies IP address the parameter the DHCP IP address range. subnet of the BTS. However, neither the IP This parameter starting IP address of "DHCP Fixed IPspecifies Address"the to the client. addresses of address the BTS range. nor its subnet IP address the DHCP IP This parameter the unique NTP IP The must be within the public mustIP beaddress used. identifies configuration entity of the BTS. The value isof the This parameter specifies the IP addresses subnet of the BTS. To be entered in dotted decimal format. The IP address must be within the public IP always 1. neither Exactly 1 NTP configuration entity NTP servers. To be entered inneither the dotted decimal However, the IP addresses ofthe the BTS nor This flag enables/disables the optional feature subnet of the BTS. However, IP always exists on the BTS. format. its subnet IP address must be used. Fast IP Rerouting. addresses of the BTS nor its IP feature addressIP This enables/disables thesubnet optional Note: The NTPinserver is mandatory To beflag entered dottedconfiguration decimal format. must be used. Transport Network Measurement. This enables/disables the optional in since this is thedecimal only time source for FTM Tofsmr2 beparameter entered in dotted format. NOTE: The individual sessions creation and other feature "IPv6 for U/C-plane" (LTE125) but although its optional in fsmr3 due the to GPS time This parameter activates/deactivates feature related parameters configuration should be and availability, it’s always treated as mandatory "Transport Separation RAN Sharing" This parameter defines a time list ofisthis IP-Addresses for allowed irrespective of for state of flag. used as is a backup ifand GPS lost. If IPsec enabled additional transport one additional transport network. By default, the parameter is set to 'false' This parameter holds the C-Plane IPv4 address of network is deleted or modified, then this eNB for the additional transport network. This parameter holds the C-Plane IPv6 address of actSeparationRanSharing should be disabled first. Format: the format of this parameter allows for an this eNB for the additional transport network. This parameter holds the U-Plane IPv4 address of IPv4 address in thewith dotted decimal form. Format: parameter IPv6 address acc. to this eNB for the additional transport network. This parameter holds the U-Plane IPv6 address of RFC4291. Format: the of this parameter allows for an this eNB forformat theholds additional transport network. This parameter the identifier for the IPv4 address in the dotted decimal form. Format: parameter with IPv6 inaddress acc. to additional transport network casefor"Transport This parameter specifies the delay re-installig RFC4291. Separation for RAN sharing" feature is supported. routes as activeidentifies ones afterthe a BFD has This parameter base session station in the recovered from down to up state. Defining a delay transport network. This parameter thetoggling MAC address can prevent fromcontains too heavy of de- used towards BTS subnet/LMP/SSE. This parameter specifies the IP address to beBFD installing and re-installing routes for unstable used for control holds plane the traffic. The IP address mayof sessions. This parameter C-Plane IPv6 address collapse with a network interface IP address. If it this eNB. Control allow/disallow running FTP does notwhether collapsetowith aIPv6 network interface IP Format: parameter with address acc. to server on Transport module for security reasons. Enable/disable service OAM. address, it is considered to be virtual. RFC4291. Valid for onlyplane FTLBIPand FTIB may HW support. The control address also collapse This is the IP address for the BTS subnet. To be NOTE: By default, parameter is disabled NOTE: Ethernet service OAM enabling flag cannot with the uPlaneIpAddress, the mPlaneIpAddress entered in dotted decimal format. This is the subnet mask for the BTS subnet (FTP_SERVER_DISABLED) get true in ATM Iub transport mode. IP andvalue the sPlaneIpAddress. address. To beinentered decimal This controls if dotted the BTS shouldformat. respond To beparameter entered dotted in decimal format. to ICMP and traceroute requests. This parameter identifies the BTS transport IP node configuration. This parameter specifies the IP address to be The value is always 1. plane traffic. The IP usedparameter for management This holds the identifier for the "Main address collapse with a network interface IP Transportmay Network" address. If it does notbe collapse with only a network This parameter shall configured in case interface IP address, it is considered to be virtual.is "Transport Separation for RAN sharing" feature The management plane IP address may also supported collapse with the uPlaneIpAddress, the sPlaneIpAddress and the cPlaneIpAddress. To be entered in dotted decimal format.

This parameter holds the transport network IP address of the O&M system for the To be If this parameter is set to "true", theFTM. optional TLV entered in dotted decimal format. received in a Link Trace or Loopback message This parameter specifies the usage of TLS (LTM or LBM message) is OPS sent back unchecked in between the eNB the system. This parameter the MAC address of the If only 1 OMS IPcontains isand configured, then BTSorexecutes the corresponding reply message (LTR, LBR). The usage of TLS requires that valid Plane certificates interface through which the U/C/M/S is IP an autonomous site reset after change of that This parameter specifies interval between If this parameter is eNB. set to the "false", the received are installed to the configured. address so that BTS will take into use the new (re-)transmissions of Neighbor optional TLV is ignored and being sent This parameter specifies thenot IPSolicitation address to in bethe values. messages from the BTS. reply-message. used for synchronization plane The IP This parameter specifies the IP traffic. address the NOTE: By default, the with parameter is set toof'false' address may collapse a network interface IP OMS serving in secondary role. It is used for OMS This parameter shows which OMS (primary or address. If it does not collapse with a network resiliency. secondary) the current serving OMS. This is a This parameter specifies administrator interface IP is address, it is the considered to be virtual. read-only parameter. preference for how the NE should select itsswitchThe plane IP address also This synchronization parameter requests anparameter administrative Value "0.0.0.0" means the ismay not used: serving OMS. Automatic selection (value collapse with the uPlaneIpAddress, the over from current serving OMS (primary or a secondary OMS is not defined. This structuremeans handles the enables/disables the "automatic") that the NE autonomously mPlaneIpAddress and the cPlaneIpAddress. secondary) to the other OMS. The parameter for TWAMP reflector and UDP echo functionality This parameter specifies the IP address to be selects its serving OMS based on availability of To be entered in dotted decimal format. value specifies the OMS to which the object. switch-over the each application and IP interface used for the application or IP interface object. the configured primary or secondary OMS. The Note: " ToP feature (TOPF) is not supported for This flag enables/disables the TWAMP reflector is requested. This can haveand a administratively maximum of 10 instances Each address specified in this structure for as NE may also be assigned/locked TDD release only 0.0.0.0 address can be per functionality for the application or IP interface This flag enables/disables the UDP echo configured addresses. TWAMP usage must be identical of the to either the orwith the one configured configured toconfigured S-plane IPprimary address" object. functionality for the application or IP rate interface This parameter specifies theoroverall which configured eNB application interface IPat secondary OMS (values "primaryForced" and object. the sends TWAMP messages. addresses. "secondaryForced"). ThisBTS parameter specifiesinitiator the source port thatThe is messages are evenly spread overinThe the enabled Format: IPv4 address parameter dotted assigned to the TWAMP reflector. sender This parameter the IPtime. address to be on TWAMP sessions at any given decimals or IPv6specifies address parameter according any measurement request packet shall use thatto used forBy user plane traffic. The IP is address may This parameter holds the U-Plane IPv6 address of NOTE: default, the parameter set to RFC 4291. port to reach TWAMP reflector. collapse with the a network interface IP address. If it this eNB. 'RATE_10' This isnot thecollapse weight value to be used in the WFQ does with network interface IP Format: parameter witha IPv6 address acc. to and aggregation scheduler for Service OAM Note: UDP ports 7provides (standard UDP echo port) The IPRM object filtering services for IP address, it is considered to be virtual. RFC4291. messages. port range 5001..5010 (UDP ports of collapse TWAMP packets from and to the attached site support The user plane IP address may also with With this parameter, the user can holds select theport. way NOTE: By default, the parameter weight sender) shall not be used for UDP reflector equipment. In this concept, by default the site the mPlaneIpAddress, the sPlaneIpAddress and how to define source two. This parameter is only meaningful if parameter value 10 support equipment cannot be accessed. IPRM the cPlaneIpAddress. The possible values are: sourceTwoDiscr has value SINGLE RANGE. Note: When configuring TWAMP reflector service, This meaningful iforsource two is defines upa to 32 to only this rule. Each To beparameter entered inisexceptions dotted decimal format. SINGLE: single IP address it is important to configure a UDP portIP that is not in defined as RANGE; in all other cases it is ignored. exception is defined as a destination address An alphanumeric string assigned by the user toIP RANGE: a range of IP addresses given by an If sourceTwoDisc has SINGLE, this use by any other service (such as for "SourceTwoNet Mask" specifies a 500 netmask which, to/from which traffic is value allowed. Ports or protocol identify the Restricted Mode exception. address and a subnet mask This parameter the for unique instance parameter specifies the account. only IP address from /of IKE/IPsec for example). Otherwise both TWAMP when applied toidentifies "IP address source types are not taken into NOTE: This parameter is always mandatory fortwo", exception WILDCARD: any IPservice adress is allowed class IPRM. The value is 1. towards which traffic is allowed. and the conflicting will be impacted This parameter identifies the routing table. The yields the allowed range of IPIP addresses forand NOTE: Exception can overlap but they cannot and must be unique If sourceTwoDisc has value RANGE, this not work as expected. As many of the ports value is always 1. source two. have exactly the same configuration This is aare set of entries, each static IP Note:This isspecifies not applicable fordefining FlexiZone Micro parameter the upper limit of aaservices, range of it 1..1023 typically in use various route. This parameter identifies the Bidirectional hardware. IP addresses from / towards which traffic is is recommended to select a portformat. starting from To be entered in dotted decimal Forwarding Detection (BFD) session that shall allowed. 1024 (inIPmost ofspecifies the255.255.255.255 cases the default setting This parameter the host or and network NOTE: address 0.0.0.0 protect this route. The parameter value shall To be entered in dotted decimal format. should be appropriate). address for the destination ofIP anaddress IP route.ofItthe needs are not allowed This parameter the match one ofwith thespecifies object instance identifiers the NOTE: IP address 0.0.0.0 isTWAMP not allowed Note:For Flexizone micro, reflectorofport to be in line the network mask. next IP hop via which athe remote network canTobebe Specifies mask remote network. BFD managed object class. number isthe always onof5018. To be entered in dotted decimal format. reached. be entered dotted decimal format. entered inTo dotted decimal Value 0 means the routeinis not protected This parameter specifies aformat. cost value for by thisany BFD session. route. Lower preference lower cost.table. The This parameter identifiesmeans the IPv6 routing FTM shall use by preference routes with lower The value is of always 1. each defining a static IPv6 This is a set entries, preference value. route.parameter identifies the Bidirectional This The management system provides atthat minimum Forwarding Detection (BFD) shall Destination IPv6 Address Of session The of Static Route the route for the default gateway the protect this route. The parameter value FTM. shall This is one the IPv6 parameter of the (public). match of theprefix-length object instance identifiers of the destination IPv6 address. This parameter specifies the IPv6 address of the BFD managed object class. Format: parameter acc. toisRFC4291. next via which a remote network be ValueIP 0 hop means the route not protected by This parameter specifies a cost value forcan thisany reached. BFD session. route. Lower preference means lower cost. The This parameter configures theaddress IP address oftoIPsec Format: parameter with IPv6 acc. FTM shall use by preference routes with lower emergency bypass control server This parameter is used for enabling/disabling RFC4291. preference value. IPsec emergency bypassto exit the active IPsec This is action parameter emergency bypass requestthe state. This parameter configures timer value for the IPsec emergency bypass ping request

This parameter indicates IPsec emergency bypass status This parameter switches IPsec globally on (value true) or off (value false). the BTS transport IPsec This parameter identifies FlexiZone Micro supports IPSec on1.non-bearer configuration. The value ispolicies always This the list of security of the FTM. trafficisonly Each entry in the list consists of several If this flag is true,anti replay checking for the IPsec parameters. connections of this policy enabled, elsetoit be is This is the size of the anti is replay window switched off. used on the security policy. This parameter specifies the delay between the sending of two consecutive This parameter specifies theDPS time after which the The parameter is only relevant the parameter INFORMATIONAL messages byif the BTS. The BTS raises the Dead Peer Detected (DPD) alarm. This parameter holds the ESP encryption antiReplayEnabled has the value True.the BTS INFORMATIONAL message indicates is The parameter dpddelay specifies the delay algorithm to be applied to the traffic data packet This parameter selects the DH group to be used in still alive. between the sending of two consecutive DPS for which the policy matches. the establishment and rekeying of IKE SAs For IKEv2, the BTS raises the Dead Peer This parameter holds the encryption algorithm INFORMATIONAL messages by the BTS. The at Detected (DPD) alarm if thetoremote peer has the IKE layer to holds be applied the traffic data INFORMATIONAL message indicates that thenot This parameter the IKE protocol version of The default value for ESP encryption algorithm sent any INFORMATIONAL message to the BTS packet for which the policy matches. BTS is2still alive.(priority this association used for this policy. offers values list) where This flag rules the basic of Peer a of traffic data after the BTS sent atreatment fixed number For IKEv1, thehas BTS raises the -packet AES-128 CBC is tried first (1.Dead priority) andof this that applies to the selection criteria INFORMATIONAL messages. This parameter holds the local IP address of the The default value fortried IKE encryption algorithm Detected (DPD) alarm if the remote peer has not -policy. 3DES-192 CBC is next (2.priority). For IKEv1 the BTS raises the DPD alarm, if the the data traffic packet for this policy as seen by offers 2 values (priority list) where sent back any INFORMATIONAL messages after This is the port of back the local IP address. If values have the following remote peer hasnumber not sent anydpdtimeout FTM. -The AES-128 CBC is tried first (1.meaning: priority) and the time defined in the parameter has value -1 is configured, the IPSec policy is valid This parameter specifies the length netmask to in "DISCARD": the packet is discarded without any INFORMATIONAL messages after the time -expired. 3DES-192 CBC is tried next (2.priority). the same way to and from all ports of the local IP the parameter localIpPrefixLength. further action or notification, i.e. itformat. is prevented defined in the parameter dpdtimeout has expired. Local IPsec tunnel endpoint IPv4 address. To be entered in dotted decimal address. Prefix length for IPV4 : 0-32 destination. from passing to its designated This islength the order number of the security Prefix for IPV6 : is 0-128 "BYPASS": the packet delivered toand its policy. To befollowing entered innumber dotted decimal format. The combinations of local remote IP Only the lowest of several equally The following combinations of local and remote This parameter the protocol information destination without any other processing, inandofIP addresses, localholds and remote port numbers matching policies is executed on a specific traffic addresses, local and remote port numbers and the IPparameter packet according toremote RFC791 or of the particular without any the further IPsec-related This holds IP (IPv4) address protocol are feasible: data packet. protocol are feasible: RFC1883 (IPv6). processing. data traffic packet for this policy as seen by/32 the --This a single address (equivalent to netmask /32 in the port number ofwill the IP address. single IPIP address (equivalent to netmask infor If theisparameter has value -1,beremote the policy is valid "PROTECT": the packet made subject to FTM. IPv4), no particular protocol/port If value isof configured, the IPSec policy is valid IPv4), no-1particular protocol/port This parameter the length netmask to all protocols. the settings itsspecifies security policy. -in a single IP address, selected protocol/port the same way to and from all ports of the -the single IP address, selected protocol/port parameter remoteIpPrefixLength. parameter holds the remote IPsec tunnel To entered inno dotted decimal format. -This IP subnet, particular protocol/port remote IP address. - an IPbe subnet, no particular protocol/port Prefix length for IPV4as: 0-32 The following combinations ofby local remote IP endpoint IP address seen the and FTM. It of an - IP an subnet, IP subnet, selected protocol/port. parameter holds the maximum lifetime -This selected protocol/port. Prefix length for IPV6 : 0-128 addresses, port numbers and protocol are corresponds tocombinations the IKE association peer for will which The following of local and remote IP IPSEC security association. The IPSEC SA be The following combinations of local remote IP eUTRA frequency (max. value ref toand 3GPP 36.331 feasible: the given secret shared key is used. addresses, local and remote port numbers and Parameter value 0.0.0.0 means "wildcard" all IP rekeyed at a random time between 270 and 180 addresses, local and remote port numbers and chapter 6.4) asin EARFCN valueto -To single IP address (equivalent netmask /32 in Absolute priority of the EUTRA carrier frequency be entered dotted decimal format. protocol are feasible: addresses are allowed. seconds before the maximum lifetime expires, i.e. protocol are feasible: IPv4), no particular protocol/port -Both address (equivalent netmask /32 in IP IP address formats can beto used. between (saMaxLifetime – 270 seconds) and -- single single IP address (equivalent to netmask /32 in singlepriorities IP address, selected Equal between RATsprotocol/port are supported IPv4), no particular protocol/port Format: IPv4 address parameter innot dotted (saMaxLifetime – 180 seconds) after establishing IPv4), no particular protocol/port -according IP subnet, no particular protocol/port to [3GPP 36.304]. -decimals single IP address, selected protocol/port or IPv6 address parameter acc. the IPSEC SA. -- single IP address, selected protocol/port to RFC IP subnet, selected protocol/port. -4291. IP subnet, no particular protocol/port Weight factor of EUTRA carrier frequency used by - IP subnet, no particular protocol/port -Note: IP subnet, selected protocol/port. round robin algorithm for idle mode - IP subnet, selected protocol/port. load balancing. IKE SAs with a fixed maximum lifetime of 86400 Parameter value 0.0.0.0 means "wildcard" - all IP When the(24 parameter is not defined, the seconds hours) will be rekeyed at acell random Defines theare inter-frequency list.main addresses allowed. corresponding carrier is 180 not blacklisted used in selecting time between 3870 and seconds before the Indicates the number of PCIs in the range Both IPforaddress formats can used. target IdleModeMobilityControlInfo for load and maximum lifetime expires, i.e.be between 82530 (including startPCI). Value n4 corresponds with Format: IPv4 address parameter in dotted balancing. Weighted round robin algorithm shall4, Indicates the lowest in the range 86220 seconds afterPCI establishing the IKE SA n12 corresponds with 12 frequency and so on.for The UE decimals or IPv6 parameter acc. tomode RFC select always oneaddress target idle This is avalue list of1neighbouring cells with specific applies ifwhich the field is absent, which case 4291.balancing, load is matching UEincapabilities, values for idleCell mode mobility parameters The Identifier isvalue a unique cell only the physical cell identity indicated to bePhysical used as main target for idle mode load by identification in a Neighbouring Cell List. Ithighest is(in used start applies. balancing and this target have always The parameter defines a will cell-specific offset dB) to indicate the physical layer identity of the cell, as priority assigned in RRC Release message. All that is used in the cell reselection procedure. Quality thresholds used by the UE when defined in TS 36.211 other target frequency for idle mode load This specifies the offset between two cells. reselecting towards a different priority frequency. This specifies the quality threshold used by the UE balancing matching UE capabilities and configured Not recognized by UEs < Rel9. when reselecting aCDFIM higherand priority in LNCEL, IRFIM, UFFIM,threshold GNFL willUE This specifies thetowards quality used by the frequency than the currently serving frequency. be added as well, but with alowered priorities as when reselecting towards lower priority This specifies the used by the UE when Not recognized bythreshold UEs < Rel9. configured for SIB with kept hierarchy of priorities. frequency than the currently serving frequency. reselecting towards a higher priority frequency X This specifies the threshold used in reselection The algorithm shall calculate proportional weights Not recognized by UEs < Rel9. than the currently serving frequency towards frequency X priority from a higher priority corresponding to configured values. There is no The IE PresenceAntennaPort1 is used to indicate frequency check about the sum of weights configured by Port the whether all the neighboring cells use Antenna user. 1. When set to TRUE, the UE may assume that at least two cell-specific antenna ports are used in all neighboring cells.

EUTRA Cell Reselection Timer This parameter uniquely identifies an IRFIM (Interfrequency Idle Mode configuration) managed The IE AllowedMeasBandwidth is used to indicate objects. the maximum allowed measurement Pmax to be used for the neighbouringbandwidth E-UTRA common for carrier all neighbouring cells on ais absent, cells on this frequency. If Pmax Frequency-specific offset for equal priority Ecarrier frequency. The values mbw6, the maximum power according to thembw15, UE UTRAN frequencies. Minimum required quality mbw100 level in inter-frequency mbw25, indicate 6, 15, capabilitymbw50, is used.mbw75, neighbor 25, 50, 75cells. andminimum 100 resource blocks respectively. Specifies the required Rx RSRP level for Not recognized by UEs
This parameter controls the VLAN behavior of the Transport Ethernet switching. applicable The LTE local cell resource is Itanisobject that when the switching feature is enabled. consists of the HWEqualizer required delay by onefor cell for Defines the Delay cell If set to "true", ethernet frames tagged with a transmission and receiving. Local cell resource assigned to the Repeater Interface Unit. The resource list specifies antenna VLAN ID is shall beto switched between twoline ethernet identifier used addressthe one particular local resources allocated for the given local cell. member ports of a layer 2 bridge only, if both Identifies the at specific antenna line. is uniqueports cell resource the BTS. The lCelId TX and resources freely Else be assign to local are member ofWith the same VLAN. the packet within a RX BTS. thecan Configuration Data Identifies the subsidiary cell. cells. The functionality is guaranteed only for shall be dropped. The handling of untagged message, the local cell resource can be States the purpose of use of this antenna officially supported and tested configurations. frames depends the parameter associated to theon cell identifier used at theline radio which can becases either forhandling receiving and transmitting There will In be no error when unofficial acceptableFrameTypes. This parameter defines the sector covered interface. when thespatial configuration is (main antenna line), just transmitting (diversity configurations used. by the Cells inID the same sectorrelated must have initialized atunique theare BTS, the signaling to a cell This istocell. the of the neighbor eNB within antenna line) or just receiving (diversity If set "false", any VLAN information isantenna not same value for sectorId. is addressed using the cell identifier instead of the PLMN, adjEnbId and plmnId form the Both IP where address formats canThe be used. line). HW dependencies: considered when switching. switching is local cell resource identifier. neighbor global eNB Format: IPv4 inaddress dotted FSMr3: Only 2address or ID. 4parameter RX resources can be purely based onRX MAC Destination lookupIP The parameter determines whether the C-Plane decimals or IPv6 address parameter acc. to RFC assigned oneneighbor LCELL. eNB result. oftothe address (X2 link) is statically This is aOnly globally group identification of the 4291. FSMr2: Runique type eNB configuration four antenna configured orin whether is allowed to update MME(s) connected to the neighbor eNB. The ID is Mobile Country Code in PLMN identity included lines can be based assigned to one LCELL. the address on information provided by in received during the X2 setup procedure for the GU group ID.ID and MNC build a ID. unique IPv6 support isMCC provided in object IPNO the MME group included inwhen GU group ANR procedures. respective X2 link from the neighboring eNB. PLMN ID. parameter actIpv6 is configured to "true". Sector Configuration Types A, G, and I use 2 oamControlled X2 link:in PLMN identity included Mobile Network in antIds per radio Code module. It is the responsibility of the operator to configure GU group ID. MCC and MNC build a unique This parameter determines the range of MNC. Sector Configuration Type H uses antennas from the correct cPlaneIpAddr. PLMN ID. 2 radio modules,1 radio module. This is the instanceper identifier of the object LNADJ. Sector Configuration Type P uses antennas from This parameter appears only in the the3neighbor distinguished enbControlled X2 link: This is the primary PLMN ID of eNB. 2 radio modules. name (DN) in the plan andplmnId is used for O&M The IP address will be file maintained byform ANR The parameter adjEnbId and the Mobile Country CodeType in theRare primary Sector Configuration uses 4 PLMN antennas purposes. procedures if ANR activated. ItID is of the globally unique eNBfeatures ID. neighbor eNB. MCC and MNC build the PLMN from RIU and radio module, 2 antennas per radio Mobile Network Code in the primary PLMN ID ofID. It is highly recommended to use for object creation default value for neighbor eNBs which have been module. the eNB. MCCvalue and within MNC build PLMN lowest free lnAdjId all LNADJ learnt via ANR procedures. Theneighbor MNC length determines the range ofthe MNC in Sector Configuration Types D, E, J and M use of 4 ID. instances of an eNB. This is to avoid rejection the primary PLMN ID. The whether the if antIds radioprovides module. plan parameter fileper activation due toinformation colliding lnAdjId values X2 link is successfully established. Sector Configuration Types K and N use 4 ARFCN Value of theisGERAN neighbour cell by an LNADJ instance automatically created antennas fromof2 activated radio modules,features. 2 antIds per radio (Part of CarrierFrequency) eNB because Bandindicator Value of theANR GERAN neighbour cell module. (Part of CarrierFrequency) BaseStation Colour Code hardware of GERANrelated neighbour Please consider following The IE BandIndicatorGERAN indicates how to cell Notes: This parameter indicates whether the GERAN information: interpret an associated GERAN carrier ARFCN, In RIUcell coupled mode configuration (RIU chained target is DTM-capable. This information FSMr2 supports at maximum 128 LNADJ Cell TS Identity of [20]. GERAN neighbor cell see 45.005 More specifically, the IE is (Part of PhysicalCellId) with Radioper modules and same LNCEL is radiated evaluated during SRVCC to GERAN instances LNCEL. indicates the GERAN frequency bandwhen in case the LAC GERAN neighbour cell from of allsupports modules) local cells need to be deciding whether the UE is available for FSMr3 at maximum 256 LNADJ (Part of GERAN global cell either ID; CGI) ARFCN value can concern a DCSPS 1800 or a commissioned to the (RAC) chained radio modules and Routing Areas Code of GERAN neighbor service instances per LNCEL. PCS 1900 carrier frequency. For ARFCN values (Part of GERAN global cell ID; CGI) RIU modules. cell. GeranTarget_INDEX uniquely identifies set of not associated with one of these bands, athe In this case R-type configuration must be used GERAN neighbour cell parameters within an eNB. indicator is not relevant. Mobile Country Code included in the PLMN ID of used4The as described in TS36.413 section and antlIds must beis configured toestablishing the 9.2.1.6 Hint: RAC value needed a Used by the operator on the cellfor level to associate the GERAN neighbour cell resourceList. Mobile Network Code included in the PLMN ID of RIM association, that is no RIM association will be an GERAN neighbour cell to a particular LTE cell "0000 and FFFE not allowed." the GERAN neighbour cell established if the value is omitted even if the Length Mobileglobal Network Code included in the (Part of of ID; CGI) In case aGERAN RIU module iscell detected by the eNB, 4 feature PLMN ID of the GERAN neighbour cell Network Colour Code ofcell GERAN neighbour RX reception not supported LNCELs thecell RIU (Part of GERAN global ID; in CGI) LTE498: RANisInformation Management for GSM (Part of PhysicalCellId) is associated. Network Control Order Value of the GERAN activated. (Part of check GERAN global cell ID; CGI) LNHOGPlease that this NCC is allowed neighbor cell,status where the different parametertovalue Provides the of the RIM association nccperm. mean: serving BSS. This NC0:parameter Normal UEcontains control the GERAN Systeminformation which is used when sending a This parameter iswith set by Operator toreports indicate NC1: UE of control measurement Meaning the values: UE to GSM by eNACC or UE Context Release whichNetwork type PLMN of GERAN (if any) NC2: control Broadcast ID ofSysteminformation the cell served by the with redirect. is included inUE the RRC RESET: The shall return to the broadcast eNB. Up to 6 different PLMN IDs per -neighbor disabled: Mobile Country Code in broadcast PLMN ID of the MOBILITYFROMEUTRANCOMMAND message. parameters. served cell can be broadcast. The GERAN neighbor cell is not RIM enabled, that cell served by the neighbor eNB. MCC and MNC At least one list entry must be configured if Mobile Network Code in broadcast PLMN ID of the is build a unique PLMN ID.haseNB. SystemInformationType the value “si” or “psi”. cell served the neighbor MCC and The parameter is meaningless This parameter determines the length of MNC. At least oneby with the primary PLMN IDMNC of the the feature isentry not activated build a unique PLMN ID. (LTE498)' -neighbor if feature 'RIMis for GSM isinactivated eNB mandatory required the list. or Adjacent cyclic prefix configuration in DL. The The parameter is meaningless if: and AND of the GERAN cellfeature is blacklisted for RIM parameter isofnot FDD neighbor -PLMN forapplicable GSM is activated AND -orLTE498: the PLMNRIM the cell is notfor blacklisted for RIM cells. -and theAND PLMN of the cell is not blacklisted for RIM no RAC value is configured. AND - parameter gTargetRac is configured. - parameter "gTargetRac" is configured - unavailable: The GERAN neighbor cell is RIM but no Constant value maxGERAN-SI is enabled defined in 3GPP valid system information from RIM procedure is TS36.331 section 6.4

Adjacent cyclic prefix configuration in DL. The parameter is not applicable neighbor Downlink transmission bandwidthforofFDD the FDD cells. neighbor cell. is the Macro eNB identifier which This parameter The parameter is not applicable for Identifier TDD neighbor is part of the E-UTRAN Cellcell Global This parameter is the local resource ID which cells. (ECGI) ofthe theE-UTRAN neighbor cell. is part of Cell Global Identifier This enumerated parameter isvalues the primary PLMNto IDthe which is The correspond number (ECGI) of the neighbor cell. part of the E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier (ECGI) of resource blocks "NRB". Mobile Country Code in PLMN Identity included in of the neighbor ECGI the cellcell. served neighbour MCCin MobileofNetwork Code in by PLMN IdentityeNB. included and MNC build the plmnby Id neighbour of ECGI. eNB. MCC ECGI of the cell served MNC Length determines the length of MNC in the and MNC build Id of ECGI. primary id.a plmn Downlinkplmn EARFCN of the FDD or TDD cell served by neighbor eNB.of the FDD neighbor cell. Uplink EARFCN The is notidentifier applicable for object TDD neighbor This parameter is the instance of the cells. LNADJL. This parameter appears only in theby the This is the physical cell ID of the cell served distinguished name (DN) in the plan file and is neighbor eNB. provides information whether The the usedparameter for O&M purposes. object creation or latest update was based on Supported special subframe configuration by plan file X2 information (X2) or UE specific ANR neighbor The area parameter is for notobject applicable for It is(OM), highly recommended to use creation This is theeNB. tracking code of the cell served by measurements (UE). value FDD neighbor cells. the lowest free lnAdjlId within all LNADJL the neighbor eNB. Uplink and Downlink Transmission Bandwidth Of instances subordinate to an LNADJ object. This is Cell Served By Neighbor ENB. The parameter is ULavoid and DL Configuration of aactivation subframe in atoradio to rejection of plan file due not applicable for FDD neighbor cells. frame supported by neighbor eNB. The parameter colliding lnAdjlId values if an LNADJL instance is Uplink transmission bandwidth of the The enumerated values correspond toFDD the number is not applicable for FDD neighbor cells. automatically created by eNB because of neighbor cell. Uniquely identifies a UTRAN neighbour cell within of resource blocks "NRB". activated ANR features. The parameter is not applicable for TDD neighbor an eNB. This parameter is the primary PLMN ID that is part cells. of the UTRAN Cell Global Identifier the Mobile Country Code of the primary(CGI) PLMN ID. The enumerated values correspond to theofnumber neighbor cell. of resource blocks "NRB". Mobile Network Code of the primary PLMN ID. This parameter determines the length of MNC. Identifies the secondary PLMNs to which a neighboring UTRAN belongs. Multiple PLMNs Mobile Country Codecell of the secondary PLMN ID. can be specified. Mobile Network Code of the secondary PLMN ID. This parameter determines the length of MNC. The parameter provides information whether the object creation or latest ifupdate was on plan This parameter selects SRVCC to based a WCDMA file (OM) or UE-specific ANR measurements (UE). target cell is performed a combined PS and UTRAN Cell-ID which isas part of the UTRAN CellCS SRVCC or whether SRVCC performed for the Global Frequency Identifier (CGI) of theisrelated neighbor cell. Target CS bearer identifies only. It uniquely a neighbouring cell within the Target Frequency provides the DL Carrier Target Location Area (together Code This parameter must be configured individually for RNC and is required with the RNC ID) Frequency of the neighbouring UTRAN cell. UtranTarget_LAC provides the Location Area every WCDMA cell that is used as target for Target Area To Code for the Routing Source Target RNC Transparent Received from RNC RRM-CMC in the TCL, Code identifying the Location Area of awhich SRVCC. UtranTarget_RAC provides the Routing Area Code Container IE in the S1AP: HANDOVER UTRAN RNC identifier which is part of the UTRAN together with the primary scrambling code neighbouring UTRAN cell. Required for the S1AP: identifying the Routing Area of a neighbouring REQUIRED message during handover to UTRAN. Cell Global Identifier (CGI) of thecell related neighbor identifies a neighboring UTRAN Primary Scrambling Code (FDD) Of The HANDOVER REQUIRED during UTRAN cell. Required for message the S1AP: HANDOVER cell. Neighbouring UTRAN Cell handover to UTRAN Defines the CDMA2000 1x Radio REQUIRED message during handover to UTRAN The UTRAN Cell Global Id is built Transmission as a 28 bit UtranTarget_SC_FDD: The primary scrambling Technology (1xRTT) carrier frequency of this value. It consists either Defines 1x Radio Transmission Values inthe theCDMA2000 of 4096 .. 65535 are cell. code ofrange the neighbouring UTRAN 1xRTT cell. -considered of a (FDD) 12neighbor bit as RNC-ID (range 0..4095) and a 16 bit Technology (1xRTT) band class of this 1xRTT Extended RNC-ID. Defines the cell number of this CDMA2000 1x Received from RRM-CMC in the TCL, which The CDMA2000 ARFCN used to indicate the UTRAN Cell ID (range 0..65535) or neighbor cell. It uniqely identifies aTechnology neighbouring UTRAN RNC Radio Transmission (1xRTT) neighbor together with the cell frequency identifies a This parameter is the naming attribute Of MOC CDMA2000 carrier frequency within a CDMA2000 -within of aCDMA2000 16 Extended RNC-Id (range The band class used to define the thebit primary PLMN andisis required for the cell neighbouring UTRAN cell LNADJX. band, see 4096..65535) and in aidentifier 12 bit UTRAN Cell ID for (range Defines theC.S0002-A. market the CBSC this CDMA2000 band which theofCDMA2000 carrier S1AP: HANDOVER REQUIRED message during It uniquelyto identifies a LNADJX instance. 0..4095). CDMA2000 1xRTT neighbor cell. frequency can be found, as defined C.S0057-E handover UTRAN. Defines the Pseudo-Random Noise in (PN) offset of [table 1.5-1]. this CDMA2000 1x Radio Transmission Defines the sector number of built this CDMA2000 The UTRAN Cell Global Id is as a 28 bit 1x Technology (1xRTT) neighbor cell. Radio Transmission Technology (1xRTT) neighbor Defines the switching number of this CDMA2000 value. It consistsfor either see C.S0002-A the defnition. cell. 1xRTT neighbor cell. - of a 12 bit RNC-ID (range 0..4095) and a 16 bit UTRAN Cell ID (range 0..65535) or - of a 16 bit Extended RNC-Id (range 4096..65535) and a 12 bit UTRAN Cell ID (range 0..4095).

This parameter enables the feature LTE1441 enhanced CSFBactivates to CDMA2000 1xRTT. This parameter the support of up to 8 EPS bearers. Activates CMAS support If CMAS supportactivates is set tothe "true", CMAS warning The parameter feature 'Circuit messages are broadcasted (SIB12) in case of Switched Fallback to to UTRAN ororGSM via Cell This is a feature flag enable disable Write-Replace Warning Request incl. CMAS data Redirection'. Trace This isfeature. a feature flag to enable or disable Cell is received from MME Trace with IMSI feature. It mobile will be originated only utilized This enables/disables optional If theparameter feature is activated, and when cell trace is activated, i.e. redirected actCellTrace ciphering algorithms. mobile terminated CS calls are to is The parameter activates Complete Consistency 'true' targets which are to tool. be configured via REDRT Checks in Validator This parameter activates the support of the objects. This parametervoice can be used The to disable thebecomes checks conversational change Feature enabling flagbearer. for LTE1047: C-plane that could block eNB reconfiguration after SW active for handling a cell after the next cell locking/cell overload feature. This parameter activates the feature 'Circuit upgrade. unlocking sequence. The feature detects overload and triggers counter Switched Fallback within Packet Switched Handover Only particular checks Validator toolLTE1089 are The parameter activates the features measures. to UTRA'.by disabled this parameter. 'Downlink carrier aggregation', LTE1332 'Downlink When, after SW upgrade, configuration validation carrier aggregation - 40 MHz' and FDD part of the The parameter actDistributedSite allows of fails in BTS Site Manager or in NetAct, it is feature LTE1562 'Carrier aggregation for usage multiDistributed Site. possible to set this parameter to "false" and The eNB supports up to 6 cells dual band carrier eNBs'. That is, awith RF eNB unit up to 20 km distance proceed reconfiguration. During SW configurations withmay onelie system module. from the system module. upgrade the configured parameter value will not The feature allows higher UE downlink peak data The eNB will support two carriers within the same be changed. rates by aggregation of two cells. RF band for sector (that is for one antenna Activates thesame feature CS fallback to CDMA 1xRTT line) when the value is configured to "true". for dual Rx UEs This parameter thehave E-RAB Modification The carriers in aactivates band must same by the S1AP message E-RAB MODIFY Activates ETWS support bandwidth. REQUEST. If ETWS support is 10 setMHz, tothe "true", ETWS Bandwidths 5MHz, 15 MHz andprimary 20 MHz The parameter activates feature 'Emergency and secondary notification are broadcasted are supported. Call Via Redirection'. This parameter activates of the following (SIB10 and SIB11) in casesupport of Write-Replace features Activation ofcan more flexible basedata band by Warning Request ETWS, received The feature beincl. only activated if is atusage least one LTE534: ARP based Admission Control allowing more enhanced recovery in case of HW from MME. redirection target for UTRAN or GSM has been This parameter activates the feature "GSM LTE497: Smart Admission Control, comprising failure. If set to 'true', the size of PUCCH PRB may created before. redirect system information". RAC andwith TAC This parameter the feature Handover be limited on 10activates MHz system bandwidth or lower. LTE496: bearers with 2, 3 and 4 than from LTE to It need toEPS beeHRPD. set to 'true' to QCI configure more This parameter enables the Handover from LTE 2to Feature LTE496 introduces support of QCIor2,FSMF 3, cells with FSMD, more than 3 with FSME WCDMA feature. Activates open access home eNB mobility. and 4 along with higher guaranteed bit rates and without extension Baseband module, more than 6 related congestion detection and handling This parameter the feature with FSMF with enables/disables extension Baseband module or mechanisms. "Multimedia priority services" (LTE1074) more than to 12configure with FSMF + FBBA + FBBC. Activation more than 840 RRCWhen set to 'true', range of parameters maxNumActUE connected UE. This parameter enables the feature Handover Admission control functionality and maxNumRrc will be limited (LTE497) for 5 MHzisand 10 from UTRAN. extended This parameter at the activates same time the from support IMS based MHz cells. With this parameter it is possibleatocounter support higher solution Emergency to become sessions load for based Release and 9 UEs. offer amount of Active UE on cell. The amountinof Active addition congestion handlingUsage functionality to better Activate Flexible Baseband onIdle BTS UE cannot exceed maximum number of The parameter activates the feature Mode address the needs being imposed by higher Activation of more flexible baseband usage by RRC_connected. Load Balancing This parameter enables the feature guaranteed bit enhanced rates. allowing more recovery inInter case of The parameter can be following configured to "true" forHW cell This flag activates the functionalities: Frequency Handover to FDD and TDD neighbor Activates "Idle mode LTE tocells with failure. Parameter is mobility affecting only into bandwidths of "15 MHz" or "20from MHz" using -inter-RAT IdleLB targets cells. Finally the ARP based admission control (LTE534) CDMA/eHRPD". uplink and downlink channel bandwidth isalso 5 MHz System module that supports over 840toRRC Activates idle mode mobility from LTE -Load balancing forthe redirection (requires the allows to consider ARP priority in load-based or 10 MHz. In case parameter is set to 'true', there connected UE. CDMA/1xRTT. UE context release with redirect feature The parameter activates Interfrequency load as admission and admission related pre-emption may be limitations in the amount "actRedirect" and feature. CS Fallback viaan Redirection balancing (iF-LB) well as in congestion handling as additional If activated, the intra-frequency load balancing FSMD: value 'false' => up to 2 cells can be feature "actCSFBRedir") If the feature iF-LB'true' is dimension activated ("true"), intermore service-related for differentiated algorithm continuously cell load, configured. Value => up to 3the cells can be Activates support of theestimates LPPa OTDOA information -IdleLB targets in Mobility profiles (requires also frequency load measurements are performed per treatment of bearers with guaranteed resources. triggering a handover threshold negotiation with configured. request procedure via S1AP the "Selective Mobility Profiles" feature This parameter enables the feature Intra LTE Inter cell. Dependent on the actual load situation UEs the neighbors when => theup cell is above FSME: value 'false' toload 3 cells can bea "actSelMobPrf") eNodeB viato S1 might be Handover handovered low loaded neighbor As those features are closely inter-related, they Activation/deactivation of Location Reporting predefined value. The handover threshold configured. Value 'true' => up to 6 cells canalso becells -Support of special SPID values (requires the (different frequency layer). are activated via a common activation parameter. (feature 'Support of cell based location service') negotiation procedure is done over the X2 configured. This is a feature flag to enable or disable LTE953 "Selective Mobility Profiles" feature interface to feature. align the=> handover thresholds FSMF: value 'false' upsame to 3 cells canflag bebetween MDT Trace The feature is also "actSelMobPrf") This parameter activates/deactivates the feature neighbor cells. configured. Value 'true' => up to 6 cells can be used for LTE1501. -Load-triggered idle mode load balancing "Multiple Frequency Band Indicator" (LTE1534) If the feature is deactivated, the configured. "cellIndOffNeighDelta" parameter Module: is implicitly set FSMF + 1 x Extension Baseband value to 0 in => all up LNREL objects. 'false' to 6 cells can be configured. Value 'true' => up to 12 cells can be configured. FSMF + FBBA + FBBC: value 'true' => up to 18 cells can be configured.

This parameter activates the support of multiple EPS Bearers. activates the support of multiple This parameter GBR EPS Bearers. This parameter activates the Service Differentiation for non-GBR Bearers. flag Activate OTN Link Loss Self-Recovery This of Optical This parameter parameter specifies activates the the behavior support the Network (OTN) recovery actions. When this establishment ofactivates EPS bearers with QCI This parameter the support of in theBER parameter is set to true, a 1956 fault (critical range of 128…254. establishment ofoptical GBR EPS bearers QCI in Activates on thethe optimized MME selection algorithm detected connection towith Radio the range of not 128…254. If this parameter is set to “true”, the MME selection Module) will trigger the BTS to reset the This parameter activates the usage of PDCP function distinguishes native and mapped impacted RF modules immediately. Instead, the Robust Headeractivates Compression. The the23.401. LTE498: RAN GUMMEIs according to and TS IftoUE provides BTS parameter will stay in service attempt re-adjust Information Management (RIM) GSM feature. This parameter enables the feature UE context its (old) GUMMEI, thetime MME selection function the delays within the limit asforspecified in OTN release with redirect. based on GUMMEI is restricted to the Recovery Period. The radios will self-reset if The parameter actRfChaining allows RF units corresponding RATs. within the time period. readjustments failed chaining. This parameter indicates whether S1 Flex feature That is, an or optical fiber from the system module is is enabled disabled. This parameter the Overload If this parameter isunit setis “false”, the adjustments MME When this toS1 false, chained viaparameter a RFactivates totoset another RF unit. Handling feature. selection function does not distinguish native and will not occur and the BTS will reset the impacted The parameter activates the feature 'Selective mapped GUMMEIs. If UE provides its (old) RF modules when fault 1956 is detected. Mobility Profiles'.enables the feature "SRVCC from This parameter GUMMEI, the MME selection function based on LTE to GSM". This parameter enablesallthe SRVCC from LTE to GUMMEI will consider RATs. WCDMA feature. This is a feature flag to enable or disable Subscriber & Equipment feature. InterThis parameter indicates Trace if the 'Intra-LTE Frequency UE-based ANR' feature is activated by the operator.

This parameter indicates if the 'Intra-LTE IntraFrequency UE-based ANR' feature is activated by This parameter indicates if the feature ''UE-based the operator. ANR for Inter-RAT UTRAN" neighbour cells is activated by the operator. Uplink coordinated multipoint (CoMP) reception activation for the ZUC eNB.ciphering and integrity Controls optional Configuation rules: protection algorithms. This parameter feature LTE442 Distributed sitesenables are onlythe supported if the distance This parameter enables/disables optional ZUC Network Assisted Cell Change from LTE to AM RLC Poll Byte Table for UE Category 1.GSM between RRHs is less than 1 km. ciphering algorithms. It is RLC used Poll to obtain the ULinpollByte and for DL UE AM Byte value DL direction pollByte values for UE category 1. category Category 1. of UE. AM RLC Poll Byte value in UL direction for UE category 1. Byte Table for UE Category 2. AM RLC Poll It is RLC used Poll to obtain the ULinpollByte and for DL UE AM Byte value DL direction pollByte values for UE category 2. category Category 2. of UE. AM RLC Poll Byte value in UL direction for UE category 2. Byte Table for UE Category 3. AM RLC Poll It is RLC used Poll to obtain the ULinpollByte and for DL UE AM Byte value DL direction pollByte values for UE category 3. category Category 3. of UE. AM RLC Poll Byte value in UL direction for UE category 3. Byte Table for UE Category 4. AM RLC Poll It is RLC used Poll to obtain the ULinpollByte and for DL UE AM Byte value DL direction pollByte values for UE category 4. category Category 4. of UE.

AM RLC Poll Byte value in UL direction for UE category 4. Byte Table for UE Category 5. AM RLC Poll It is RLC used Poll to obtain the ULinpollByte and for DL UE AM Byte value DL direction pollByte values for UE category 5. category 5. Category of UE. AM RLC Poll Byte value in UL direction for UE category It defines5. the maximum time at the eNB to wait for an LTE inter-frequency Optional feature flag forReportStrongestCells feature LTE492 ANR measurement report from aextension UE configured to support forthe LTE with O&M Specifies level of robustness of UE-based perform such measurement ANR functions. List of GERAN PLMN IDs which are to be -blacklisted For high level of robustness, eNB attempts for a in terms of of RIM. Mobile Country Code the PLMN ID, which is longer time period to resolve a detected unknown No RIM associations willGlobal be established for part of the GERAN Cell Identifier (CGI) Mobile Network Code (MNC)ANR ofofthe PLMN ID, of neighbour cellbelonging via UE-based before stopping GERAN cells the blacklisted the related neighbor cell.to one which is part of the GERAN Cell Global Identifier these attempts. LengthIDs. of MNC in digits. PLMN (CGI) of the related neighbor cell. - For high level of robustness, the minimum wait Reset requestre-validations for BTS. Whenever a (delta-)plan time between of same If this parameter is omitted, all the GERAN neighbor modifiying or setting this parameter isfrom This parameter excludes those UEsthat carrier Neighbour Relation becomes shorter. cells will be RIM-enabled provided the routing downloaded, BTS will reset automatically. This aggregation, whose UE-AMBR Downlink is below A list of supported AS ciphering algorithms. The area code is configured in each neighbor cell with parameter is not intended for. use by operator, but the caMinDlAmbr threshold algorithm is identified by the parameter name, and the "gTargetRac" parameter. Nullbe ciphering A lower value will used byalgorithm NetAct topreference. perform automatic the assigned value determines the algorithm represents a lower preference, and 0 does notof troubleshooting actions, which require aA reset SNOW 3G-based algorithm preference. lower preference. admit the algorithm. the BTS. value represents a lower preference, and 0value does AES-based algorithm preference. A lower not admit the algorithm. represents aalgorithm lower preference, and 0isdoes ZUC-based preference. The value of the parameter as such not not admit the algorithm. A lower value represents a lower preference, and relevant. However, at each new reset request a The Parameter congWeightAlg defines a 0 does not admit the algorithm. different value should be selected. priorization behaviour in RLC layerand 2 (MAC) until either Default Index for PDCP profiles One wayProfile to make sure that theornew parameter the congestion situation ends until the for RLC AM mode. Default Index for RLC profiles value is Profile different fromis the lastand one is to use the congestion situation resolved byPDCP higher layers. The indicated RLC and PDCP profile iswill used for for RLC UM mode. current time stamp. Using this scheme also Theconfiguration parameter enables the feature "Automatic There are two different algorithms possible: the of a bearer that has been The indicated RLC and PDCP profile is used for the timeare at which the reset decision was locking". •document qciPrio: Bearers prioritized in order of atheir The parameter enables 'Graceful Cell configured in RLC AM inthe thefeature source cell of the configuration of a bearer that has been taken. QCI priority. Shutdown'. handover, but for which RLC and PDCP This isfeature a human-readable name for the eNB. It the configured in is RLC UM inno the source cell ofsure aprofile However, any other scheme which makes If thebeen enabled, objects are automatically •has arpPrioPerVul: First bearers with ARP configured in the target cell. corresponds to the eNB name according to 3GPP handover, but for which no RLC and PDCP profile parameter value changes is also possible. Duration during whichby aneNB ETWS primary locked and unlocked if aprioritized parameter vulnerability "preemptable" are in which order If thebeen feature is activated an additional 36.413. has configured in is the target cell. Notification is broadcasted. requires object locking modified via delta plan of the ARP priority, then the bearers with ARP This character list includes the Global eNB IDs of those administrative state is supported. It The setpreemptable" is 'shuttingdown' restricted to Printable As the abroadcast parameter delivered with string Writefile. vulnerability "not also in order of neighbour eNBs for which the X2-link allows less service impacting cell locking. Macro eNB Id of the Global eNB Id of a neighbour according to 3GPP with following supported Replace Warning Request areof not tocell be the used for ARP priority. establishment is'locked' forbidden by the operator. Before entering state the UEs eNB towards which no establishment ofbroadcast an eNB character: Mobile Country Code of the Global eNB Id of a ETWS primary notification (SIB10), the If graceful shutdown is enabled by setting will becase motivated to'a' leave the 'z', cellupper by stepwise Controlled X2-link is allowed. lower letters through case letters neighbour eNB towards which no establishment duration has to be administered. enableGrflShdn to 'enabled', the less service Mobile Network Code of then the Global eNB Idthe of a of reduction thethe eNodeB cell TX power (DL If ‘enbId’ isof not provided the associated 'A' through 'Z', digits '0' through '9' and an eNB Controlled X2-link is allowed. impacting but slower graceful cell shutdown neighbour eNB towards which no of power). Length of Mobile ofestablishment theGlobal GlobaleNB ‘Global eNB a, ‘partially specified characters ' =Id’ ( )is +Network - . / :instead ?Code and space. procedure is performed of immediate an eNB Controlled X2-link istowards allowed. eNB Id of a neighbour eNB which no Id’, i.e.: Priority level range to be regarded as high-priority locking. establishment an with eNBaControlled X2-linkisis All ‘Global eNBofIds’ PLMN ID which ARP parameters with a priority level greater or allowed. identical to the associated 'X2 Blacklisted PLMN equal hpsSessArpMin AND lower or equal ARP parameters a priority level greater ID' are consideredwith as members of the 'GlobaloreNB hpsSessArpMax will beAND regarded as high-priority. equal hpsSessArpMin lower or equal Id X2-link Blacklist'. PLMN related configuration parameter for support If an ARP parameter matches bothasthese hpsSessArpMax will be regarded high-priority. of emergency sessions ARP Pre-emption PLMN IDitfor conditions and theCapability emergency ARPby condition, If an ARP parameter matchesused both these emergency Sessions. will be regarded as emergency ARP parameter. ARP Pre-emption by PLMN ID conditions and theVulnerablity emergency used ARP condition, it This parameter defines whether a service data for emergency Sessions. The pre-emption will be regarded as emergency ARP parameter. ARP priority level used that by PLMN ID for emergency flow can get information resources werewhether already vulnerability defines aassigned service sessions. Indication if PLMN ID supporting emergency to another service data flow with aassigned lower priority data flow can lose the resources to with it in The range of the ARP priority level is 1 to 15 sessions also supports limited service mode level. Mobile Country Code of PLMN ID supporting order to admit a service data flow with higher 1 as the highest level of priority. For emergency emergency sessions priority level. Mobile Network Code of PLMN ID1-8 supporting sessions, only ARP priority levels may be emergency sessions applied (cf. also to 3GPP TS23.203) Length of MNC of the PLMN ID supporting emergency sessions A list of supported AS integrity protection algorithms. The algorithm is identified by the parameter name, and the assigned value determines the algorithm preference.

Null integrity protection algorithm preference. A lower represents a lower preference and 0 SNOWvalue 3G-based algorithm preference. A lower does not admit the algorithm. value represents a lower preference, and 0value does AES-based algorithm preference. A lower not admit the algorithm. represents a lower preference, and 0 does not ZUC-based algorithm preference. admit the algorithm. A lower value represents a lower preference, and Defines a threshold for PDCP COUNT 0 does not admit the algorithm. supervision. If the remaining COUNT space Instance identifier of object Macro eNB and used becomes less than this threshold, the eNB key also as telecom parameter of the 3GPP Configures the overall number of LNADJ'Macro hierarchy should be refreshed. eNB ID', which is part of Global eNB ID. In instances supported eNB. of pre-emptions This parameter limitsby thethe number addition it appears as distinguished name (DN) in Note: which the admission of a set of E-RABs (for If the number of eNB-controlled X2-links reaches the data at for theFZM Element Manager. For planning FSMr2 the E-RAB value shall not example at HW initialand context 'maxNumX2LinksIn', thensetup, the eNB shall setup, stop exceed 128. handover might requests cause. If for thisnew number accepting request) establishment eNBFor FSMr3 HW there is no hardware specific If the number of eNB-controlled X2-links gets exceeded for an E-RAB set, the admission controlled X2-links from neighbour eNBs reachesof limitation. 'maxNumX2LinksOut', the eNBfail. shall stop the this set set will partly orthen completely automatic establishment of new Because each pre-emption takeseNB-controlled at least 5ms (but The parameter shall never beonconfigured a X2-links might take more, depending Primary Mobile Country Code ofeNB eNB.load),tothe value higher number than thelimitation system informs in parameter pre-emption should be This parameter defines the minimum time interval supportedNumOfLnadj. considered carefully to avoidlast timeouts ofof that should elapse since search This is the primary Mobilethe Network Code of the procedures which depend on E-RAB admission possible unknown PCIs, respectively PSCs, on a(in eNB. particular handover preperations). This parameter determines the range of the a new UTRAN carrier frequency, before re-intiating primary MNC of the eNB. This parameter is usedVia to configure selection search on that carrier. this parameter, it is method of Profile for mobility procedures. possible toMobility control the minimum frequency The maximum number of attempted If this parameter setatospecific SPID, then SPID in according which aisUTRAN carrier frequency (re-)transmissions for RANThis parameter determines whether a fallback to received from MME or incoming handover is used slow search mode is scanned for potential new INFORMATION-REQUEST/Multiple Report PDU null ciphering caused by eNB limitations should be Operational state of the IfeNB, the is set bythe for MOPR selection. neighbor cell detection. value "0"value is selected, without success. accepted (True) or not (False). system. If thisLink parameter is set to PLMN value then MOPR respective UTRAN carrier frequency will always OTN Loss Recoverable period without RF be selection is based on MNC included in UE Serving in fast Active search. Unit Reset Container parameters related to BTS PLMN ID. for allspecifies This parameter the time period when an Overload Handling. Enabling flagisfor rejection ofbe incoming HOafter in case Virtual used for can mapping with value OpticalSPID Network (OTN) recovered a of C-plane overload. ((MNC+255) mod 256) + 1 Enabling flag forincurring the rejection of RRC connection link loss without a restart. requests inBit case of for C-plane overload. Prioritized Rate non-GBR bearers Mobility profiles (MOPR and MODPR) are This prioritized bit rate is used by UE for the UL Provides the mapping from cell parameters considered only when SPID selective mobility scheduling algorithm according [36.321]. {dlEarfcn, pci} toisthe of the eNB profiles feature activated (actSelMobPrf is set to Downlink EARFCN of{ipAdr} the neighbour cellserving included this cell, where 'ipAdr' is the IP address required true). in the 'pciIpAdrMap' Unique macro eNB ID of the neighbor eNB within for X2-link establishment. the Primary PLMN serving theof neighbour X2 C-plane V4/V6 IP address the eNB cell serving indicated in the PCI-IP Map entry. the cell included in the 'pciIpAdrMap' Mobile Country Code included in the Primary PLMN of the neighbour eNB in serving the cell Mobile ID Network Code included the Primary provided in the PCI-IP Map entry PLMN the neighbour eNB serving LengthID of of Mobile Network Code includedthe in cell the provided in the PCI-IP Map entry Primary PLMN ID of the neighbour eNB serving Physical Cell Identity of the neighbour cell the cell provided in the PCI-IP Map entry included the 'pciIpAdrMap' Profile of in PDCP parameters Structure {pdcpProfileId,tDiscard,statusReportReq}. Identity of the PDCP profile; 0 specifies an invalid dummy profile. determines whether a PDCP This parameter status report is sent from the PDCP receiver This parameter indicates delay beforetoaPDCP PDCP transmitter. PDU along with the corresponding PDCP SDUdata is Profile 101 of PDCP parameters for RLC UM discarded from the buffer. This timer should be set radio bearers Identity ofthat the PDCP profile The PDCP status report may be sent from eNB to in a way the packet delay defined by the QCI UE (eNB PDCP status report) or from UE to eNB This parameterisconfigures maximum number characteristics kept. The the timer can be disabled (UE PDCPcontexts status report). of ROHC used for a data radio bearer in by setting the parameter to disabled. This parameter configures the size of the SN field one direction. in the PDCP header. This parameter specifies parameter Possible settings: The maximum number of the ROHC contexts also If UE does notreport support the value “7bit”, theisvalue discardTimer of [36.331] 00: no status Profile 102 of PDCP parameters for RLC UM data restricted by the UE capabilities. “12bit” will be used. This parameter indicates the delay before a PDCP 01: eNB status report radio bearers. PDU along with the corresponding PDCP SDU is 10: UE status report discarded from buffer. This timer shall be set in 11: eNB and UEthe status report a way that the packet delay defined by the QCI characteristics is kept. The timer can be disabled by setting the parameter to infinity.

Identity of the PDCP profile. This parameter configures the size of the SN field in theparameter PDCP header. This specifies the "discardTimer" If UE does of not[36.331]. support the value “7bit”, the value parameter Profile 103 of PDCP parameters for RLC UM data “12bit” will be used. This parameter indicates the delay before a PDCP radio bearers. Identity of the PDCP profile. PDU along with the corresponding PDCP SDU is This parameter configures the size discarded from the buffer. This timerofisthe setSN in afield in the PDCP header. way that the packet delay defined by the QCI This parameter specifies the "discardTimer" If UE does of not[36.331]. support the value value characteristics is kept. The timer “7bit”, can bethe disabled parameter Profile 104the of used. PDCP parameters for RLC UM data “12bit” will be by setting parameter to infinity. This parameter indicates the delay before a PDCP radio bearers. Identity of the PDCP profile. PDU along with the corresponding PDCP SDU is This parameter configures the size discarded from the buffer. This timerofisthe setSN in afield in the PDCP header. way that the packet delay defined by the QCI This parameter specifies the "discardTimer" If UE does of not[36.331] support the value value characteristics is kept. The timer “7bit”, can bethe disabled parameter Profile 2 ofthe PDCP parameters for RLC AM data “12bit” will be used. by setting parameter to infinity. This parameter indicates the delay before a PDCP radio bearers Identity of the PDCP profile PDU along with the corresponding PDCP SDU is This parameter determines whether discarded from the buffer. This timer aisPDCP set so that Status Report is sent from PDCP receiver the packet delay defined by the QCI This parameter specifies the parameter to PDCP transmitter. characteristics kept. The timer can be disabled discardTimer ofis[36.331] Profile 3 ofthe PDCP parameters for AM The PDCP Status Reportto may be RLC sent fromadata eNB by setting parameter infinity. This parameter indicates the delay before PDCP radio bearers Identity of the PDCP profile to UE (eNB PDCP Status Report) or from UE PDU along with the corresponding PDCP SDUtois eNB (UE PDCP Status Report). This parameter determines whether PDCP discarded from the buffer. This timer ashall be set in Status Report is sent from PDCP receiver a way that the packet delay defined by the QCI This parameter specifies the parameter to Possible settings: PDCP transmitter. characteristics is[36.331] kept. The timer can be disabled discardTimer of Profile 4Status ofthe PDCP parameters for AM 00 - no Report The PDCP Status Reportto may be RLC sent fromadata eNB by setting parameter infinity. This parameter indicates the delay before PDCP radio bearers 01 eNB Status Report Identity of the PDCP profile to UE (eNB PDCP Status Report) or from UE tois PDU along with the corresponding PDCP SDU 10 - UE Status Report eNB (UE PDCP Status Report). This parameter determines whether PDCP discarded from the buffer. This timer ashall be set in 11 - eNB and UE Status Report Status Report is sent from PDCP receiver a way that the packet delay defined by the QCI This parameter specifies the parameter to Possible settings: PDCP transmitter. characteristics is[36.331] kept. The timer can be disabled discardTimer of Profile 5Status ofthe PDCP parameters for AM 00 - no Report The PDCP Status Reportto may be RLC sent fromadata eNB by setting parameter infinity. This parameter indicates the delay before PDCP radio bearers 01 eNB Status Report Identity of the PDCP profile to UE (eNB PDCP Status Report) or from UE tois PDU along with the corresponding PDCP SDU 10 - UE Status Report eNB (UE PDCP Status Report). This parameter determines whether PDCP discarded from the buffer. This timer ashall be set in 11 - eNB and UE Status Report Status Report is sent from PDCP receiver a way that the packet delay defined by the QCI This parameter specifies the parameter to Possible settings: PDCP transmitter. characteristics is[36.331] kept. The timer can be disabled discardTimer of This parameter is used totomay define 00 - no Status Report The PDCP Status Report bepriorities sent froma eNB by setting the parameter This parameter indicates theinfinity. delay before PDCP between the 3 topology options for intra LTE 01 eNB Status Report This timer is used for temporary blacklisting to UE (eNB PDCP Status Report) or from UEoftoais PDU along with the corresponding PDCP SDU handover, which are Report). 10 - UE Status Report Target Cell for load-based and eNB (UE PDCP Status This parameter can be used to service-based generally discarded from the buffer. This timer shallprohibit be set in 1) Intra eNB HO 11 eNB and UE Status Report handover. the execution of PS-handover towards WCDMA. a way that the packet delay defined by the QCI Indicates if the Public Warning Systems (ETWS 2) HOTarget viasettings: X2Cell is blacklisted when a handover One is Possible If this parameter set to of "true", all UEbewill be IDs. send characteristics is is kept. The timer can disabled and/or CMAS) make use Emergency Area 3) HO via S1 Table to translate the S1AP parameter QCI 1 into rejected because of lack of resources. 00 no Status Report to WCDMA bythat UEIntra Context Release with redirect, by setting the parameter tois infinity. If ETWS or CMAS service activated, It's eNB HO can notthen have QCI characteristics The timer isUE started when the cell is blacklisted. 01 -assumed eNB Status Report DelayTarget is the maximum packet delay value even if the would be able to perform handover. provision of this parameter istopology mandatory. lower priority than any other and S1 HO When timer expires the blacklisting is removed. 10 - UE Status Report used by the eNB MAC scheduling algorithm. This parameter must be configured if handover to This parameter specifies the ID of the can not have higher priority than any other Blacklist UEs inReport the actual source cell. 11 - eNB affects and UEallStatus WCDMA is activated. Otherwise it is not needed. corresponding profile If 'pwsWithEmAreaId' is true, forBalancing. each eNB topology. This parameter configures the DSCP Blacklist affectsDRX Handovers forthen Load If several EPSofServices bearers are established for an UE, cell provision at least one 'Emergency Area ID' (Differentiated Code Point) value (cause "Reduce Load in Serving Cell" and This parameter enables TTI bundling if)QCIs the QCI is eNB compares the DRX profiles of the used in the 'emAreaIdList' must be specified. Four relations are possible: associated withcurrent the QCI. Service Based Handovers (cause "Resource present in the bearer combination. Logical Channel Group Identifier forthe buffer status for those EPS bearers and selects profile 1) all topologies have the same priority -> "all The DSCP value in each IP DRX packet Optimisation Handover") If this parameter iswill setbe to set "true" for any bearer of reporting with highest priority If a warning message including 'Emergency Area equal" This parameter specifies the value of sent for the cells related bearer to maximum S-GW or target eNB. Blacklisted are managed internally by eNB the current bearer combination, the This parameter isisblack used for configuration of the IDs' is received by eNB and 'pwsWithEmAreaId' 2) intra eNB HOto prioritized over inter eNB HO the GBR in the downlink direction. and not added lists visible operator. This parameter specifies maximum value of measurements for TTI bundling aretoHO activated and buffer status reports of UEthe according [36.321] is 'false' then this warning message shall notnot be where X2-based HO and S1-based are eNB will reject those EPS bearers with QCI1 for List of IETF based DSCP values (numerical the GBR in the uplink direction. TTI bundling might be activated. Otherwise TTI This parameter specifies the ID of the broadcasted by eNB. discriminated -> "intra eNB HO prior inter eNB which the GBR in downlink direction is greater values inreject decimal): eNB will EPS bearers with QCI1 for bundling is not those applied. corresponding PDCP profile. HO" This parameter gives the priority of the EPS than this value. BE (=0), which the GBR in uplink direction is greater 3) intra eNB HO isTS23.203. prioritized over inter eNBthan HO bearer according AF11 (=10), QoS Class Identifier this value. where X2-based HO is prioritized over S1-based AF12 (=12), This parameter indicates the given QCI is HO -> "intra prior X2 priorwhether S1" AF13 (=14), supported and enabled 4) intra(=18), eNB HO and X2-based handover are not AF21 discriminated AF22 (=20), but S1-based HO takes lower priority than the others -> "low prio S1" AF23 (=22), AF31 (=26), AF32 (=28), AF33 (=30),

The Resource Type indicates whether bearer is a GBR or NON-GBR bearer. the RLC Mode of the This parameter configures The Resource Type determines if dedicated data radio bearer This parameter specifies of the or bearer network resources relatedthe to ID a service corresponding RLC profile This parameter is Bit used to configure the are Bucket level Guaranteed Rate (GBR) value Size Duration (BSD) of the UL scheduler permanently allocated. Logical Channel Priority for the MAC scheduler For GBR bearers, schedulBSD usedby byUE eNB For GBR bearers,the schedulPrio ininused for Table to for translate S1AP parameter QCI 2 into and UE the UL scheduling algorithm according the UL scheduling algorithm according [36.321]. QCI characteristics. DelayTarget is the values maximum packet delaypriority. value [36.321]. Increasing priority indicate a lower used by the size eNBspecifies scheduling The bucket ofMAC a logical is calculated This parameter thechannel ID of algorithm. the by PBR * BSD. corresponding profile.the DSCP This parameterDRX configures If several EPS bearers are established for a UE, (Differentiated Services Code Point) value This parameter enables TTI bundling if QCIs the QCI is eNB compares the DRX profiles of the used associated withcurrent the QCI. present in the bearer combination. This parameter specifies theselects overhead factor of for those EPS bearers and the profile The DSCP value be in each IP DRX packet If this parameter iswill set to set "true" for any bearer of the downlink GBR in layer 2. with highest priority. This parameter specifies the overhead factor of sent for the related bearer to S-GW or target eNB. the current bearer combination, the eNB increases GBR2.in downlink direction for the uplink GBR the inGroup layer Logical Channel Identifier for buffer status measurements for TTI bundling activated and radio layer 2 by the product GBRare in downlink eNB the DSCP GBR invalues uplink direction for List ofincreases IETF based (numerical reporting TTI bundling might be activated. Otherwise TTI This parameter the maximum value of direction L2specifies Overhead Factor DL/100. radio layer 2not by the product GBR inGBR uplink values in and decimal): This parameter is used for configuration of the bundling is applied. the GBR in the downlink direction. This parameter maximum value of direction and reports L2specifies Overhead Factor GBR UL/100. BE buffer(=0), status of UEthe according eNB will reject EPS bearers with[36.321]. QCI2 for the GBR in thethose uplink direction. AF11 (=10), This parameter specifies the ID of the It is recommended that GBR and non-GBR which thereject GBRthose in downlink direction is greater eNB will EPS bearers with QCI2 for AF12 (=12), corresponding profile. bearers are notPDCP mapped into the same logical This parameter gives the priority of the EPS than this value. which the GBR in uplink direction is greater AF13 (=14), channel group, since in this case the data ofthan the bearer according TS23.203. QoS Class Identifier this value. AF21 (=18), logical channel group are scheduled as non-GBR AF22 (=20), This parameter indicates the given QCI is data and the delay budgetwhether for the GBR bearer AF23 (=22), supported and Type enabled. cannot be controlled. The Resource indicates whether bearer is a AF31 (=26), GBR or NON-GBR bearer. This parameter configures the RLC Mode of the AF32 (=28), The Resource Type determines if dedicated data radio bearer. AF33 (=30), This parameter specifies of the or bearer network resources relatedthe to ID a service AF41 (=34), corresponding RLC profile This is Bit used to configure the are Bucket level Guaranteed Rate (GBR) value AF42parameter (=36), Size Duration (BSD) of the UL scheduler. permanently allocated. Logical Channel Priority for the MAC scheduler. AF43 (=38), For GBR bearers, "schedulBSD" usedby byUE eNB For GBR bearers,the "schedulPrio" isisused for EF (=46) Table to for translate S1AP parameter QCI 3 into and UE the UL scheduling algorithm according the UL scheduling algorithm according [36.321]. QCI characteristics. DelayTarget is the values maximum packet delay value [36.321]. Increasing priority indicate lower priority. used by the eNB MAC scheduling algorithm. The bucket size of a logical channel is calculated This parameter specifies the ID of the by PBR * BSD. corresponding profile.the DSCP This parameterDRX configures If several EPS bearers are established for a UE, (Differentiated Services Code Point) value This parameter enables TTI bundling if QCIs the QCI is eNB compares the DRX profiles of the used associated withcurrent the QCI. present in the bearer combination. This parameter specifies theselects overhead factor of for those EPS bearers and the profile The DSCP value be in each IP DRX packet If this parameter iswill set to set "true" for any bearer of the downlink GBR in layer 2. with highest priority. This parameter specifies the overhead factor of sentcurrent for the bearer relatedcombination, bearer to S-GW target eNB. the the or eNB increases the GBR in downlink direction for the uplink GBR for inGroup layerbundling 2. Logical Channel Identifier for buffer status measurements activated and radio layer 2based bythe theTTI product GBRare in downlink eNB increases GBR invalues uplink direction for List of IETF DSCP (numerical reporting. TTI bundling might be activated. Otherwise TTI This parameter the maximum value of direction L2specifies Overhead Factor DL/100. radio layer 2not by the product GBR inGBR uplink values in and decimal): This parameter is used for configuration of the bundling is applied. the GBR in the downlink direction. This parameter maximum value of direction and reports L2specifies Overhead Factor GBR UL/100. BE (=0), buffer status of UEthe according eNB will reject EPS bearers with[36.321]. QCI3 for the GBR in thethose uplink direction. AF11 (=10), This parameter specifies the ID of the which thereject GBRthose in downlink direction is greater eNB EPS bearers with QCI3 for AF12will (=12), corresponding PDCP profile. This parameter gives the priority of the EPS than than this value. which the GBR in uplink direction is greater AF13 (=14), bearer according TS23.203. QoSvalue. Class this AF21 (=18),Identifier. AF22 (=20), This parameter indicates whether the given QCI is AF23 (=22), supported and Type enabled. The Resource indicates whether bearer is a AF31 (=26), GBR or NON-GBR bearer. This parameter configures the RLC Mode of the AF32 (=28), The Resource Type determines if dedicated data radio bearer. AF33 (=30), This parameter specifies of the or bearer network resources relatedthe to ID a service AF41 (=34), corresponding RLC profile. This is Bit used to configure the are Bucket level Guaranteed Rate (GBR) value AF42parameter (=36), Size Duration (BSD) of the UL scheduler. permanently allocated. Logical Channel Priority for the MAC scheduler. AF43 (=38), For usedby byUE eNB For GBR bearers, "schedulBSD" "schedulPrio" isisused for EF GBR (=46)bearers, and UE for the UL scheduling algorithm according the UL scheduling algorithm according [36.321]. [36.321]. Increasing priority values indicate lower priority. The bucket size of a logical channel is calculated by PBR * BSD.

Table to translate the S1AP parameter QCI 4 into QCI characteristics. DelayTarget is the maximum packet delay value used by the eNB MAC scheduling This parameter specifies the ID of algorithm. the corresponding DRX profile. This parameter configures the DSCP If several EPS Services bearers are established for a UE, (Differentiated Code Point) value This parameter enables TTI bundling if QCIs the QCI is eNB compares the DRX profiles of the used associated withcurrent the QCI. present in the bearer combination. This parameter specifies theselects overhead factor of for those EPS bearers and the DRX profile The DSCP value be in each packet If this parameter iswill set to set true for anyIP bearer of the the downlink GBR in layer 2. with highest priority. This parameter specifies overhead factor eNB. of sent for the related bearerthe tothe S-GW or target current bearer combination, measurements eNB increases the GBR2.in downlink direction forfor the uplink GBR inGroup layer Logical Channel Identifier for buffer status TTI bundling are activated and TTI bundling may radio layer bythe theDSCP product GBR (numerical in downlink eNB GBR invalues uplink direction for List ofincreases IETF2based reporting. be activated. Otherwise TTI bundling is value not This parameter specifies the maximum of direction and L2 Overhead Factor GBR DL/100. radio layer 2 by the product GBR in uplink values in decimal): This parameter is used for configuration of the applied. the GBR in the downlink direction. This parameter maximum value of direction and reports L2specifies Overhead Factor GBR UL/100. BE (=0), buffer status of UEthe according eNB will reject those EPS bearers with[36.321]. QCI4 for the GBR in the uplink direction. AF11 (=10), This parameter specifies thedirection ID theis greater It is recommended that GBR andofnon-GBR which thereject GBRthose in downlink eNB EPS bearers with logical QCI4 for AF12will (=12), corresponding profile. bearers are notPDCP mapped into the same This parameter gives the priority of the EPS than this value. which the GBR in uplink direction is greater AF13 (=14), channel group, since in this case the data ofthan the bearer according TS23.203. QoS Class Identifier. this value. AF21 (=18), logical channel group are scheduled as non-GBR AF22 (=20), This parameter indicates the given QCI is data and the delay budgetwhether for the GBR bearer AF23 (=22), supported and enabled. cannot be controlled. The AF31Resource (=26), Type indicates whether bearer is a GBR or NON-GBR bearer. the RLC Mode of the This parameter configures AF32 (=28), The Resource Type determines if dedicated data radio bearer. AF33 (=30), This parameter specifies the ID of the network resources related AF41 (=34), RLC profile.to a service or bearer corresponding This is Bit used to configure the are Bucket level Guaranteed Rate (GBR) value AF42parameter (=36), Size Duration (BSD) of the UL scheduler. permanently allocated. Logical(=38), Channel Priority for the MAC scheduler. AF43 For bearers, "schedulBSD" usedby byUE eNB For GBR bearers,the "schedulPrio" isisused for EF GBR (=46) Table to translate S1AP parameter QCI 5 into and UE for the UL scheduling algorithm according the UL scheduling algorithm according [36.321]. QCI characteristics This parameter specifies ID of lower the priority. [36.321]. Increasing priority values the indicate corresponding DRX profile The bucket size of a logical channel This parameter configures the DSCPis calculated If several EPS Services bearers are established for an UE, by PBR * BSD. (Differentiated Code Point) value This parameter enables TTI bundling the QCI is eNB compares the DRX profiles of theif QCIs used associated with the QCI. present inEPS the current bearer combination. Logical Channel Group Identifier for buffer status for those bearers and selects the DRX profile The DSCP valueiswill in each IP bearer packet of If thishighest parameter setbe to set "true" for any reporting with priority This parameter specifies the ID of the sent for the related bearer to S-GW or target eNB. the current bearer combination, the This parameter is used for configuration of the corresponding PDCP profile. This parameter gives of the EPS and measurements for TTI bundling are activated buffer reports ofthe UEpriority according [36.321] List of status IETF based DSCP values (numerical bearer according TS23.203. TTI bundling might be activated. Otherwise TTI QoS Class Identifier values in is decimal): bundling not applied. This (=0), parameter indicates whether the given QCI is BE supported enabled AF11 (=10),and Type The Resource indicates whether a bearer is AF12 (=12), a GBR or a NON-GBR bearer. This parameter configures the RLC Mode of the AF13 (=14), Type The Resource determines if dedicated data radio bearer This parameter specifies the of the or bearer AF21 (=18), network resources related to ID a service corresponding profile AF22parameter (=20), RLC This is Bit used to configure the are Bucket level Guaranteed Rate (GBR) value AF23 (=22), Size Duration (BSD) of the UL scheduler permanently allocated. Logical Channel Priority for the UE scheduler AF31 (=26), The BSD is sent to to UEUE forfor the ULUL scheduling This priority is sent scheduling This parameter specifies howthe the EPS bearer with AF32 (=28), algorithm according to [36.321]. algorithm according for DRB [36.321]. QCI 5 is scheduled. AF33 (=30), This parameter specifies the scheduling weight for The UE calculates the bucket sizelower of a logical Increasing priority values indicate priority. For the scheduling type “SIGNALLING” the bearer AF41 (=34), eNB schedulers channel by PBR * BSD. Table to translate the S1AP parameter QCI 6be into is handled like SRBs. The MAC LCGID shall AF42 (=36), The scheduling weight is used for MAC scheduling QCI characteristics This parameter specifies the IDchannel of set 0 and is used forthe UL priority and DL AF43 (=38), (ULto and DL),schedulPrio and MAC logical corresponding DRX profile scheduling. EF (=46) This parameter configuresinthe handling and multiplexing DLDSCP If several EPS Services bearers established an UE, For the scheduling typeare “NON-GBR” thefor bearer is (Differentiated Code Point) value This parameter enables TTI bundling if QCIs theMAC QCI is eNB compares the DRX profiles of theThe used handled likewith other non-GBR bearers. associated the QCI. present inEPS thenot current bearer combination. Logical Channel Group Identifier forthe buffer status for those bearers selects profile LCGID shall be to be 0and and the schedulWeight is The DSCP value will set in each IP DRX packet If this parameter is set to "true" for any bearer of reporting with the highest priority used for DL scheduling. This parameter specifies of sent for the bearer related bearerthe to ID S-GW or target eNB. the current combination, thethe This parameter is used for configuration of the corresponding PDCP profile. This parameter gives the priority of the EPS and measurements for TTI bundling are activated buffer status reports of UE according [36.321] List of IETF based DSCP values Otherwise (numericalTTI bearer according TS23.203. TTI bundling might be activated. QoS Class Identifier values in is decimal): bundling not applied. BE (=0), AF11 (=10), AF12 (=12), AF13 (=14), AF21 (=18), AF22 (=20),

This parameter indicates whether the given QCI is supported and Type enabled The Resource indicates whether a bearer is a GBR or NON-GBR bearer. This parameter configures the RLC Mode of the The Resource Type determines if dedicated data radio bearer This parameter specifies the of the or bearer network resources related to ID a service corresponding RLC profile This parameter is Bit used to configure the are Bucket level Guaranteed Rate (GBR) value Size Duration (BSD) of the UL scheduler permanently allocated. Logical Channel Priority for the UE scheduler The BSD is sent to to UEthe forUE thefor ULthe scheduling This priority is sent UL weight for This parameter specifies the scheduling algorithm according toaccording [36.321]. scheduling algorithm to DRB [36.321]. eNB schedulers Table to calculates translate the parameter 7 into The UE theS1AP bucket sizeaoflower a QCI logical Increasing priority values indicate priority. The scheduling weight is used for MAC scheduling QCI characteristics channel by PBR * BSD. This parameter specifies the IDchannel of the priority (UL and DL), and MAC logical corresponding DRX profile This parameter configuresinthe handling and multiplexing DLDSCP If several EPS Services bearers are established for a UE, (Differentiated Code Point) value This parameter enables TTI bundling the QCIs QCI is the eNB compares the DRX profiles ofif the associated with the QCI. present inthose the current bearer combination. Logical Channel Group Identifier for buffer status used for EPS bearers and selects the DRX The valueiswill set in each IP bearer packet If thisDSCP parameter setbe to "true" for any of reporting profile with the highest priority This parameter specifies of the sent for the bearer related bearerthe to ID S-GW or target eNB. the current combination, the This parameterPDCP is used for the configuration of the corresponding profile. This parameter gives the priority of the EPS measurements for TTI bundling are activated buffer status reports of the UE according to and List of IETF based DSCP values (numerical bearer according TS23.203. TTI bundling might be activated. Otherwise TTI QoS Class Identifier [36.321] values in is decimal): bundling not applied. This (=0), parameter indicates whether the given QCI is BE supported enabled AF11 (=10),and Type The Resource indicates whether bearer is a AF12 (=12), GBR or NON-GBR bearer. This parameter configures the RLC Mode of the AF13 (=14), Type The Resource determines if dedicated data radio bearer This parameter specifies of the or bearer AF21 (=18), network resources relatedthe to ID a service corresponding profile AF22parameter (=20), RLC This is Bit used to configure the are Bucket level Guaranteed Rate (GBR) value AF23 (=22), allocated. Size Duration (BSD) of the UL scheduler permanently Logical Channel Priority for the UE scheduler AF31 (=26), The BSD is sent to to UEthe forUE thefor ULthe scheduling This priority is sent UL weight for This parameter specifies the scheduling AF32 (=28), algorithm according [36.321]. scheduling algorithm according to DRB [36.321]. eNB schedulers AF33 (=30), TableUE to calculates translate the parameter 8 into The theS1AP bucket sizeaoflower a QCI logical Increasing priority values indicate priority. The scheduling weight is used for MAC AF41characteristics (=34), QCI channel by PBRspecifies * BSD. the ID of the scheduling This parameter (UL and DL), and MAC logical channel priority AF42 (=36), corresponding DRX profileinthe This parameter configures handling and multiplexing DLDSCP AF43 (=38), If several EPS bearers are established for an UE, (Differentiated Services Code Point) value EF (=46) This parameter enables TTI bundling if QCIs the QCI is eNB compares the DRX profiles of the used associated withcurrent the QCI. present in the bearer combination. Logical Channel Group Identifier forthe buffer status for those EPS bearers and selects profile The DSCP value in each IP DRX packet If thishighest parameter iswill setbe to set "true" for any bearer of reporting with priority This parameter specifies the ID of the sent for the related bearer to S-GW or target eNB. the current bearer combination, the This parameterPDCP is used for configuration of the corresponding profile. This parameter gives the priority of the EPS measurements for TTI bundling are activated buffer status reports of the UE according to and List of IETF based DSCP values (numerical bearer according to TS23.203. TTI bundling might be activated. Otherwise TTI QoS Class Identifier [36.321] values in is decimal): bundling not applied. This parameter indicates whether the given QCI is BE (=0), supported enabled AF11 (=10),and Type The Resource indicates whether bearer is a AF12 (=12), GBR or NON-GBR bearer. This parameter configures the RLC Mode of the AF13 (=14), Type The Resource determines if dedicated data radio bearer This parameter specifies of the or bearer AF21 (=18), network resources relatedthe to ID a service corresponding RLC profile AF22 (=20), This parameter is used to configure the are Bucket level Guaranteed Bit Rate (GBR) value AF23Duration (=22), allocated. Size (BSD) of the UL scheduler permanently Logical Channel Priority for the UE scheduler AF31 (=26), The BSD is sent to to thethe UEUE forfor thethe ULUL scheduling This priority is sent This parameter specifies the scheduling weight for AF32 (=28), algorithm according to [36.321]. scheduling algorithm according to DRB [36.321]. eNB schedulers AF33 (=30), Table to calculates translate the parameter 9 into The UE theS1AP bucket sizeaoflower a QCI logical Increasing priority values indicate priority. The scheduling weight used for MAC scheduling AF41 (=34), QCI characteristics channel by PBRspecifies * BSD.is the This parameter ID of the (UL and DL), and MAC logical channel priority AF42 (=36), corresponding DRX profileinthe This parameter configures handling and multiplexing DLDSCP AF43 (=38), If several EPS bearers are established for a UE, (Differentiated Services Code Point) value EF (=46) This parameter enables TTI bundling if the the QCIs QCI is the eNB compares the DRX profiles of associated withcurrent the QCI. present in the bearer combination. Logical Group Identifier for buffer used forChannel those EPS bearers and selects thestatus DRX The value set in each IP bearer packet If thisDSCP parameter iswill setbe to "true" for any of reporting profile with the highest priority This parameter specifies the ID of the sentcurrent for the bearer relatedcombination, bearer to S-GW the the or targetofeNB. This parameter is used for the configuration the corresponding PDCP profile. measurements for TTI bundling are activated and buffer status reports of the UE according to List of IETF based values Otherwise (numericalTTI TTI bundling might DSCP be activated. [36.321] values in decimal): bundling is not applied. BE (=0), AF11 (=10), AF12 (=12), AF13 (=14),

This parameter gives the priority of the EPS bearer according TS23.203. QoS Class Identifier This parameter indicates whether the given QCI is supported and Type enabled The Resource indicates whether bearer is a GBR or NON-GBR bearer. This parameter configures the RLC Mode of the The Resource Type determines if dedicated data radio bearer This parameter specifies of the or bearer network resources relatedthe to ID a service corresponding RLC profile This parameter is Bit used to configure the are Bucket level Guaranteed Rate (GBR) value Size Duration (BSD) of the permanently allocated. Logical Channel Priority for UL thescheduler UE scheduler The BSD is sent to to theUE UEfor for theUL ULscheduling scheduling This priority is sent This parameter specifies the the scheduling weight for algorithm according to [36.321]. algorithm according to DRB [36.321]. eNB schedulers Table to calculates translate the parameter into The UE theS1AP bucket sizeaoflower a QCI logical Increasing priority values indicate priority. The scheduling weight is used for MAC scheduling QCI characteristics for operator-specific QCIs channel by PBR * BSD. This parameter indicates the counter to (UL and DL), and MAC logical channelgroup priority which QCI belongs Delay the target ismultiplexing the maximum packet delay value handling and in DL used by the eNBspecifies MAC scheduling for This parameter the ID of algorithm the GBR bearers. corresponding DRX profile the DSCP This parameter configures eNB ignores this parameter for nonGBR If several EPS bearers are established forOperator an UE, (Differentiated Services Code Point) value This parameter enables TTI bundling if the QCI is QCIs. eNB compares the DRX profiles of the QCIs used associated with the QCI. present inEPS the current bearer combination. This parameter specifies the overhead factor of for those bearers and selects the DRX profile The DSCP valueiswill be in each IP bearer packet of If this parameter set to set "true" for any the downlink GBR in layer 2. with highest priority This parameter specifies the overhead factor of sent for the related bearer to S-GW or target the current bearer combination, the direction eNB. eNB increases the GBR2.in downlink for the uplink GBR in layer Logical Channel Group Identifier for buffer status measurements for TTI bundling are activated and radio layer 2 by the product GBR in downlink eNB the DSCP GBR invalues uplinkOtherwise direction for List ofincreases IETF based (numerical reporting TTI bundling might be activated. TTI This parameter the maximum value of direction L2specifies Overhead Factor DL/100. radio layer 2 by the product GBR inGBR uplink values in and decimal): This parameter is used for configuration ofOperator the bundling is applied. the GBR in not the downlink direction. eNB ignores this parameter for nonGBR This parameter specifies the maximum value of direction and L2 Overhead Factor GBR UL/100. BE (=0), buffer status reports of UEbearers according [36.321] eNB will reject those EPS withtoQCI3 for QCIs. the GBR in the uplink direction. eNB ignores this parameter for nonGBR Operator AF11 (=10), This parameter specifies thedirection ID of theis greater which thereject GBRthose in downlink eNB will EPS bearers with QCI3 for QCIs. AF12 (=12), corresponding PDCP profile. This parameter gives thedirection priority the EPS for than this value. eNB ignores this of parameter which the GBR in uplink is greater AF13 (=14), If the RLC mode is set to "RLC_AM", this than bearer according TS23.203. nonGBR Operator QCIs. QoSvalue. Class Identifier this eNB ignores this range parameter AF21 (=18), parameter has to in for the {1, 2,for 3, 4, 5}. This parameter is set used GBR congestion nonGBR Operator QCIs. AF22 (=20), This parameter indicates whether the given If the RLC mode is set to "RLC_UM", this handling and is ignored for nonGBR bearers.QCI is AF23 (=22), supported and parameter has enabled to be set in range {102, 103, 104}. The AF31Resource (=26), Type indicates whether bearer is a GBR or NON-GBR bearer. the RLC Mode of the This parameter configures AF32 (=28), The Resource Type determines if dedicated data radio bearer AF33 (=30), This parameter specifies the ID of the network resources related AF41 (=34), RLC profile to a service or bearer corresponding This parameter is used to configure the are Bucket level Guaranteed Bit Rate (GBR) value AF42 (=36), Size Duration (BSD) of the UL scheduler permanently allocated. Logical(=38), Channel Priority for the UE scheduler AF43 The BSD is sent to to theUE UEfor for theUL ULscheduling scheduling This priority is sent EF (=46) This parameter specifies the the scheduling weight for algorithm according to [36.321]. algorithm according to DRB [36.321]. eNB schedulers This parameter selects whether Target eNodeB The UE calculates the bucket sizeaoflower a logical Increasing priority values indicate priority. The scheduling is used for MACRACH scheduling shall provide andweight a dedicated channel by PBR *reserve BSD. Defines the minimal number of seconds after (UL and DL), and from MAC logical channel priority preamble for HO which a1recovery resetUTRAN. caninbe Profile of RLC parameters fortriggered. DRBs in RLC AM handling and multiplexing DL In case no dedicated RACH preamble is provided mode This parameter specifies the parameter UE will perform contention based RACH access. Note: When setting the parameter valuepollPDU to 10000 of [36.331] If a dedicated RACH preamble is provided Identity of the RLC profile (unlimited delay), the recovery reset will be UE will The parameter PDUbased defines the number of perform non-contention RACH access as performed afterPoll all snapshot This parameter specifies theainformation parameter t-is RLC PDUs that are sent on logical channel for intra LTE handover. collected. This setting must be used with care. pollRetransmit ofspecifies [36.331] This parameter to t- reserve before theinRLC polling bitthe is Note parameter that case eNodeB is set. configured This timer is RACH used by the transmitting side of that an StatusProhibit of [36.331] a dedicated preamble it may happen This parameter specifies the parameter tAM RLC entity in order to retransmit a poll. This timer isofused bydedicated the receiving side of an AM eNodeB runs out of RACH preambles. Reordering [36.331] Profile 101minimum of RLC parameters for DRBs in be RLC The used value of the timer shall RLC entity in order to prohibit transmission of a In this case contention based RACH access will This timer is used by the receiving side ofwith an AM UM mode larger than the calculated round-trip time Identity of the RLC profile STATUS PDU be used as fallback solution. RLC entity for reordering, PDU loss detection and considerations of HARQ retransmissions and outThis parameter configures the length of the SN delay of STATUS PDU transmission. This timer of-sequence arrival. The value of the timer shall field for RLC UM procedures inlength downlink direction. depends on HARQ RTT and of This parameter configures thenumber of HARQ the SN be larger than twice of the timerReorder. If UE does not support the value “5bit”, the value retransmissions. field for RLC UMspecifies procedures in uplink direction. This parameter the parameter t“10bit” is used. If UE does not support the value “5bit”, the value Reordering of [36.331] “10bit” is used. This timer is used by the receiving side of an UM RLC entity for reordering and PDU loss detection. This timer depends on HARQ RTT and number of HARQ retransmissions.

Profile 2 of RLC parameters for DRBs in RLC UM mode. Identity of the RLC profile. This parameter configures the length of the SN field RLC UMconfigures procedures downlink direction. This for parameter theinlength of the SN If UE does not support the value “5bit”, the value field for RLC UM procedures in uplink direction. This parameter specifies the parameter t“10bit” is used. If UE does not support the value “5bit”, the value Reordering of [36.331] Profile 3 of RLC paremeters for DRBs in RLC UM “10bit” is used. This timer is used by the receiving side of an UM mode. Identity of the profile.and PDU loss detection. RLC entity for RLC reordering parameter configures the RTT length of number the SN of This timer depends on HARQ and field for RLC UM procedures in downlink direction. HARQ retransmissions. This parameter configures the length of the SN If UE does not support the value “5bit”, the value field for RLC UM procedures in uplink direction. This parameter specifies the parameter t“10bit” is used. If UE does not support the value “5bit”, the value Reordering of [36.331] Profile 4 of RLC paremeters for DRBs in RLC UM “10bit” is used. This timer is used by the receiving side of an UM mode. Identity of the profile.and PDU loss detection. RLC entity for RLC reordering parameter configures the RTT length of number the SN of This timer depends on HARQ and field for RLC UM procedures in downlink direction. HARQ retransmissions. This parameter configures the length of the SN If UE does not support the value “5bit”, the value field for RLC UM procedures in uplink direction. This parameter specifies the parameter t“10bit” is used. If UE does not support the value “5bit”, the value Reordering of [36.331] Profile 2 of RLC parameters for DRBs in RLC AM “10bit” is used. This timer is used by the receiving side of an UM mode This specifies the pollPDU RLC parameter entity for reordering andparameter PDU loss detection. of [36.331] Identity of the RLC profile This timer depends on HARQ RTT and number of The parameter Poll PDU defines the number of HARQ retransmissions. This parameter theaparameter tRLC PDUs that specifies are sent on logical channel pollRetransmit [36.331] This parameter parameter tbefore the RLCofspecifies polling bitthe is set. This timer is used by the transmitting side of an StatusProhibit ofspecifies [36.331] This parameter the parameter tAM RLC entity in order retransmit a poll. This timer isofused by thetoreceiving side of an AM Reordering [36.331] Profile 3 ofminimum RLC parameters for DRBs in RLC AM The used value of the timer shall be RLC entity order to prohibit transmission ofAM a This timer isin used by the receiving side ofwith an mode larger than the calculated round-trip time This parameter specifies the parameter pollPDU STATUS PDU RLC entity for reordering, PDU loss detection and considerations of HARQ retransmissions and outof [36.331] Identity of the RLC profile delay of STATUS PDU transmission. This timer of-sequence arrival. The value of the the number timer shall The parameter Poll RTT PDU defines of depends on HARQ and number of HARQ This parameter specifies the parameter tbe larger than twice of the timerReorder. RLC PDUs that are sent on a logical channel retransmissions. pollRetransmit [36.331] This parameter parameter tbefore the RLCofspecifies polling bitthe is set. This timer is used by the transmitting side of an StatusProhibit of [36.331] ThisRLC parameter the parameter tAM inspecifies order retransmit a poll. This timerentity isofused by thetoreceiving side of an AM Reordering [36.331] Profile 4 of RLC parameters for DRBs in RLC AM The used minimum value of the timer shall be RLC entityisinused orderby tothe prohibit transmission ofAM a This timer receiving side ofwith an mode larger than the calculated round-trip time This parameter specifies the parameter pollPDU STATUS PDU RLC entity for reordering, PDU loss detection and considerations of HARQ retransmissions and outof [36.331] Identity of the RLC profile delay of STATUS PDU transmission. This timer of-sequence arrival. The value of the the number timer shall The parameter Poll RTT PDU defines of depends on HARQ and number of HARQ This parameter specifies the parameter tbe larger than twice of the timerReorder. RLC PDUs that are sent on a logical channel retransmissions. pollRetransmit [36.331] This parameter parameter tbefore the RLCofspecifies polling bitthe is set. This timer is used by the transmitting side of an StatusProhibit of [36.331] This parameter the parameter tAM RLC inspecifies order retransmit a poll. This timerentity isofused by thetoreceiving side of an AM Reordering [36.331] Profile 5 ofminimum RLC parameters for DRBs in RLC AM The used value of the timer shall be RLC entity order to prohibit transmission ofAM a This timer isin used by the receiving side ofwith an mode larger than the calculated round-trip time This parameter specifies the parameter pollPDU STATUS PDU RLC entity for reordering, PDU loss detection and considerations of HARQ retransmissions and outof [36.331] Identity of the RLC profile delay of STATUS PDU transmission. This timer of-sequence arrival. The value of the the number timer shall The parameter Poll RTT PDU defines of depends on HARQ and number of HARQ This parameter specifies the parameter tbe larger than twice of the timerReorder. RLC PDUs that are sent on a logical channel retransmissions. pollRetransmit [36.331] This parameter parameter tbefore the RLCofspecifies polling bitthe is set. This timer is used by the transmitting side of an StatusProhibit ofspecifies [36.331] This parameter the parameter tAM RLC in order retransmit a poll. This timerentity isofused by thetoreceiving side of an AM Reordering [36.331] If forused an eNB cell allto configured PLMN IDs are The minimum value of the timer shall be RLC entity order prohibit transmission ofAM a This timer isin used by the receiving side ofwith an unavailable on S1 interface for the duration given larger than the calculated round-trip time This parameter defines the period of the SCell STATUS PDU RLC entity for reordering, PDU loss detection and by "s1InducedCellDeactDelayTime", the eNB considerations HARQ retransmissions and cell outActivation cycle.of This parameter defines the Method to be used delay of STATUS PDU transmission. This timer is deactivated. of-sequence arrival. The value of the timer shallfor The parameter value is inand seconds. SCell Activation. depends on HARQ RTT number HARQ This timer controls the deactivation ofofSecondary be larger than twice ofused the timerReorder. This parameter is not when activated "blind" means that SCell is blindly and it retransmissions. Cell for Carrier Aggregation configured UEs. "sCellActivationMethod" is never re-activated afteris set to "blind". "sCellDeactivationTimereNB" expiration. The timer behaves in the same way as the SCell "nonGBRBufferBased" means SCellbut result deactivation timer defined in TSthat 36.321, activation is triggered depending on is explicit SCell deactivation by MACthe CEnon-GBR instead data in buffer. of the SCell Activation of implicit SCellPeriod deactivation in order to avoidcycle eNB is configured in "sCellActivationCyclePeriod". - UE misalignment due to ambiguous HARQ

The parameter selects how the ambiguous HARQ feedback UE with active Cell SCell related to DL Number ofofSteps for an Graceful Shutdown transmission is interpreted for the purpose of Time Interval forInactivity StepwiseTimer. Output Power controlling DRX Reduction Graceful Cell Shutdown Defines thefor number of system supported LNADJ instances (enbControlled + oamControlled). If set to conservative, the ambiguous HARQ is The configured WCDMA system information feedback is interpreted as DTX for the purpose of sent to the UE with thefor RRC Connection Release Physical cell identifier which the system controlling the timer. If set to aggressive, the message in applies. all kinds of redirection to WCDMA. information WCDMA system information which is ambiguous HARQ feedback interpreted as in The setting applies for all LTEis cells of included the eNB. the Release NACK forConnection the purpose of controlling the timer. ThisRRC timer is started when eNBmessage. receives a validIt is expected that the aggressive settingReport will favor the RAN-INFORMATION/Initial Multiple PDU. This timer is started when RIM procedure for ais The parameter must be added as character string UE throughput of UEs with an active SCell. It This timer is restarted whenoreNB receives GERAN neighbor cellwhen fails ends. This timer is RAN-INFORMATION/Multiple started eNB sends'0x', out afavor RANin hexadecimal notation with leading expected that the conservative setting willwhere subsequent Report When theoctet timertwo expires the eNB re-starts RANINFORMATION-REQUEST/Mutiple Report for each character must be configured, cell throughput. Guard against failure of the MME to Report respond in PDU. INFORMATION-REQUEST/Multiple message. with a minimum length ofthe one octet. preparation phase of S1 handover tocell. GSMthein When the timer expires eNB re-sends Guard against failure of the MME to respond procedure for the GERAN neighbor When the string timer expires thedefined eNB re-sends the The octet has to be according to Timer TS1RELOCprep_InterRAT is used to guard RAN-INFORMATION-REQUEST/Multiple Report preparation phase ofnRimRirG(see intra LTE S1tohandover Guard against failure of the MME respond in RIM message up to [CCPM.9031]) TS25.331 section 10.2.48a. against failure of thelength MMEistoset preparation PDU. Timer isrespond used guard Note: IfTS1RELOCprep_LTE this phase timer’s to atoto short value preparation of S1 handover another times. The maximum bound for calculation phase of S1 handover to tag another 3GPP RAT. Itvalid is Refer [RIM.359]. against failure of the re-sending MME to timer respond preparation (e.g. 5to minutes), the RIM PDUs may 3GPP RAT for RLC-AM DRBs. started in the source eNB when the S1AP: The maximum tag timer phase of intra bound LTE handover. Itcalculation is against started invalid visibly increase the S1 link traffic. Timer tS1relprepIrat isfor used to guard HANDOVER REQUIRED is sent to the for RLC-UM DRBs. the source eNB when the message S1AP: HANDOVER This timer delays the continuation of the failure of the MME to respond preparation phase MME and is message stopped when thetoS1AP: REQUIRED is sent the MME and is admission control for pre-empted bearers. of S1 handover to another 3GPP RAT. It is started This parameter determines HANDOVER COMMAND orwhether S1AP: TTI bundling stopped when the S1AP: HANDOVER If eNB sends the S1AP E-RAB in the eNB whenmessage the S1AP: HANDOVER can besource started via intra-cell handover inter-in PREPARATION FAILURE message iswhile received Controls theINDICATION handling of TX path failures. COMMAND or S1AP: PREPARATION FAILURE RELEASE for pre-empted bearers REQUIRED message is sent to the MME and frequency or inter-RAT measurements are response. If the timer expires the handover is is to message is received inRSSI response. If the timer Sets an upper limit for received from a UE. If MME, the MME needs time to release the stopped when the S1AP: HANDOVER ongoing. aborted or cancelled. If set to the "keepCellInService" a Until cell expires handover is aborted or remains cancelled. exceeded, the command indicates indicated bearers inpower the EPC. the release -1 of COMMAND or next S1AP: PREPARATION FAILURE If voiceSuppMatchInd is set to 'supported' enabled as as long asin atresponse. least one TX path dB UL power change even if the current UL power a bearer S-GW might still send downlink data message is received If the timer (respectively 'notSupported'), eNB shall set Time to the trigger deactivation ofthen all measurements carrying PSS/SSS is operating. is insufficient for reaching Target SINR. packets for this bearer eNB. The expected expires handover istoaborted or cancelled. the 'Voice Support Match Indicator' IE in avalid, S1AP: Duration for which the event A1 timer must be Time to trigger activation of GERAN avarage time is covered by this that delays UE RADIO CAPABILITY MATCH RESPONSE such that Inter-Frequency/Inter-RAT If set to "disableCell" cell is disabled if atbyleast measurements the continuation of specific thea admisison Time during RSRP control criteria for the the message to which 'Supported' (respectively to 'Not measurements are deactivated one TX path is not operable. Duration for which the event A2 must be valid, given timer value. event A2 needs to be met in order to trigger a Supported') Duration for which the event A2 must be valid, such that GSMreport measurements are activated measurement If voiceSuppMatchInd is set torequires 'errorIndication', such additional InterFrequency Note that changing the mode "BTS Time to trigger activation of WCDMA then eNB shall answer to a S1AP: UE RADIO measurements are activated restart". measuremenrts Duration for which theREQUEST event A2 must CAPABILITY MATCH with be an valid, ERROR Duration for which the event A2 must be valid, such that redirect is raised INDICATION message Handover margin for better cell HO.are in If txPathFailureMode is configured toUsed such that WCDMA measurements activated measurement type A3will where the in event is 'keepCellInService' the cell be kept service This parameterevent defines the interval with which triggered when the neighbor cell becomes better in following configurations for a TX path failure: measurement are repeatedly sent as long Time for serving whichreports the specific criteria the than the cell byfor the value offor the A3 offset. -asdlMimoMode is configured to: "TXDiv", "4-way the specific criteria the measurement measurement event A3 must be met in"Closed orderevent to Defines the interval with which measurement TXDiv", "Dynamic Open Loop MIMO", A3 are amet. Value definitions as stated in 3GPPas trigger measurement report. Value definitions reports are repeatedly sent as long(4x2)" asthe the specific Loop Mimo", "Closed Loop MIMO and Time for which the specific criteria for TS36.331: value MS120 corresponds to 120 ms, stated in 3GPP TS36.331: value MS0 corresponds criteria for theand measurement event A5 are met. - for FSMr2 FSMr3: syncSigTxMode is to measurement event A5 must be met in order MS240 to 240 ms and so on, while value MIN1 Access class barring for mobile originating CS to 0 ms, MS40 to 40 ms and so on. Value definitions stated 3GPP TS36.331: configured toto "TxDix" and atinto least one TX so path trigger a measurement report. Value definitions corresponds 1 as min, MIN6 6 min and on.isas fallback. Access class barring list (5 bit) for originating calls. value MS120 corresponds to 120 ms, MS240 to still operable while actOtdoa is set to "false" or stated in 3GPPclass TS36.331: value MS0 corresponds Set of Access barring Parameter for mobile Access class barring list (5 bit) for originating calls 240 ms and so on, while value MIN1 corresponds (actOtdoa is set to "true" and actPrsTxDiv set to Defines access barring time. to 0 ms, the MS40 to 40class ms and so on. originating CS fallback. for AC 11-15 (leftmost bit is for AC 11, the second to 1 min, MIN6 to 6 min and so on. "true") The access class barring time the time Defines the forand a UEdefines toon...). establish an bit theaccess list probability is for AC 12, or inthe that barring check so remains RRC connection. Access classisbarring forUE MMTEL video"SingleTx" originating The no access class barred. - fordefault FSMr3: syncSigTxMode equals unsuccessful while the is not performing an The access probability factor defines the calls. and the TX path which transmits the Access class barring list (5 bit) for originating calls. emergency call. In this case, the UE starts timer probability for aClass UE toParameter establish for an RRC Set ofusing Access MMTEL video synchronization signallist (PSS/SSS) is operable Access class barring (5 bit) for originating calls T303 this parameter. Timer value in minutes. Defines thecalls. access class barring time. connection. originating for AC 11-15 (leftmost bit is for AC 11, the second access class barring time defines the time The UE draws a random (0establish = rand
Access class barring for originating calls. Access class barring list (5 bit) for originating calls for 11-15class (leftmost bit is for defines AC 11, the TheAC access barring time the second time bit inthe theaccess list is for AC 12, and so on...). that barring check remains The access probability factor defines the The default is while no access class barred. unsuccessful the UE is not performing an probability for a for UEsignaling. to establish an RRC Access barring emergency call. In this case, the UE starts timer connection. Access class barring list (5 bit) for(0 signaling T303 using this Timer value in minutes. The UE draws aparameter. random number = rand
This parameter is used to lock and unlock the ethernet It defineslink theinterface. minimum power level that a UE Locking the deactivates it. cell for should reportinterface from a measured UTRA considering the corresponding PCI, respectively Determines which UEs shall be actively sent to UL Administrative stateUTRA rules for correctcell candidate. PSC, as a possible neighbor out-of-sync state provided that bearer combination This is a list of blacklisted intra-frequency configurations: (Mapping between the UE measured RSCP and and applied DRX profile allows for this. neighbouring cells for active mode mobility. Cells •extendedDrxOnly: Module FSMx This parameter is to3GPP allow blacklisting the Outdoor SFS values is introduced according to TS only UEs being configured with are identified by their PCI. 1. ETHLK 0-1 must atonly FSMx can be “unlocked” ifstill for X2-Handover other HO variants are 25.133/25.123) This parameter be configured for an interextended settings for the long DRX cycle, i.e. long Basic module FSMx present. allowed The dBm value is mapped to the 3GPP IE value frequency cell. It will be taken as an intraDRX cycle durations larger than 80ms Indicates the0-2 number of PCIs in the range if is 2. at FSMx can be “unlocked” If setETHLK toall "all" the respective entry inset blacklistHoL according to TS 25.133: frequency cell ifbeing this parameter isfor to provided allDrx: UEs configured DRX (including startPCI). If Parameter rangePCI is only Basic module FSMx present and enable lowest PCI in theTopology. range valid for allthe kinds of Handover If set *Indicates -120 dBm means ais threshold lower than -120to ownCarrierFreq that applied DRX profile allows one, PCI (startPCI) specified. RP301Interface = false and if (TRS sub-module "onlyX2", handover to the respective entry in dBm all Defines theUEs pointer to PRB from allUEs: independently of where DRX the CQIFTIF/FTLF present andbe ETHLK 1-1 =dBm “locked” and blacklistHoL shall only excluded as targets for *Defines values the between -119 dBm and -25 mean a allocation starts to leave some PRBs free and configuration provided that bearer combination timers used to control mobility to target ETHLK 1-3 = “locked”). X2-based handover but may still be used as threshold lower than the configured value but therefore avoid interference with neighbor bands. allows. CDMA2000 procedure. 3. ETHLK 1-1 at Flexible FTIF/FTLF “unlocked” Defines the amount of thecan eNodeB waits forifa for S1 based higher than equal to time the UL (value -be 1 dB) When set toor 0handover. the Bandwidth feature TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK measurement report for 1x Circuit Switched *is -24 dBm means a threshold higher than or equal Defines the amount of time the eNodeB waits for deactivated. 1-3 isparameter “locked and ETHLK 0-2 = from “locked””. Fallback (CSFB) be received the UE. This istoonly evaluated for message inter eNodeB to -25 dBm the Downlink CDMA2000 Tunneling after Defines the which amount ofbe time thecan eNodeB waits 4. ETHLK 1-2 at FTIF/FTLF be “unlocked” target cells can used as target for X2-to if sending the Uplink Handover Preparation Transfer The physical allocation policy on the RF of the release the context after sending the Mobility TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK Defines the amount of eNodeB waits to Handover asUE well asfrom fortime S1-Handover message (received thethe UE) toRadio the MME. PRB defined by blankedPucch follows that typical From Evolved Universal Terrestrial Access 1-4 is “locked”. receive an Uplink (UL) Handover Preparation Intra-frequency timer EUTRA. of PUCCHCommand PRBreselection resources, which areUE. (EUTRA) message toafter the 5. ETHLK 1-3 at FTIF/FTLF can besending “unlocked” Transfer message from the UE a if symmetrically distributed at the edges of the given The cell reselection timerPreparation (t-ReselectionEUTRAN) TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present, ETHLK Handover From EUTRA Request system BW. by this factor if the UE is in the 1-1 is multiplied is “locked” ETHLK 0-2(t-ReselectionEUTRAN) = “locked”. The cell reselection message toand theblankedPucch UE. timer In other terms resources are medium high1-4 mobility state. 6. ETHLK at FTIF/FTLF be “unlocked” if is multiplied by this factor if UE is same in the way The cell barred ifcan the cell status is as distributed at theflag BWindicates edgesthe the very TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK medium mobility state. barred or not. A barredby cell is value a cell that a UE is the resources defined nCqiRb (ofthat which they This parameter indicates the classifies 1-2 is “locked”. not allowed to camp on, not even for emergency are a subset) the cell capacity with regards to theserved other cells of Cell Individual Offset (CIO) cell for calls. Ifset a cell on which a UEoffrom isown currently camped When to values different 0 all the PRBs the eUTRAN. The Cell Capacity Class Value only insertion into the CIO Cell List of EUTRA Serving This allows the operator totriggered. give cell a becomes barred, a cell reselection from parameter 0 upresources to "blankedPucch" value is are not used indicates that are configured for a traffic Carrier Measurement Object •unique Indoor Module FSIx name. by the PUCCH allocation algorithm for allocating The cell reselection priority defines the purposes. Only if CIO is from zero, will the eNB 1. ETHLK 0-1different at FSIx canparameter be “unlocked” if Basic the periodic CQI. absolute priority of the serving layer. 0 means the consider it forpresent Measurement Configuration. Module FSIx and ETHLK 0-3blankedPucch is “locked”. In otherpriority. words all those PRBs up to lowest 2. ETHLK 0-2 at FSIx can be “unlocked” are skipped by the periodic CQI allocation if Basic Module FSIx present ETHLK 0-4 is “locked”. Reset request for CellandRATs algorithm. Equal priorities not supported 3. ETHLK 0-3between at FSIx can beare “unlocked” if Basic Will be downloaded with current timestamp Identifier oftothe cell resource group profile to according [3GPP 36.304]. Module FSIx present and ETHLK 0-1 is “locked”. indicated reset request, request will the receive Example: blankedPucch =shall 6 would mean that (CRGPR) instance whichnew apply for cell The parameter activates the be feature LTE1382 'Cell 4. 0-4will at start FSIx can “unlocked” if Basic new ETHLK timestamp and therfeore cause parameter CQI-allocation from the seventh PRB, the resource groups' and selects the resource sharing Module FSIx present and ETHLK 0-2 is “locked”. Minimum required quality level and quality level change. PRB #6. mode. 5. ETHLK 0-5 FSIx canautomatically, be “unlocked” if Basic offset in the cell. Cell reset willup betoatexceuted since All the PRB the PRB#6 excluded (three at Offset to the signaled qQualMinR9 taken The feature allows pre-reservation of cell into module FSIx present and enable RP301Interface Not recognized by UEs < Rel9. parameter change requires cell lock/unlock. each BW edge accordingly to PUCCH physical account in the Squal evaluation as a result of a Minimum quality level in cell. group. resources in admission control perthe PLMN = falseisand TRS sub-module FIIF present and String inrequired human readable format, e.g. allocation policy) are left free, to avoid periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while Not recognized by UEs < ETHLK Rel9. Request ETHLK 1-1=”locked” Define the admitted Scheduling Cell reset requested :and YYYYMMDD hhnnss by interferences with in neighbor bands1-2=”locked. supported camped normally a VPLMN. 6. ETHLK 1-1 at FIIF can be “unlocked” ifrequest TRS periodicity in the cell, once the scheduling where YYYYMMDD hhnnss is timestamp. otherrecognized radio technologies. This parameter allows the operator to specify the Not by UEs < Rel9. sub-module FIIF present, ETHLK 1-2 is “locked” reporting has been set to enable size of an LTE cell. O&M switchRP301Interface for is enabling / disabling aperiodic and enable = false and ETHLKin0This parameter part ofblanked The configuration of the PRBs region CQI / RI / PMI reporting on PUSCH. 5= “locked”. Corresponds to cqi-ReportingModeAperiodic of sr-ConfigIndex one operators be the same for all This parameternetwork is used shall for preparing the UE 7. ETHLK 1-2 atTS FIIF canindicator be “unlocked” if TRS 3GPP-36.213. CQI format for aperiodic Parameter . See 36.213 [23,10.1]. the cells having same E-UTRA Operating Band, Sets theIECQI Reporting Periodicity Np foraccording CQI History during an outgoing handover, sub-module FIIF present ETHLK 1-1 iscarrier reporting on PUSCH. Theand operator can choose Operator define periodicity and system define an same channel bandwidth and same center reporting. to LTE1768. Periodic subband CQI cycles K “locked” and enable RP301Interface =bandwidth false and one of the 2 family modes available, the MIMO allocation offset insame time,; these two lelements frequency (that is Transmission Range is now extended up to include the 80ms Between consecutive wideband ETHLK 0-5= “locked”. O&M switch for enabling simultaneous algorithm embedded inperiodic RRM chooses the effective combined define the above mentioned sr-CQI configuration according to/ disabling 3GPP-36.104). periodicity option. It will be also considered reporting occurrences each subband CQI report Note: Ifbased ETHLK 0-5 at FSIx is/ “unlocked” and TRS transmission of periodic CQI RI / PMI feedback mode on the UE capabilities and the family ConfigIndex SEQUENCE (seetimes values below) ifdFListPucch: the feature LTE1140 'Intra-frequency load might be transmitted as many as the this to sub-module FIIF gets added, then … if and HARQ ACK/NACK on PUCCH. mode chosen by the operator and forwards In case ofUE, contemporary activation offormat the LTE46: For each the RRCfor algorithm calculate and balancing' is activated deriving the The parameter defines the transport parameter shows. enableRP301Interface is true then it is used as UE; FTB1 the reporting mode 2.x, In order to selects avoid PUCCH overbooking the Channel-aware Scheduler (UL) feature oneFTB2 must add to this parameter a co-efficient. specific NOffset,CQI, corresponding cellBeta dependent offset in power control for PUCCH rp3 interface else ETHLK 0-2 is locked and The parameter defines the transport format selects the reporting mode 3.x; x is determined rules should bechoice respected: take ofon the correct of themacro'/'eICIC SRS depending the UE offset allocation within theby iffollowing thecare features LTE1113/1496 'eICIC format 1.module ports are used dependent offset in power control for PUCCH the MIMO algorithm internal in eNB. ifexternal riEnable is set to 'true' configuration todefines avoid that signal is sentindex The parameter theSRS transport format chosen periodicity determining the iCQI/PMI micro' are activated. format 1b. -value maxNumRrc + max (addAUeRrHo,addAUeTcHo) within the blanked RF area. offset in power control for PUCCH to be sent to UE. ifdependent the feature LTE1768 'Mobility robustness The parameter defines the transport format Module <= n1PucchAn * cellSrPeriod format 2.FSIHping-pong' optimization is activated. dependent power control for PUCCH 1. ETHLKoffset 0-1 atinFSIH can be “unlocked” if Basic EXAMPLE: ifformat the feature LTE1800 'Downlink interference 2a. Module FSIH present and ETHLK 0-3 is “locked”. eNB will not check these only rulesiCQI/PMI when by default of 20ms index shaping' isvalue activated. 2. ETHLK 0-2 atisFSIH can be “unlocked” if Basic actCompChecks false. values among 17 and 36 will be allocated by Module FSIH present and ETHLK 0-4 is “locked”. CQI/PMI allocation algorithm. 3. ETHLK 0-3 at FSIH can be “unlocked” if Basic Module FSIH present and ETHLK 0-1 is “locked”. In order to avoid PUCCH overbooking the 4. ETHLK 0-4 at FSIH can be “unlocked” if Basic following rules should be respected:

The parameter defines the transport format dependent offset in power control forallowed PUCCH This is the maximum number of the format 2b. dedicated Requests. this limit is The defaultScheduling paging cycle defines Once the cell-specific exceeded, UE releases all PUCCH resources. the paging DRX cycle duration. It also determines Used for the of to 4 transmissions, 8n The value 4ncalculation corresponds maximum paging DRX duration applicable in the P0_NOMINAL_PUSCH(j=2) PUSCH This is a deltatocyclic shift for for PUCCH formats corresponds 8 transmissions and so on. cell. (re)transmission corresponding to the random 1/1a/1b. The shift is the cyclic shift difference Enabling/disabling the 36.304. transportValue format Referred to as ' T grant. ' of in TS rf32 access response between two adjacent ACK/NACK/Scheduling Indirectly provides the UE-specific maximum time dependent offset on a per UE basis. If this corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64 corresponds Enables/disables downlink 64same QAM modulation Request resources using the orthogonal within which the UE must receive a calculation valid uplinkinfor parameter is "true", PUSCH power to 64 radio frames and so on. link adaptation incan PDSCH. Sets the power reduction from antenna cover sequence and be decided considering grant for apower new use transmission onthe UL-SCH. If this UE uplink control equation (P1) takes the maximum TX power. multipath delay spreads for the given cell time expires, the UE releases PUCCH resources Transport Block size in account during the power deployment. and no longer performs a dedicated calculation. Downlink channel bandwidth definesScheduling the DL Request, but instead performs a random in access bandwidth for the eNode-B transmission cell, The parameter dlInterferenceEnable is usedaby for Scheduling Request. This time is calculated and also defines the number of available Physical enabling and disabling The dlInterferenceLevel parameter cell Scheduling Requestinterference periodicity defines *generation dedicatedin Resource Blocks. downlink. percentage of physical resource blocks (PRB) SR transmission maximum. The dlInterferenceModulation parameter defines downlink channel bandwidth mapping to that are used for downlink data and interference modulation scheme totransmission/mimo be usedBlocks for generated number of Physical Resource is: mode Cell specific downlink transmission. downlink interference. That is, for a non-existing 1.4 MHz = 6 DL PRBS The used DLfor mimo mode for each physical O&M switch enabling downlink UE the downlink interference is transmitted. 3.0 MHz = the 15 DL PRBS / disabling channel is following: Outer loop Link Quality Control which is acting This is a = trigger 5.0 MHz 25 DLcondition PRBS for power headroom based on the 1st transmission HARQnamed result, that submission due to pathloss change; 10.0 MHz = 50 DL PRBS Transmission power of the PhysicalAll Control SingleTx: Single Stream Downlink: downlink is, 1stMHz transmission BLER. ULATB_DLPL_CHANGE in RRM SFS. 15.0 = 75 DL PRBS Format Indicator Channel is boosted by set value physical channels are transmitted using thisARQ mode; Transmission power of the Physical Hybrid 20.0 MHz = 100 DL PRBS Indicator Channel is boosted by set value Transmission the downlink reference TXDiv: Single power StreamofDownlink Transmit Diversity signals in a cell is boosted by set value Following configuration rules need to becompared for two antennas using Transmission Mode 2. to PDSCH considered: 4-way TXDiv: Single Stream Downlink Transmit FSMD: Diversity for four TX antennas using Transmission maximum Mode 2. downlink channel bandwidth is 10 MHz ifPlease more note than that 2 cells are configured. "4-way TXDiv" must not be configured in dual band configurations. FSME: maximum downlink is 10 Loop MHz Dynamic Open Loopchannel MIMO: bandwidth Dynamic Open ifMIMO: more SRB1 than 3(DCCH) cells areand configured. RBs(DTCH) on PDSCH are transmitted using either Single Stream Cell bandwidth 1.4 Diversity MHz or 3or MHz: Downlink Transmit Dual Stream MIMO -with is only supported with FSMF spatial multiplexing depending on radio - is not supported with 4 TX/RX configuration conditions; SRB0 (CCCH), BCCH and PCCH on -PDSCH is not supported withphysical WCDMA RF sharing and all other channels are -transmitted all LNCEL using instances of Stream the eNBDownlink must be Single configured withBlock the same Transmittarget Diversity; Defines Errorbandwidth. Ratio (BLER) for If dlMimoMode is set to "Dynamic Open Loop downlink Link Adaptation in Used with Defines the default Channelpercents. Quality Indicator Cell bandwidth 1.4 MHz: MIMO", mimoOlCqiThD, mimoOlCqiThU, downlink Outer loop Link Quality Control (OLQC) (CQI) value for Link Adaptation use. -functionality. is notswitch supported with GSM RF sharing O&M for downlink enabling / disabling downlink mimoOlRiThD, mimoOlRiThU are relevant. Default Default CQI is used when there is no valid CQI Adaptive Modulation and Coding. values will be used if no dedicated values are Sets the compensation 'TXDiv', '4-way TXDiv', available, that is, CQI in report is not received or it If a 'SuperCell' is a activated (LNCEL-actSuperCell configured. 2x2 MIMO SM and 4x2 whether MIMO SM case into the Parameter to configure common channel is too old. set to 'true') the bandwidth usage is limited to 10 DL power control. signalling (SI, paging RACH ) use DCI format 1A MHz and 20 MHz. Target value for Outer Loop Delay Target Closed Loop Mimo: Dynamic Closed LoopControl. MIMO: or 1C on PDCCH. This defines aCoverage probability of packets SRB1parameter (DCCH) and RBs(DTCH) PDSCH are Determines whether PRBs partlyon allocated for Compensation of MIMO effects for exceeding ausing set delay target. transmitted either Single Stream Downlink transmission of Primary (PSS) and Secondary MIMO Spatial Multiplexing and MIMO Diversity This parameter determines whether the device Currently only DCI format 1C on PDCCH is Transmit Diversity or Single or Dual Stream MIMO synchronization Signals (SSS) and Physical The parameter determines the power type "noBenFromBatConsumpOpt" of the UE shall supported. Profile 1 of DRX configuration parameters. with Closed Loop spatial multiplexing depending Broadcasting Channel (BPCH) should be used in compensation factor for antenna-specific be considered for DRX configuration. Profile forconditions disabling DRX. on radio and UE category; SRB0 DRX profile index. dynamic scheduling. maximum power in case of a downlink Such an UE does not foresee to particularly (CCCH), BCCH andaatPCCH on PDSCH and allThis Uniquely identifies DRX profile. transmission using least two TX antennas. DRX profile priority. benefit from NW-based battery consumption other physical channels are transmitted using It is recommended to stay with the default value means that every single subcarrier power optimisation. Profile 101 of DRX configuration parameters. Single Stream Downlink Transmit Diversity. 'PRBs with PSS orthe SSS andantenna PBCHtoused' if if a determined for multiple TX transmission Applied to identify DRX profile be used Profile for intra-frequency ANR dlChBw is LTE set to '3factor. MHz'. is reduced by this The parameter not UE has multiple bearers If drxApplyDeviceType is established. set to "APPLY" does and the measurements Closed Loop MIMO (4x2): Fast Adaptive Closed apply in case of a single TX (TM1) transmission, Note: of DRX profile priority is notDRX deviceModification type is "noBenFromBatConsumpOpt", Loop MIMO4x2: SRB1 andPRBs Value "not used"preparation mean that partial and thus affects the UE. power ofRBs(DTCH) cell-specific recommended; for future use.are not will not beneither activated for (DCCH) this on PDSCHsignal are transmitted using either used. reference transmission. Note thatSingle only the Stream Downlink Transmit Diversity Single or limited set of dlpcMimoComp valuesor (0dB, Dual Stream with Closed Loop spatial 1.77dB, 3dB, MIMO 4.77dB, 6dB) can be communicated

Configures the Inactivity Timer for DRX. The Inactivity the of Configures theTimer long determines DRX cycle. It is number recommended consecutive PDCCH-subframes for which the UE to use carefully theDuration 40 ms value, far tested Configures On Timerasforso DRX. monitors thethe PDCCH after decoding an UL or DL UEs are not able to do ReportCGI measurement The On Duration determines the number of data DRX profile index. resource assignment an initial with this cycle size. on PDCCHatforthe consecutive PDCCH-subframes beginning Uniquely identifies a determines DRX profile.the periodic transmission. DRX profile priority. The long DRX cycle of a DRX cycle during which the UE monitors the repetition ofthe theRetransmission DRX On Duration. Configures Timer for DRX. PDCCH. If drxLongCycle is the set to '160ms', Applied to identify DRX profiledrxInactivityT to bethe used if a The Retransmission Timer determines Configuration for Profile 102 should set parameters to bearers '200'(ms)established. otherwise UEs may go UE hasbe multiple maximum number of PDCCH-subframes aANR UE This Profile iswhen used for UE-based UTRAN out-of-synch DRX profile is priority applied a Configures the Inactivity Timer for DRX. Note: Modification of DRX profile isfor not monitors the PDCCH as soon as a retransmission measurements. longer period of time. The the number recommended; preparation for future use. of Configures theTimer long DRX Cycle. in DLInactivity is expected bydetermines the UE. consecutive PDCCH-subframes for which the UE The long DRX cycle determines theforperiodic Configures the On Duration Timer DRX. monitors the PDCCH after decoding an UL or DL repetition of the DRX On Duration. The Duration the number of data DRXOn profile indexdetermines resource assignment on PDCCH for an initial consecutive PDCCH-subframes Uniquely identifies a DRX profile.at the beginning transmission. DRX profile priority. of a DRX cycle during which the UE monitors the Configures the Retransmission Timer for DRX. PDCCH. If drxLongCycle is the set to '160ms', Applied to identify DRX profiledrxInactivityT to bethe used if a The Retransmission Timer determines Configuration for Profile 103 should be set parameters to bearers '200'(ms)established. otherwise UEs may go UE has multiple maximum number of PDCCH-subframes a UE Profile for LTE inter-frequency ANR out-of-synch when DRX profile is priority applied a Configures the Inactivity Timer for DRX. Note: Modification of DRX profile isfornot monitors the PDCCH as soon as a retransmission measurements longer period of time.determines The Inactivity Timer the number of recommended; preparation for future use. Configures the long cycle. It is recommended in DL is expected byDRX the UE. consecutive PDCCH-subframes for as which the UE to carefully use the 40?? ms value, so far Configures the On Duration Timer foran DRX. monitors the PDCCH after decoding UL or DL tested UEs are not able to dothe ReportCGI The On Duration determines number of data DRX profile index resource assignment on PDCCH for an initial measurement with this cycle size.at the beginning consecutive PDCCH-subframes Uniquely identifies a determines DRX profile.the periodic transmission DRX profile priority. The long DRX cycle of a DRX cycle during which the UE monitors the repetition of the DRX On Duration. Configures the Retransmission Timer for DRX. PDCCH Applied to identify theTimer DRXdetermines profile to bethe used if a The Retransmission Profile 2multiple of DRX bearers configuration parameters. UE has established. maximum number of PDCCH-subframes a UE Profile enables a voice optimized setting of DRX Configures the Inactivity Timer forapriority DRX. Note: Modification of DRX profile is not monitors the PDCCH as soon as retransmission parameters. The the number recommended; preparation for future use. of Configures theTimer long DRX cycle. in DLInactivity is expected bydetermines the UE. consecutive PDCCH-subframes for which the UE The long DRX cycle determines the periodic Configures the On Duration Timer foran DRX. monitors the PDCCH after decoding UL or DL repetition of the DRX On Duration. The Duration the number of data DRXOn profile index.determines resource assignment on PDCCH for an initial consecutive PDCCH-subframes Uniquely identifies a DRX profile.at the beginning transmission. DRX profile priority. of a DRX cycle during which the UE monitors the Configures therecommended Retransmission fortimer DRX. PDCCH. Note: It is to Timer settothis Applied to not identify theTimer DRXdetermines profile bethe usedto if a The Retransmission Profile 3 of DRX configuration parameters. shorter values than the default value to allow for UE has multiple bearers established. maximum number ofbearers PDCCH-subframes a UE Profile forscheduling non-GBR that short sufficient Configures the Inactivity Timer forallows DRX. Note: Modification of flexibility. DRX profile priority is not monitors the PDCCH as soon as a retransmission settings of theTimer long DRX cycle. The the number recommended; preparation for future use. of Configures the long DRX cycle. in DLInactivity is expected bydetermines the UE. consecutive PDCCH-subframes for which the UE The long DRX cycle determines theforperiodic Configures the On Duration Timer DRX. monitors the PDCCH afterDuration. decoding an UL ortoDL repetition of the DRX On Note: It is not recommended to set this timer The On Duration determines the number of data DRX profile index. resource assignment ondefault PDCCH for an initial shorter values than the value tobeginning allow consecutive PDCCH-subframes at the Uniquely identifies a DRX profile. transmission. DRX profile priority. sufficient scheduling of a DRX cycle duringflexibility. which the UE monitors the Configures the Retransmission Timer for DRX. PDCCH. Applied to identify theTimer DRXdetermines profile to bethe used if a The Retransmission Profile 4multiple of DRX bearers configuration parameters. UE has established. maximum number of PDCCH-subframes a UE Note: It is not recommended to set this timer to Profile for non-GBR bearers that allows medium Configures the Inactivity Timer for DRX. Note: Modification ofthe DRX profile priority is notfor monitors the PDCCH as soon as a retransmission shorter values than default value to allow settings of theTimer long DRX cycle. The determines the number recommended; preparation for future use. of Configures the long DRX cycle. in DLInactivity isfits expected by the UE. sufficient scheduling flexibility. Profile latency requirements of the consecutive PDCCH-subframes for which the UE The long DRX cycle determines theforperiodic Configures the On Duration Timer DRX. corresponding traffic of up to 500ms; could beDL monitors the PDCCH after decoding an UL or repetition of the DRX On Duration. Note: Ite.g., is not recommended to set this timer to The On Duration determines the number of used, for IMS signalling. DRX profile index. resource assignment ondefault PDCCH for an initial data shorter values than the value tobeginning allow consecutive PDCCH-subframes at the Uniquely identifies a DRX profile. transmission. DRX profile priority. sufficient scheduling of a DRX cycle duringflexibility. which the UE monitors the Configures PDCCH. the Retransmission Timer for DRX. Applied to identify theTimer DRXdetermines profile to bethe used if a The Retransmission Profile 5multiple of DRX bearers configuration parameters. UE has established. maximum number ofbearers PDCCH-subframes for which Profile for non-GBR that allows long Configures the Inactivity Timer DRX. Note: ofPDCCH DRX profile priority the UEModification monitors the asfor soon as is a not settings of the long DRX cycle. The Inactivity Timer the recommended; preparation for future use. retransmission in DLdetermines is expected by number the UE. of Profile fits corresponding traffic with no specific consecutive PDCCH-subframes for which the UE latency coulddecoding be used,an e.g., monitorsrequirements; the PDCCH after ULfor or Web DL browsing. resource assignment on PDCCH for an initial data transmission.

Configures the long DRX cycle. It is recommended to use carefully theDuration 40 ms value, far tested Configures the On TimerasforsoDRX. UEs are not able to do ReportCGI measurement The On Duration determines the number of DRX profile index. with this cycle size. consecutive PDCCH-subframes at the beginning Uniquely identifies a determines DRX profile.the DRX profile priority. The long DRX cycle of a DRX cycle during which the UE periodic monitors the repetition theRetransmission DRX On Duration. Configuresofthe Timer for DRX. PDCCH. Applied to identify theTimer DRXdetermines profile to bethe used if a The Retransmission Profile 2multiple of Smartbearers DRX configuration parameters. UE has established. maximum number ofvoice PDCCH-subframes forof which Profile allows anof optimized setting Configures thefor Inactivity Timer forpriority DRX. Note: Modification DRX profile a UE parameters. monitors the PDCCH as soon as a is not DRX The Inactivity the recommended; preparation for future use. Configures theTimer long DRX cycle. retransmission in DLdetermines is expected by number the UE. of consecutive PDCCH-subframes for which the UE The long DRX cycle determines theforperiodic Configures the On Duration Timer DRX. monitors the PDCCH after decoding an UL or DL repetition of the DRX On Duration. The OnDRX Duration the number of data Smart profiledetermines index. resource assignment on PDCCH for an initial consecutive PDCCH-subframes Uniquely identifies a DRX profile.at the beginning transmission. Smart DRX profile priority. of a DRX cycle during which the UE monitors the Configures therecommended Retransmission DRX. PDCCH. Note: It is not to Timer setprofile thisfortimer Applied to identify theTimer Smart DRX to beto The Retransmission determines the Configures the short DRX cycle.value shorter than the default to allow for used ifItavalues has multiple bearers maximum number of PDCCH-subframes a UE Note: isUE not recommended to setestablished. this timer toto It is recommended to set this parameter equal sufficient scheduling flexibility. Configures the short DRX cycle timer. Note: Modification ofthe Smart DRX profile priority monitors the PDCCH as soon as a retransmission shorter values than default value to allow foris the drxLongCycle inpreparation order to drxShortCycle optimize battery Integer value multiplied with to not recommended; for future use. Factor used for by theVoLTE calculation in DL isisexpected the UE.calls. of the Short Term sufficient scheduling flexibility. consumption determine theduring run time of short DRXDRX cycle. Inactivity Timer (STIS) Smart is used. Profile 3 of Smart DRXwhen configuration parameters. smartStInactFactor is multiplied to the short DRX Note: It is not recommended to set this timer to Smart DRX the Profile for both GBR and non-GBR Configures Inactivity Timer for DRX. cycle duration to provide STIT value for smart shorter values than the default value to allow for bearers. The Inactivity Configures theTimer long determines DRX cycle. the number of DRX profile. sufficient scheduling flexibility. consecutive PDCCH-subframes for which the UE The long DRX cycle determines the Configures the On Duration Timer forperiodic DRX. monitors the PDCCH afterDuration. decoding an UL or DL repetition of the DRX On The OnDRX Duration the number of data Smart profiledetermines index. resource assignment on PDCCH for an initial consecutive PDCCH-subframes at the beginning Uniquely identifies a DRX profile. transmission. Smart DRX profile priority. of a DRX cycle during which the UE monitors the Configures the Retransmission Timer for DRX. PDCCH. Applied to identify theTimer Smart DRX profile The Retransmission determines theto be Configures the short DRXbearers cycle. used ifItaisUE has multiple established. maximum number of PDCCH-subframes a UE Note: not recommended to set this timer to It is recommended toDRX set this parameter to Configures the short cycle timer. Note: Modification of DRX profile priority is smaller notfor monitors the PDCCH as soon as a retransmission shorter values than the default value to allow value than drxLongCycle. Integer multiplied with drxShortCycle to Term recommended; preparation future use. Factor used for thethe calculation of the Short in DL isisvalue expected by UE.for sufficient scheduling flexibility. determine the run time of short DRX cycle. Inactivity Timer (STIS) when Smart DRX is used. Profile 4the of Smart DRXdrxShortCycle configuration parameters. In case parameter isshort set toDRX '20', smartStInactFactor is multiplied to the Note: It is not recommended to set this timer Profile forrecommended non-GBR bearers that allows for to Configures the Inactivity Timer for DRX. then it is to set drxShortCycleTimer cycle duration to provide STIT value for smart shorter values than the long default value to allow for medium settings of the DRX cycle. The Inactivity Timer number of to '16'. Configures thelatency long determines DRX cycle. the of DRX profile. sufficient scheduling flexibility. Profile fits for requirements the the UE consecutive PDCCH-subframes for which The long DRX cycle determines the periodic Configures the On Duration Timer for DRX. corresponding traffic of up to 500ms; could beDL monitors the PDCCH afterDuration. decoding an UL or repetition of the DRX On The On Duration determines the number of used, for example for IMS signaling. Smart DRX profile index. resource assignment on PDCCH for an initial data consecutive PDCCH-subframes Uniquely identifies a DRX profile.at the beginning transmission. Smart DRX profile priority. of a DRX cycle during which the UE monitors the Configures PDCCH. the Retransmission Timer for DRX. Applied to identify theTimer Smart DRX profile The Retransmission determines theto be Configures the short DRXbearers cycle. used if a UE has multiple established. maximum number of PDCCH-subframes a UE It is recommended toDRX set this parameter to Configures the short cycle timer. Note: Modification of DRX profile priority is smaller not monitors the PDCCH as soon as a retransmission value than drxLongCycle. Integer value multiplied with drxShortCycle to Term recommended; preparation for future use. Factor is used for the calculation of the Short in DL is expected by the UE. determine the run time when of short DRXDRX cycle. Inactivity Timer (STIS) Smart is used. Profile of Smart DRXdrxShortCycle configuration parameters. In case5the parameter set <= '20', smartStInactFactor isbearers multiplied toallows theisshort DRX Profile for non-GBR that for long Configures the Inactivity Timer for DRX. then it is recommended to set drxShortCycleTimer cycle duration to provide STIT value for smart settings of theTimer long DRX cycle. The Inactivity determines the number of to '16'. Configures the long DRX cycle. DRX profile. Profile fits forPDCCH-subframes corresponding traffic no the specific consecutive forwith which UE The longrequirements; DRX cycle determines the Configures the On Duration Timer forperiodic DRX. latency coulddecoding be used, for example monitors the PDCCH after an UL or DL repetition of the DRX On Duration. The OnDRX Duration the number of data for Web browsing. Smart profiledetermines index. resource assignment on PDCCH for an initial consecutive PDCCH-subframes at the beginning Uniquely identifies a DRX profile. transmission. Smart DRX profile priority. of a DRX cycle during which the UE monitors the Configures the Retransmission Timer for DRX. PDCCH. Applied to identify theTimer Smart DRX profile The Retransmission determines theto be Configures the short DRXbearers cycle. used if a UE has multiple established. maximum number of PDCCH-subframes a UE It is recommended to DRX set this parameter to Note: Modification of profile priority is smaller not monitors the PDCCH as soon as a retransmission value than drxLongCycle. recommended; preparation for future use. in DL is expected by the UE.

Configures the short DRX cycle timer. Integer with drxShortCycle to Term Factor isvalue usedmultiplied for the calculation of the Short determine the run time of short DRX cycle. Inactivity Timerbarring (STIS)for when Smart DRX is used Access AC 10. In case Class the parameter drxShortCycle set <= '40', smartStInactFactor is multiplied to calls theisshort DRX The access barred for emergency flag This Structure contains atoSTIT list eHRPD Sector-IDs then itduration is recommended setofdrxShortCycleTimer cycle to provide value for smart indicates that barred for emergency calls which shall beaccess used toisaddress when to '16'. Each eHRPD sector-ID which iseHRPD-AN configured for DRX profile in this cell. tunneling cdma2000 HRPD PDU for PreIn case the parameter drxLongCycle is set to '640' preregistration isdefines associated with this This parameter the spatial sector Registration with eHRPD. and the parameter drxShortCycle is set tocovered '80', loadbalancing factor to same allow for loadbalancing by the cell. Cells in the sector must have When not externally triggered by Outer Loop Link Each Sector-ID is associated with a loadbalancing then it is sufficient and recommended to set according tofor a weighted round robin mechanism same value sectorId. Adaptation (OLLA), the Adaptive Transmission factor to allow loadbalancing between multiple for drxShortCycleTimer toBLER '8'. Averaging window in E-ULA. when selecting the for sector-ID of the eHRPD-AN Bandwidth (ATB) activatedhas when eHRPD-AN It is expressed in algorithm number ofwill TTIbe when Pre-Registration Defines howofmany MCS indexes aboveUE the been the amount TTI events here defined has been actively scheduled minimal MCS indexpossible are required ATB may Defines the lowest MCSbefore index before reached. increase the amount of allocable PRBs Adaptive Transmission Bandwith (ATB) algorithm Defines the lowest possible amount of allocable may act and decrease the amount of allocable PRBs Incremental and decremental factor for the PRBs. This shallTransmission be always bigger than or equal to Adaptive calculation of E-UTRA Absolute RadioBandwidth's Frequency Channel redBwMinRbUl allocable PRBs Number in downlink. E-UTRA Absolute RadioofFrequency Channel Multiplying the amount PRBs by this factor the Supported Bands and related downlink EARFCNs Number in uplink. An element of the emAreaIdList identifies an total amount of allocable PRBs is decreasing. are the following: Supported and uplink EARFCNs Emergency Area ID (emAreaId) of the eNB then cell. Dividing theBands amount ofrelated PRBs this factor, The parameter defines the0switch for Band 1 following: (2110-2170 MHz): - by 599 are the Multiple emAreaId's may be configured for the the number of allocable PRB is increasing enable/disable Channel Quality Band 2 (1930-1990 600 - Indicator 1199 Flag ifcell. cell HOMHz): is enabled. Band 1better (1920-1980 MHz): 18000 - 18599(CQI) eNB based Adaptive Modulation and Coding (AMC) for Band 3 (1805-1880 MHz): 1200 Band (1850-1910 MHz): 18600 -1949 19199 Flag if2 coverage HOMHz): is enabled. PDCCH link adaptation. If the parameter Band 4 (2110-2155 1950 2399 Band 3 (1710-1785 MHz): 19200 - 19949is An 'emAreaId' ID may be used inused signalling The parameter defines if downlink Adaptation disabled, default aggregation is implicitly. Band 5 (869-894 MHz): 2400 2649 Band 4 (1710-1755 MHz): 19950 - Link 20399 messages received via 16QAM S1-i/f to indicate thefor set of is allowed to select the modulation Band 6 (875-885 MHz): 2650 - -enabling/disabling 2749 The parameter determines the Band 5 (824-849 MHz): 20400 20649 cells with emergency impact (e.g. which have to PDSCH. Band 7 (2620-2690 MHz): 2750 3449aggregation switch automatic selection of- -20749 lower Band 6for (830-840 MHz): 20650 The parameter defines the switch for enabling / broadcast the warning message). Band 8 (925-960 MHz): 3450 - 3799 during scheduling. This means that a Band 7aPDCCH (2500-2570 MHz): 20750 - 21449 disabling power control on PDCCH. If the If e.g. WRITE-REPLACE WARNING REQUEST The E-UTRAN cell identifier is3800 withinfrom one Band 9 MHz): - 4149 required aggregation level is defined Band 8 (1844.9-1879.9 (880-915 MHz): -unique 21799 parameter is disabled, a21450 flat downlink Power message with 'emAreaId' iswhich received, the warning PLMN and has a length of 28 bits. The leftmost 20 Band 10 (2110-2170 MHz): 4150 4749 Identifies the geographical position of-reports the transmit UE's Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) may Band 9 (1749.9-1784.9 MHz): 21800 22149 Spectral Density (PSD) is5010 used. message shall becorrespond broadcasted by an eNB cell if bits of the value to the value of the Band 12 (729-746 MHz): 5179 antenna for positioning purposes. be downgraded by one step without any other Band 10in(1710-1770 22150 -'emAreaId' 22749 Altitude meters (coded value) 'pwsWithEmAreaId' isMHz): true5180 and eNB ID lnBtsId) and-the the 8altitude rightmost Band 13 (746-756 MHz): It is expressed as ellipsoid point with and particular reason (e.g. blocking due to UE hash Band 12(parameter (699-716 MHz): 23010 -5279 23179 Relation between coded Altitude N and range ofthe received in the request message matches Confidence by which the position is known to be bits correspond to the value of the local cellwith Band 14 (758-768 MHz): 5280 5379 uncertainty ellipsoid according to TS 23.032 function or overall space). Assigning of lower Band 13 (777-787 MHz): 23180 23279 absolute altitudes a (a >= 0 meters) it encodes is 'emAreaId' assigned to the eNB cell. within thein shape description expressed as aUEs resource ID (lcrId). This parameter cannot be set Band 17 (734-746 MHz): 5730 - of Latitude degrees (coded value) The position is reported within the LPPa OTDOA aggregation decreases number blocked in Band 14 (788-798 MHz): 23280 -5849 23379 the following: percentage by operator, it is calculated system internally and Band 18 (860-875 MHz): 5850 - -5999 Relation between coded Degrees of latitude N and Information Exchange procedure if requested by case of PDCCH resource deficiency, and gives Band 17 (704-716 MHz): 23730 23849 Longitude in=degrees Confidence 0 means no6000 information available is only19 readable. Band (875-890 MHz): 6149 range of absolute latitudes X (0° <= X <= 90°) it E-SMLC. possibility for greater number of- -PDCCH Band 18 (815-830 MHz): 23850 23999 (coded value) for 0 <= N <= 2^15-2: Represents height above resp. depth below Band 19 20 (830-845 (791-821 MHz): 6150 - -6449 encodes is the following: messages per TTI. A corresponding increase Band MHz): 24000 24149 Relation between coded Degrees of8039 longitudeinN N <= a24= Uncertainty of altitude There are(703-748 some restrictions for utilitizing Band 28 MHz): 27210 - 27659 the N <= 2^24/360*X < N+1 Relation between coded Uncertainty altitude K Semi-major uncertainty ellipsoid for N = 2^23-1: automatic lower aggregation forencoded an UE: According toofabove relation an value N and absolute uncertainty of altitude h (0 <= h <= between coded semi-major N <= 2^23/90*X <= N+1ofUncertainty -Relation the required aggregation shallbinary be at least 4, Semi-minor of uncertainty ellipsoid N is coded in 2's complement on 24 bits. corresponds to a range absolute altitudes a in K 990.5 metres)semi-major it encodes is the following: and absolute uncertainty r (0 <= r <= -metres enableAmcPdcch and enablePcPdcch shall be Relation between codedthe Uncertainty semi-minor K The parameter threshold under which 1800 metres) it defines encodes isuncertainty the following: According to above relation an encoded value N enabled, and and absolute semi-minor r (0 <= r <= According to above relation an encoded value N the DCM triggers an earlier ATB calculation. h = OLLA 45*(1.025^K-1) This parameter defines absolute TX frequency inin corresponds to a range of latitudes XX in -corresponds used PDCCH for all uplink and downlink 1800 metres) it capacity isabsolute the following: to aencodes range of absolute longitudes It has always values <=0. for overriding normal filter center frequency rkHz = 10*(1.1^K-1) degrees allocations shall for exceed a limit defined by the Filter coefficient RSRP measurements used to degrees tuning. threshold pdcchLowAggTh of total PDCCH path loss as specified in [3GPP-36.213. rcalculate = 10*(1.1^K-1) Specifies the filtering coefficient used for UTRAcapacity for allocated number of to PDCCH symbols 5.1.1.1]. Value fc0 corresponds k = 0, fc1 WCDMA CSFB Cpich-Ecn0 Specifies the filtering coefficient used for UTRAThis parameter can be used to override normal in TTI corresponds to k = 1, coefficient and so on.used for CpichSpecifies the WCDMA CSFB Cpich-RSCP filter tuning tofiltering minimize noise to neighboring Specifies the filtering coefficient used for UTRA Ecn0 within the measurement quantity Specifies the filtering used Cpichfrequency band. If the parameter valueforisis not The parameter will becoefficient ignored if dlChBw set to Cpich-EcNo Specifies thefilter filtering coefficient used foras UTRA configuration of UTRA-WCDMA RSCP within the measurement quantity defined, TX frequency is evaluated an '1.4 MHz'.the filtering coefficient used for CpichSpecifies Cpich-RSCP Specifies the filtering coefficient used for RSRP (to configuration of UTRA-WCDMA average of the configured center frequencies. EcNo within measurement Specifies thethe filtering coefficientquantity used for Cpichbe set in QuantityConfigEUTRA) Specifies the the filtering coefficientquantity used for RSRQ configuration of UTRA. RSCP within measurement (to be set in QuantityConfigEUTRA) Specifies the filtering coefficient used for RSSI configuration of UTRA filterCoefficientCpichEcNo withinused quantity Specifies the filtering coefficient for RSSI configuration of UTRA is an optional IE within the measurement quantity configuration of filterCoefficientCpichRscp within quantity GERAN configuration of UTRA is an optional IE

These are further PLMN IDs of the cell. The parameter whichcombination operators' (PLMNID) Indicates if indicates the cell/PLMN is reserved networks are available from the cell. These PLMN for operator use. The Mobile Country Code parameter indicates the identities have a cell scope. Cells reserved for operator use are as Mobile Country Code and isparameter of treated theindicates PLMN Mobile Network Code The primary PLMN ID has topart beaprovided barred by 'normal' UEs without USIM with AC the 11 identifier. Mobile Network Code and is part of the PLMN separately for the eNB. The Network Code or 15Mobile inserted. UEs with AClength 11 or parameter 15 USIM identifier. indicates theifspecific length the Mobile Network inserted are operator UEscongestion and thusCode, Determines and onof which layer either 2 or 3 digits. allowed to camp on and access such cells. The handling is applied if congestion is detected The parameter the assigned PUSCHby default value is defines not reserved. layer 2. group. Indicates maximum number of HARQ It is highlythe recommended to configure the value transmissions used for message ofservices' the Indicates the maximumAC number of3 HARQ '"l2andl3" if 'Enhanced and GBR are contention-based random access procedure. transmissions in DL that is configured for each UE activated, that is if "actEnhAcandGbrServices" Indicates the maximum number of HARQ at initial access to a specific cell. equals True. transmissions in UL thatnumber is configured for each UE Indicates the maximum of transmissions at initial access tofor a specific cell. that is configured a UE in TTI bundling This parameter defines if hopping is only interoperation. subframe ortimers both interintra-subframe. Defines the usedand to control mobility to CDMA2000 HRPD This timer value is used for eNodeB internally to estimate timedefines the UEthe may spendof totime access This timerthe value amount the the target HRPD system after receiving eNodeB waits for the Downlink CDMA2000 The timer value defines the amount of time the RRC:MOBILITY FROM COMMAND Tunneling message fromEUTRAN MME after forwarding eNodeB waits to receive an Defines highspeed for a cell.PDU before starting RRCscenario Re-Establishment. eNodeB the dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD in UlHandoverPreparationTransfer message from 3 Scenario 1 (open space scenario) and scenario internally use this value to calculate the Related Hysteresis of Handover Margin for Better UplinkHandoverPreparationTransfer message UE after sending a (tunnel scenario). supervision timer fortothe eHRPD optimized Cell Handover of Intra-Frequency (received from UE) MME. Related Hysteresis ofPhase Threshold for RSRP of HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest Handover Execution Parameter isfor used the(TC2KRelocOverall). entry and leave serving cell start ofthreshold GERAN measurements message toare the UE.within Related hysteresis of for RSRP of Scenarios described in 36.141 Annex B.3: condition of the A3 triggered reporting Parameter isfor used within the entry andcondition. leave serving cell start of CDMA2000-eHRPD Scenario 1: Open space Related Hysteresis of Threshold for RSRP of The IE value is multiplied by 2. condition of Tunnel the A2 triggered reporting condition. measurements Scenario 3: for multi-antennas serving cell for start of inter frequency Related Hysteresis of Threshold The IE value is multiplied by 2. for RSRP of measurements serving cell for start of WCDMA measurements Related Hysteresis of Threshold forand RSRP of Parameter is used used within within the entry entry leave Parameter is the leave Parameter isfor used within the entry and and leave serving cell stopping of Inter-RAT (InterFreq) condition of the A2 triggered reporting condition. Related Hysteresis of Handover Margin for condition of the A2 triggered reporting condition. condition of the A2 triggered reporting condition. Measurements The IE value is multiplied by 2. Coverage Handover ofThreshold Intra-Frequency The IE value is multiplied by 2. Related Hysteresis of for RSRP of The IE value is multiplied by 2. Parameter is within entry Parameter isforused used within the the entry and and leave leave serving cell redirection trigger List of Target Load and High reporting Load Thresholds for condition of A1 triggered condition. condition ofisthe the A5 within triggered reporting Parameter used the entry andcondition. leave Inter Frequency Load Balancing The IE value is multiplied by 2. Timer started when S1AP back Initial The IEisvalue is multiplied by sends 2. condition of the A2 triggered reporting condition. Target Load represents theAfter operating point = loadit Context Setup Response. Timer expiration High Load for usage of GBR Uu I/F resources in The IE value is multiplied by 2. at which the cell should work according to its is checked whether or not the UE has a QCI1 DL direction. High Load for and usage nonGBR UuHigh I/F resources dimensioning theoftraffic model. Load is bearer. High Load isthat the controls treshold the thatInter controls the Inter in DL direction. the treshold Frequency Load High Load for usage of PDCCH Uu I/F resources Frequency Load Balancing. High Load is the treshold that controls the Inter Balancing. High Load 31 is assigned the treshold that controls Inter a The value indicates QCI1 (VOIP) This timer is tothat all active UEsthe tobearer trigger Frequency Load Frequency Load Balancing. Balancing. are not excluded from the Inter Frequency Load cyclical re-check if they can be iF-LB candidates If iFLBHighLoadGBRDL and Weight factor of the serving cell frequency layer Balancing. Note that when QCI1 check is not The basic valuerobin given byand the operator is iFLBHighLoadNonGBRDL and used by round algorithm for idle mode load If iFLBHighLoadGBRDL Percentage of UEisto1sbe selected fornumber Idle Mode If iFLBHighLoadGBRDL and performed, there wait timer before start dynamically adapted depending on ofLoad iFLBHighLoadPdcch are set to 100%, the cell will balancing. iFLBHighLoadNonGBRDL and Load Balancing. iFLBHighLoadNonGBRDL and the Load Balancing. active UEs in the cell to restrict timer expiry never enter active Inter Frequency Balancing When the parameter is not thethe iFLBHighLoadPdcch set to iFLBHighLoadPdcch are setdefined, to 100%, 100%, the cell cell will In LTE1387 UEs with are QCI1 (VOIP) bearer are will rate state. corresponding carrier is not used in selecting main never enter active Inter Frequency Load Balancing never enter active excluded from the Inter Frequency Load Balancing target for IdleModeMobilityControlInfo for load state. state. Balancing. As the reaction bearer establishment takes Improved latency timer in uplink defines balancing. Weighted round robin algorithm some time, SW defines has wait before making ashall the time in which thetoUE has to send useful data The parameter the time period for the select always one target frequency for idle mode check. after either the initial dummy grant or a previous indication of thedefines UE inactivity in both DL andand UL load balancing, which isan matching UE capabilities, The parameter Modulation reception of useful data. If initial the timer expires the, directions. to be used as target idle mode loadandfor Coding Scheme (MCS) to for be used on PDSCH The parameter defines an initial Modulation UE will not getmain dummy grant anymore. balancing and this target will have always highest other use than BCCH, PCH or random access Coding Scheme (MCS) to bemaximum used PUSCH Additionally, the dummy grants are on triggered Defines the initial amount of PRBsby infor priority assigned in RRC Release message. messages. other use than random access message 3. All SRB traffic in DL when ilReacTimerUl modulo 100 uplink. other target for that idle mode load Used to to control cellmeans reselection onCandidate intra-frequency is equal 5.frequency This the Set 3 balancing matching UE capabilities configured cells when the ranked cell isand barred, or is iniMcsDl iswhether applicable for PDSCH LA only ifin both Indicates the neighboring cells use is extended by highest UEsallwith active SRB in DL case in LNCEL, IRFIM, UFFIM, CDFIM and GNFL will considered as barred by the UE, as specified in dlOlqcEnable and dlamcEnable are set to 'false' Antenna Port 1.isCell ilReacTimerUl equal to 5, 105, 205, andfor soeach on. ID of the Local Resource. The value be added as well, but with lowered priorities as TS 36.304. where it grants determines the static target codethat rate for When set to TRUE, the UE may assume at Dummy are scheduled only based on SRB cell shalluser befor unique in the eNB. configured SIB with kept hierarchy of priorities. PDSCH data transmissions. Otherwise, UE least cell-specific ports are used in all traffictwo in DL whenever antenna ilReacTimerUl is set to 5. The algorithm shall calculate proportional weights reported CQIcells. or default CQI (dlamcCqiDef) with or neighboring corresponding to configured values. There is no without OLQC correction determines the target checkrate. about the sum of weights configured by the code user.

Instance identifier of the object LNCEL. This parameter is used only for purposes. This parameter selects the O&M cell load balancing profile. From the profile parameters controlling This parameter the minimum value thatthe a Important Note: defines cell load condition will bechanged derived.autonomously by CIO can assume, when Maximum Bit shall Rate be thatmodified shall notit be exceeded in If the lnCelId is recommended the eNB during value for example the intra-frequency DL (configured isshall limitation on TTI base,ini.e. to use BTSSM. The BTSSM willbe automatically Maximum bit rate that not exceeded UL load balancing function. a calculation on maximum bitrate per TTIa is done) perform a full commissioning instead of delta TTI. The parameter the 2maximum code rate for This parameter defines is not used any longer for UEs commissioning. Otherwise plan file operations paging. This maximum code rate is taken into Therequired parameter definesLNCEL the activated. maximum code for having carrierbecause aggregation case CAare as well In as therate account during PDSCH scheduling. random access procedure 4and (SRB0 UEs areLCELL treatedobject the limitations are taken from related must be deleted The parameter defines the messages maximum code ratethe for message). This procedure maximum code is2taken into 3 GPP-standard TS considering the UE's recreated. Those two36.306 objects arerate strongly coupled random access messages (RA The parameter defines the maximum code rate for Note: account during PDSCH scheduling. category. and must be created and deleted in common. response). This maximum codebeing rate is taken into System Information Broadcast. This maximum The amount of paging records transmitted Maximum radio resource consumption That's why the range of scheduling. this parameter (PRBs) must notfor account during PDSCH coderate is occasion taken intoistransmission account during PDSCH per paging limited such that the GBR traffic in UL and DL Note: be adapted to higher rates defined The parameter defines how many OFDM symbols scheduling. configured code rate is not exceeded; a single The amount of radio resources (PRBs) is For small bandwidth system a sufficient number of with be Rel10! can used for PDCCH channel transmission. Note: Threshold for the maximum number of established paging record is transmitted in any case. calculated in % of the available PRBs depending HARQ retransmission or according segmentation eNB selects based on usagethe thenumber actual value for For small bandwidth system of RAR DRBs in the cell. Recommendation: Threshold for theand maximum of active UEs on theTTI, system. is applied in order to value reach is tonumber the configured code each which signaled to the UEs records per RAR message is limited such that the The of established For cells anumber bandwidth of 1.4 MHz the code in the cell.with Active UEs are UEs with at DRBs least one For 5maximum MHz system 25is PRBs* rate. Threshold to limit the maximum number of carrier in PCFICH. configured code rate not exceeded; a single depends onsystem the>= bandwidth of thecode cell. rates The may rate should be 0.12 as lower DRB. for 10 MHz 50 PRBs* aggregation configured UEs in a cell PCell (PRAR record is transmitted innumber any case. Threshold for the maximum of established following values are allowed: not be reached. The maximum margin depends on the that bandwidth fordlChBw 15 MHz system PRBs* LNCEL); Dc (Double carrier) these If equals '3in75 MHz' it isindicates recommended to set QCI1-GBR-DRBs the cell. Threshold the maximum number of UEs in the of the cell. The following values areonly allowed: for 20 Mhz1for system 100 PRBs* are available UEs have PCell (P-LNCEL) and 1 SCell (Sthe parameter to '3'. The parameter is only ifconnection. 1.4 MHz bandwidth 0 ..relevant 200 cell which may establish a RRC *LNCEL). reduced by common resources likeof PUCCH, Threshold for the maximum number UEs in the "actEnhAcAndGbrServices" is setusage to 'false' and 3 MHz bandwidth 0SIBs ..0600 This threshold includes of UEs 1.4 MHz bandwidth ..resource 40 RACCH, PDCCH, etc. which can consume cell which may establish a RRC connection, used Carrier aggregated UEs with 1ofSCell need double This is the maximum number simultaneous ignored otherwise. 5 MHz bandwidth 0 .. 1800 using this cell as SCell incompared case of Carrier 3 MHz bandwidth .. 120 some PRBs (e.g. 30PRBs) in average. to admit RRC connections for emergency calls. amount of UL resources with single users in00a....TTI indata downlink. QCI1-DRBs are additional bearers in 10 MHz bandwidth 2250 This isscheduled the maximum number of radio simultaneous Aggregation. 5 MHz bandwidth 480 In order to give emergency sessions carrier UEs as long as UL signalling ismore donechance only the cell and are also checked against the 15 MHz bandwidth 0 .. 3750 users scheduled in a TTI in uplink. 10 MHz bandwidth 0 .. 600 The parameter isthe only relevant if or Dc Selects whether UE Capability O&M to be established than normal traffic via PCell. That's why the information is The following values are allowed: threshold maxNumActDrb. 20 MHz bandwidth 0 .. 4500 The maximum value the bandwidth 15 MHz bandwidth 0 depends ..Maximum 1030 "actEnhAcAndGbrServices" is on set to 'true' and parameters limits the Bitrate UL maxNumRrcEmergency greater than of relevant. Defines which quantity toshould use are forbe Event B1 and The following values are allowed: the cell. The following values allowed: 20 MHz bandwidth 0 .. 1200 ignored otherwise. Maximum Bitrate DL 1.. maxNumRrc + additional max(addAUeRrHo, In case the threshold is 7modified online and measurements towards frequency inthe 1.4 MHz bandwidth The maximum margin depends on the Please note that the default value isaddAUeTcHo) notset suitable Defines which quantity tothis use for Event B2 ifThe UE capabilities respectively the UE categories parameter is only relevant if actEmerCallRedir value is decreased, existing CA-UEs may stay in QuantityConfigUTRA-FDD. 3 MHz bandwidth: 1..7 bandwidth of the cell. The following values are for all bandwidths. The recommended values are: measurements towards this frequency set inThose 1.4 MHz bandwidth 1.. 0value ..7UE; 40applies Please note that the default value is not suitable Open Loop MIMO parameter configuration. are used the limit is per if the O&M is set to 'true' OR actIMSEmerSessR9 is set to the cell, but the new to new The quantities used to evaluate the triggering 5 MHz bandwidth 1The 7recommended values are: allowed: QuantityConfigUTRA 3 MHz bandwidth: bandwidth 01..7 ....the 120 for alland bandwidths. parameter need to be only ifUEsMIMO parameters are used is for all in the 'true' ignored otherwise. admision checks only. CQI Threshold fallback to closed loop condition for thefor event. 10 MHz bandwidth 160 ..configured 14limit 1.4 MHz bandwidth 5 MHz bandwidth 1 .. 7 0 600 dlMimoMode is configured to "Closed Loop Mimo" cell. single codeword transmission CQI) (not MIMO cpich-RSCP corresponds to CPICH_RSCP in TS 15 MHz bandwidth 17 5 MHz bandwidth 01 .... 3 200 CQI Threshold for activation of(in closed loop The quantities used to evaluate the triggering 10 MHz bandwidth 1 ..200 14 0carrier 750 1.4 MHz bandwidth 20 or "Closed Loop MIMO (4x2)". In case of using DL aggregation for an UE The emergency call is only recognized when the applicable if actFastMimoSwitch set to 'true') 25.133 for FDD, and P-CCPCH_RSCP in TS 20 MHz bandwidth 1 .. 20 10 0 400 5 MHz bandwidth 480 dual codeword transmission (in CQI) (not condition for the event. 15 MHz bandwidth 1 .. 17 0fallback 1250 3 MHz bandwidth 80 Rank Threshold for to closed loop this selector is ignored and in any case theMIMO UE was in idle state before initiating the 25.123 for TDD. 15 MHz bandwidth 0 .. 500 10 600 applicable if actFastMimoSwitch set to 'true')infor cpich-RSCP corresponds to CPICH_RSCP 20 MHz bandwidth 1 .. 20 0 1500 5 MHz bandwidth 300 single codeword transmission (not applicable ifTS standardized limits (3GPP 36.306) are used connection. Rank Threshold activation of closed cpich-EcN0 corresponds to CPICH_Ec/No in TS Please note that for the0 default value is not loop suitable 20 MHz bandwidth .. 600 15 1200 25.133 for FDD. 10 MHz bandwidth 300 actFastMimoSwitch set to 'true') max. number ofadditional transport block bits per TTI inthe DL. The margin depends on MIMO dual codeword transmission 25.133 for FDD only, and is not applicable for for allmaximum bandwidths. 20 bandwidth 1200 Open Loop parameter configuration. Those cpich-EcN0 corresponds to CPICH_Ec/No in TS Please note that default value is(not not applicable suitable 15 MHz MHz bandwidth 600 bandwidth ofMIMO the the cell. The following values are ifTDD. actFastMimoSwitch set to 'true') Please note that the default value is not suitable parameter need tofallback be only ifvalues 25.133 for FDD. for allthreshold bandwidths. The recommended are: 20 MHz bandwidth 600configured CQI for to Open Loop MIMO allowed: This refers event B1 for CSFB toare: for allparameter bandwidths. Theto recommended values Dependencies: dlMimoMode is configured to "Dynamic Open This parameter refers to event B2 for HO to Dependencies: diversity (in CQI). 1.4 MHz bandwidth 0 .. 40 of Open Loop MIMO CQI threshold for+activation WCDMA. maxNumActDrb Loop MIMO". WCDMA. 1.4 MHz bandwidth 20 maxNumActUE + max(addAUeRrHo, 3 MHz bandwidth 0 .. Spatial Multiplexing (in120 CQI).to Open Loop MIMO 5 MHz bandwidth 75 max( addNumDrbRadioReasHo, Rank threshold for fallback 3 MHz bandwidth 80 addAUeTcHo) must be less than the margin 5 MHz bandwidth 0 .. 600 10 MHz bandwidth 100 addNumDrbTimeCriticalHo) must bevalues less than the diversity. 5 MHz bandwidth 300 values for the used bandwidth Rank threshold for activation of(see Open Loopabove MIMO 10 MHz bandwidth 0100 ..used 750 bandwidth 15 MHz bandwidth margin values for the (see values 10 MHz bandwidth 300 (480,600,1030,1200)) Spatial Multiplexing. 15 MHz 0 ..shall 1250be granted in DL TTI. Minimum bit rate that 20 MHz bandwidth bandwidth 100 above) 15 20 MHz MHz bandwidth bandwidth 0600 .. 1500 Minimum bit rate that shall be granted in UL TTI. 20 MHz bandwidth 600 Dependencies: The parameter maps Subscriber Profile Identifiers Please note that the maxNumQci1Drb + default value is not suitable Dependencies: (SPID) to mobility profiles. for all addNumQci1DrbRadioReasHo, bandwidths. The recommended are: Identifier of the Mobility Profile, which isvalues mapped max( maxNumRrc + max(addAUeRrHo, Several SPIDs or a range of SPIDsaddAUeTcHo) can be 1.4 MHz bandwidth 35 to one or more SPIDs. addNumQci1DrbTimeCriticalHo) mustfor than Single SPID or first SPID value ofbethe a less range must be less than 100 the margin values used mapped to a value common Mobility Profile. 3 MHz bandwidth the margin values for the used bandwidth (see which shall be mapped to a Mobility Profile. bandwidth (see values above Last SPID value if 440 a range of SPID values shall be 5 MHz bandwidth values above (200, 400, 600)) SPID range: 3GPP 36.300 defines the500, following (480,860,1030,1200)) mapped to a of Mobility Profile. 10 MHz bandwidth 560 The number cell changes to enterSPIDs the high Values 1-128 are Operator specific 3GPP 36.300 defines the following SPID range: 15 MHz bandwidth 800 mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_H inmedium TS The number ofare cell changes to enterSPIDs the In order to avoid PUCCH overbooking the Values 1-128 Operator specific 20 MHz bandwidth 800 36.304. mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_M in TS Values 129-256 are Reference SPID following rulesfor should be respected: The duration evaluating criteria to values enter 36.304. Reference SPIDs have the following meaning: (1) if riEnable is set to 'true' mobility states.duration Corresponds to SPID TCRmax in TS Values 129-256 are Reference values Dependencies: The additional for evaluating criteria SPID 256 High to eUTRA, Medium prio to toto30 s - maxNumRrc +prio max 36.304. Value in seconds, s30 corresponds Reference SPIDs have the following meaning: In order to give emergency sessions more chance enter the normal mobility state. Corresponds to The parameter defines the length of the UTRAN, Low prio toto GERAN (addAUeRrHo,addAUeTcHo) <= n1PucchAn and on. SPID 256 High eUTRA, Medium prio to*s30 to besoestablished than normal traffic TCRmaxHyst inprio TS 36.304. Value in seconds, modification period. SPID 255 High prio to UTRAN, Medium prio to cellSrPeriod UTRAN, Lowto prio GERAN maxNumRrcEmergency should corresponds 30 to s=and so on. be greater than* Modification period modificationPeriodCoeff GERAN, Low prio to eUTRA (2) if riEnable is set 'true' andMedium additionally SPID 255 High prio to UTRAN, prio to maxNumRrc + max(addAUeRrHo, addAUeTcHo) defaultPagingCycle / eUTRA 10 ms. SPID 254 High prio GERAN, Medium prio to riPerM is Low set toprio '2'only GERAN, toto The parameter is relevant if actEmerCallRedir Modification period equal or lower thanprio 1024. UTRAN, Low prio tois eUTRA +prio max SPID High to GERAN, Medium is- maxNumRrc set 254 to 'true' OR actIMSEmerSessR9 is set to (n2 corresponds to value 2, n4 corresponds (addAUeRrHo,addAUeTcHo) <= (nCqiRb - to UTRAN, prio otherwise. to eUTRA 'true' andLow ignored value 4 and n8 corresponds 8.) then If LNBTS-moProfileSelect is to setvalue to "plmn" blankedPucch) * 6 * cqiPerNp MOPR selection is based on MNC included in UE

Offset used to calculate ACK/NACK resource from PDCCH CCE. This is the maximum number of consecutive "out This is the AckNack received index offset to the of sync" indications fromrelative lower layers. Maximum number of the consecutive "in-sync" lowest CCE index of associated DL scheduling n1 corresponds to 1 and so on. indications received from layers.of Physical The parameter nCqiRb is lower the number PDCCH. n1 corresponds to 1 and so on. Resource Blocks that are forserving PUCCH Offset value applicable to reserved the EUTRA formats 2/2a/2b. In order to avoid PUCCH overbooking the carrier This is frequency. therules operational state of the cell, the value following should be The IE Q-OffsetRange is respected: used to indicate a cell or is set by the system. parameter defines cellapplied specific nominal It is part ofspecific defines the maximum ifThis riEnable isthe setset to which 'true'the frequency offset to be when power toallocation becandidates used for PUCCH power calculation in PUCCH called -evaluating maxNumRrc +defines max (addAUeRrHo,addAUeTcHo) This parameter the cell specific nominal for cell re-selection or when UE uplink power control equation (P2), for MaxPucchResourceSize. All other parameters are <= n1PucchAn * cellSrPeriod power for the PUSCH. Used for for P0_PUSCH evaluating triggering conditions measurement This parameter defines theSNR maximum output controlling mean received for control data. related to each other according to this formula: calculation in UE uplink power control equation reporting. power of the cell per antenna carrier in dBm. The Pmax to be used for the intra-frequency MaxPucchResourceSize = nCqiRb + eNB will not check these rules when (P1) for controlling the mean received SNR for for maximum output power is If the maximum value neighboring EUTRA cells. pmax is absent, roundup{[((rounddown (((maxNrSymPdcch * the 12 -to actCompChecks is false. The IE P-Max is used to limit the UE's uplink user data during (re)transmission corresponding the sum of according the power of the all downlink maximum power to capability X)received *linear dlChBw -power roundup (phichRes *UE (dlChBw /is8))is* transmission on a carrier frequency; it a PDCCH with DCI format 0 associated Paging nB defines the number of to possible paging physical that is allowed be used used. 12 - 16) /channels 36)) + n1PucchAn - pucchNAnCs *in 3a / is also used to calculate theisparameter Pwith a new packet transmission. This parameter occasions per radio frame, i.e. the density of cell. The reference point the antenna connector. The parameter defines default aggregation for UE deltaPucchShift ) * deltaPucchShift] / (3*12)} + compensation defined inparameter TS 36.304 used tooccasions. control mean received SNR usertodata. paging This is.for used The common configurable dBm values to bemost used in to PDCCH Link Adaptation when roundup (pucchNAnCs / 8)-blankedPucch, The parameter defines the reserved number of Corresponds parameter PEMAX in TS 36.101. calculate thetonumber paging occasions within correspond following Watt: enableAmcPdcch hasofbeen disabled ordedicated when where Control Channel Elements (CCEs) for The UE transmit power should not exceed the PDCCH aggregation paging many one DRX duration, which in turn isthere used to 10.0 dBm =maxNrSymPdcch 10 mW enableAmcPdcch hasfor been enabled andhow X=4;paging when = 1defines dlMimoMode Random Access Message 4 PDCCH. assignment on andis minimum of this value (in dBm), iforprovided, CCEs shall be used for one calculate the paging occasion. 37.0 dBm = 5 W The parameter defines the aggregation level by no valid Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) available set to 'SingleTX', 'TXDiv', 'Dynamic PDCCH. the maximum power for the UE Open powerLoop class, 39.0 dBm = 8UE Wof means ofaggregation control channel elements (CCEs) for due to an expiry the timer determining CQI MIMO' or 'Closed Loop Mimo' PDCCH for Random Access PUMAX, as specified in TS 36.101. 40.0 dBm assignments =maxNrSymPdcch 10 W preamble on PDCCH. The preamble remembering. X=8 when > 1 and dlMimoMode response message how many CCEs are PDCCH aggregation for'Closed 41.8 = is15 W defines assignment message 0secondary sent during the nonset todBm '4-way TXDiv' or Loopsystem MIMO (4x2)' used for one PDCCH. information defines howthe many should be 43.0 dBm =based 20 defines WRandom The parameter limitCCEs for procedure PDCCH contention Access if DL used for one PDCCH. 44.3 dBm = PDCCH 27 allocations. UE-specific space data arrives during UL out-of-sync. All parameters inWthis formula aresearch configuration 44.8 dBmis=multiplied 30 W MaxPucchResourceSize capacity by this factor. parameters, while is a 46.0 dBm = 40 W calculated value that has a maximum allowed 46.5 dBm = 45 W not The parameter will be be ignored if dlChBw is set to value, which shall exceeded. 47.8 dBm = 60 W '1.4 MHz'. the MaxPucchResourceSize Therefore is utilized 49.0 dBm = 80 to determine theW correct offset allocation of the If dlChBw equals '3and MHz' is recommended to set PRACH resources to itverify that the maximal The fine-tuning parameter for adjustment of is is For low power RRH the carrier power per value the parameter allowed amountto of'1.0'. PUCCH resouces BW measured and averaged CQI towards lower or used for repeater(s) connected to low power RRH, not overcome. higher aggregation in PDCCH Link Adaptation. where the carrier power value in RRH is fixed. For example FHCB power is fixed tothe 10 mW In order to avoidoutput PUCCH overbooking The parameter gives the initial starting point (10 dBm) and FHEC output power is fixed to for 1 following rules should be respected: PDCCH shift dynamic control in case mW (0 dBm). (1) If riEnable set to 'true' AND riPerM set to '2' actOlLaPdcch isPDCCH true.(addAUeRrHo,addAUeTcHo) target for+ outer loop link adaptation -BLER maxNumRrc max Note for LTE-GSM sharing configurations: in <=percent. (nCqiRb - blankedPucch) * 6 * cqiPerNp The PDCCH CQI value isofto '1' 45W andtarget 80Wset power level is shift only supported in Defines Block Error Ratio (BLER) (2) Ifconfigured riEnable to 'true' AND riPerM set automatically adjusted for control channels LTE dedicated configuration. PDCCH and UL HARQ response for initial - maxNumRrc + max(addAUeRrHo,addAUeTcHo) boosting in need basis. for PDCCH downlink transmissions Outer Loop <= (nCqiRb blankedPucch) * 6 *between cqiPerNp/2 PDCCH allocation balance initial UL and Note:Adaptation The allowed cell power value which are Link in percents. DL for load adaptive PDCCH allowed to be configured depend on the used Parameter determines if Wideband CQI or If PDCCH OLLA is these additionally based on PUSCH eNB will not check rules when hardware variant. During online commissioning UE_selected subband CQI report mode for TX/DTX detection, the parameter defines target With this parameter it is possible to configure actCompChecks is configured to 'false'. The parameter determines initial value the the BTS Site Manager will based on the hardware periodic CQI reporting on PUCCH or PUSCH Block Error Ratio (BLER) of PDCCH and PUSCH periodic UE measurements. Number ofused. periodic ReportStrongestCells PDCCH allocation balance constant between variant support only allowed values. Please for should be missed detection forthe initial uplink transmissions measurement reports configured at the UE uplink and downlink. The Load Adaptive PDCCH Time interval between twoAdaptation consecutive periodic refer to the documentation where variant the If periodicCqiFeedbackType is setper to in UE_selected PDCCH Outer Loop Link percents. algorithm optimizes the value depending on the supported ReportStrongestCells power values measurement are specified. reports subband CQI this means that UEs supporting Indicates the duration of PHICH. When phichDur actual load distribution DL and configured at the UE between subband CQI (prooved via checkis oftransmitted FGI)UL use itin is set tothe value (Normal), PHICH The Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicatior Channel In fact, PDCCH UE-specific search space and UEs which do not support subband CQI will the first OFDMA symbol, and when phichDurbased is set (PHICH) carries the hybrid-ARQ capacity is divided into uplink andACK/NAK. downlink Physical layer cell identity defines a cell uniquely. use wideband CQI. to value (Extended), PHICH is transmitted in first Multiple PHICHs mapped to the same set identity of on the parameter beforephysical dynamic schedulings. It consists of two parts; layer cell Preamble cyclic shift defines the configuration three OFDMA symbols. resource elements constitute a PHICH group The parameter pdcchUlDlBal (PDCCH LA UL DL group and layer periodic identity, and is The calculated Note for thephysical case where subband CQIand which is used forsystem preamble generation. Defines allowed frame and subframe the PHICH resource parameter defines the allocation balance constant) has been originally with the following formula: reporting is enabled together with DRX configuration determines many cyclic shifts phichDur isPHICH transmitted inhow system information numbers for random access attempts, and the number of groups. introduced as fixed factor of of UL and DLas Defines the location in frequency for the PRACH physical layer cell identity =and 3split x all physical layer functionality (actDrx): are needed to generate preamble. Unrestricted information is cell specific, UEs need tocell preamble format. PDCCH resources. When Usage Based PDCCH transmissions. identity group + physical layer identity. It may not be possible to synchronize DRX start set is whether supported. know receive PHICH from 1 or 3 is activated by to means of parameter actLdPdcch, For ULsuch scheduling its recommended that is PRACH offset that thedefines wideband CQI report Configuration also the zero correlation symbols. For a cellduring with bandwidth 1.4 MHz the following the pdcchUlDlBal parameter is used as an to initial is located next to PUCCH either on the lower or Guidance for configuration: received the DRX OnDuration (due zone and respective maximum cell range. prachConfIndex values are recommended value of the split and as a sort of target value of in upper edge of the bandwidth because UL PRB Neighbor cells should have different values, and periodicities) and that may cause small phichDur also puts a lower limit on the size of the dependent on theall physical cell idwhenever (PCI): the algorithm adapting the split. allocation for UE consist of consecutive PRBs. If a three cell eNB cells should have phyCellId performance degradation in DL fresh control region signalled by the PCFICH. -there PCI modulo 3to= 0quality => prachConfIndex = 3identity is a small gap between PUCCH and PRACH which belongs same physical layer cell wideband channel information cannot be Therefore, when0) phichDur is set to format value 1) i.e. (PRACH 19a operator (PRACH PRBs, ULformat scheduler cannot utilize those PRBs group. For example, three cellwhether eNB, good get in time. It is up or toin an to

High speed flag for PRACH preamble generation determines whether step an unrestricted or a defines restricted The power ramping size parameter set has to be used by the UE. the power increment step size for Random Access The transmission maximum defines the falsepreamble = Unrestricted; true = Restricted preamble transmission. maximum number of Random Access Indicates if the cell/PLMN combination is reserved transmissions. for operator use.in terms of PRBs PRS Bandwidth Note: The values n100use andare n200 should Cells reserved forn50, operator treated as not be used. barred by 'normal' UEs without a USIM with AC 11 or 15 inserted. with ACand 11 offset or 15 USIM Determines theUEs periodicity of the PRS inserted are specific operator UEs and thus occasions for FDD Defines the PRS Muting pattern that is applied. allowed to camp on and access such cells. The Muting will be deactivated if the parameter is 16 The prsMutingInfo isreserved. a bit string consisting of default value is not 151-157: 160ms period omitted bit. Only the first prsMutingInfoPatternLen bits The prsMutingInfoPatternLen determines how will 471-477: 320ms period be taken into account starting many PRS Muting Info that Bits are arefrom used for to describe 1111-1117: 640ms period Number of DL Frames used PRS per prsMutingInfoBit1. PRS muting sequence. The sequence starts from 2391-2397: 1280ms period PRS occasion for FDD. With this PRS Power Boosting for PRS hearability and This means theand first prsMutingInfoPatternLen the prsMutingInfoBit1 andincreases it corresponds to thebits The periodicity offset can be computed transmission can be repeated within a PRS allows for a more flexible use of the DL Tx power. of the prsMutingInfo bit string will determine the Number ofintocyclic shifts forprsMutingInfoBit2 PUCCH formats of first positioning occasion, according 3GPP 36.211 Rel9 occasion order toTS increase hearability PRS Muting Info pattern withused athe given 1/1a/1b in a resource block foroccasion aperiodicity. mix ofand corresponds to defines second positioning The parameter the delta offset for PRS With de-boosting it is possible to found lower index PRS power Details of the description can be in formats 1/1a/b and 2/2a/2b. so on. the decoding of the HARQ ACK / NACK The parameter sensitive defines the delta offset index for in interference areas. TS36.355. information on PUSCH channel. the decoding of the Channel Indicator PRS power is related to DL RS power, and Muting configuration allows toQuality increase the when reuse The parameter defines the delta offset index for (CQI) / precoding matrix indicator information on prsPowerBoost is set to value 0dB, and dlRsBoost of the PRS signal. PRS of individual cells can be the decoding of the Rank Indicator information on The Qhyst parameter provides the PUSCH channel. is set toinsame 0dB value, PRS andhysteresis DLofRS haswith muted order to increase hearability cells the PUSCH channel. value in dB for ranking criteria in the cell Minimum required quality level in intra-frequency same power in each TX Antenna. the same frequency reuse. reselection procedure. The parameter is used to neighbor cells Affects the minimum required RX level in the cell. minimize Not by UEs Rel9 Noterecognized alsopingpong. the case when< actPrsTxDiv is TRUE. Specifies the minimum required RX RSRP Power is same in each TX Antenna, but as level PRS in is the cell. Specifies the RXeach RSRP level transmitted atminimum the samerequired time from used TX (Qrxlevmin in 36.304) for the intra-frequency neighbouring cells. Antenna, sum of PRS power overtimer allE-UTRA TXparameter Antennas The maximum content resolution (Qrxlevmin in 36.304) are higher. To compensate power in TxDiv case, defines the amount of time allowed for Defines the maximum Modulation andtoCoding prsPowerBoost can be set properScheme value. See contention resolution. (MCS) to be used for size random access Path loss threshold inlarge dB required for selecting examples below: message 3 in case of initial access or handover. one the two groups of Random Access This of parameter determines the total number of preambles. Example 1: non-dedicated RA preambles that aAccess UE can select Defines the size of the Random Access preambles The size of the large size Random Msg3 The UE will only usetopreambles from group B the if it dlMimoMode is set TxDiv, value -3The dB sets from (i.e. for contention based RA). minimum Group A. may be restricted depending onDL the setting of Random Access Response Window Size needs to send a large Msg3 AND its measured sum of PRS power to equal to RS power. cannot be zero. raLargeMcsUl. parameter thePmax window size for the random path lossthe isdefines less than Defines Modulation and -Coding Scheme ulChBw =2:'1.4 Mhz', if raLargeMcsUl is equal to access response in TTIs. PREAMBLE_INITIAL_RECEIVED_TARGET_PO Example (MCS) tothe bethe used forofthe small size random Defines data volume to beisused small size the default, Msg3 328value bit WER - DELTA_PREAMBLE_MSG3 -for data dlMimoMode is TBS set to case 4-way TxDiv, -6 dB access message 3 in of UL or DL Random Access message 3 in case ofequal UL or ulChBw = '3 Mhz', if raLargeMcsUl is toDL the Defines the random challenge value. Note: In case eICIC feature is activated a value messagePowerOffsetGroupB (see 36.321 ch sets the sum of PRS power to equal to DL RS arrival. data arrival. default, the TBS of Msg3 is 504 bit This parameter is sent in the RRC higher than default 7 is recommended to be used. 5.1.2) power. The parameter determines the multiplier for nonCSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 messages GBR (non-Guaranteed Bit Rate) radio Margin factor for the1xRTT comparison of thebearers measured during CDMA2000 pre-registration Example 3: AMBR (Aggregated Maximum Bit Rate) in order to AMBR and and the UE in uplink. The parameter the capping procedure; it isAMBR also sent in the RRC dlMimoMode is switches set to Closed Loop MIMO (4x2), consider overhead caused byrate PDCP and RLC functionality on/off downlink direction. Rate HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest and to value -3 dB sets thein PRS power to equal Enabling/disabling ofsum rate of capping in uplink. layers. capping functionality in downlink restricts nonS1AP UPLINK S1 CDMA2000 TUNNELING DL RS power. The parameter switches Restricted RBbearers GBR (non-Guaranteed Bit Rate) radio during the 1x Circuit Switched Fallback (1xCSFB) Assignment functionality on/off in the downlink This parameter the maximum UE-specific bitrate to AMBRdefines (Aggregated Maximum Bit Rate). procedure. direction. When the functionality is enabled, the PRB assingment per TTI in downlink. Note that Defines the PRB maximum and minimum number UE-specific assignment is the restricted to aoflimit this value will be rounded up in RRM algorithm PRBs which may be assigned to UE scheduled Defines the maximum number of aPRBs which may defined in the redBwMaxRbDl parameter. to fit the system bandwidth dependent RGB in UL when restricted PRB assignment in uplink is be assigned to a UE scheduled in UL when Defines the minimum number of PRBs which may granularity. enabled. restricted PRB in uplink enabled. be assigned to assignment a UE scheduled inPRB ULiswhen Enabling/disabling the restricted assignment Note that the actual amount of PRBs in UL restricted PRB assignment in uplink is enabled. functionality in uplink. Determines whether RI reporting is enabled (true) allocation must be of the form 2^i*3^j*5^k where i, j However, a lower number of PRBs is allowed if the or not (false). and k are non-negative sofeedback effectively the Multiplier M for defining periodic RI transport block size withintegers, this number of PRBs and value will selected be rounded downthe to the next value reporting period. It by defines multiplier for the MCS AMC exceed thethe UE The parameter defines the would offset for periodic Rank complying with the rule. cqiPerNp which results in the periodicity for RI capabilities. Indicator reporting instance. The offset tells the periodic RI periodicity cqiPerNp Note thatreports. thethe actual amount of =PRBs in UL* time shift for periodic CQI/PMI reporting Please note that the default value is not suitable riPerM. When riPerM is equal to 0 (M=1) the allocation must be of the form 2^i*3^j*5^k where i, j instance. The rangeThe of the offset depends on the for all bandwidths. recommended are: parameter riPerOffset of must be setso toeffectively -1values (CQI and and k are non-negative integers, the periodicity (cqiPerNp) periodic CQI/PMI -Ri if are ulChBw set while to '1.4 MHz':6 adjiacent) when riPerM set to 1 value will beisrounded up to the next is value reporting. -(M=2) if ulChBw is set to '3 MHz': 15 must set to 0 (in the parameter riPerOffset complying with the rule. -this if ulChBw is set MHz': 25 case CQI andtoRI'5alternate).

The premable generation is started from the Root Sequence which is pointed by the logical root Structure containing the RSRQ parameters for sequence number. 64 preambles can be mobility triggers For the RSRP based A1 event of serving cellisfor transmitted in the PRACH frame. If one root not stopping ofgenerate Inter-RAT (InterFreq) Measurements Time to trigger for A2-RSRQ. enough to all the 64 preambles, then the It is recommended that parameters of parent the UE performs periodical reporting with thisset Duration for which the event A2-RSRQ consecutive number selected until themust full is Related Hysteresis ofisThreshold for RSRQ ofbe structure "RSRQ redirection parameters" are also indicated interval valid, such that mobility measurements with generated. RACH root sequence is cell specific serving cellfor forRSRQ mobility activation. set. Threshold of measurements serving cell.should If RSRQ of a measurement gaps are activated. information and neighbouring cells have Parameter is used within the entry and leave serving value < threshold2MobRsrq then mobility The UE is configured to report this A1 event in Threshold RSRQ ofroot serving cell for of different value. RACH sequence isstoppingan condition offor the A2-RSRQ triggered reporting measurements with are infinite way when thismeasurement parameter is gaps set, otherwise Inter-RAT (Inter-Freq) measurements. transmitted in system information. Structure containing the RSRQ parameters for condition. activated. A1 event will be only reported once.also the RSRQ The RSRP based A1 event reports redirection. The dB values are mapped to 3GPP IE Time to trigger for A2-RSRQ. The dB values are mapped to 3GPP IE values values value which isTS compared with this threshold in * 2 according to 36.331: IE value = value [dB] Duration for which the event A2-RSRQ must according to TS 36.133: Related Hysteresis of Threshold for RSRQ ofbe eNB. valid, such that redirect is raised. -serving -20 dB means a threshold lower thanbetter -19.5than dB cell forof redirection trigger. When RSRP serving cell becomes Threshold for RSRQ of dB intra-frequency servinga - values between -19.5 and -3.5 dB leave mean Parameter is used within the entry and threshold2a the UE sends the A1 event. If the cell. Ifparameter RSRQ of serving value
The parameter defines an additional hysteresis value be applied in the medium mobility state to Timer to TCRmax defines the duration for evaluating the cell reselection procedure hysteresis value (qthe criteria to enter mobility For idleduration mode, Timer TCRmaxHyst defines states. the additional Hyst). itforcorresponds to TCRmax in TS 36.304. evaluating the criteria enter normal mobility Downlink weight for Signalling Radio Value db-6scheduling corresponds toto-6dB, db-4 corresponds state. For idle mode, it corresponds to Bearer 1 and 2 for the uplink scheduler in MAC. to -4dB and so on. Uplink scheduling for Signalling Radio TCRmaxHyst in TSweight 36.304. Bearer 1 and 2 for the in MAC. Parameter to define theuplink SRS scheduler configuration. Each optionpower defines the values of a set of 3GPP UE specific offset to be used for Sounding parameters (Csrs,transmission Bsrs) dedicated to SRS. See Reference Signal power calculation Factor with whichinthe DRX Inactivity Timer of the Tables 5.5.3.2-x TS.36.21l.. in UEprofile uplink as power control (P3). DRX applied forconfiguration aequation UE is multiplied in for The parameter determines whether Primary and Operator choses a given number order to determine how long to keep a UE UL Secondary Synchronization Signals SSS) a cell and the system depending on (PSS, system BW Timer T300 supervises the RRC connection Note: The actual power offset depends on synchronized following last transmission ofvalue new of are transmitted into a cell via one antenna port and configuration value define the correct establishment procedure. deltaTfEnabled. Timer T301 the RRC connection redata. (SingleTx) orsupervises via all antenna ports usingthe TXactual sounding setting. Start: Transmission of'true' RRCConnectionRequest For deltaTfEnabled = (KS = 1.25) establishment procedure. eNB sends this parameter to the UE in the diversity with Precoding Vector Switching (PVS). All the odd numbered configurations imply 10ms Stop: Reception RRCConnectionSetup or parameter value of is "srsPwrOffset-3" corresponding Start: Transmission of message REJECT. In case ofRRC 2 or while 4CONNECTION antenna port configuration UE periodicity, the even-numbered This timer value is used eNodeB internally tois1 dB. RRCConnectionReject message, cell re-selection to the dB-range of -3 dB to 12 dB in steps of RRCConnectionReestabilshmentRequest The UE will consider access to the cell as barred done in a flexible way based on the antenna configurations imply UE periodicity set to 5ms. estimate the timeis UE may spend to access and upon abortion of= connection by For deltaTfEnabled 'false' (KS =establishment 0) the actual This timer used eNodeB internally to the Stop: Reception ofthe for the timevalue specified byafter t302. configuration. target WCDMA system receiving upper layers parameter value is "-10.5 + 1.5 * srsPwrOffset" estimate thesupervises time => the UE may spend access the RRCConnectionReestablishment or tocompletion Timer T304 the successful ulChBw =20MHz RRC:MOBILITY FROM EUTRAN COMMAND value corresponding to the dB-range -10.5 dB to target GSM system after receiving RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject message of a handover or cell change. Configuration 1: 3GPP defined Timer T304 (used RRC Rebefore starting RRC Re-Establishment. It is At expiry: Perform the actions as for specified inused 12 dB in steps of 1.5 dB. RRC:MOBILITY FROM EUTRAN COMMAND as well as when the selected cell becomes SRS C1:5.3.3.6 CSRS=1, BSRS=2 PRBs perGSM UE); Establishment) for to the case of(16 eNACC to eNodeB internally calculate the supervision 36.331, Timer T310 supervises the recovery from physical before starting RRC Re-Establishment. It is used unsuitable SRS C2: CSRS=1, BSRS=3 (4 PRBs per UE) This timer value is to passed to the UE in an RRC: timer for internally the Handover Execution Phase layer problems. eNodeB calculate the supervision Timer T311 supervises the RRC connection re- is Configuration 2: MobilityFromEUTRANCommand message and (TS1RELOCoverall) timer for the Execution Phaseper UE); At expiry: GoHandover to RRC_IDLE establishment. SRS C1: CSRS=1, BSRS=2 (16 PRBs T320 defines thetovalidity of Failure dedicated used by the UE identifytime CCO (TS1RELOCoverall) SRS C2: defined CSRS=1, (4 PRBs per UE) priorities inisBSRS=3 IdleModeMobilityControlInfo. tExtendedWait suppresses the reselection Despite this timer transparently provided of bya Configuration 3: cell for a while. GERAN Target system its value is needed in LTE A RRC connection request whichper is UE); SRS C1: CSRS=2, setup BSRS=2 (20 PRBs eNB sends this parameter to the UE in the to calculate TS1RELOCOverall correlated toof (i.e. matches by a S1 paging SRS C2: CSRS=2, BSRS=3 (4s-TMSI) PRBs per UE) Time period the periodic Buffer Status Report message RRC CONNECTION REJECT and RRC with priority will be prioritized ("emergency Configuration 4: for reportingRELEASE, of UE transmission buffer UE the configuration forthe sending periodic power CONNECTION and only in case of callback"). The timer determines the maximum SRS C1: CSRS=2, BSRS=2 (20 PRBs per UE); utilization. headroom reports. Delay Tolerant access request. UE willUE) Minimum intermediate time between two time the S1BSRS=3 paging and its correlated SRS between C2: CSRS=2, (4 The PRBs per consider access to the cell as barred for the time consecutive Power Headroom Reports. RRC connection setup request. Time when the regular BSRs are repeated when specified by teWait. When the parameter is setfor to transmission value "0" any ulChBw =15MHz=> the UE has data available The Treselection parameter defines the celland no correlation is disabled. Configuration 1: corresponding ULvalue. grant Itisallows received so far. of the reselection This timer istimer started when an(12 UEaveraging entersper a cell by SRS C1: CSRS=0, BSRS=2 PRBs target cell quality before cell reselection is handover or the RRC Re-Establishment. UE);SRS C2: CSRS=0, BSRS=3 (4Time PRBs per UE) Determines maximum allowed Alignment performed. Configuration 2: is exceeded, TA command is offset. If the value Determines the number of subframes after which The timer controls how long the needed SRS C1: CSRS=0, BSRS=2 (12context PRBs per UE); to sent to the UE to adjust UL timing. a UE assumes it is out-of-sync in UL if no Time The defines lead with respect the in sendparameter an X2AP: HANDOVER REPORT is to stored SRS C2: CSRS=0, BSRS=3 (4 PRBs per UE) Alignment command was taTimer expiration time forreceived. starting send the the newthat cell after Configuration 3: handover. A code commonly identifies thetotracking area periodic timing advance command. No special action isBSRS=2 triggered on timer SRS C1: CSRS=1, (16 PRBsexpiry per UE); for all PLMNs listed for this cell. This specifies the Squal threshold used by the UE SRS C2: CSRS=1 BSRS=3 (4 PRBs per UE) on the serving cell whenfor reselecting towards a Specifies the threshold the serving frequency Configuration 4: lower priority RAT/ frequency. used in reselection evaluation towards SRS C1: CSRS=1, BSRS=2 (16 PRBs lower per UE); Threshold Th1 for RSRP Not recognized byfrequency UEs < Rel9 priority EUTRAN or RAT. SRS C2: CSRS=1, BSRS=3 (4 PRBs per UE) If RSRP offor serving greater than only Threshold RSRPcell of is serving cell for Th1, start of the serving cell is measured. GERAN Measurements Threshold for RSRP of serving cell for start of ulChBw =10MHz=> Threshold for RSRP measurements of serving cell. If the value is CDMA2000-eHRPD Configuration 1:is mapped Threshold for RSRP of serving cell. If, the The dBm value to the 3GPP IEvalue valueis below threshold2GERAN (event A2) GERAN SRS C1: CSRS=0, BSRS=2 (12 PRBs per below Th2_InterFreq, inter frequency according to TS 36.133: measurements are started. Threshold for RSRP of serving cell. value-140 below UE);SRS C2: CSRS=0, BSRS=3 (4 If PRBs per UE) measurements are a started. * -140 dBm means threshold lower than threshold2Hrpd (event A2) then CDMA2000Configuration 2: dBmdBm value Threshold for RSRP of serving cell for start of The is mapped the 3GPP IE value eHRPD areto C1:measurements CSRS=0, BSRS=2 (12 PRBs per UE); a The dBm value is36.133: mapped tostarted. the -44 3GPP IEmean value *SRS values between -139 dBm and dBm WCDMA Measurements according to TS Threshold forTS RSRP of serving for stopping of Value-Range follows 3GPP TS 36.133 chapter SRS C2: CSRS=0, BSRS=3 (4 cell PRBs per UE) according to 36.133: threshold lower than the configured value but Threshold for RSRP serving cell. If the value *Inter-RAT -140 dBm means a of threshold lower than -140 is (InterFreq) Measurements 9.1.4 Configuration Threshold RSRP 3: of serving cell. RSRP of *higher -140 threshold2Wcdma dBm means threshold lower than -140 thanfor or equala to the (value - 1If,dB) below (event A2) WCDMA dBm Threshold for RSRP of serving cell. Ifand Inter-RAT serving C1: cell CSRS=1, is lower BSRS=2 than threshold3 (8 PRBs per RSRP UE); of dBm *SRS -43 dBm means a threshold higher than or equal Threshold for RSRP of intra-frequency neighbor measurements are started. *The values between dBmare -44 dBm mean (InterFreq) measurements active and value dBm value is -139 mapped toand the 3GPP IEa value a SRS neighbor C2: CSRS=1 cell is greater BSRS=3 than threshold3a, (4 PRBs per UE) *to values between -139 dBm and -44 dBm mean -44 dBm cell. If RSRP of serving cell is lower than threshold lower than the value but a exceeds Th2a (event A1)configured then Inter-RAT according totriggered. TS 36.133: Configuration handover is 4: threshold lower than the configured value but threshold3 and RSRP of neighbor cell is<= greater The dBm value is mapped to the 3GPP IE value higher than or equal to the (value 1 dB) measurements are a stopped. Th2_XXX Th2a *higher -140C1: dBm means threshold lower than -140 SRS CSRS=1, BSRS=2 (8 PRBs per UE); than or equal to the (value 1 dB) than threshold3a, a handover is triggered. according to TS 36.133: *dBm -43 dBm means threshold higher than or equal for XXX= InterFreq, WCDMA, GSM, CDMA2000The dBm C2: CSRS=1, value is mapped BSRS=3 to(4 the PRBs 3GPP per IEUE) value *SRS -43 dBm means aa threshold higher than or equal *to -140 dBm means threshold lower than -140 -44 dBm HRPD *to values between -139 dBm and -44 dBm mean a Configuration according to TS 5: 36.133: -44 dBm The dBm value is mapped to the 3GPP IE value dBm lower thana the configured SRS *threshold -140 C1: dBm CSRS=2, BSRS=1 threshold (20PRBs lowervalue than per but -140 a tomeans TSis36.133: *according values between -139 and dBm The dBm value mapped to the -44 3GPP value higher than orCSRS=2, equal to dBm the (value - 1PRBs dB)IEmean UE);SRS dBm C2: BSRS=3 (4 per UE) *threshold -140 dBm means a the threshold lowervalue than but -140 lower than configured to TS 36.133: *according -43 dBm means a threshold higher than or equal *Configuration values between 6: -139 dBm and -44 dBm mean a

Threshold for RSRP of intra-frequency neighbor cell If RSRP ofinserving value < Th4 then re-in The cell. timeToTrigger ReportConfigEUTRA and direct is triggered. ReportConfigInterRAT are multiplied with the The timeToTrigger in ReportConfigEUTRA and in scaling factor applicable formultiplied the UE's with speed state, ReportConfigInterRAT are the BLER target value for link adaption while in TTI The dBm value is mapped to the 3GPP IE value that is, if the UE is in the high mobility state as scaling factor applicable for the UE's speed state, Bundling mode according to TS 36.133: Controls threshold for switching UEs as defined inthe TSBLER 36.304 . medium that is, if the UE is in the mobility *from -140non-bundling dBm means mode a threshold lower than state -140 into TTI-Bundling SINR for switching UEs from TTI-mode defined in TS 36.304. dBm threshold Bundling mode bandwidth into non-TTI-bundling mode defines thedBm UL mean a *Uplink valueschannel between -139 dBm and -44 bandwidth for the eNB transmission in threshold lower than the configured value but and Identifies the uplink combination mode,a cell, also defines the number of available Physical higher than or equal to the (value 1 dB) possibilities areshift MRC and IRC. Defines cyclic uplink reference signals. Resource Blocks. * -43 dBm means aofthreshold higher than or equal Defines target Block Error Ratio for uplink to -44 dBm 2-way or 4-way RX diversity will be automatically Adaptive Modulation and Coding. If a 'SuperCell' is dependent activated (LNCEL-actSuperCell selected by eNB on the number of RX set to 'true') the bandwidth usage isinlimited antenna lines which are configured LCELLto 10MHz and 20 MHz. resourceList. Uplink UL In casechannel of 4 RXbandwidth antennas, defines the IRCthe algorithm will bandwidth for the eNB transmission in cell, and automatically switch to MRC dependenta on the also defines the number of available Physical interference situation. Resource Blocks. O&M switch for enabling/disabling the counting of For optimal performance of the IRC1st mode it is all Transport Blocks instead of mapping the parameter defines the period in sentto number The uplink channel bandwidth recommended to deploy phase synchronization transmission Transport Blocks for defining uplink Transport Blocks (TBs) when uplink of Physical Resource Blocks is: The parameter defines the period in Adaptive MCS via GPS. Adaptive Modulation and Coding inner loop factor Modulation inner loop functionalities 1.4 MHz = 6and UL Coding PRBS increase/decrease events when uplink Adaptive Used as a fractional path loss compensation (UEs in non-TTI bundling mode), BLER should be= executed. Depending on the parameter 3.0 15 Bandwidth UL PRBS Transmission (ATB) functionality IRCMHz reception is(UEs supported on FSM Rel3 only. factor: alpha. ItUL controls received SNR variance measurements in TTI bundling mode). Configures interference-aware uplink power ulAmcEnableAllTbs, all TBs or 1st transmission 5.0 MHz = 25 PRBS should be performed. MCS change events Four RX antenna reception is supported onare FSM (fairness) for user data and sounding reference control TBs have calculated for period. MCS 10.0 MHz =that 50 is UL PRBS P0 setting broadcast in the SIB2 ifisinterferencecalculated and UL ATB functionality executed Rel3 only. been symbol. increase/decrease based on the UL AMC inner 15.0 MHz =the 75isevent UL PRBS aware UL-PC activated. every time counter reaches the value Controls Target SINR infractional interference-aware ULAlpha can't control the pathloss loop factor can be only done after the period ends. 20.0 MHz = 100 UL PRBS ulpcAlpha must bethe set tobalancing "alphain1"the forcase Target defined in the parameter. PC: provides a tilt in the between compensation for sounding Minimum quality measure for interference-aware interference-aware UL-PC. SINR in Target cell-center and SINR at cell-edge. PUSCH masking isuplink activated (actPuschMask UL-PC. SINR for Target UEs in poor conditions Maximum 10 MHz channel bandwidth may Minimum number of TTIs (ms) that must pass Target SINR determines the max. throughput, equal to 'true') as SRS is disabled in this case. cannot go below a power limit defined by is this parameter be usedanother with single FSMD to configure more than before UL decision made for Controls Target SINR in increase interference-aware UL-a therefore higher values cell-center even they generate higher interference. 2 cellsif or with single FSME toUL configure more than UE. PC: provides equal shift of Target SINR for all throughput at an the cost of cell-edge throughput, The parameter defines the initial power for Defines a minimum quality level in linear scale that 3 cells. UEs in the cell, regardless of their pathloss ratios. and vice versa. Random Access preamble transmission. is a multiplier to a reference SINR calculated from Uplink power control configuration for PUCCH ulpcRefPwrIAw theuplink UE's channel UL signal plus noise. 1.4 MHz and 3.0and MHz bandwidth is component Lower threshold of the power control window for only supported on FSMF. the RSSI (signal of level) PUCCH component Lower threshold the for power control window for the SINR (signal quality) for PUCCH component Upper threshold of the power control window for the RSSI (signal of level) PUCCH component. Upper threshold the for power control window for the SINR (signal quality) for PUCCH Uplink power control configuration forcomponent. PUSCH / SRS component Lower threshold of the power control window for the RSSI (signal of level) PUSCH / SRS Lower threshold the for power control window for component the SINR (signal quality) for PUSCH / SRS for Upper threshold of the power control window component the RSSI (signal level) for PUSCH / SRS Upper threshold of the power control window for component. the (signalindicated quality) for PUSCH/SRS TPCSINR command in the Random Access component. response related to Random Access message Time interval for sending averaged RSSI and 3 or 1st scheduled uplink transmission. SINR values to the matrix to determine Scheduler Type for decision FD scheduler power corrections in closed loopwhich uplink power Defines the scheduling method be in Maximum number of aggregated VoIPshall packets control. applied in frequency domain for the scheduler UL (with the Inter Arrival Time 20 ms) for UEs in Defines minimum PRBofallocation UL Defines the maximum number of VoIP packets which are power limited. the minimum ULscheduler TBSUL (segment size). -Defines The "RoundRobinFD" assigns the which may be aggregated transmission This is used forofthe UEs forfor which theUEs maximum The lower limit the range is defined equal to the physical resources equally fair to the selected Table which defines of the PUSCH based onofaPRBs IAT ofdue 20the ms. If the limitation IAT of the number to location power isVoIP limited minimum transport block size (TBS) in the Table by theinTD scheduler until the PRBs are sufficient mask the UL spectrum. packets is 10 ms the maximum packet to low <=TS 5).36.213. 7.1.7.2.1-1 inis(e.g. 3GPP for the values service or the physical resources of the cell aggregation {1,3,5,7}. are exhaust Note that values of the parameter are {1,2,3,4} The limit of the range is defined equal to the -regardless Theupper "ExhaustiveFD" scheduler assigns infollowing the of Inter Arrival Time, therefore TBS belonging to modulation order 2 and 10 priority sequence defined by the TD scheduler as mapping is used to configure UL Packet PRBs. many physical resources as possible to the UEs Aggregation for IAT of 10ms – ulsMaxPacketAgg until number of level PRBswith are IAT sufficient for the valuethe (aggregation of 10ms) -> 1 (1),

Length of the PUSCH mask in the UL spectrum. The is the defined by number PRBs. Startlength PRB of PUSCH mask inofthe UL spectrum. Defines the scheduling method which shall be applied in the cell forcontrol the UL parameters branch. Additional UL power defined in Selects the method for the scheduling of the UEs 3GPP release 10. These parameters are used The parameter definescan thebe transport format in UL. Three methods chosen the only when the Cellinispower configured asfor PCell in dependent offset PUCCH The parameter defines the control transport format channel unaware UL scheduler, the interference Carrier Aggregation. format 1bCS. dependent offsetdefines in power control for PUCCH aware UL scheduler andthe the channel aware that UL a This maximum This parameter parameter is used only when the value Cell is format 3.assume, scheduler. CIO can when changed autonomously by Unique sector electronics ID when provided configured as PCell in Carrier Aggregation. This parameter is used only the by Celloperator. is the eNB during for example the intra-frequency This parameter allows the operator to assign Cell Individual Offset of home eNB cellsafor configured as PCell in(CIO) Carrier Aggregation. load balancing function. unique sector electronics ID to a cell period. insertion theofCIO List of EUTRA Serving EARFCNinto value the Cell home eNB carrier frequency or Neighbor Carrier Measurement Object Uniquely identifies a LNHENB instance. CIO values for macro eNodeB(s) always have First pcipriority in the than range of physical celleNBs ids which higher those for home as farare as reserved for home eNBs. the PCI of the macro eNB is not in a home eNB Last pci in the range of physical cell ids which are PCI range. reserved forofhome eNBs. Explicit List ARFCNs The ARFCN values inin set (including the Threshold RSRP ofthe serving cell. If RSRP of if CIO is only included the measurement object In case of afor single PCI the same value startingARFCN) are explicitly listed oneas bypciFirst one.or serving value < b2Threshold1Utra and RSCP there is sufficient space. Threshold forconfigured. RSSI of GERAN neighbour cell. If needs to be EcN of ofWCDMA neighbour cell > RSRP serving < b2Threshold1 andB2RSSI Duration for whichvalue the RSRP based event b2Threshold2Utra of GERAN neighbour cell > b2Threshold2GERAN must be valid Indicates how to interpret ARFCN of the BCCH then handover is triggeredthe (B2 event) then handover is (B2 event). Time for level whichthreshold thetriggered specific criteria for the RSRP carrier Receive for serving cell infor B2 Relatedmeasurement Hysteresis ofevent Handover Margin to based B2event must be how metHO in The IE BandIndicatorGERAN indicates to event. Used in measurement GERAN This parameter is the naming Attribut of the MOC order to trigger a measurement report. interpret anisassociated GERAN carrier ARFCN, type B2 where the event is triggered if the serving Parameter used within the entry and leaves Receive level threshold for GERAN neighbour cell LNHOG. Network (PLMN) Colour Code see TS 45.005 [20]. More specifically, the IE cell becomes worse than condition of the B2 triggered reporting condition. in B2 event. Used in measurement event type B2 Instance Identifier ofAND afrequency GERAN eNACC HO Target This parameter restricts the permitted Network indicates the GERAN in case b2Threshold1Utra the WCDMA neighbour RSRP based event the UE to the The IE value is multiplied bytriggers where the event isB2 triggered if2.theband serving cell Colour Code (NCC) for connected mobility. ARFCN value can concern either amode DCS 1800 cell becomes better than perform periodical reporting withcell. the indicated becomes worse than b2Threshold1 AND the ofor a Threshold for RSRP of serving If RSRP Using default settings, no network is permitted. PCS 1900 carrier frequency. For ARFCN values b2Threshold2Utra (dep. interval GERANvalue neighbour cell becomes better than serving to total power in the signal bandwidth of a Field encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to indicator is not relevant. Set in ReportConfigInterRAT for WCDMA Time which The specific criteria for the periodical reports. ReportInterval is applicable Set induring ReportConfigInterRAT for GERAN. b2Threshold2PstrHrpd CDMA2000 forward channel. See 3GPP2 "0" if a BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is not RSRP&Pstr based measurement event B2 needs ifNote: the handover UE periodical reporting for B2 Theperforms mapping for RSRP based GERAN Structure including bandclass and arfcn for then isis5.4.6.2.1) triggered (B2 event) C.S0087-A (chp. for CDMA2000-HRPD permitted for monitoring and set to "1" if IE thevalue BCCH The dBm value mapped to the 3GPP to be met in order to trigger a measurement RSRP thresholds is different from the one defined in CDMA2000 eHRPD carrier frequency Absolute Radio Frequency Number of CDMA2000 The pilotStrength of eHRPD maps onto the 3GPP carrier with NCC = N-1 is permitted for monitoring; according to TS 36.133: report. 3GPP TSlevel 36.133 and are in TS Structure isserving used provide the Receive threshold fordefined in45.008 B2 eHRPD carrier frequency parameter b2-Threshold2CDMA2000 with 0bit as the N = 1 Class to 8;hrpdCarrierFreq bit 1CDMA2000 of the bitmap islower thetocell leading of * -140 dBm means a threshold than -140 Band of eHRPD carrier CDMA2000 carrier information event. Used in measurement event The CDMA2000 ARFCN used to indicate the strongest and with 63 (-31.5 dB) as the weakest the bit string. dBm frequency The dBm value is mapped the 3GPP IE serving value Defines the relative weight of this eHRPD type B2 where the event is to triggered if CDMA2000 the CDMA2000 carrier frequency within adBm pilot strength. *The values between -139 dBm and -44 mean CDMA2000 band class is used to define thea according to TS 45.008: neighbor frequency in theis search algorithm used cell becomes worse than Defines whether the UE allowed to perform preband, see C.S0002-A. threshold lower than the configured value but CDMA2000 band inaAND which theeHRPD CDMA2000 carrier *for -110 dBm means threshold lower than -110 selecting the carrier used for measurement b2Threshold1Hrpd the neighbour registration when the UE does not have a valid / higher than or equal to the (value 1 dB) Provides the search window size to be used by frequency canduring be found, as defined in C.S0057-E dBm configuration eHRPD handover cell becomes better than b2Threshold2PstrHrpd. current pre-registration. A value of false indicates ** -43 dBm means a threshold higher than or equal the UE for the neighbouring pilot. [table 1.5-1]. values between -109 dBmindicates and -48 dBm Related hysteresis handover formean HO toa procedures. A higher value higher Set in not ReportConfigInterRAT formargin CDMA2000UE is allowed toof perform to -44 dBm The parameter mandatory. Note: Bandclasses 18, 20preregistration and 21 are not threshold lower is than the19, configured value butin this CDMA2000-eHRPD priority. eHRPD. This parameter uniquely identifies a be LNHOH cell. Provides the window size to used supported by this release. higher than equal to thethe (value - and 1 dB) Parameter isorsearch used within entry leaveby Value-Range follows 3GPP TS 36.133 chapter instance. Offset value applicable to the eHRPD carrier the UE for the neighbouring pilot, see C.S0005-A. *condition -47 dBm means a threshold higher than or equal of the B2 triggered reporting condition. 9.1.4 frequency. to -48 dBm The RSRP&Pstr based B2 event triggers the UE IE value is multiplied by 2. The IE Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT is used to indicate to perform periodical reporting with the indicated The dBm is for mapped to the 3GPP IEinvalue Margin forvalue RSRP betterto cell Used a frequency offset beHO. applied when interval according to specific TS 36.133: measurement event type A3 where the event is Margin for RSRQ for better cell HO. Used evaluating triggering conditions for measurement *triggered -140 dBm means a threshold lower than in -140 when the inter frequency neighbour cell measurement eventindicates typewhich A3 where the event is reporting. Defines the interval with measurement The ReportInterval the interval between dBm becomes A3 offset better than the serving cell. triggered when the-139 intersent frequency cella repeatedly as long as specific periodical reports. The ReportInterval isthe applicable *reports valuesare between and -44neighbour dBm mean Defines the interval withdBm which measurement becomes A3 offset better than the serving cell. criteria for the inter frequency measurement event ifreports the UE performs periodical reporting for B2 threshold lower than the configured value but repeatedly sent as longfor as theinter specific Time forare which the specific criteria the A3 with quantity RSRP is met. Value as RSRP&Pstr based event. higher than or equal to the (value - 1 definitions dB) criteria for the inter frequency measurement event frequency measurement event A3 with quantity for which the specific criteria for the inter stated in 3GPP TS36.331: value MS120 Value ms120 corresponds with 120 ms, ms240 *Time -43 dBm means a threshold higher than or equal A3 withmust quantity RSRQ is met. Value definitions as RSRP be met in order toso trigger ams frequency measurement event A3 with quantity corresponds to 120 ms, MS240 toMS120 240 and with 240 ms and on, while valueso to -44 dBm Defines the interval with which measurement stated in 3GPP TS36.331: value measurement report. Value definitions as stated in RSRQ must be metwith incorresponds order tomin6 trigger on, while value MIN1 toas 1athe min, MIN6 min1 corresponds 1MS240 min, corresponds reports are repeatedly sent as long specific corresponds to the 120 ms, to 240 ms and so Time for which specific criteria for the inter 3GPP TS36.331: value MS0 corresponds to 0 ms, measurement report. Value definitions as stated in to 6while min and soso on.on. with 6 min and criteria for the frequency measurement event on, value MIN1 to 1 min, MIN6 frequency measurement event A5 must betomet in MS40 to 40 msinter and socorresponds on. 3GPP TS36.331: value MS0 corresponds 0 ms, A5 met. Value definitions as stated 3GPP to 6ismin and so on. order to measurement report.inValue MS40 totrigger 40value ms aand so on. TS36.331: MS120 corresponds to ms, definitions as stated in 3GPP TS36.331: 120 value MS240 to 240 ms and so on, while value MIN1 MS0 corresponds to 0 ms, MS40 to 40 ms and so corresponds to 1 min, MIN6 to 6 min and so on. on.

Identifies E-UTRA carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid. Related Hysteresis of Handover Margin for Better Mid-(-center)frequency of serving cell, used in Cell Handover of Inter-Frequency Related of Handover Margin for Quality EUTRA Hysteresis Measurement Configuration Parameter is used within the entry and leave Handover of Inter-Frequency Related Hysteresis of Handover Margin for condition ofisthe A3 within triggered Parameter used the reporting entry andcondition. leave Coverage Handover of Inter-Frequency PresenceAntennaPort1 is usedcondition. to indicate The IE value is multiplied by 2. condition of the A3 triggered reporting Parameter used within the cells entryuse andAntenna leaves whether all is the This parameter is the naming attribute condition. of MOC The IE value is neighbouring multiplied by 2. condition of the A5 triggered reporting Port 1. When set to TRUE, the UE may assume LNHOIF Defines which to use for Event A3 are The IE least value isquantity multiplied by 2. that at two cell-specific antenna ports measurements towards this frequency. Measurement bandwidth common for allThis used in all neighbouring cells. parameter refers event A3. If set toused 'both', neighbouring cellstoon the in two Offset value applicable to frequency, thewhen EUTRA neighbour A3 events will be configured measuring this Measurement Configuration. carrier frequencies. Threshold RSRP of serving cell. If RSRP of carrier, onefor per specific measurement quantity. The IE Q-OffsetRange is used to indicate a cell or serving value threshold3InterFreq and Threshold for < RSRP of neighbour cell. If RSRP RSRP of of frequency specific offset to be applied when neighbour cell > threshold3aInterFreq serving value < threshold3InterFreq andofRSRP of Threshold for Filtering Target Cells out reported evaluating candidates for cell re-selection or when then handover triggered (A5 event) neighbour cell >ison threshold3aInterFreq A4 eventlevel based RSRP evaluating triggering conditions fordue measurement Threshold for Filtering Target Cells outtoof reported Receive threshold forvalues serving cell inInter A5 then handover is Balancing triggered (A5 event) Frequency Load reporting. A4 event based on RSRQ values due to Inter event. Used in measurement event Threshold for UTRA neighbor cell on the Receive level threshold for neighbour cellcurrent in A5 This parameter isBalancing aimed fortriggered postprocessing Frequency Load type A5 where the event is if the serving frequency, considered to be good and reported event. Used in measurement event Threshold UTRA neighbor cell is onnot thetocurrent (RSRP) thefor related A4 report and be in This parameter is aimed forB1 postprocessing cell measurement becomes worse than the result of event. type A5 where the event is triggered if the serving frequency, considered to be good and reported configured in any report configuration in the Duration foronly which the RSRP based (RSRQ) the related A4 report and is event not cell to B1 beUE.in threshold3InterFreq AND the neighbour Applicable if measQuantityUTRA-FDD=cpichcell becomes worse than the measurement result of B1 event. Value-Range follows 3GPP TS 36.133 chapter must be valid. For further important configured in any report configuration in cell thesee UE becomes better than threshold3aInterFreq. Threshold for RSRP of serving cell. notice If RSRP of the EcN0. threshold3InterFreq AND the neighbour Applicable only if measQuantityUTRA-FDD=cpich9.1.4 Additional Description. Value-Range follows 3GPP TS 36.133 chapter Set in ReportConfigEUTRA serving value < b2Threshold1Utra RSCP or cpich-EcN0 corresponds to CPICH_Ec/No in TS becomes better thanneighbour threshold3aInterFreq. Threshold for UTRA celland on the current RSCP. 9.1.7 EcN of WCDMA neighbour cell > 25.133 for FDD only, and is not applicable for Set in ReportConfigEUTRA frequency, such it is considered tothe be good cpich-RSCP corresponds toto CPICH_RSCP in TS Threshold for UTRA neighbour cell on the current Time for which the specific criteria for The dBm value isthat mapped the 3GPP IERSRP value b2Threshold2Utra TDD. and reported in the measurement result of B2 25.133 for FDD, and P-CCPCH_RSCP in TS frequency, such that it is considered to be good based measurement event B1 must be met in according to which TSisis36.133: Duration for the RSRP based event then handover triggered (B2 event) Set in ReportConfigInterRAT for WCDMA. The dBm value mapped to the 3GPP IE B2 value event. 25.123 for TDD. and reported in the measurement result of B2 order to trigger a measurement report. *must -140 dBm means a threshold lower than -140 valid Receive level threshold for serving Parameter is TS optional oncell in according to Related Hysteresis of depending Margin for CSFB to B2 Applicable only if36.133: measQuantityUTRA-FDD=cpichSet inbeReportConfigInterRAT WCDMA. event. dBm event. Used in measurement event measQuantityCSFBUtraFdd. *WCDMA -140 dBm means a threshold lower than -140 EcN0. Parameter is optional on for Hysteresis of depending Handover Margin forRSRP HO toa Applicable only ifSince measQuantityUTRA-FDD=cpichImportant Note: the B1 event the *Related values between -139 dBm and -44 dBm mean Time for which specific criteria for the type B2 where the event is triggered if the serving dBm cpich-EcN0 corresponds toreported CPICH_Ec/No in TS measQuantityCSFBUtra. WCDMA RSCP. purpose of CSFB shall be by the UE threshold lower than the configured value but Attribute Of MOC LNHOW based event B2 must be met in asa cell becomes worse than The dBmeasurement value is mapped to the 3GPP IEleaves value *Naming values between -139 dBm and -44 dBm mean Parameter is used within the entry and 25.133 for FDD. Parameter is used within the entry and leave cpich-RSCP corresponds to CPICH_RSCP in TS fast as possible not the full range of up to 5120 ms higher than or equal to the (value 1 dB) Instance Identifier of an WCDMA Handover Target order to trigger a measurement report. b2Threshold1Utra AND the WCDMA neighbour according tomaximum TSis 25.133: threshold lower than the configured value but Defines the number of WCDMA. target cells per condition of the B2 triggered reporting condition. Set in ReportConfigInterRAT for The dBm value mapped toRecommended the 3GPP IEor value condition of the B2 triggered reporting condition. 25.133 for FDD. for TTT shall be applicable. value *cell -43 dBm means a threshold higher than equal becomes better than *higher -24 dB means a threshold lower than -24 dB than or equal to the (value 1 dB) frequency for CS fallback with PS-HO. The IE value is multiplied by 2. Parameter isapplicable optional depending on256 according to TS 25.133: Offset value to the carrier The IE value is multiplied by 2.UTRA Set in ReportConfigInterRAT for would be up to and higher than ms. to -44 dBm b2Threshold2Utra (dep. *Setting values between -23.5 dB and 0 WCDMA. dBm mean a -43 dBm means aanot threshold higher than or equal this limit controls measurement object measQuantityUtra. *frequency. -120 dBm means threshold lower than -120 Parameter is optional depending on Hence the range ist restricted. The RSRP based B2 event triggers the UE to measQuantityUtra). threshold lower than the configured value but to -44 dBm configuration and inhibits long measurement dBm The IE than Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT isthe used to indicate measQuantityUtra. perform periodical reporting with indicated Set in for WCDMA higher orisequal to dBm the (value –for 0.5 UTRA carrier frequency which this a times. The dBReportConfigInterRAT value mapped toto the 3GPP IEdB) value *Identifies values between -119 and -25 dBm mean a frequency specific offset be applied when interval *according 0.5 dB means a25.133: threshold higher than or equal to configuration is valid to TS threshold lower than the configured value but This parameter the naming attribute Of MOC evaluating triggering conditions for measurement The dBm value is mapped to the 3GPP IE value The indicates the interval between dBm value is mapped the 3GPP IE value 0 dBReportInterval The IE ARFCN-ValueUTRA is used indicate *higher -24 dB means a25.133: threshold lower -24 dB the than orTS equal to the to (value -than 1todB) LNHOX. reporting. according to Structure including bandclass and arfcn for periodical reports. The ReportInterval is applicable according to TS 36.133: ARFCN applicable for a downlink (Nd, FDD) or *It values between -23.5 dB and 0 dBm mean a bi-24 dBm means a threshold higher than or equal uniquely identifies athreshold LNHOX instance. **CDMA2000 -120 dBm means a lower than -120 1XRTT frequency ifAbsolute the UE performs periodical reporting for but B2 -140 dBm means acarrier threshold lower than -140 Radio Frequency Number of CDMA2000 directional (Nt, TDD) UTRA carrier frequency threshold lower than the configured value to -25 dBm dBm Structure rttCarrierFreq is used to –provide the RSRP based event. dBm 1XRTT carrier frequency higher than or equal to dBm the (value 0.5 dB) Band Class of CDMA2000 1XRTT carrier *Value between -119 and -25 dBm mean a CDMA2000 1xRTT carrier information ms120 corresponds with 120 ms, ms240 ** values values between -139 dBm and -44 dBm mean The CDMA2000 ARFCN used to indicate the 0.5 dB means a threshold higher than or but equal ato frequency threshold lower than the configured value Defines the maximum number of target cells per corresponds with 240 ms and so on, while value threshold lower thanfrequency the configured value but CDMA2000 carrier adB) CDMA2000 0 dBCDMA2000 The band iswithin used to define the higher than or equal to the (value -- 1 frequency for enhanced CSFB to to CDMA2000 min1 corresponds with 1 min, min6 higher than orsearch equal toclass the (value 1corresponds dB) Provides the window size be used by band, see C.S0002-A. CDMA2000 band which thehigher CDMA2000 *1xRTT -24 means a threshold than or equal with 6dBm min and so in on. *the -43UE dBm means a threshold higher than orcarrier equal for the neighbouring pilot, see C.S0005-A. Defines thecan pilot strength threshold enhanced frequency becontrols found, as defined inforC.S0057-E to Setting this limit measurement object to -25 -44 dBm dBm CSFB to CDMA2000 1xRTT. [table 1.5-1]. The "Accumulated MME served PLMNs" list configuration and inhibits long measurement In 3GPP TS36.331, pilotStrength's range is [0 .. Note: Bandclasses 18, 19, 20are andserved 21 areby not includes all PLMN IDs which MME. times. Mobile Country Code of PLMN ID value included in 63] which isbydifferent from current range of supported this release. served PLMNs per RAT MME. andisMNC Mobile Network Code of of PLMN IDMCC included inthat : paramter "rttStrengthThresh". The reason build a unique PLMN ID.of feature, served PLMNs RAT MME.Network MCC and MNC in future phase 2range e1xCsfb this parameter Determines the per of Mobile Code of build a unique PLMN ID. may be re-used as AggregatedThreshold which PLMN ID included in served PLMNs per RAT of This parameter is used to lock and unlock the include strengths from multiple PNs and MME. ethernet link interface. This parameter holds the transport AggregatedThreshold 's value rangenetwork is [-18 .. 63]. Locking the interface deactivates it. IPv4/v6 address of the Mobility Management Secondary application IPv4/v6 address of the Entity (MME) primary interface. The formula used by the UE (MME) to report the pilot Mobility Management Entity if multihoming This parameter is10 the naming attribute of the MOC Administrative state rules for correct Both IP address formats can be used. strength is [ -2 * * log (measured pilot feature is enabled. LNMME. configurations: This is a human readable name of the MME. Format: IPv4 parameter infield. dotted strength) ]. address This address field is FSMx Read-Only It uniquely identifies aa -31.5 LNMME •decimals Outdoor Module or63 IPv6 address parameter acc. to RFC Therefore maps to dB.instance. So [-18..63] maps 1. ETHLK dB. 0-1 at FSMx can be “unlocked” if 4291. to [9..-31.5] Format: exclusive IPv4 address parameter in Basic module FSMx present. dotted decimals or FSMx exclusive address if 2. ETHLK 0-2 at can IPv6 be “unlocked” parameter acc. to RFC4291. Basic module FSMx present and enable RP301Interface = false and if (TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK 1-1 = “locked” and

This parameter indicates the relative MME capacity assigned to the information MME. The parameter provides whether the S1 link is successfully established. This parameter holds the identifier for the transport network in case "Transport Absolute Radio Frequency Number ofSeparation CDMA2000 for RAN sharing" feature is supported. eHRPD carrier frequency Band Class of CDMA2000 eHRPD carrier The CDMA2000 ARFCN used to indicate the frequency Defines the Pseudo-Random Noise (PN) offset of The operator must take care that transportNwId of CDMA2000 carrier frequency a CDMA2000 The CDMA2000 band class iswithin used to definetothe this CDMA2000 HRPD neighbor cell. LNMME instance 0 (main MME) is identical This parameter contains the HRPD Sector carrier ID used band, see C.S0002-A. CDMA2000 band in in which the CDMA2000 mainTransportNwId IPNO. for handover preparation/execution and ThisHRPD parameter uniquely identifies LNNEIH frequency can be found, as defineda in C.S0057-E defined as specified in 3GPP2 C.S0024-A. instance. [table 1.5-1]. The parameter controls whether PS handover to Note: Bandclasses 18, 19, 20 and 21 are not the related neighbor cell is allowed. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) of Neighbor cellsstring for The parameter must be added as character supported by this release. insertion into the CIO Cell List of EUTRA Serving in hexadecimal notation with leading '0x'. The parameter provides the delta value, which is or CarriertoMeasurement Object. It isNeighbor used to added populate the operator CDMA2000 sector ID temporarily configured cell This parameter is thethe Macro eNB identifier which (128 bits) using hexadecimal characters. individual offset (LNREL parameter is part of different the E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier This parameter is from the cell identifier, whichreasons. is part All CIOs zero will be considered byof cellIndOffNeighDelta) for load balancing (ECGI) of the related neighbor cell. the E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier (ECGI) of the eNB for Measurement Configuration (up to a limit In addition to the leading '0x' it shall only contain This parameter is the primary PLMN ID, which is related neighbor cell. frequency). of 32ofCIOs per carrier hexadecimal characters '0'Global to '9', 'A' to 'F', 'a' to 'f'. part the E-UTRAN Identifier Mobile Country Code Cell of the primary PLMN(ECGI) ID, of the related neighbor cell. which isNetwork partofofSector the E-UTRAN Cell Mobile Code of equals the primary PLMNIdentifier The format ID theGlobal format ofID, an (ECGI) of the related neighbor cell. which is part of the E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier IPv6 address but without colons. This parameter determines the length of MNC. (ECGI) of the related neighbor cell. The parameter controls handover blacklisting. The instance of LNREL and the related cell of the MOC This parameter is the naming attribute relationship, defined by ECGI, identifies the LNREL. The parameter coordinates the access to allows specific cellidentifies to cell relation. The parameter It uniquely a LNREL instance. parameter handoverAllowed, i.e. whether Indicates status of theto neighbor relation. HO thisthe neighbor relation, onlyforS1 HO or no It is for highly recommended use object creation handover blacklisting setting at this instance of HO at all. Cell Identity of GERAN neighbor cellallwhich is part the lowest free lnRelId value within LNREL LNREL and the related cell relationship, is only unavailable: Indicates that the neighbor relation is The blacklisting applies addition to(CGI) blacklisting of the GERAN Cell Global Identifier ofThis the instances toin an LNCEL object. The parameter controls whether Network Assisted allowed tosubordinate be done manually by the operator or is not considered for HO (for example because viaavoid the LNCEL parameter blacklistHoL. related neighbor cell. to rejection of plan file activation due to Cell Change the related neighbor cell is of the also automatically by NetAct LAC of GERAN neighbor cell which is part neighbor cell to information not available). colliding lnRelId values if is an LNREL instance is allowed. GERAN Cell Global Identifier the The is uniquely as follows: This meaning parameter a of LNRELG automatically created by identifies eNB (CGI) because of related neighbor available: Indicates relation is 'allowed' cell. means thatthat anythe S1neighbor or X2 outgoing instance. activated ANR features. The parameter coordinates the access used as described in TS36.413 section 9.2.1.6 considered HO if not blacklisted, thatto ismobilityif handover isfor allowed. feature whitelist parameters (type: *Allowed), This parameter is is thenot PLMN which isvia part ofis handoverAllowed set toID, Forbidden. 'onlyS1' means that outgoiing handover S1that is whether handover blacklisting setting at this the GERAN Cell Global Identifier (CGI) of the "0000 and FFFE not allowed." allowedCountry but not Code via X2.of the PLMN ID, which is Mobile instance ofmeans LNRELG and the related cell related neighbor cell. invalid: Indicates that the neighbour relation 'forbidden' that no outgoing S1 or(CGI) X2 is of part of the GERAN Cell Global Identifier Mobile Network Code (MNC) of the PLMN ID, relationship, is only allowed to be done manually considered as not reliable because a CGI handover is triggered. the related neighbor cell. which is part of the GERAN Cell Global Identifier by the operator or also automatically by NetAct Length of MNCreported in digits.a different CGI for the PCI measurement (CGI) of the related cell.features Optimizer Features. NetAct ANR consider of the neighbour cellneighbor thewhether neighbour refers The parameter controls therelation related this setting accordingly. The Operator might to or because eNB detectedfor a conflict with another neighbor cell is a candidate providing system The parameter controls whether SRVCC handover consider the setting. existing neighbour relation. information in neighbor case ofNetAct UE redirection to GERAN. to the related cell isusage allowed. The parameter is for only. It isPS not The parameter controls whether CSFB with If system information is not configured in the evaluated by eNB. handover to the neighbor cell isrelation allowed. The nrStatus of uniquely arelated blacklisted neighbor This parameter identifies afrequency LNRELW related LNADJG object at least the of may be nevertheless ‘available’. This indicates instance. the cell will be provided in the redirection The parameter coordinates the access to mobilitythat all information for HOto is use available and creation HO It is highly recommended for*Allowed), object information. feature whitelist parameters (type: that This parameter is thepossible primary ID, which is would be infree principle ifPLMN blacklisting would the lowest lnRelWId value within all LNRELW is whether handover blacklisting setting at this part of the UTRAN Cell Global Identifier (CGI) of be released. Mobile Country Code and oftothe PLMN instances an LNCEL This is instance ofsubordinate LNRELW theprimary relatedobject. cell ID, the related neighbor cell. file which is part of the UTRAN Cell Global Identifier to avoid rejection of plan activation due to Mobile Network Code of the to primary PLMN ID, relationship, is only allowed be done manually (CGI) of the related neighbor cell. colliding lnRelWId values if an LNRELW instance which is part of the UTRAN Cell Global Identifier by the operator or also automatically by NetAct This parameter determines the length of MNC. is automatically created by eNB because (CGI) of the related neighbor cell. Optimizer Features. NetAct ANR features of consider The parameter controls The whether PS handover activated ANR features. this setting accordingly. Operator might to the cellwhether is allowed. Therelated parameter controls SRVCC handover consider theneighbor setting. to the related neighbor cell is allowed. The parameter is for NetAct usage It isCell not UTRAN Cell-ID which is part of the only. UTRAN evaluated by eNB. Global Identifier (CGI) of the related neighbor cell. UTRAN RNC identifier which is part of the UTRAN It uniquely neighboring cell within the Cell Globalidentifies Identifier a(CGI) of the related neighbor RNC. cell. It uniqely identifies of a neighboring UTRAN The Cell GlobalPLMN. Id is built as a 28 bit RNCUTRAN within the primary value. It consists either -Values of a 12inbit (range theRNC-ID range of 4096 0..4095) .. 65535 and are a 16 bit UTRAN Cellas IDExtended (range 0..65535) considered RNC-ID.or -The of aUTRAN 16 bit Extended RNC-Id (range Cell Global Id is built as a 28 bit

Defines the CDMA2000 1x Radio Transmission Technology carrier frequency of this Defines the (1xRTT) CDMA2000 1x Radio Transmission 1xRTT neighbor cell. Technology band class of this 1xRTT Defines the (1xRTT) cell number of this to CDMA2000 1x The CDMA2000 used indicate the neighbor cell. ARFCN Radio Transmission Technology (1xRTT) neighbor Define whether the CDMA2000 1xRTT neighbor CDMA2000 carrier frequency within a CDMA2000 The CDMA2000 band class is used to define the cell cell used forwhich 1xRTT band, see be C.S0002-A. Thiscould parameter is in the naming atrribute of MOC CDMA2000 band themeasure CDMA2000 carrier configuration for e1xCSFB. LNRELX. frequency can be found, as defined in C.S0057-E Defines the market identifier of the CBSC for this It uniquely identifies a LNRELX instance. [table 1.5-1]. CDMA2000 1xRTT neighbor cell. Defines the Pseudo-Random Noise (PN) offset of this CDMA2000 1xnumber Radio Transmission Defines the sector of this CDMA2000 1x Technology (1xRTT) neighbor cell. Radio Transmission Technology neighbor Defines the switching number of (1xRTT) this CDMA2000 cell. 1xRTT neighboridentifies cell. This parameter the MO instance for transport admission control LTE. 1 instance This parameter specifies thefor maximum permitted should be there in FTMtransport start up. bit rate for all aggregate guaranteed This parameter specifies the maximum permitted GBR Emergency connections. aggregate guaranteed transport bit rate permitted for all This parameter specifies the maximum GBR Handover connections. aggregate guaranteed transport bit of rate normal This parameter holds the identifier thefor transport GBR connections. network this LTAC instance is to be band Indicatorfor of which the additional E-UTRA frequency used. An additional E-UTRA frequency band mustfor the Additional spectrum emission requirement overlap with the native E-UTRA frequency band. additional frequency EARFCN value of theband. carrier frequency for which The native frequency band is either The UE requirements related to IE the profileband applies. parameter uniquely identifies a MFBIPR -This theMFBI operating which is are broadcasted SIB1 AdditionalSpectrumEmission defined ininTS A MFBI profile defines an or additional frequency instance. with IE freqBandIndicator Defines is MHA AISG MHA Non-AISG MHA. 36.101 table 6.2.4.1]. band in [42, order toband serve UEs or which support the -Selectable the frequency is related to the target values is 0which (false)= Non-AISG MHA AISG protocol version physical cell frequency but indicate another, EARFCN in case of interfrequency mobility. and 1 (true )= AISG MHA . overlapping frequency band. Defines a configurable alarm threshold level for The profile applies to eNB cellsif and inter-Alarm the amplifier, used the MHA A listmast-head containing: operating frequency band, value frequency neighbour cells with a frequency Detection parameter has the value 1 (in use). beamwidth and the operation gain. The antenna beamwidth foron theFlexi band. Some RET matching eutraCarrierFreq. Default value is depending Filter (FF). types may automatically update the beamwidth The antenna operation band. Some RET types information based on the configuration data may automatically update the band information The antenna gainthe for the band. Some RET types downloaded into RET device. Some devices based on the configuration data downloaded into may automatically update the gain information Antenna Bearing may alsodevice. restrict Some overwriting themay field.also restrict the RET devices based on the configuration data downloaded into Antenna model number overwriting the field. One frequency may be the RET device. Some devices may band also restrict given onlyserial once. Antenna overwriting the number field. supported antenna operating band(s) according to Identifies 3GPP are:the specific antenna line. Base Station Band I: 2100 ID MHz Note: If MHA isMHz used for another BTS (RET Band II: 1900 Defines the connection type for MHA/LNA. parameter connection Band III: 1800 MHz set to 'External') the value Gain resolution given thevalue gain of resolution figure of antlId set toasthe Band IV:must 1700be MHz expressed in dB. scannedAntennaInterface, because only this Installation Band V: 850Date MHz antenna line related detects and controls MHA. Band VI: 800 Installer's ID MHz Band VII: 2600 MHz The for MHA telling LNA number inside Bandparameter VIII: 900 MHz one MHA. For Non is used -1figure (not Maximum supported gainMHAs given as a gain Band IX: 1800 MHzAISG defined). expressed inwhether dB. Band X: 1700 MHz alarm detection is used or Determines Band XI: 1500 MHz not. Thethe options are 0 (false) and 1amplifier. (true). Default Defines gain of the mast-head Band XII: 700 MHz values for Non-AISG MHAs and AISG MHAs in This specific mast-head Bandparameter XIII: 700 MHz passive mode: 1defines Defaultthe values for AISG and third amplifier unit. Band MHAs:0 XIV: MHz Defines the700 type of the MHA. The MHA supported MHA party Note: Configurable alarms are Band XIX: 800 MHz types are: WMHA, WMHB, WMHC, WMHD, allowed only for passive MHAs Minimum supported gain given as a gain figure Band XX: 800 MHz MDTA, MDPA, MDGA, MDDA, FLJA, FLHA, expressed inproduct dB. Defines the code of the unit in question. Band XXI: 1400 FLMA, FLNA andMHz Other. 3GPP protocol version The immediate update to the new parameter value applies either after administrative actions for the radio module, i.e. block and unblock, or a BTS restart.

Defines which antenna interface is scanned. Expected Sector ID value: RMODx-ANTx and empty string where RMODx: 1...12 and ANTx: 1...6 It depends Defines serialtype number the unit inare question. on radio the module whichofantennas capable Substance version device numberdetection. for scanning/AISG The immediate update to the new parameter value TMA Subunit frequency band applies either receive after administrative actions for the TMA Subunit frequency band or a BTS radio module,receive i.e. block and unblock, restart. TMA Subunit transmit frequency band TMA Subunit transmit frequency band TMA Subunit type This parameter defines the MHA connector regarding WMHC and TMARET MHA types. List of CDMA2000 HRPD parameters neededThe for options aremobility BTS1 (Pass-through) and BTS2 to UE Idle Mode Load Balancing provided CDMA2000 HRPD band class value used for Idle (Power) for WMHC, NODEB0 and NODEB1 for in RRC Release message Mode Weightmobility. factor CDMA Band used by TMARET MHAoftypes. If HRPD other than WMHC or The UE performs onlyare Load Balancing cell round robin algorithm for idle mode load TMARET MHA types used, then the List of CDMA2000 1xRTT parameters needed for reselection for bands already configured for Idle balancing. wmhConnector parameter value is None in Idle Mode mobility Load Balancing provided to CDMA2000 1xRTT band class value for Idle Mobility (inround CDFIM) and transmitted system Weighted robin algorithm shallinused select UE in RRC Release message Mode mobility information. There is no need to provide other Weight one factor of CDMA 1xRTT used load by always target frequency forBand idle mode The UE performs only Load Balancing cell bands than configured already in capabilities, SIBs. UE willto be round robin algorithm for idle mode load balancing, which is matching UE List of eUTRAN parameters needed for Idle Mode reselection for bands already configured for Idle ignore bands. balancing. used assuch main target for idle mode load balancing mobility Load Balancing provided to UE in RRC eUTRA as EARFCN value for Idle Mobility (in CDFIM) and transmitted system Weighted round robin algorithm shallinused select and thisfrequency target will have always highest priority Release message Mode Mobility Load Balancing information.There is no need to provide other Weight one factor of EUTRA carrier always frequency for frequency idle mode used load by assigned in target RRC Release message. The UE performs Load cell bands than configured already in capabilities, SIBs. UE willto be round robin algorithm for idle mode load balancing, which isonly matching UE All other target frequency forBalancing idle mode load GERAN parameters needed for Idle Mode mobility reselection for frequencies already configured for ignore such bands. balancing. used as main target for idle mode load balancing matching UE capabilities andbalancing configured Load Balancing provided to transmitted UE inthe RRC Release This is an indicator to distinguish GERAN Idle Mobility (in IRFIM) and in system Weighted round robin algorithm shall select and this target have always highest priority for SIBs will bewill added as well, but with lowered message frequency case of ARFCN values information. There is nofor need towith provide other Weight one factor of in GERAN carrier frequency used by always target frequency for idle mode load assigned inband RRC Release message. priorities as configured SIB kept hierarchy associated with either GSM 1800 or GSM 1900 frequencies than configured already in SIBs. UE round robin algorithm for idle mode load balancing, which is matching UE capabilities, to be All other target frequency for idle mode load of priorities. GERAN frequency as ARFCN usedwith for Idle These parameters will be usedvalue together carriers. will ignore such frequencies. balancing. used as main target for idle mode load balancing balancing matching UE capabilitiestoand configured Mode mobility. parameter geranCarFrqIdleModeL build This parameter is the naming attribute of the For ARFCN values not associated with one ofMOC Weighted round robin algorithm shall select and this target will have always highest priority for SIBs will be added as well, but with lowered The algorithm shall calculate proportional weights Each ARFCN value explicitly listed. freqPriorityListGERAN IE in MODIMP. those bands, the indicator has no meaning. List of UTRA-FDD parameters for Idle always one frequency forneeded idlekept mode load assigned in target RRC Release priorities as configured for message. SIB with hierarchy corresponding to configured values. There is no IdleModeMobilityControlInfo for Load Balancing. It uniquely identifies aofMODIMP instance. Mode mobility Load Balancing provided to UE balancing, which is matching UE capabilities, be All other target frequency for idle mode load of priorities. check about the sum weights configured the Weight factor ofwill UTRA FDDMobility Carrierconfiguration frequency The UE performs only Load Balancing cell bytoin MODIMP contains the Idle This parameter be used together with RRC Release message used as main target for idle mode load balancing balancing matching UE capabilities and configured user. used by round robin algorithm forhave idle mode load reselection for frequencies already configured for UTRA-FDD as UARFCN value used for to be assigned toadded UE that do hot any profile "geranCarFrqIdleModeL" to build and this target will have always highest priority for SIBs willfrequency beshall as well, but with lowered The algorithm calculate proportional weights balancing. Idle Mobility (in GNFL) and transmitted in system Idle Mode mobility corresponding to SPID. freqPriorityListGERAN IE in This parameter offers the possibility to use assigned in RRC Release message. priorities as configured for SIB with kept hierarchy corresponding torobin configured values. There is as no 0. When not round specified weight isprovide considered Weighted algorithm select information. There isthe no needBalancing to other The UE performs only Load cell "IdleModeMobilityControlInfo" forshall Load Balancing. existing LNCEL configuration as default mobility Allpriorities. other target foralready idle mode load of check about thefrequency sum ofcell weights configured byUE the List of WCDMA target frequencies for high always one target frequency for idle mode load frequencies than configured in SIBs. reselection for frequencies already configured for profile. balancing matching UE capabilities and configured user. priority Circuit Switched Fallback (CSFB). The balancing, which is matching UE capabilities, tolist be will ignore such frequencies. List of WCDMA target frequencies normal Idle Mobility (in UFFIM) and transmitted inweights system autoAdapt parameter iscell considered when MODPR for SIBs will be added as well, butload with lowered The algorithm shall calculate proportional applies even if the Subscriber profile based used as main target for idle mode balancing priority Circuit Switched Fallback (CSFB). list information. There isthe nofor need to provide other LTE inter-frequency mobility is restricted toThe the applies. priorities asspecified configured SIB with kept hierarchy corresponding to configured values. There is no When not weight is considered as 0. mobility feature isconfigured deactivated. and target will have always highest priority This this parameter will be used together with applies even if the Subscriber profile based frequencies than already in SIBs. UE target frequency layers configured in If LNBTS-actSelMobPrf is set to 'true' then of priorities. check about the to sum of weights configured by the WCDMA PS-HO mobility is restricted to the target assigned in RRC Release message. geranCarFrqBd build freqPriorityListGERAN IE mobility feature deactivated. will ignore such is frequencies. freqLayListLte. MODPR applies only no MOPR exists for user. frequency layersfrequency configured inidle If mobility profiles are when activated it additionally All other target for mode load in IdleModeMobilityControlInfo for Load Balancing. List of WCDMA target cell frequencies for Single the specific SPID or when no SPID is assigned The algorithm shall calculate proportional weights When not specified the weight is considered 0. freqLayListPsHoWcdma.. applies to profiles UEs if no SPID value provided orasif to no balancing matching UE capabilities andThe configured Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC). list If mobility are activated itisfor additionally Percentage of UE to be selected Idle Mode If feature LTE490 'Selective Mobility Profiles' is the UE. corresponding to configured values. There is no mobility profile is assigned to the SPID value. for SIBs will be added as well, but with lowered applies even if the profile based tobyUEs if sum noSubscriber SPID is provided or ifthe no Load Balancing. enabled setting the LNBTS parameter If LNBTS-actSelMobPrf is value set to false then check about the of weights configured This parameter is the naming attribute of thebyMOC If feature LTE490 'Selective Mobility Profiles' is priorities as configured for SIB with kept hierarchy mobility feature is deactivated. profile is assigned to the SPID value. MODPR-idleLBPercentageOfUes is taken into actSelMobPrf to 'true' the restriction applies to MODPR applies for allmobility UEs. will user. MODPR. enabled by LNBTS parameter No CSFBmobility tosetting WCDMA be provided of priorities. ENACC to the GERAN is restricted to the to account Idleto Mode Load Balancing when UEs ifwhich nofor SPID value isMODPR provided or ifapplies no mobility It uniquely identifies a instance. actSelMobPrf 'true' the restriction to UEs are assigned to the default profile if the target frequencies configured in If mobility profiles are activated itMODPR additionally No CSFB to WCDMA mobility will befrequency provided Indicator to distinguish the GERAN actSelMobPrf is set tothe True and applies. profile is assigned tocalculate SPID value. If autoAdapt is set 'true': When not specified the weight is considered asto0. UEs if no SPID value is provided or if no mobility parameter is omitted. The algorithm shall proportional weights refFreqListNaccGeran. The frequency values applies tofrequency UEs ifARFCN no lists SPID is provided orifare ifthe no UEs which areofassigned tovalue the default profile band inof values associated (value autoAdapt isis not relevant). -ARFCN theparameter HO defined inthe LNADJL, value which used as reference towith profile iscase assigned toto the SPID value. The value isGERAN based on absolute corresponding to configured values. There isano used as references measurement mobility profile is assigned to the SPID value. parameter is omitted. either DCS1800 orisPCS1900 carriers. When actSelMobPrf isofset to false then LNCELIf feature LTE490 deactivated the restriction LNADJW andthe LNADJG objects are used instead GERAN measurement object (LNHOG). radio-frequency channel number “ARFCN”. check about sum weights the List of ARFCN values are used asone by objects (LNHOG). The parameter value iswhich based onconfigured the absolute For ARFCN values not associated with of idleLBPercentageOfUes is taken into account for applies to all UEs. of MODPR configuration. Frequency layers If feature LTE490 is deactivated the restriction The parameter is meaningless if autoAdapt is set user. references to GERAN measurement objects No SRVCC to WCDMA mobility will be provided radio-frequency channel number “ARFCN”. Indicator toall distinguish the frequency those bands, the indicator has nowill meaning. Idle Mode Load Balancing .GERAN No LTE Inter Frequency mobility beLNADJG providedto if newly created LNADJL, LNADJW and applies to UEs. to 'true'. (LNHOG). If feature LTE490 'Selective Mobility Profiles' UEs which are assigned to the default profile ifset the The parameter is meaningless if autoAdapt isis band in case of ARFCN values associated with the parameter is omitted. objects are automatically included in the default ARFCN value which isaLNBTS used toataas No WCDMA PS HOthe mobility will be provided to When not the weight isreference considered 0. All LNHOG objects of cell, as which contain least enabled byspecified parameter parameter issetting omitted. to 'true'. either DCS1800 orfor PCS1900 carriers. The parameter value isobject based on the absolute profile. Exception service based handover: GERAN measurement (LNHOG). UEs if the parameter is omitted. The parameter selects the kinds of UE the ARFCN in for actSelMobPrf to 'true' the restriction applies For ARFCN notvalue associated with onebased ofto radio-frequency channel number “ARFCN”. eNBreference will treatvalues the frequency list service redirections (CS fallback, UE redirection with arfcnValueListGERAN are selected for UE UEs if no SPID value is provided or if no mobility The parameter is meaningless if autoAdapt set This parameter defines the priority for target those bands, the indicator has no meaning. is The parameter is meaningless ifif autoAdapt is set handover as empty. The parameter isboth) meaningless autoAdapt isRAT set context release, for which GSM system measurement configuration. If the same ARFCN profile is assigned to the SPID value. to 'true'. in selection of redirection target during CS to 'true'. configuration of the corresponding cell is - REDRT to 'true'. information is included in the RRC Connection value would be configured in more than one Fallback with of redirection procedure. used instead MODRED configuration. Release message. LNHOG instance of only the first found If feature LTE490 is a deactivated the restriction The parameter value iscell, based on the absolute Value 1 means highest priority and value 6 lowest. MODRED , if present, is not considered The parameter value is based on the absolute GSM system information (SI) will be added for up LNHOG object is considered. applies to all UEs. radio-frequency channel number “ARFCN”. -radio-frequency IRFIM, UFFIM,channel CDFIM and GNFL configuration number “ARFCN”. to 16 cells. SI for further GSM cells will be omitted All LNHOG objects of a cell, which contain at least The parameter is meaningless if the MODPR and serving carrier of the corresponding cell are even if configured via LNLRELG settings. No SRVCC to GSM mobility will be provided to the reference ARFCN value in parameter autoAdapt is set to 'true'. used instead of MODIMP. MODIMP, if present, is UEs which are assigned toselected the default arfcnValueListGERAN are for profile UE if the

This parameter defines the priority for target RAT in selection of redirection target during of Emergency This parameter is the naming attribute the MOC Call handling procedure. MODRED. This parameter specifies the cdma2000 Value 1 means highest priority and valueband 6 lowest. It uniquely identifies a MODRED instance. class. It must bespecifies configured This parameter theifcdma2000 ARFCN. redirRAT=cdma2000HRPD It must be configured if theoreUTRA The parameter is meaningless if the MODPR This parameter specifies frequency. It redirRAT=cdma20001xRTT. redirRAT=cdma2000HRPD or parameter autoAdapt is set to 'true'. must be configured if redirRAT=eutra. This parameter specifies the UTRA frequency. It redirRAT=cdma20001xRTT. The parameter is meaningless ifif the MODPR must be configured if redirRAT=utraFDD. The parameter is meaningless the specifies a list ARFCN The parameter is meaningless if GERAN the MODPR MODPR parameter autoAdapt is based set to of 'true'. The parameter value is on the absolute parameter autoAdapt is set to 'true'. values. parameter autoAdapt isthe setGERAN to 'true'.frequency Indicator to distinguish radio-frequency channel number “ARFCN”. It must configured if redirRAT=geran. band inbe case of value ARFCN values associated with The parameter is based on the absolute This parameter selects the RAT to which the UE is The parameter is meaningless ifcarriers. the MODPR value is based on the absolute either GSM 1800 or GSM 1900 radio-frequency channel number “ARFCN”. redirected. The parameter is meaningless if the MODPR This parameter defines the priority for target parameter autoAdapt set to 'true'. radio-frequency channel number “ARFCN”. For ARFCN values notis with one ofRAT The parameter is meaningless ifduring the MODPR parameter autoAdapt isassociated set to 'true'. in selection of redirection target UE Context List of bands, CDMA2000 HRPD parameters needed for those the indicator has no meaning. parameter autoAdapt is set to 'true'. Release with redirection procedure. Idle Mode mobility Load Balancing provided UE This parameter must always be configured iftoIdle CDMA2000 HRPD band class value used for Value 1 Release means highest priority and value 6 lowest. in RRC message redirRAT=geran. Mode mobility Weight factor ofisCDMA HRPD Band by The parameter meaningless if Balancing the used MODPR The UE shallalgorithm only perform Load cell round robin for idle mode load The parameter is meaningless if the MODPR List of CDMA2000 1xRTT for parameter autoAdapt is setparameters toconfigured 'true'. needed reselection for bands already for Idle balancing. parameter autoAdapt is setBalancing to 'true'. provided in Idle Mode mobility Load to CDMA2000 1xRTT band class value for Idle Mobility (inround CDFIM) and transmitted system Weighted robin algorithm shallinused select UE in RRC Release message Mode mobility information. There is no need to provide other Weight one factor of CDMA 1xRTT used load by always target frequency forBand idle mode The UE shall onlyisperform Load bands than configured already inBalancing SIBs. UE cell willto be round robin algorithm for idle mode load balancing, which matching UE capabilities, List of eUTRAN parameters needed for Idle Mode reselection for bands already configured for Idle ignore such bands. balancing. used as Load main Balancing target for idle mode to load balancing mobility provided UE in RRC eUTRA as EARFCN value for Idle Mobility (in CDFIM) and transmitted system Weighted round robin algorithm shallinused select and thisfrequency target will have always highest priority Release message Mode mobility information.There is no need to provide other Weight one factor of EUTRA carrier always frequency for frequency idle mode used load by assigned in target RRC Release message. The UE performs Load Balancing cell bands than configured already in capabilities, SIBs. UE willto be round robin algorithm for idle mode load balancing, which isonly matching UE All other target frequency for idle mode load List of GERAN parameters needed for Idle Mode reselection for frequencies already configured for ignore such bands. balancing. used as Load main target UE for idle mode to load balancing balancing matching capabilities and configured mobility Balancing provided UE in RRC This is an indicator to distinguish the GERAN Idle Mobility (in IRFIM) and transmitted in system Weighted round robin algorithm shall select and this target have always highest priority for SIBs will bewill added as well, but with lowered Release message frequency band in case of ARFCN values information. There is nofor need towith provide other Weight factor of GERAN carrier frequency used by always one target frequency for idle mode load assigned in RRC Release message. priorities as configured SIB kept hierarchy These parameters will GSM be used together with associated with either 1800 or GSM 1900 frequencies than configured already in SIBs. UE round robin algorithm for idle mode load balancing, which is matching UE capabilities, to be All other target frequency for idle mode load of priorities. GERAN frequency as ARFCN geranCarFrqIdleModeL to buildvalue used for Idle carriers. will ignore such frequencies. balancing. used as main target for idle mode load balancing balancing matching UEIE capabilities and configured Mode mobility. freqPriorityListGERAN in This parameter is the naming attribute of the For ARFCN values not associated with one ofMOC Weighted round robin algorithm shall select and this target will have always highest priority for SIBs will be added as well, but with lowered The algorithm shall calculate proportional weights Each ARFCN value explicitly listed. IdleModeMobilityControlInfo for Load Balancing. MOIMP. those bands, the indicator has no meaning. List of UTRA-FDD parameters for Idle always one frequency forneeded idlekept mode load assigned in target RRC Release priorities as configured for message. SIB with hierarchy corresponding to configured values. There is no It uniquely identifies aofMOIMP instance. Mode mobility Load Balancing provided to UE balancing, which is matching UE capabilities, be All other target frequency for idle mode load of priorities. check about the sum weights configured the Weight factor ofwill UTRA FDD Carrier frequency The UE performs only Load Balancing cell bytoin MOIMP contains the Idle Mobility configuration to This parameter be used together with RRC Release message used as main target for idle mode load balancing balancing matching UE capabilities and configured user. used by round robin algorithm for idle mode load reselection for frequencies already configured for UTRA-FDD frequency UARFCN value used be assigned to UE with corresponding SPID. geranCarFrqIdleModeL to build and this target will have always highest priority for SIBs will beshall added as well, but with lowered The algorithm calculate proportional weights When not specified theas weight is considered asfor 0. balancing. Idle Mobility (in GNFL) and transmitted in system Idle Mode mobility If MOIMP is not defined, than MODIMP freqPriorityListGERAN IE in List of WCDMA cell frequencies for high assigned in RRC Release message. priorities as configured for SIB with kept hierarchy corresponding totarget configured values. There is no Weighted round robin algorithm shall select information. It does not make sense to provide The UE performs onlyofLoad cell configuration isSwitched used. IdleModeMobilityControlInfo for Load Balancing. priority Circuit Fallback (CSFB). Allpriorities. other target frequency forBalancing idle mode load of check about the sum weights configured by the List offrequencies WCDMA target cell frequencies normal always one target frequency for idle mode load other than configured already in SIBs. reselection for frequencies already configured for balancing matching UE capabilities and configured user. priority Circuit Switched Fallback (CSFB). balancing, which is matching UE capabilities, to be UE will ignore such frequencies. List of downlink carrier frequencies forprovided LTE inter Idle Mobility (in UFFIM) and transmitted inweights system No CSFB to WCDMA mobility will be for SIBs will be added as well, but with lowered The algorithm shall calculate proportional When not specified the weight is considered asto0. used as main target for idle mode load balancing frequency mobility. information. There is no need towith provide other List of WCDMA target for packet UEs which assigned tofrequencies the default profile if to the priorities as configured for SIB kept hierarchy corresponding to configured values. There is no No toare WCDMA mobility will be provided and this target will have always highest priority ThisCSFB parameter will be cell used together with No LTE Inter Frequency mobility will be provided frequencies than configured already in SIBs. switched handover. parameter is omitted. of priorities. check about theassigned sum ofcell weights configured byUE the List of WCDMA target frequencies for Single UEs which are to the default profile if assigned in RRC Release message. geranCarFrqBd to build freqPriorityListGERAN IE to UEs which are assigned towill the profile if theto the will ignore such frequencies. No WCDMA PS HO mobility be provided The parameter value is based on the absolute user. Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC). parameter is omitted. All other target frequency for idle mode load in IdleModeMobilityControlInfo for Load Balancing. Percentage ofomitted. UE tocalculate be weight selected for Idle Mode parameter is UEs which are assigned to the profile if the radio-frequency channel number “ARFCN”. The algorithm shall proportional weights When not matching specified the is considered as 0. The parameter value is based on the absolute balancing UE capabilities and configured Load Balancing. The parameter value is based on the absolute This parameter is the naming attribute of the MOC parameter is omitted. corresponding to configured values. There is no to No SRVCC mobility will be radio-frequency channel number “ARFCN”. for SIBs willtobeWCDMA added as well, but with lowered This parameter is taken into account forprovided load radio-frequency channel number “ARFCN”. MOPR. check about the sum of weights configured by the List of ARFCN values which are used as UEs which are assigned toSIB theis profile if the priorities as configured for with kept hierarchy balancing when actSelMobPrf true and the It uniquely identifies a MOPR instance. The parameter value is based on the absolute user. references to GERAN measurement objects parameter is omitted. of priorities. Indicator tospecified distinguish GERAN frequency specific MOPR applies. (one MOPR is defined radio-frequency channel number “ARFCN”. When not thethe weight is considered asfor 0. (LNHOG). band in case of ARFCN values associated with the SPID assigned to UE). ARFCN value which is used as reference to a All LNHOG objects of cell, which contain least The parameter value based on the absolute algorithm shall calculate proportional weights either DCS1800 or PCS1900 carriers. When actSelMobPrf isisafalse, "Percentage ofatUEs" GERAN measurement object (LNHOG). List of ARFCN values which are used as the reference ARFCN value in radio-frequency channel number “ARFCN”. corresponding to configured values. There is no For values not associated with one isof to beARFCN taken into account for load balancing references to GERAN objects arfcnValueListGERAN are selected for UE by the check about the sum ofmeasurement weights Indicator distinguish the GERAN frequency those bands, the indicator has noconfigured meaning. defined intoLNCEL. (LNHOG). measurement If the same ARFCN user. in case ofconfiguration. band ARFCN values associated ARFCN value isaused towith All LNHOG objects of cell, which contain ataas least value would bewhich configured inas more than one When not specified the weight isreference considered 0. either DCS1800 or PCS1900 carriers. GERAN measurement object (LNHOG). The parameter selects the kinds of UE the reference ARFCN value in LNHOG instance of a cell, only the first found For ARFCN values not associated with one of redirections (CS fallback, UE redirection withRAT arfcnValueListGERAN are selected fortarget UE LNHOG object isdefines considered. This the priority for thoseparameter bands, the indicator has no meaning. context release, both) for which GSM system measurement configuration. If the same ARFCN in selection of redirection target during CS RAT This parameter defines for target information included inthe the RRC Connection value would configured inpriority more than one to No NACC toisbe GERAN mobility will be provided Fallback with redirection procedure. in selection of redirection target during Release message. LNHOG instance of a cell, the value firstifEmergency found UEs which are assigned to only the and profile the Value 1 means highest priority 6 lowest. Call handling procedure. GSM system information (SI) will be added for up LNHOG object is considered. parameter is omitted. Value 1 means highest and value lowest. to 16 cells. SI for furtherpriority GSM cells will be6omitted even if configured viamobility LNLRELG settings. No SRVCC to GSM will be provided to UEs which are assigned to the profile if the parameter is omitted.

This parameter is the naming attribute of the MOC MORED. This parameter specifies the cdma2000 band It uniquely identifies a MORED instance. class. It must bespecifies configured This parameter theifcdma2000 ARFCN. redirRAT=cdma2000HRPD or The parameter is based on the frequency. absolute It This parameter value specifies the eUTRA redirRAT=cdma20001xRTT. radio-frequency channel number “ARFCN”. must be configured if redirRAT=eutra. This parameter specifies the UTRA frequency. It must be configured if redirRAT=utraFDD. The parameter specifies It must be configured if a list of GERAN ARFCN The parameter value is based absolute values. redirRAT=cdma2000HRPD or on the Indicator to distinguish the GERAN frequency radio-frequency channel number “ARFCN”. It must be configured if redirRAT=geran. redirRAT=cdma20001xRTT. band in case of selects ARFCNthe values with This parameter RATassociated to which the UE is either GSM 1800 or GSM 1900 carriers. redirected. This parameter defines the priority with for target For ARFCN values not associated one ofRAT in selection of redirection target during UE Context This parameter the feature those bands, theactivates/deactivates indicator has no meaning. Release with redirection procedure. "Security Ethernet" This parameter must always be configured if Altitude infor meters (coded value) Value 1 means highest priority and value 6 lowest. redirRAT=geran. Relation between coded Altitude N is and range of BTS Auto connection hardware ID System Note for FSMr3 hardware: absolute altitudes a (a >= 0 meters) it encodes is Module Core Assembly serial number : always Auto connection siteofIDthe is inserted by may operator The reconfiguration parameter lead to the following: present in FSM HW. using element manager during connection. a temporary loss of the connection. This parameter indicates if Autoauto Configuration is allowed or blocked by a local installer working at for 0 <= N <= 2^15-2: Defines the configuration data alignment check. the N <=site. a < N+1not evaluate this parameter for any NetAct Definesdoes the period of forced CCN sending from purpose. Therefore eNB can set this parameter to eNB. Multiradio Flexi date-time) BTS creates this parameter with for Nvalue = 2^15-1: any (e.g. in order to force the If no other eNB parameter isfor modified within time value True when it is ready Auto Configuration. a >= 2^15-1 Defines thecmSyncCheckPeriod revision data. eNB to send a CCN of the configuration defined by then eNB This parameter is relevant only when Multiradio The eNB increases valueparameter by one forand each CCN Latitude site. modifies cmSyncCheck reports Flexi BTSof is not commissioned. According to above relation an encoded value Nitin message. Note: This parameter is only used internally CCN. Longitude of to site. corresponds a range of absolute altitudesfor a in purposes of autoconnection and isinternally normally for not Note: This parameter is only used metres This is an off instance identifierforced of object MRBTS; it is filled. To switch the periodical sending ofnot CCN purposes of autoconnection and isId. normally used as Multiradio Flexi BTS Site This id is the The list defines commissioned passive units. the cmSyncCheckPeriod parameter value shall be filled. same as the LNBTS identifier. removed. Free text about the passive unit in question. Defines the name of the passive unit in question. Defines the product code of the passive unit in question. Defines the serial number of the passive unit in question. Defines the version of the passive unit in question. This parameter indicates if Multiradio Flexi BTS should automatically go tothe thepartner "Test Dedicated" This parameter indicates technologies state in start-up. which share the same RF equipment. The system Defines the BTS FaultIds that trigger automatic will set this parameter automatically based on RF symptomthe data collection. Defines used Timedefined Zone. to the BTS. sharing configuration Fault numbers are defined for purely informatory Defines the product code ofbetween the module (radio purposes may change versions. The formatand isbaseband predefined, for example for Helsinki module(FR), extension module (FSP) or This parameter hasbase the E-UTRAN Cell Identifier Operator does not any automated "(GMT+2) Europe/Helsinki". system module (FSM)). (eutraCelId) of fault the Cell corresponding toUE the processing on numbers. Defines theis maximum number of active Parameter used in offline mode commissioning traced cell. It is the same as contained in theon EOperator should modify this parameter only connections traced within a the cell for a trace This indicates the status cell session in BTS Site Manager andofin prevalidation in Utran cell global identifier (ECGI) oftrace the cell. explicit request by technical support. session. i.e. trace session or NetAct. Thewhether parameters ofE-UTRAN this structure whether This containsthe thecell Cell describe idisofenabled the cell for disabled. vendor specific extension tracing on cell level which the trace needs to be enabled or disabled. This parameter describes whether tracing of (at present only RLC tracing, MAC tracing and TA This corresponds to ECIon contained inasE-CGI of the instantaneous TA UE value cell level partbe of This identifies an trace session Note: This parameter currently should only set Tracing) is enabled or not. cell. vendor specific extension tracing is enabled or This is a unique identifier to identify a Trace to enabled (i.e. TRUE). MCC of PLMN ID contained in Trace Reference If this optional parameter is empty, i.e. if no cellId not. Session globally. This contains Trace Reference This isofthe MCC of thesession PLMNinis ID contained thein is provided, theID trace valid for all in cells MNC PLMN contained Trace Reference and Trace Recording Session Reference. This is Trace Reference of E-UTRAN Trace ID. the eNB. This is the MNC the PLMN ID contained in the Length ofas MNC ofofPLMN ID parameters contained induring Trace received as part of trace Trace Reference of E-UTRAN Trace ID. Reference trace for aevery trace session. session. In Traceactivation ID identifies cell trace This is the length of the MNC of the PLMN ID combination with Session PLMN ID, the identifier becomes Trace Recording Reference is set to contained in the Trace Reference of E-UTRAN unique. invalid value for Cell trace session by O&M as it Trace ID. Trace ID is partthis. of Trace Reference contained in does not need It is set by system for E-UTRAN Trace ID. identification of every call in a cell and is written E-UTRAN Trace ID unique into Trace Report foristhe cell. id identifying a trace session. Trace Recording Session Reference is part of EE-UTRAN Trace UTRAN Trace ID.ID is made up of Trace Reference Trace Recording Session It is 2 Octetand length.

This parameter is the naming attribute of the MOC MTRACE. The Trace Port Number to be used for this Cell trace session while establishing IP address of the trace collectiontrace entity of 3rd connection(TCP) towards 3rdonly Party Tool.Party This will Party Tool. This will be used if 3rd If traceRrcMsgCategory = UEspecific then the is be used only if 3rd Party Tracing for Cell Trace Tracing for traceRrcUeSpecMsgLst Cell Trace is enabled and the provided parameter contains list of If traceRrcMsgCategory = allNetAct or used. IP address ismessages different from IP address. UE specific to be traced. traceRrcMsgCategory = nonUEspecific then parameter indicates ifnonUEspecific all RRC messages This is the IP address of Collection Entityare i.e If traceRrcMsgCategory =Trace then the traceRrcNonUeSpecMsgList contains list of enum traced (all), specific list(s) of RRC messages as to which all trace records are sent for the user If = all or to becontains parameter traceRrcNonUeSpecMsgLst fortraceRrcMsgCategory theSession. non-UE specific messages traced. defined in parameter traceRrcMsgCategory Trace traceRrcMsgCategory ==UEspecific then list of n If traceS1MsgCategory UEspecific then the Note: These non-UE specific (eNB related) (specific), or RRC not traced at all (none). traceRrcUeSpecMsgList contains list of enum for on-UE specific messages to be traced. parameter traceS1UeSpecMsgLst contains of messages (e.g. Paging)=were not included inlist RL20 If traceS1MsgCategory all or the UE specific messages to be traced. If traceRrcMsgCategory = all then the both lists UE specific messages to be traced. cell trace, but only in interface trace. traceS1MsgCategory = nonUEspecific then are This parameter indicates all S1 messages are present. If traceS1MsgCategory = ifnonUEspecific then the traceS1NonUeSpecMsgList contains list of as enum traced (all),traceS1NonUeSpecMsgLst specific list(s) of or S1 messages If traceS1MsgCategory = all parameter contains for the non-UE specific messages to be traced. list defined in parameter traceS1MsgCategory traceS1MsgCategory == UEspecific of non-UE specific messages to bethen traced. If traceX2MsgCategory UEspecific then the Note: These non-UE specific (eNB related) (specific), or S1 not traced atthen all (none). traceS1UeSpecMsgList contains list of enum If traceS1MsgCategory = all the both are parameter traceX2UeSpecMsgLst contains listfor of messages (e.g. S1 setup or reset) were notlists If traceX2MsgCategory = all or the UE specific messages to be traced. present. UE specific messages to be traced. included in RL20 cell trace, but only in interface traceX2MsgCategory = nonUEspecific then are This parameter indicates all X2 messages If traceX2MsgCategory = ifnonUEspecific then the trace. traceX2NonUeSpecMsgList contains list of as enum traced (all),traceX2NonUeSpecMsgLst specific list(s) of or X2 messages If traceX2MsgCategory = all parameter contains for the non-UE specific messages to be traced. list defined in parameter traceX2MsgCategory traceX2MsgCategory = UEspecific of non-UE specific messages to bethen traced. This parameter identifies a at Maintenance Note: These non-UE specific (eNB related) (specific), or X2 not traced all (none). traceX2UeSpecMsgList contains list of enum for If traceX2MsgCategory = all then the both are Association. Up specifies to 15 associations may exist messages (e.g. X2 setup or reset) were notlistsin This parameter the period for sending the UE specific messages to be traced. present. the BTS. inCheck included RL20 cell trace, but only in interface Continuity messages (CCMs). This trace.parameter specifies the name of the Maintenance Association. This flag indicates if Vlan mapping is enabled for this Service OAM ethernetthe interface. Value "true" This parameter specifies VLAN identifier that means that Vlan mapping is enabled. In case Vlan is associated to the Maintenance Association. This parameter identifiesall a Maintenance mapping isuses not this enabled, messages onDomain. the The FTM VLAN identifier in the Service Up to 10 domains may exist on the BTS. This parameter specifies the level of the interface will be sent in plain format. OAM messages its sends over the Service OAM Maintenance Domain. This parameter specifies in the name of the ethernet link (configured the OAMMEP Maintenance Domain. managed object). This parameter specifies if the transmission of AIS messages is enabled. This allowsVLAN sending continuity Note:parameter The configured identifier mustcheck match messages (ETH_CCM) towards the remote Thisrestrictions parameter of specifies theidentifier ethernetsettings link thatof the the the VLAN Maintenance Association Endpoints (MEPs) of the BTS uses for sending Service OAM messages. the Layer 2 bridges of the FTM, in order to prevent This Point. parameter identifies the Maintenance End Changing the parameter from false (not The parameter isOAM a local managed object instance that the Service messages are discarded in association Endpoint (MEP). This parameter specifies the list of Maintenance allowed) to true (allowed) resets the CCM identifier (LMOID), i.e. a reference to an instance the bridge. Association thatMEPs. are contained counters andEndpoints alarms of(MEPs) allthe remote This parameter specifies MAC address of the of object class ETHLK. in the Maintenance Association. Maintenance Association End Point (MEP). Format: "FTM-1/ETHLK-1-*" This parameter identifies the Maintenance Note:The MAC must be a unicast MAC Association Endaddress Point (MEP). This parameter specifies the PCP bits value to be address. where used for Service OAM messages for this This parameter specifies the Link OAM FTM-#: # = a parent instance of object class Maintenance association Endpoint (MEP). operational mode at the local peer. If false, the ETHLK, This is always 1 (static MO) This parameter specifies for how long critical BTS will only respond to a remotely initiated ETHLK-#-#.# = an instance of object class ETHLK event flags mustspecifies be cleared before the value BTS for This parameter thethe threshold discovery process, if active BTS Critical will itself clears the corresponding Link OAM Event counting the Errored Frame If the number This parameter specifies theEvent. measurement initiate the process. Example: FTM-1/ETHLK-1-1 alarm. of errored frames detected within the interval for counting the Errored Frame value Event.for If This parameter specifies the threshold measurement window specified by the number of errored frames detected within the counting the Errored Frame Event. If the This parameter specifies thePeriod measurement efEventWindow is exceeded, the transmits measurement interval exceeds theBTS threshold number of received errored frames within the interval for counting the Errored Frames. Iffor the an OAM PDU Event Notification message that This parameter specifies the threshold value for number specified in parameter efEventThreshold, measurement window specified by within number of received errored frames the event. counting the Errored Frame Seconds Summary the FTM transmits OAM Event This parameter specifies thePDU measurement efpEventWindow isan exceeded, the BTS transmits measurement interval exceeds the threshold Event. Iffor thecounting number of errored frame seconds Notification message for that event. interval the Errored Frame Seconds an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that This parameter specifies how often the BTS number specified in parameter The maximum value of efEventThreshold equals that occurred during thenumber specified measurement Summary Event. If the of errored frame event. repeats the transmission of OAM Events efpEventThreshold, BTS transmits an "32 bit value". This parameter specifies if the BTS supports Link interval specified by the efssEventWindow is OAM seconds thatNotification occurred the specified The maximum value ofduring efpEventThreshold equals Notifications to its remote peer to increase the PDU Event message for that event. OAM events. exceeded, the BTS transmits an OAM PDU Event This parameter describes a unique configurable measurement interval exceeds the "32 bit value". probability that they are bythreshold the remote Notification message forreceived that event. name for each link OAM profile. number specified in parameter This parameter specifies the duration ofnumber a peer. The parameter specifies the total of The maximum value of efssEventThreshold, theefssEventThreshold BTS transmits an OAM loopback operation initiated by the BTS or by the repetitive transmissions of such messages. equals "16 bit value". PDU Event remote peer.Notification message for that event.

If set to "true", the FTM enables the discovery process for Linkidentifies OAM loopback initiated This parameter a Link requests OAM profile. by a remote network element. If set to "false", This parameter specifies the number of frames / loopback initiated from the remote network are not second toby bethe sent during loopback operation for This parameter specifies the ethernet frame size accepted FTM. BTS allows to start only Link OAM. of test messages sent during loopback operation one loopback. This parameter identifies the performance Value 0By switched the test frame generator off. for Link OAM. NOTE: default, the parameter is setclass. to 'false' measurement common administration The performance data reporting interval There is only instance PMCADM. configures theone intervalof in class which the Cell Flexi configuration oftime measurement type LTE Multiradio BTS uploads collected LTE Availability configuration of measurement type LTENetwork Cell Load performance measurement data to the configuration of measurement type LTE Cell Management system. Resource configuration of measurement type LTE Cell Throughput configuration of measurement type LTE EPS Bearer configuration of measurement type LTE Intersystem configurationHandover of measurement type LTE Handover to eHRPD per bandclass configuration ofeHRPD measurement type LTE Neighbour Cell related Inter System Handover to GSM configuration of measurement type LTE Neighbour Cell related Inter System Handover to UTRAN configuration of measurement type LTE Inter eNB Handover configuration of measurement type LTE Intra eNB Handover configuration of measurement type LTE Handover configuration of measurement type LTE Power and Quality DL configuration of measurement type LTE Power and Quality UL configuration of measurement type LTE QoS configuration of measurement type LTE RRC configuration of measurement type LTE Radio Bearer configuration of measurement type LTE S1AP configuration of measurement type LTE Transport Load configuration of measurement type LTE UE and Service Differentiation configuration of measurement type LTE UE State configuration of measurement type LTE X2AP configuration of measurement type LTE eNB Load configuration of measurement type LTE Neighbour cell related Handover This parameter identifies the performance management measurement administration Measurement interval for Ethernet interface interface for Radio Network Layer. There is only statistics measurement in minutes. Measurement for Ethernet Link one instanceRange ofinterval class PMRNL. Acceptable is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 measurement in minutes. Measurement for IPSec measurement in minutes, whereinterval '0' means disabled. Acceptable is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes. Range Measurement interval for IP Filtering minutes, where '0' means disabled. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 measurement in minutes. Measurement interval for IP Statistics minutes, where '0' is means disabled. Acceptable range 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 measurement in minutes. Measurement interval for L2 switch statistics minutes, where '0' means disabled. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 measurement in minutes. Measurement interval for PHB Statistics minutes, where '0' means disabled. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 measurement in minutes. Measurement interval for TAC statistics minutes, where '0' means disabled. The parameter Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 measurement in minutes. Measurement interval for TOP FreqSync statistics supports FTIB HW unit. minutes, where '0' means disabled. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 measurement in minutes. Measurement interval for TOP PhaseSync minutes, where '0' means disabled. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 statistics measurement in minutes. Measurement interval for TWAMP minutes, where '0' means disabled.statistics Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 measurement in minutes. Measurement interval for VLAN IP Statistics minutes, where '0' means disabled. Acceptable is FDD 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 measurement in minutes. Note:This isRange valid for only. minutes, where '0' means disabled. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled.

Measurement interval for VLAN PHB Statistics measurement in minutes. Measurement interval for VLAN interface statistics Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 measurement in minutes. This parameter identifies the performance minutes, where '0' means disabled. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 management measurement configuration This parameter is used to lock and unlock within the minutes, where The '0' means disabled. BTS Transport. value is always 1. ethernet link interface. This parameter specifies the attenuation for the Locking the the interface deactivates it. signal from transmitter. This parameter specifies the frame format of the All attenuation values are PDH specified in dBofatthe 772 PDH signal for state aidentifies physical interface This the PDH interface. Administrative rules forsupported correct kHz. parameter This parameter is only on T1 unit. configurations: This tables maps Diff Servce Code Point (DSCP) interfaces. Format: unit#-if# •values Outdoor Module FSMx to Hop Behaviours (PHB) and VLAN This parameter specifies a Diff Code For E1 thePer possible values are: 1. ETHLK 0-1 at FSMx can beServce “unlocked” ifPoint priority bit (PCP) values. value. -where DOUBLEFRAME or This parameter designates a per hop behaviour Basic module FSMx present. -wird MULTIFRAME. drop precedence within the PHB class group unit# = slot number of the unit the 2. ETHLK 0-2 at FSMx can becontaining “unlocked” if This table parameter value of the The has asspecifies most 64the entries, one for VLAN each for Assured Forwarding (AF) or the PHB classes PDH interfaces, and Basic module FSMx present and enable priority bits for a given DSCP value. possible DSCP value. For non-configured DSCP PHB class counters shall only be available when For only possible value is: Best Effort or Expedited Forwarding (EF). if# T1 = the the interface number the physical RP301Interface = false and ifof (TRS sub-module values, the (BE) following defaults are used: this parameter is enabled. -4 EXTENDED_SUPERFRAME. This isnot a set of 5 weight values for the traffic and PHB classes are defined within the interface on the unit FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK 1-1 = Assured “locked” dscp: configured queues associated to the Per Hop Behaviours: Forwarding group (AF1 to AF4) and three ETHLK 1-3 = “locked”). This isBest the weight value ofvalue the traffic queuedrop pHB: Effort For JT1 the only possible is: -precedences Assured Forwarding 4 (AF4) within each class. Within each classif and 3. ETHLK 1-1 at FTIF/FTLF can be “unlocked” associated to the Per Hop Behaviour Assured vlanPrio: 0.weight is the value of the traffic1 queue -This EXTENDED_MULTIFRAME. -the Assured Forwarding (AF3) drop precedence is3 as follows: (e.g. AF41) = for FTIB/FTLB, TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK Forwarding Class 1 (AF1). associated to: This the Hop Behaviour Assured This is“locked the weight value of the traffic -low Assured Forwarding 2 (AF2) drop (e.g. =queue medium unit#: 1precedence, is always 1,AF42) since there is only 1-3 is andPer ETHLK 0-2 = “locked””. Forwarding Class 2FTIF/FTLF (AF2). associated to the Per Hop Behaviour Assured -drop Assured Forwarding 1 (AF1) precedence and 3 ( e.g. AF43) = high 1 slot. 4. ETHLK 1-2 at can be “unlocked” This is the weight value of the traffic queue drop if Forwarding Class 3 (AF3). -precedence. Bestsub-module Effort (BE. if#: 1..4 to TRS present and ETHLK associated the FTIF/FTLF Per Hop Behaviour Assured This is“locked”. the weight value of the traffic queue Weight value range is between 1 and 10.000. 1-4 is Forwarding Class 4 (AF4). associated to the HopBTS Behaviour Best Effortofif This parameter identifies transport Quality for ETHLK FTIF (optional outdoor external 5. 1-3 atPer FTIF/FTLF can beTransport “unlocked” (BE). Service (QOS) configuration. The value is always module) and FIIF (optional indoor external TRS parameter sub-module FTIF/FTLF present, ETHLK This specifies if the DSCP value is 1-1 1. Transport is “locked”module), and ETHLK 0-2 =Support “locked”. overwritten in outgoing Site Equipment This tables traffic types tois DSCP values. unit#: 1 maps : The slot number thisisis if 6. ETHLK 1-4 atThe FTIF/FTLF can'1', besince “unlocked” (SSE) messages. new DSCP value itself In this release the table contains entries for codes This is the Diff Service Code Point (DSCP) an additional unit TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK specified in parameter trafficTypesMap. -that Control plane traffic eNB should use for a specific traffic on type. if#: 1..8 : Value range 1..8 for IF1..IF8 1-2 isthe “locked”. parameter specifies aistraffic type. -This ICMP traffic NOTE:On FSMr2 HW for for traffic type C-Plane, the this unit Allowed values are: Note: This is not relevant FlexiZone Micro The parameter selects the kinds of UEBTS reset to -modification IPSec IKE traffic of dscp requires manual Note:This Signalling is not applicable for (C-plane) FlexiZonebetween Micro CPLANE: transport product. (CSvalue fallback, UE redirection with -redirections Management plane traffic parameter defines priority for target RAT in take new dscp into use. hardware. •This Indoor Module FSIx eNB and MME (S1AP protocol) and signalling context release, both) fortraffic which GSMCS system -selection Synchronization plane of redirection during Fallback 1. ETHLK 0-1 defines at eNB FSIxtarget can be “unlocked” if Basic This parameter priority for target RAT in transport between nodes (X2AP protocol). information is included in the RRC Connection -with BFD1 to BFD16 redirection procedure. Module FSIx present and ETHLK 0-3 is “locked”. selection of redirection target during Emergency ICMP: ICMP traffic with high and low priority. This must bepriority configured if is not Release message. - Siteparameter support equipment (SSE).(This Value 1 means highest value 6 iflowest. 2. ETHLK 0-2 at FSIx can beand “unlocked” Basic Call handling procedure. IKE: IPSec IKE traffic. redirRAT=cdma2000-HRPD GSM system information (SI)orwill be added for up supported for FlexiZone Micro) Specifies the cdma2000 ARFCN. Module FSIx present and ETHLK 0-4 is “locked”. Value 1 means highest priority and value 6 lowest. MPLANE: Transport of O&M data between eNB redirRAT=cdma2000-1xRTT. to 16parameter cells. SI for further GSM cells will be omitted -The ICMP Neighbour Solicitation/Advertisement and value is based the absolute 3. ETHLK 0-3 at FSIx can beon “unlocked” ifref Basic Specifies the eUTRA frequency (max value to and the OPS System with high and low priority. Specifies the cdma2000 band class. even if configured via LNLRELG settings. MLD messages(HighPrioICMPv6). (This is radio-frequency channel “ARFCN”. Module FSIx present andnumber ETHLK 0-1 is(Timing “locked”. 36.331) SPLANE: Synchronization plane traffic This parameter specifies frequency. supported only in FSMR3the andUTRA FlexiZone Micro It 4. ETHLK 0-4value at FSIx can beon “unlocked” if Basic The parameter is based the absolute over Packet) must be configured if redirRAT=utraFDD. HW) List of GERAN ARFCN values (in addition to s). This parameter must be configured if Module FSIx present and ETHLK 0-2 is “locked”. radio-frequency channel number “ARFCN”. BFD(BFD1 to BFD16): The parameter value is Bidirectional based on theifForwarding absolute This parameter must be configured redirRAT=cdma2000-HRPD or 5. ETHLK 0-5 at FSIxthe canGERAN be “unlocked” if Basic Indicator to distinguish frequency Detection radio-frequency channel The default mapping is asnumber follows:“ARFCN”. redirGfollowingARFCNsSwitch=explicitListOfARF redirRAT=cdma2000-1xRTT. module FSIx present and enable RP301Interface band in case of ARFCN values associated with This parameter must be configured if SSE: Site Support Equipment This parameter selects the RAT to which the UE is TrafficType DSCP (PHB) CNs = falseGSM and TRS sub-module FIIF present and either 1800 or GSM 1900 carriers. redirRAT=eutra. HighPrioICMPv6: ICMPv6 traffic with high and low redirected. The parameter is meaningless if the MODPR ---------------------------------This parameter defines priority for1-2=”locked. target RAT in ETHLK 1-1=”locked” and ETHLK For ARFCN values not associated with one of priority. parameter is set toduring 'true'. UE Context CPLANE: 46 (EF) selection ofautoAdapt redirection 6. ETHLK 1-1 atindicator FIIF target can be “unlocked” if TRS This parameter thehas number of redirection those bands, thedefines no meaning. ICMP: 10 (AF11) Release with redirection procedure. sub-module FIIF present, ETHLK 1-2 is “locked” targets specified for the respective cell and This parameter must always be configured ifthis Defines is RET AISG RET or Non-AISG RET. IKE: 1 means 34 highest (AF41) Value priority and value 6 lowest. and enableisRP301Interface = of false andREDRT. ETHLK 0parameter naming attribute MOC redirRAT=geran. MPLANE: 34 between (AF41) the direction The elevation angle 5= “locked”. Selectable values is (EF) 0 (false)= Siemens AISG1.1, SPLANE: 46 antenna orthogonal to1-2 the element axis and the 7. at FIIF can be “unlocked” if TRS A listETHLK containing: operating frequency band, TMARET RET, Siemens proprietary AISG1.1 RET BFD1 to BFD16: 34 (AF41) maximum of its main beam in the elevation plane. sub-module FIIF present and ETHLK 1-1 is beamwidth and the operation gain The beamwidth for the band. Some RET and 1antenna (trueelectrical )= 3GPP RET. SSE: 10 (AF11) A positive tilt angle means that the “locked” and enable RP301Interface = false and types may automatically update the HighPrioICMPv6:56 (EF) The antenna operation band. Some RET types antenna beam is directed below the beamwidth direction ETHLK 0-5= “locked”. information based on the configuration data Note: A modification might leadband in loosing control may automatically update the information orthogonal to the antenna axis. The BTS creates Note: If ETHLK 0-5 atRET FSIx is “unlocked” and TRS The antenna gain for the band. Some RET types downloaded into the device. Some devices over the RET device when the AISG support based on theFIIF configuration data downloaded into the parameter to gets SCF. Thethe parameter value isis sub-module added, then … if may automatically update gain information Antenna Bearing may also restrict overwriting themay field. different. the RET Some devices also restrict read from device. The user sets theit parameter enableRP301Interface is true then is used as based ondevice. the configuration data downloaded into Antenna height overwriting the field. One frequency band may be value at least once according the rp3 RET interface else ETHLK 0-2 to ismay locked the device. Some devices alsoand restrict given only once. configuration/network Otherwise, the present external module ports plan. are used overwriting the field. supported antenna band(s) according value (factory or oldoperating setting) exists. Setting tilt to 3GPP are: angle of a RET device might take up to 2 minutes Module FSIH Band I: 2100 MHz according to0-1 3GPP stardards. A “unlocked” typical timeiffor the 1. ETHLK at FSIH can be Basic Band II: FSIH 1900 MHz and ETHLK calibration is approximately 15-30 seconds. Module present 0-3 is “locked”. Band III: 1800 MHz According to0-2 3GPP standards, tilt of if Basic 2. ETHLK at FSIH can besetting “unlocked” Band IV:devices 1700 MHz several connected onto one antenna line

Antenna location Antenna model number Antenna serial number Antenna technology: 0: voice; type according to the user scheme Antenna 1: data; Identifies the specific antenna line(s) assigned to 2: voice/data the RET. Base Station ID Exercise the antenna drive unit over entire Note: If RET is used for another BTSits (RET range of travel to ensure fault-free operation, and This parameter definesset if Calibration has parameter connection to 'External') thebeen value synchronize the measured and actual beam tilt of done of antlIdList must be set toFile the DL value of Defines if a Configuration is needed. the antenna. Calibration of a RET device might scannedAntennaInterface, because only this This parameter defines if theand Configuration has take up-to 4 minutes according tocontrols 3GPP RET. antenna line related detects been done.A typical stardards. timetoforstore the calibration is a This parameter is used and transfer approximately 1-2 minutes. According to BTS. 3GPP device specific configuration data to the Defines thecalibration connection type for RET. standards, of several devices Configuration data included within this parameter Defines HWonto Version of a RET unit. connected line isrequested done as aby is downloaded toone theantenna device when series of consecutive operations by the system. In Installation Date the user (see referred parameters). Configuration addition, calibration and setistilt (for more details of data download and usage specified within Installer's set tilt, 25.463. seeIDset Note: tilt parameter documentation) 3GPP The typical configurationare file Defines the manufacturer of the device done consecutive When size isas between aboutoperations. 20 and 150 bytes.such If the file situation occurs, accumulative time foritallowed the This parameter defines the1 maximum is bulky, for example over kilobytes, is probably operations may be increased long enough as electrical tilt value. Changing the minimum or to not a proper configuration file. The elevation angle the direction not be feasible to may bebetween activated in one plan. Thus, maximum values cause incorrect tilt orthogonal the antenna element axis tilt and the Defines thetominimum allowed electrical value. in such case, time consuming operations should functionality if the values are not in the proper maximum of its main beam in the elevation plane. Changing the minimum orof maximum values may be devided into 2 or code more plans. Defines product the unit in question. range. Itthe iscreates recommended to enter values only if The BTS this parameter to SCF. The cause incorrect tilt functionality if the values are Note: The maximum calibration time is 30minutes. Mandatory for 3GPP RET they are not retrieved from the device after 3GPP protocol parameter valueversion is read Itfrom the device. The not in the proper is recommended to user configuration file range. activation. sets the parameter value at least once according The RET antenna For a singleenter values only ifunit they retrieved the The immediate update toare thenot new parameter User defined values arenumber. not taken into usefrom if value to installation. Otherwise the present value antenna RET device, thetype RET antenna unit device after configuration filewith activation. Defines the RET device as a single-antenna applies either after administrative actions for the configuration file is updated the same plan file (factory or oldvalues setting) exists. number is always 1. For a multi-antenna RET User-defined are not taken into use, if The RET device or a multi-antenna RET device radio module, i.e. block and unblock, or a BTS (i.e. the user-defined values are overwritten). This parameter defines the specific RET (Remote device, the RET antenna unit number starts at 1file configuration fileshould isdevice updated with same plan Defines the RET type as the atilting single-antenna restart. minimum value be smaller than the Electrical Tilting), which is vertical for Defines which antenna interface is scanned. and increases by 1 for each controlled antenna, (i.e. user-defined values are overwritten). The RET device or a multi-antenna RET device. A RET maximum value. antenna. Expected value:should RMODx-ANTx and empty with nocontrolling numbering The RET minimum value beallowed. smaller than the string Sector ID device agaps single antenna will have one where RMODx: 1...12identifies and ANTx: 1...6 RET It depends antenna unit number a specific antenna maximum value. RET managed object instance whose device Defines the serial number of the unit in question. on radio module type antennas are capable control (actuator) on awhich multi-antenna device. type is "SingleAntennaDevice". A RETRET device Mandatory for/ AISG 3GPP RET Defines Configuration File SW Version for scanning device detection. The RET antenna unit number identifies the controlling multiple antennas will have multiple antenna controlled byinstances, a parameter. RET device. A singleClimate control Profiling RET managed object one for eachvalue The immediate update to the new parameter antenna RET device controls only 1 antenna. Fan speed will be controlled according to module controlled antenna, whose RET device type isthe The list contains information about all the system applies either after administrative actions is for Therefore, the RET antenna unit always temperature and desired BTS fannumber profile. "MultiAntennaDevice" modules, their link id and the position in chain radio module, i.e. block and unblock, or a BTS Defines the RP3 port link to which theand Radio 1. A multi-antenna RET device controls multiple -w.r.t. Low Noise: Minimised noise for low which the given radio module isthe connected restart. Module is connected (direct or in chain). antennas. For a multi-antenna RET, RET Defines the position chain for the Radio Module moderate ambient with them. For e.g. temperatures if in astarts radioatmodule is being antenna unit number 1 and increases by question -in Optimized Cooling: Maximised unit MTBF (long Defines system module identification where shared between EUTRA and GERAN then this list In single LTE mode RP3 ports 1-5 (FSMr2) or 1-6 1 for each controlled antenna, with no numbering life) by running fans with maximum speed to already Baseband Extension module is connected. shall have two entries one corresponding each The list defines the external alarm input signals. (FSMr3) can be usedfor fora radio modules.RET gaps Note: multi-antenna in theallowed. of technology's systemunit module. In RFthe sharing configurations with RP3 a device, the RET antenna number identifies Sets cancellation delay for theFSMr2; alarm. moderate ambient temperatures ports 1-3 and 5 can be used for radios. Port #4 is specific antenna control (actuator) and -Defines Linear:the An external intermediate which increases alarmprofile description. for system module sync. corresponds to the "Antenna Number" parameter fan speed linearly as temperature increase. Defines the external alarm input module, In configurations withlines. FSMr3; RP3 onRF thesharing 3GPP Iuant interface (3GPP inUse, description, polarity and severity must ports 1-3 can be used for radios. Port #6 is 25.463/25.466). Defines the used polarity of the external alarm It is possible to select fan control profiles forbe defined for input signals. system module sync. line: normally open or normally closed. independently for each module in the BTS. Defines the seriousness of thewith external alarm In RF chaining configurations FSMr2; RP3 Normally_open: when the connector is=open, there condition in question. Minor = 1 Major 2 Critical Sets the activation delay for the alarm. The number of supported input lines in RF module port 1-3 can be used for RF chains. is no alarm. Normally_closed: when the connector If user does not want to define fan profiling or = 3. are defined intonot BTS Property In RF configurations with FSMr3; RP3 This ischaining used indicate whether this EAC is closed, there issupport no alarm. module does fanFile. profiles, the BTS port 1-3 and 6 can be used for RF chains. configuration is used by EUTRA. managerthe willexternal not set a value to SCF. Defines alarm output lines. module, Values 1-8 are allowed. inUse, description and initialState must be defined Parameter for Control values Signals.are: "Optimized Cooling", "Linear" and "Low Noise". Default value is "Optimized The numberCooling". of supported input lines in RF module BTS property is are defined in Fan.Control.Profiles.Supported BTS Property File. defined if module supports Fan control profiles (low noise, linear, Optimized cooling). RF variants Values 1-4 are allowed.

Defines the external alarm description. Defines the external alarm lines. Defines is particular external control line in use or module, inUse, description and initialState must not in use. Defines thefor initial stateSignals. of the external control line be defined Control There are 4 output after a reset of the BTS. The options are "On" This linkSpeed parameter defines the RP3-01 and link signals in FlexiBTS RF module. "Off". If the initial state is "On", current is going speed between radio modules for master mode Defines a location of Flexi module in free text with through. ports. In the future can beoroutput signals also in maximum 50there characters has the value -1 (Not Defines the code ofto the in question. This parameter can -1 be setLN2.0 all unit radio FlexiBTS RFproduct modules (in RF module can at defined). The value (Not defined) ismodule not used This parameter identifies thecan radio module variants but "6Gbps" option be taken intoplace use have only input signals). the commissioning file. Location can be e.g. associated with the antenna line. by BTS only for radio modules which have HW Defines theofserial number of the unit in question. or address the module. support for are thatallowed. speed. Values 1-4 This thenormally number default of unanswered heartbeat Note is that value "Auto" is optimal messages or data acknowledgements (within aforto The overall time that but the some eNB iscase trying selection formaximum all configurations, time defined by RTO/T3-rtx and calculated establish a SCTP association to a newly learned example optical network performance or SFP This is theinnumber ofused unanswered heartbeat internally SCTP), declaring thethe SCTP adjacent eNB afterthere the eNB has received IP selection reasons isfor needed to define fixed messages or data acknowledgements (within a This parameter specifies the maximum value for association failure. address via ANR. The time the eNB is trying to link speed. time defined by RTO/T3-rtx and calculated retransmission timer T3-rtx when or for This parameter specifies the minimum value establish mustn’t exceed maxSctpSetupTime. Parameter values forused RP3-01 link DATA speed: internally in SCTP), forACK declaring SCTP path heartbeat was sent and no has come back. retransmission T3-rtx DATA or -failure. 3Gbps: Whentimer this value iswhen configured, BTS This parameter defines the interval between two Used for SCTP calculation range. heartbeat was and no ACK back. Note: In case ofsent long maxTimeSctpSetup interval enables the RP3-01 link speed athas 4x come line rate and SCTP heartbeat messages, counted inof seconds. This parameter the naming attribute MOC Used forremain the SCTP calculation range. italways might happen that STCP layer has already atis that speed. BTS does not check SCTP. Climate Profiling parameter. finished transmitting SCTP INIT sequence before the SFP control capability against the requested line rate, Fan speed will be controlled according to module maxTimeSctpSetup expires. In case of short but relies on the user defined configuration. The list defines the external alarm input signals. temperature andthis desired BTS faneNB profile. maxTimeSctpSetup interval, the signalling - 6Gbps: When value is configured, BTS cancellation delay for the alarm -Sets Lowthe Noise: Minimized noise for low and application will finish SCTP INIT enables the RP3-01 link speed atretransmission 8x and Note: The external alarms 13 and 14 line are rate fixedly Defines the external alarm description. moderate ambient temperatures before computed time interval expires. always SCTP remain at that speed. BTSOM does not reserved for Flexi Power Module mains power -check Optimized Cooling: Maximized unit (long the SFP capability the MTBF requested Defines the external lines. module, inUse, break (external alarmalarm 13) against and failure (external life) by running fans with maximum speed already line rate, but relies on the user defined description, polarity and severity must alarm 14). power break' shall bebeused Defines if a'Mains particular EAC line is in use ordefined notasin in configuration. for input signals. description for external alarm 13 and 'Power use. the used polarity the alarm moderate ambient temperatures -Defines Auto: When this value isof configured, BTS first module failure' shall be used as external description for line: normally open or normally closed. -FlexiBTS Linear: An intermediate profile which increases establishes RP3-01 link speed 4x line rate and Defines the seriousness of the at external alarm system external alarm 14.module: Normally_open: when the on connector isPower there fan speed linearly as temperature increase. checks thein14 HW capability both modules. If 26. the condition question. Minor =the 1with Major =open, 2box Critical There are input signals EAC Fixed alarms Mains Power Break and Sets the activation delay forand alarm is no alarm. Normally_closed: when the connector HWs allow, BTS take into use the RP3-01 link = 3 13Failure Lines and 14are arenot reserved forin the Flexi Power Module available FlexiBTS The listatmodule defines the alarm output signals. is closed, there is noexternal alarm. It is possible to select fan control profiles speed 8x line rate. Module and cannot be assigned to other use. system FSMK independently for each module in the BTS. Defines1-26 the external control description. Values are allowed. Maximum total number For FlexiBTS system module supports toinput 6 of input signals is module 26.alarm In FSM release module FlexiBTS system supports up 3toup 26 Defines the external lines. module, inUse, output signals. If user does not want to define fan profiling or lines 7-12 are reserved for mixed lines (Inputforor signals. description and must be defined Defines ifIfsystem alines particular external control line BTS is in FlexiBTS module FSMK supports up to 3 module does notinitialState support fan profiles, the Output). 1-6 are configured to output lines FlexiBTS system module FSMK supports up touse 8 Control Signals. or not in use. output signals. manager will not set a value to SCF. Defines the initial state be of the externaltocontrol line then 7-12 cannot configured input lines. input lines signals. after a reset of themodule: BTS. The options are The linkList must be configured mainly in "On" RF and FlexiBTS system Parameter values are: "Optimized Cooling", "Off". Ifare the initial is "On", current is going Flexi Lite BTS 750state (LTE1072): sharing configurations, where the configuration There 6 output signals. FSM release 3 module Defines the RP3 link in system module to of "Linear" and "Lowport Noise". Default value isallowed. through. There are 8 use input signals. Values 1-8 are the RP3 links depends on the shared RF mixed lines line numbers 1-6 if they have which the Radio Moduleofisinput connected (direct or in "Optimized Cooling". This linkSpeed parameter defines used Maximum total isthe 8. RP3In technologies. If number the RP3-01lines. link signals speed need toare be been configured to output If mixed lines chain). 01 link speed between system module and first FlexiLite lines 7-8also arelines reserved for mixed lines This radioMaster parameter defines the BTS changed, it must be configured. configured to output then input lines cannot BTS property Fan.Control.Profiles.Supported radio module. (Input or Output). Ifspeed lines 1-2 are configured tois a Baseband Extention Module that controls O&M If the RP3-01 linkline needs to befree changed, be configured to number 7-12. Defines a location of Flexi module in text with In single LTE mode RP3 ports 1-5 (FSMr2) or 1-6 defined if module supports Fan control profiles This parameter can be set to all FSM variants but outputinlines then lines 7-8 cannotto bethe configured to tasks RF sharing orfor dedicated radio. linkList with linkId corresponding RP3-01 maximum 50 characters or has the value -1 (Not (FSMr3) can be used radio modules. (low noise, linear, Optimized cooling). RF variants Defines the product code of the unit in question. "6Gbps" option can be taken into use by BTS only inputmust lines.also Flexi Power Module defines is not supported With value 'true' this parameter a port be configured. FlexiLite: defined). The value -1 and (Not FSM3r3 defined) is not used at In RF sharing configurations with FSMr2; RP3 from Rel. 2.x onwards with fans have for FSMr3 (EAC lines 13 and 14). System Module identification in terms ofuse its Baseband Extension Module that controls radio There are 2HW. output signals. Mixed lines line the commissioning file. Location can be e.g. place ports 1,2,3 and 5 can be used for radios. Port #4 "TRUE" value. RF variants without fans or older Important note: Note that 1-2 normally default value "Auto" is optimal distname index. The position ofconfigured this radio module SW updates, linebeen device parameters, numbers ifantenna they have to and Defines the number of the unit in question. or address ofserial the module. is for system module sync. than Rel. 2.x shall have "FALSE" value. In master technology SMOD prodCode iscase selection for all configurations, but some for is defined with respect to this index. common radio parameters in case of single output lines. If mixed lines are configured to output In RFparameter sharing configurations with FSMr3; RP3 The enables a BTS to be the RP3-01 autodetected (set by system) and can neither be example optical network performance or SFP technology dedicated RF-module or master mode lines input linesbe cannot be configured line Important note: ports then 1,2 and 3 can used for Porttofixed #6 is Synchronization Master iniswhich aused. RF Sharing configured intechnology SMOD creation norradios. modified. selection reasons there is needed to system define Defines the to this when RF-sharing feature number 7-8. In master technology SMOD serNum is for system module sync. configuration. In peer technology SMOD prodCode is not link speed. module belongs This the list ofconfigurations synchronization sources ofRP3 the autodetected (set by and can neither be In RFischaining with FSMr2; autodetected and can optionally configured in Parameter values for system) RP3-01 linkbe speed: BTS. Up to 2 clock sources can be configured. configured in SMOD creation nor modified. port 1-3 can be used for RF chains. parameter specifies the protocol of BTS this clock The BTS on which parameter is enabled will SMOD creation andthis modified. -This 3Gbps: When this value is configured, In peer technology serNum is line not RF chaining configurations with FSMr3; RP3 source: PDH, synchronuous Ethernet, or rate Time be used to drive theSMOD RP3-01 interface clock inand an enables the RP3-01 link speed at 4x This parameter specifies either autodetected and can optionally be configured in port 1-3 and 6 can be used for RF chains. over Packet. RF Sharing Configuration. When enabled this BTS always remain location at that speed. BTS does not check the physical of the PDH interface SMOD creation and modified. Note: PDH is not supported in FlexiZone Micro is referred as the "Sync Master". the SFP capability against the requested line rate, location on the unit for a PDH synchronization hardware. but reliesoron the user defined configuration. source, The on which parameter is disabled --6Gbps: When thisthis value is configured, BTS willof theBTS physical location of the ethernet interface receive RP3-01 interface clock as a enables the RP3-01 link speed at 8x line rate and the unit for the synchronous Ethernet synchronization input sourcedoes for the always remain atsource. that reference speed. BTSOM not synchronization whole fromcapability the "Syncagainst Master" thereby check BTS the SFP theBTS, requested

This parameter determines the priority in which the clock sources to be taken into ThisTransport parameter enables SSMare support use. Value 1 ist highest priority: this clock source (Synchronization Status Message) for This is taken the maximum duration in seconds for which will be first. Synchronuous Ethernet. the SSM specifies value maythe belocation less than Thisactual parameter of ssmPRC the unit or SSU_Athe or SSU_B clock quality. If the duration providing synchronisation source interface. This parameter identifies the synchronisation is surpassed, an alarm will be raised. NOTE: unitNumber parameter is ignored protection group.identifies The value always 1. when This parameter theisclock clockProtocol parameter has value synchronization clkTop. In case configuration. The value isthe always This parameter identifies MO instance forFor of clkTop, unitNumber parameter is1.optional. transport admission control for LTE. syncE sources FTIF & FIIF units will support both This parameter identifies the Time Over Packet values 0 and 1, for FSM and FSI unitNumber common configuration. The value is always 1.can This activates/deactivates feature be 0 parameter and for all other units types, unit the number is 1. "ToP withnumber frequency synchronization". This unit indicates how asynchronization ToP sync message The of often PDH source ToP frequency synchronization is all notunit shall be send by the ToP master within the must bethe 1. IP This validation rule is(TOPF) valid for This is address of the ToP master. To be supported for TDD release and therefore it cannot transmission duration request period. (The types which support PDH interfaces and when entered in dotted decimal format. The parameter This parameter identifies the Time Over Packet be activated. transmission duration request period is currently clockProtocol parameter has value clkPDH. PDH must be configured if actTopFreqSynch TRUE. frequency sync configuration of the FTM.=in The This parameter represents the accepted clock fixed to 300 seconds.) synchronization source is not supported FTOA, ToP frequency synchronization (TOPF) is not value is always 1. quality class. The are defined: FSM, and FSI. This following parameter activates/deactivates the feature supported for values TDD release and only 0.0.0.0 -3: 8with per second "ToP phase synchronization". address can be configured to IP address of in theTDThis indicates how often a ToP message Note:ToP frequency synch is notsync supported -4: master. 16 per second ToP shall be send by the ToP master within the LTE. The phase the output phase of ToP phase -5: 32 perofsecond transmission duration period (ofvalue 300 in synchronization will berequest adjusted by the This parameter configures the communication seconds). terms of of thistoparameter. mode fornanonseconds Timingselects over Packet be eithernumber IP This parameter the ToP domain Unicast or Ethernet Multicast. the integrated slave clock belongs to. ThisBTS parameter configures the Ethernet MAC address to be used as destination address This parameter specifies a table that holds in all Timing overofPacket EthernetTiming framesover sentPacket by the properties the configured This parameter specifies the IP address of the ToP BTS. masters of be theentered BTS. in dotted format. master. To This parameter identifies the Time Over Packet phase sync configuration. The value is always This parameter is used to lock and unlock the 1. ethernet link interface. This parameter specifies the destination IP Locking the interface deactivatesThe it. TWAMP address of the TWAMP This parameter specifiessession. the destination port for session must be messages. locked, before its destination IP TWAMP initiator Changeing the This parameter specifies Administrative state rulesthe for DSCP correctvalue to be address can be changed. destination port of the of TWAMP session requires used foraddress transmission messages over configurations: This parameter specifies the size of the TWAMP Both IP formats TWAMP can be used. locking the session. the session. The corresponding mapping tothis a Per •messages Outdoor Module FSMx sent by the TWAMP initiator on Format: IPv4 address parameter in dotted This parameter specifies the is threshold forinraising Hop Behavior priority queue contained table 1. ETHLK 0-1 ataddress FSMx can be “unlocked” ifRFC session. decimals or IPv6 parameter acc. the TWAMP session alarm for reasons of to This parameter specifies the threshold for raising trafficTypesMap of the QOS managed object Basic module FSMx present. The value packet of the parameter shall not exceed the 4291. excessive ratio (PRL). the TWAMP session alarm for reasons of and class. 2. ETHLK 0-2 atloss FSMx can be “unlocked” if theof This parameter specifies the source IPratio address Maximum Transfer Unit value of the The alarm is raised, ifpresent the (RTT). packet lossBTS excessive round-trip-time Basic module FSMx and enable TWAMP initiator messages. The TWAMP session configured TWAMP message source address This parameter a TWAMP session. observed over aidentifies 15 evalutation period The alarm is raised ifminute the average round-trip-time RP301Interface = false and (TRS sub-module must be locked, before its source IP address can identical with one ofifthe configured eNB exceeds the threshold value. The alarm will be UTRA cell reselection timer of the TWAMP messages, calculated during a and 1FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK 1-1 =(if “locked” be changed. application or interface IP addresses different cleared if the packet loss ratio drops below the minute evaluation period, exceeds the configured ETHLK 1-3 = “locked”). The parameter "Speed-dependent scaling factor addresses are used, one might need additional threshold value for 2 consecutive 15-minute threshold. The will in beTS cleared, during 5 if 3. ETHLK 1-1alarm at FTIF/FTLF can beif“unlocked” for treselection UTRAN" 36.304. If the field Both IP address formats can be used. routing entries). The field t-ReselectionUTRA isthe multiplied by this of observation periods. consecutive 1-minute periods average value TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK is not present, the UE behaviour is in TS Format: IPv4UE address parameter in specified dotted factor if the is below in the high mobility state asthis The t-ReselectionUTRA is=multiplied the RTT remains the threshold. 1-3 isfield “locked and ETHLK 0-2 “locked””. 36.304. decimals or36.304. IPv6 address parameter acc. by to RFC defined in factor if the UE the medium state asif 4. ETHLK 1-2is atinFTIF/FTLF canmobility be UFFIM “unlocked” This parameter uniquely identifies an 4291. defined in 36.304. TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK (UTRAN FDD ModeFrequencies configuration) This is“locked”. a list OfFrequency UTRA FDDIdle Carrier 1-4 is managed object. Contains the1-3 Downlink Frequency as ARFCN 5. ETHLK at FTIF/FTLF can (Nd) be “unlocked” if value TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF carrier present, ETHLK 1-1 Weight factor of UTRA-FDD frequency is “locked” and robin ETHLK 0-2 = “locked”. used round algorithm for idle mode load UTRAby Maximum Allowed Transmit Power 6. ETHLK 1-4 at FTIF/FTLF can be “unlocked” if balancing. This the FTIF/FTLF minimum required quality level TRS sub-module presentthe and ETHLK Whenspecifies the parameter is not defined, in the cell in dB. It is not applicable to TDD cells 1-2 is “locked”. This specifies the minimum RX level main in or corresponding carrier is not required used in selecting GSM cells or E-UTRA cells. the cellfor inpriority dBm of the UTRA carrier frequency target IdleModeMobilityControlInfo for load Absolute balancing. Weighted round robin algorithm shall • Indoor Module FSIx select always one target RATs frequency for supported idle mode Equal priorities between are not 1. ETHLK 0-1 which at FSIx can be “unlocked” if Basic load balancing, is matching UE capabilities, according to [3GPP 36.304]. Module FSIx and ETHLK 0-3 is load “locked”. to be used aspresent main target for idle mode 2. ETHLK 0-2this at FSIx “unlocked” if Basic balancing and targetcan willbe have always highest Module FSIx present and ETHLK 0-4 is “locked”. priority assigned in RRC Release message. All 3. ETHLK 0-3 at FSIxfor can bemode “unlocked” other target frequency idle load if Basic

This specifies the quality threshold used by the UE reselecting towards a higher priority Thiswhen specifies the quality threshold used by the UTRA RAT UE when reselecting towards a lower priority This specifies the used by the UE when Not recognized bythreshold UEs < Rel9 UTRA RAT towards reselecting a higherused priority frequency X This specifies the threshold Not recognized by UEs
This parameter describes the FDD/TDD EUTRA absolute frequency channel It definesradio the minimum EcNo levelnumber measured by (EARFCN) of the (downlink) frequency layer this the UE from a UTRAcell required for ordering its Defines the Baseband Extension profile Module inter-frequency load equalization CGI decoding. (Mapping between the UE Identifier. The linkListEcNo be configured mainly RF (AMLEPR) ismust valid for. measured and the SFS values is in according sharing configurations, where the configuration of Defines port link in the baseband module to 3GPPthe TS RP3 25.133/25.123). the RP3 links depends on the shared RF to which the Radio Moduledefines is connected. This linkSpeed the RP3-01 link technologies. If parameter the RP3-01 link speed needoftothe be The linkId corresponds to the port number speed between a Baseband Extension Module changed, it must also be configured. Baseband Module. and radioExtension module. If thearange RP3-01 speed needs to be a The for alink FBBA is 1-1, FBBC is changed, 1-4 . linkList with linkId corresponding to the RP3-01 port must also be configured. This radioMaster parameter defines the BTS Baseband Extention Module that controls O&M tasks in RF sharing or dedicated radio. With value 'true' this parameter defines a Baseband Extension Module that controls radio Defines the planned codeparameters, for the unit and SW updates, antennaproduct line device and itDefines is used by planning tools before BTS is module identification commonsystem radio parameters in case of where single commissioned. After BTS is commissioned, Baseband Extension module isPort connected. technology dedicated RF-module ornumber master mode Defines system module QSFP product code parameter (prodCode) from where when RF-sharing feature is used. Baseband Expansion module is connected. Defines the serial number of BTS the unit. autodetected unit is used by SW This is the product code used by planning Allow operator to enable/disable Bluetoothtools before BTS is commissioned. After BTS is interface. Activate Bluetooth enabled alarm. commissioned, product code parameter AllowWhen the site to respond to inquiry (prodCode) from autodetected unit scans is usedtoby BTS actBluetooth is set to: provide device name and other info before legacy pairing. SW. Allow operator to enable/disable Bluetooth A site that does not respond to inquiry requests pairing protocolBluetooth enabled: interface is enabled; Allow secure simple pairing will beBluetooth less visible to casual scans. This parameter identifies interface the Bluetooth Interface. disabled: Bluetooth is disabled; True: Site responds Bluetooth This parameter allows thetooperator to inquiry customize The value isfor always 1. requests. Makes easier characterization the Bluetooth name used byrange the device. autoFallback: Bluetooth is enabled Allow additional control over legacy pairing on and support for Bluetooth clients that automatically upon loss of connectiondepend to NetAct protocol implementation. Configures This is supported insecrets FlexiZone Micro. with inquiry scansite-specific responses. and disabled upononly restoration ofassociated connection. Bluetooth legacy pairing . Therelationship configured after secret AllowIfuser to timeout pairing the = -2tostring. (configured must belegacyPairingOPTMode entered as of a site hex encoded False: Requires operator knowFor configured number hours. Allow operator to configure a persistent Bluetooth PIN mode), the initial bytes of the configured example, 1mA is represented by hex Bluetooth binary devicestring address and have client which device whitelist and blacklist. legacyPairingSecret (up to 16Bluetooth bytes in all after hex This parameter specifies the device encoding 316D41. can connect via address. If it is set to 0:isImmediately clear all pairing unencoding) used as a fixed legacy PIN; being whitelisted or blacklisted. This parameter sets the specific Bluetooth relationships and connections at time of device If the list contains at least one whitelisted With Legacy Pairing OTP =pairing -2 as whitelisted, blacklisted or as Mode neutral entry. configuration change; nodevices subsequent or device, onlyPIN whitelisted may connect to or Otherwise, counter-based logic adapted from Note:Format is Bluetooth device address (configured mode), legacyPairingSecret can connections allowed until Pairing Relationshio pair with the BTS. Otherwise, if the list contains RFC 6238/RFC4226 uses secret B1 derived from in format of colon separated hex bytes. be used to explicitly configure a fixed legacy Timout changed to athe non-zero value. blacklisted devices can legacyPairingSecret as ablacklisted key generating a pairing PIN.devices, For this case, thefor operator should NOT This parameter connect to provides or pair with additional the BTS. handling of the series of site-specific, one time 16 byte PINs carefully consider limitations of any expected If it is set to 169 : the Do not automatically timeout specified Bluetooth device. based on RFC6238/RFC4226. This is the order number of the entry in the Bluetooth peers. A complex PINdevice is more secure. pairing relationships; pairingRelationships structure. However, a PIN containing only digits is mostly Configure forisBluetooth Thesite-specific configured secret data must be entered as a If compatible. legacyPairingOPTMode set to -1 secure widely simple pairing. The configured secret must be If it isencoded set to the value between 1 and 168, the This parameter controls the status of external hex string. For example, binary string (rotating PIN mode), the applicable counter User shall enter a unique pairing order entered asbased atimeout hex encoded string. For example, value isrepresented the in hours. Once the age of a GPS receiver Lowon Noise Amplifier power supply 1mA is by hex encoding 316D41. advances internal BTS logic. If trueWith the MODE is activated at will number forHOLDOVER each Bluetooth device entry. Lower Legacy Pairing OTP Mode >= encoding -1 binary string 1mA is represented by hex pairing relationship reaches the timeout, BTS output. When set toor 'true', the output external GPS receiver order numbers occur earlier intype thestatic structure. (rotating PIN mode generated PINhaul mode), This parameter specifies the of back in 316D41. automatically timeout the pairing power supply will be activated. When set to 'false', If legacyPairingOPTMode istorelationship. set between The HOLDOVER MODE needs be activated legacyPairingSecret can be used to assign a 0at use. This parameter allows user specify the port the the output power supply willto be deactivated. and 214748264 (generated static PIN mode), external GPS when an high holdover custom legacy pairing secret B1 for the legacy sspSecret isLocal an empty string, aof site-specific If theIfdevice isReceiver connected at the time pairing number where the Maintenance Terminal applicable counter is fixed to the specified performance is needed at BTS OTPas algorithm. Iftypes legacyPairingSecret is left empty Supported arevalue. Copper, 1000BaseSX, key, derived from NSN's default algorithm, will timeout, the device iscan not forcibly disconnected by (BTS Site Manager) be legacyPairingOPTMode in modes, secret B1 isconnected. set to aand default value 1000BaseLX, G984 be used as timeout. the1000BasePX, key for counter-based generation thethese pairing However, subsequent known to allof sites and NSN customers. This parameter allows user topasskey specify Ethernet 1000BaseBx. of a series one timeall 6 pairing digit per willlink connection after expired relationship interface primary backhaul. RFC6238/RFC4226; require a used fresh for pairing. If sspSecret is an non-empty string, Secure Simple Pairing Secret will be used as a key for counter-based generation of a series of one time 6 digit passkey per RFC6238/RFC4226.

This parameter holds the secondary C-Plane IPv4 address of this holds eNB for additionalC-Plane transport This parameter thethe secondary IPv6 network in case feature LTE648 and LTE505 are address of this eNB for the additional transport This parameter specifies the secondary IPv4 used. network in feature LTE648 and traffic LTE505 are address to case be used forthis control plane infor case This parameter specifies the secondary IPv6 Format: the format of parameter allows an used. feature LTE648 is used. address to be used for control plane traffic in case IPv4 address in the dotted decimal form. This preferred source IP Format: parameter acc. tothe RFC4291. To beparameter entered inspecifies feature LTE648 isdotted used.decimal format. address for the route. This parameter specifies preferred source IP Format: parameter acc. tothe RFC4291. address for the route. This parameter enables or disables feature Format: parameter with IPv6 address acc. toIPSec Backup Tunnelallows feature RFC4291. This structure user to manually switch Default Value "::"the which parameter (switchover orisswitchback) set of the IPsec tunnels, is This parameter is localmeans tunnel endpoint not used: a preferred source IPV6 address is and not which have a backup tunnel remote endpoint IPAddress of theisIPSec Tunnel(IKESA) whose This parameter the remote tunnel endpoint defined a MANUAL switchback mode defined. Only related policies have secondary remote tunnel IPAddress of the ipsec Tunnel(IKESA) whose This structure user to read and modify tunnels that be manually switched are endpoint setcan toallows ahave valid non-default IPAddress and related policies secondary remote tunnel switchback mode ofand each tunnel that has backup included in this list tunnels identified with This parameter indicates whether BTS should IPSec backup tunnel feature is are enabled endpoint set to a valid non-default IPAddress remote endpoint defined. Tunnels are and the localtunnel andisremote tunnel endpoints of the automatically or (operator Format: this anmanually IPv4 IP address incommand) dotted ipsec backup tunnel feature is enabled. identified with primary IPSec local and remote tunnel primary tunnel. switchback toisprimary Tunnel decimal form. Format: this an IPv4 IP address in dotted endpoint addresses. Examples: decimal form. IPv4: 10.12.11.0 Examples: IPv4: 10.12.11.0 This parameter is the local tunnel endpoint IPAddress of theisIPSec Tunnel(IKESA) whose This parameter the remote tunnel endpoint related policies have secondary remote tunnel IPAddress of theindicates ipsec Tunnel(IKESA) whose This parameter the BFD session ID and used endpoint set to ahave validsecondary non-default IPAddress related policies remote tunnel to detect IPSectunnel Tunnel Failure This parameter holds the remote endpoint of the IPSec backup feature is enabled endpoint set to a valid non-default IPAddress and current active IPsec tunnel Format: this is an IPv4 Format: this is an IPv4 IP address in dotted This parameter indicates theismechanism ipsec backup tunnel feature enabled. used to IP address inisdotted decimal form. decimal form. determine IPSec tunnel failure. This could be DPD Format: this an IPv4 IP address intime dotted This parameter specifies maximum delay Examples: (Dead Peer Detection) or BFD session failure.For decimal form. before switchover or switchback of IPSec tunnel. This parameter specifies minimum delay IPv4: 10.12.11.0 secondary(backup) Tunnel ittime will always be Examples: NE will switchover use randomorIPSec delay between minimum and before switchback of IPSec tunnel. This parameter holds the remote SEGorendpoint DPD. IPv4: 10.12.11.0 maximum delay timers for switchover NE will useofrandom delay between minimum and IPAddress theindicates secondary ipsec This parameter the statetunnel of the IPsec switchback maximum delay timers for switchover or the It also enables backup tunnel feature for Backup Tunnel Activates the fast increasewith mechanisms switchback primary tunnel associated this policy.of amount of preferred resources for new GBR Activatesthis theisfast mechanisms of amount Format: an increase IPv4 IP address in bearer dotted arriving into the system.for new non-GBR bearer of preferred resources decimal form. Defines a fraction of the resources being available arriving into the system. Examples: for UE scheduling on frequency PDSCH. Ifedge average PDSCH Determines at which the blanked IPv4: 10.12.11.0 utilization falls below this threshold, interference resources should be allocated in a macro cell. A shaping is applied. micro cellfunctionality will use always the opposite edge. Note: Used only for preferred alignment 'macromicro' This parameter is the naming attribute of MOC ISHPR andforit considering uniquely identifies an instance of the Load limit a neighbor cell as highly Downlink Interference Shaping Profile (ISHPR). loaded Determines the maximum amount of neighboring cells which toofrequest neighbor cell Minimum number neighbor cells inShaping" highload loadisin If the from feature "Downlink Interference information internally or via X2 interface for eICIC. order to apply interference activated, a default ISHPR shaping. profile with ISHPRishPrId = 0 must exist. Note: Value '0' deactivates the neighbor cell load information exchange.

Determines the periodicity with which neighbor cell load information is exchanged.

Determines the alignment method being applied in DL interference shaping. Available options allow giving preference to alignment of neighbor cell interference only between macro cells or between macro and micro cells (no alignment between Lower utilization threshold of preferred resources. micro cells supported). If exceeded downwards, of resources. preferred Upper utilization thresholdthe of amount preferred resource is decreased. If exceeded upwards, theresources. amount ofPreferred preferred Lower limit for preferred resource is increased. resources decreased Determinesare thenot step size for below this limit. increasing/decreasing the amount of preferred resources.

Determines a period with which to restart the neighbor cell load information exchange for eICIC. The exact cells from which to ask neighbor cell load information will be updated only with such a restart. Determines the basic periodicity for interference shaping performRLF measurements, update Indicatestowhether based connection preferred resources, etc. reestablishment is supported by the neigbhour This parameter activates/de-activates the optional eNB. The setting must be aligned with the feature feature "Active mode load equalization". Activates removal of unused activation autonomous parameter actRLFbasedRCR in LTE the neighbour relation and neighbour information This parameter activates/de-activates the optional neighbour eNB. feature "Downlink Interference Shaping" The parameter is used to activate the interfrequency service based mobility trigger This parameter specifies the behavior of feature Periodic LTE1127 "Service based mobility trigger". Carrier Blinking actions. Activates thethat feature 'Radio Link Failure (RLF) Please note the change of the based connection reestablishment (RCR)' This is RRC a feature flag to enable or disable the no RT actInterFreqServiceBasedHo value will have Performance Monitoring Feature and to select immediate impact on ongoing user connections. This is a feature flag to enable or disable the SDL which type of RT PM is chosen. Feature. This parameter activates a mechanism The value All_PM_Counters is used for for enabling different points of triggering handover. TheLTE1053 parameter activates the feature 'Timing the feature content, whereas This parameter activates thefor feature 'Dedicated advance histogram PM counters' PDCP_SDU_Group is used specific This parameter activates the slave BTS PM in RF mobility thresholds formeasurement SRVCC'. Note: In addition, the M8029 needs counter subset as required in LTE2054. Sharing to temporarily take over the radio master This parameter enables/disables the optional to be started in each LNCEL separately. role upon the detection the master failure. feature "User layer TCPofMSS clamping" Parameter actVendSpecCellTraceEnh activates or (LTE1240). deactivates additional vendor specific Cell Trace This structure thein'idle When enabled,includes the MSS end time userthreshold' TCP SYN enhancements (LTE1501, LTE1931, LTE1914). values used by eNB for autonomous removal of if The eNBismay autonomously LTE NR, packets reduced to a valueremove avoidinga IP LTE Neighbour resources the LTE NR is in not used for handover for ateNBs least is fragmentation the transport layer. If the maximum number of LTE neighbour the time 'idleTimeThresLteNR'. already stored, stored neighbour eNB may If for at least thethen timea“idleTimeThresNbeNB” an be exchanged against no aX2 neighbour eNB newly enbControlled NbeNB NR no X2 link is If for an enbControlled linkand no LTE Neighbour detected via CGI measurement if the idle available, then the eNB removes thetime LNADJ/ Relation exists and ifafor at leastonly, the If the eNB performs Neighbour eNB exchange, Notes: time for the stored neighbour eNB is at least equal LNADJL objects associated with the NbeNB “idleTimeThresX2” no X2 handover isatreceived, then the eNB will are afterwards wait for leastare the *toLTE NRs which 'reserved by operator' 'idleTimeThresNbeNBExch'. then given the eNB autonomously closes the X2 link. time by ‘nbEnbExchWaitTmr’, before the not autonomously removed by eNB Notes: next Neighbour eNB exchange may be triggered. ** The eNB checks once per hour ifCells ato LTE NR If 'idleTimeThresNbeNBExch' is set '0', thenhas no Neighbour eNBs and Neighbour which are Notes: to be removed exchange of LTE neighbour eNBs is triggered. with an LNADJ object *associated oamControlled X2oamControlled links are not autonomouosly Note: is recommended to chose are notItby autonomouosly removed by eNB closed eNB to per be smaller *'idleTimeThresLteNR' The eNB checks once hour if athan LTE NRhas hasto X2 link 'idleTimeThresX2' to avoid that one eNB may

It defines the maximum time eNB waits for an activated ReportStrongestCellForSon If for a LTE Neighbour (NR)carrier measurement report onRelation an UTRAN 'consecHoFailThres' consecutive handover frequency. Timer for eICIC synchronization recovery execution failures are observed, then the eNB This parameter indicates the maximum GTP triggers a re-validation for this NR via CGI tunnel unit, i.e. selects the maximum end user IP packet This parameter the handling ofare the CIO measurement (if CGI measurements allowed). size that can be carried unfragmented over the adjustment during the handling of special cases. GTP tunnels through the backhaul network. When set to 'returnAdjustmentToZero' the action If 'consecHoFailThres=0', then no re-validation is for the special case handling will return the delta triggered. CIO a value of re-validations, zero. Note:adjustment To limit thetoload due to eNB This parameter specifies the nominal bit rate in triggers re-validation only if at least some the downlink direction. It applies only ifbitScheduling When set wait to 'adjustmentPreserved' the action minimum time since last validation ofrate theinin This parameter specifies the nominal Type has been set to NON-GBR. for the special case handling will leave the delta same NR has expired. the uplink direction. It applies only if Scheduling This parameter specifies the nominal bit ratethe in Leaving this parameter value empty means CIO adjustment at its current value. Typedownlink has been set to NON-GBR. the direction. Itdoes applies only ifbit Scheduling This parameter specifies the nominal rate nominal bitrate feature not apply to this QCI eNB selects theset value of prioritizedBitRate forinUE Type has been toItabove NON-GBR. the uplink direction. applies only ifaScheduling in this direction. The exception to the when MRO orin This parameter specifies the nominal bit ratenbrUl. configuration that is equal toisor higher than Leaving this parameter value empty means the Type has been set to NON-GBR. manually initiated change of CIO value occurs. In the downlink direction. Itdoes applies onlymeans ifbit Scheduling Leaving this parameter value empty the This parameter specifies the not nominal rate in nominal bitrate feature apply to this QCI eNB selects the value of prioritizedBitRate for UE that case 'returnAdjustmentToZero' will leave the Type has been set toItNON-GBR. nominal bitrate feature does not apply to this QCI the uplink direction. applies only if Scheduling in this direction. This parameter specifies the nominal bit ratenbrUl. in configuration that to or higher than CIO adjustment asisisequal and 'adjustmentPreserved' Leaving this parameter value empty means the in this direction. Type hasthe been set to NON-GBR. the downlink direction. Itdoes applies onlymeans ifbit Scheduling Leaving this parameter value empty the will rest CIO adjustment to zero. This parameter specifies the nominal rate inUE nominal bitrate feature not apply to this QCI eNB selects thefeature value of prioritizedBitRate forQCI Type has been set toItNON-GBR. nominal bitrate does not apply to this the uplink direction. applies only if Scheduling in this direction. This parameter specifies the nominal bit ratenbrUl. in configuration that is equal toapplies or higher than Leaving this parameter value empty the in this direction. The special cases this tomeans are: Type has been set that to NON-GBR. the downlink direction. It applies only if Scheduling Leaving this parameter value empty means the This parameter specifies the nominal inUE nominal bitrate does apply to this 1. When X2 RESET ofof the X2not link withbit a rate LB eNB selects thefeature value prioritizedBitRate forQCI Type has been set toItNON-GBR. nominal bitrate feature does not apply to this QCI the uplink direction. applies only if Scheduling in this direction. partnership occurs This parameter specifies the nominal bit ratenbrUl. in configuration that is equal to or higher than Leaving this parameter value empty means the in this direction. Type has been setmanually to NON-GBR. 2. When MRO or initiated of CIO the downlink direction. Itdoes applies onlychange ifbit Scheduling Leaving this parameter value empty means the This parameter specifies the nominal rate inUE nominal bitrate feature not apply to this QCI eNB thefeature value of prioritizedBitRate forQCI valueselects forbitrate abeen neighbor relationship whichto is this Type has set to NON-GBR. nominal does not apply the uplink direction. It applies only if Scheduling in this direction. Defines the for the LNADJ configuration thatpartnership isvalue equal to occurs or higher than nbrUl. supporting adefault LB Leaving this parameter value empty means the in thishas direction. Type been set to NON-GBR. parameter rlfBasedRCRsupported which is used if Leaving this parameter value empty means the 3. When the disabling of the LTE1140 LB feature If for a LTE Neighbour Relation (NR) a S1 nominal bitrate feature does not apply to this QCI eNB selects thefeature value of prioritizedBitRate forby UE an LNADJ instance is autonomously created nominal bitrate does not apply to this QCI for an eNB that is supporting LB partnerships handover preparation is started and waits since the last in thistime direction. This defines how long eNB the configuration that is equal tothe orfeature. higher thanfor nbrUl. eNB to an activated ANR in thisdue direction. occurs validation of the NR at least the time result of an earlier issued Resource Status Leaving this parameter value empty means the This defines the time eNB waits 4. When the Lockmaximum of ahas cell that isthe supporting LBfor 's1PrdRevalWaitTmr' elapsed, thentoeNB Reporting request. nominal bitrate feature does not apply this QCI further cell load measurements before collected partnerships occurs This is the timer started in Temporary Radio triggers a re-validation for this NRwas via CGI *in If the Resource Status Request send to this direction. cell loadstate measurements are that indicatedmessage to theRadio 5. When the receipt ofmeasurements an Master after itStatus detects measurement (if started CGI are allowed). This is a the timer in RSUpdate Radioconfigured Slave state initiate Resource Reporting, then theafter eNB requesting cell for LB thepartner first time. from an unknown occurs Master has recovered. This is done to ensure that slave BTS detects loss of Radio Master, before it will repeat the Resource Status Request after this If for a LTE Neighbour Relation (NR) anRSUpdate intra-eNB 6. When the guard timer expires fortake an peer tech BTS is stable enough to over Radio If 's1PrdRevalWaitTmr' is set Status to '0', then no retakes over Temporary Master Role. Wait time is timer expires if the Resource Reporting is or X2 handover preparation Activates the features eICICisforstarted macroand andsince small message occurs Master validation is again. triggered. used to role allow Radio Master to recover from a still needed by theofeNB. the last validation the NR at least the time cells 7. LB Abate Threshold reached and This is timer started in Temporary Sync Master Activates the feature 'Nominal for non-GBR Note 1:the To limit the load due toisbitrate re-validations, eNB reset. *'x2PrdRevalWaitTmr' IfWhen the Resource Status Request was send toCell stop has elapsed, then eNB If all conditions for activation are fulfilled and becomes 'balanced' state after temporary master BTS redetects bearers triggers re-validation only if at least some This is the timer started in this Sync Slave state after an ongoing Resource Status Reporting, then on Activates the feature 'Extended VoLTE talk time' triggers a re-validation for NR via CGI gpsInUse is set to Technology 'false' alast warning bethe issued SYNC (from Peer BTS )shall on RP3-01 minimum wait time since of slave BTS detects SYNC lossvalidation (from timer expiry the eNB will consider the stop request measurement (ifdescribes CGI measurements are allowed). This parameter how many active mode to the user to activate either GPS (gpsInUse to ports and before releasing the shared radios. same NRand haswill expired. Peer Technology BTS ) on RP3-01 ports. ThisThis is as failed locally release the Resource load equalization handovers per partner neighbor 'true') or actTopPhaseSync must be set to 'true' is done to ensure that This timer defines the periodicity according which Note 2: To retrieve the CGI measurement for theor done to rule out any maintenance Status Reporting. If 'x2PrdRevalWaitTmr' is set CAC to '0', thentaking no recell are allowed between two reports both. peer tech BTSthe isfor stable enough to start neighbor cells are requested toActive report their mode re-validation, eNB will start ANR activity planned peer technology BTS. validation is triggered. received from this cell. sync from it. available status. and use aresource UE different from the one which needs Zero (0) value waiting is desired. Note 1: To limitindicates the load that due no to re-validations, eNB Zerohandover. (0) value indicates that no waiting is desired. the triggers re-validation only if at least some minimum wait time since last validation of the same NR has expired. Note 2: To retrieve the CGI measurement for the re-validation, the eNB will start Active ANR mode This parameter describes thethe antenna normal and use a UE different from one which needs direction with respect to geographical north in 0.1 the handover. Averaging filter constant for averaging CQI reports degrees clockwise, i.e. from North to East. It is sent by UE useddefines for cellthe range expansion (CRE) This parameter minimum signal used forfor Angle-of-Arrival (AoA) calculation for tagging ABS and non-ABS subframes. difference the target theinterference source cell Dedicated configuration used and for DL LTE1501. between required for triggering an intra-frequency CIO shaping Determines if thetointerference shaping subadjustment due load unbalance. functionality shall be active Determines the amount of resources to be blanked for PDSCH scheduling of UE specific transmissions. Given percentage will be rounded to the next larger integer multiple of the system bandwidth dependent allocation granularity on PDSCH (resource block group size for resource allocation

This parameter is the naming attribute of MOC ISHPR and it uniquely anadaptation instance of the This parameter is usedidentifies in the ABS Downlink Interference Shaping Profile algorithm weighting toMP1 bias (ISHPR). towards Thresholdas to aswitch from factor MP0 to more or less ABS. A higher value of this parameter leads to feweris Threshold to switch from MP1 to MP0Shaping" If the feature "Downlink Interference Though possible, it is not recommended to set on. this cases where the ABS pattern MP1 is switched A higher value ofdefines this parameter leads tohigher more activated, atodefault ISHPR profile with ISHPRThis parameter a threshold used in thethe parameter values higher than 2. The cases where ABS is switched off. seldom ishPrId =this 0 must exist. ABS adaptation formore switching from value of the Schedulers inparameter, thealgorithm macrothe cell apply the new ABS higher lower muting pattern ratios and vice switch to a higher ABS pattern will occur. pattern after said timer has expired. This is valid This parameter is used in the on scheduler for versa. The impact of this parameter the ABS only when new pattern hascell’s a smaller ABS ratio tagging UE’s location w.r.t range expansion Value of this parameter defines the boundary of A higher value of parameter adaptation result is closely related to the number than the previous one. (CRE) area based on the non-ABS related CQI G2 CIO for the CIO adaptation algorithm in the eIcicAbsDeltaAdjustment means that the MP will of established eICIC partnerships. Example: Value of this parameter defines the boundary value. The sum oflater thispoint. parameter and the non-of macro cell be switched at aCIO eIcicAbsAdaptationBeta = 1 andalgorithm four established G3 CIO for the adaptation the Highest allowed muting pattern ABS CQI value determined by theinDL link If the related dynamic CIO adaptation is algorithm disabled, then partnerships results to the same macro cell adaptation sets the CQI threshold for UEs tagged the value of this parameter defines the CIO outcome as eIcicAbsAdaptationBeta = 2static and eight If the dynamic CIO adaptation is disabled, then as 'CRE' be re-tagged as 'non-CRE'. value for to G2. established partnerships. the value of this parameter defines the static CIO Said tagging is used in the prioritized scheduling value for G3. ABSs. of UEs during For eICIC, a cell is of defined aseICIC 'macro' if the Maximum number allowed partnerships, parameter LNCEL-cellType has the value i.e. number of entries in the list for eICIC For eICIC, to a cell as 'macro' the'large'. Transition MP0isisdefined monitored by this iftimer. On its partnerships parameter expiry ABSLNCEL-cellType is switched off. has the value 'large'. Recommendation: 5 s provides time to process 50 UEs, 10 s eIcicMaxG2CioMacro and Recommendation: provides time to process 100 UEs, etc. eIcicMaxG2CioNonMacro eIcicMaxG3CioMacro and should have the same absolute value but with different eIcicMaxG3CioNonMacro shouldsigns. have the same absolute value but with different signs. This parameter determines the appropriate counter histogram range (set), which should be aligned with the expected size of the cell from preceeding network planning.

The parameter defines the inter-frequency service based retry timer. TheCapacity value is assigned Only if handover the Composite Available (CAC) is to all active UEs to trigger a cyclical re-check if below or equal to this threshold, idle mode load This structure holds parameters for the load they can be inter-frequency service based HO balancing actions shall be triggered. thresholds for intra-frequency load balancing This parameter defines high load for when the DL candidates. The timer isthe only applicable GBR resources. The value represents a Service Based HO feature switched onthe andDL This parameter defines theis high load for percentage ofisPRBs available GBR in thea cell. QCI1 bearer established for to UE. non-GBR resources. The value represents This parameter defines load for the The basic value given bythe thehigh operator percentage ofvalue the non-GBR load scaleis0 used and of 100. PDCCH. The represents a percentage This the hysteresis when A cellparameter is as considered 'non-balanced' if any load the directly timerdefines expiry rate. available PDCCH resources inresource the cell. determining whether DLthe GBR load component has reached its hysteresis highLoad threshold. This defines when A cellparameter is considered 'non-balanced' if any loadis balanced or unbalanced. The value represents a determining whether DL Non-GBR resource load component has defines reached its hysteresis highLoad threshold. This the when A cellparameter is considered 'non-balanced' if any load percentage of the available DL PRBs in the cell. is balanced or unbalanced. The value represents determining whether PDCCH load is partner balanced component reached its highLoad threshold.or Defines the has maximum number of PRBs LB a percentage of the available DL in the cell.of unbalanced. The value represents a percentage candidates that defines a cell will establish LB This parameter the filter coefficient the available with. PDCCH resources in the cell. used partnerships for each of the load Common settings formeasurements load balancing(exponential and load filter). evaluation related features. This parameter selects the cell load evaluation profile. The selected profile controls the cell resources that are included in the determination of the load condition. In addition, if eICIC is activated, the parameter is used to define the set of UEs that will receive the adjusted CIO value.

Defines the value of the non-GBR bearer weights sum that leads to a non-GBR load value of 100%. Example: set nomNumPrbNonGbr = 1/20 if a weight sum of 200 with 10 PRBs available for nonGBR traffic shall be considered 100% load.

Target load for usage of GBR Uu I/F resources in DL direction. Target load for usage of nonGBR Uu I/F resources in DL direction. Target load for usage of(GBR, PDCCH Uu I/F resources. If all load components non-GBR, PDCCH) This parameter selects the value to report in their the selected through 'loadEvalProfile' are below If all (GBR, non-GBR, PDCCH) If all load load components components (GBR, non-GBR, PDCCH) Resource Status Update message 8 for the uplink individual targetLoad values, a cell is considered This parameter the uplink are CACbelow valuetheir that selected through 'loadEvalProfile' selected throughdefines 'loadEvalProfile' are below their CAC. to be will beload-balanced. senttargetLoad in the X2 radio Resource Status Update individual targetLoad values, a cell cell isconsumption considered Maximum combined resource individual values, a is considered When set to represents 'ulFixedCac' theoperating uplink CAC reported Target Load the point = load message when ulCacSelection isinset to be load-balanced. (PRBs) for GBR and NBR traffic ULtoand DL. to be load-balanced. Threshold to limit the maximum number of carrier in the X2 Resource Status Update will be the at which the cell should work according to its 'ulFixedCac'. Target Load represents the point The amount ofand radio is = Target Load represents the operating operating = load load aggregation configured UEs inaccording a(PRBs) PCellpoint (P-LNCEL); value set intoulStaticCac. dimensioning theresources traffic model. Threshold limit the maximum number of carrier at which the cell should work to its calculated in % of the available PRBs depending at which the cell should work according to its UEs may have 1 PCell (P-LNCEL) and (P-LNCEL); 1 or If iFLBTargetLoadGbrDl or model. aggregation configured UEs in acells PCell dimensioning and the traffic Maximum number of secondary (SCells, Son the set system. dimensioning and the traffic model. several SCell(s) (S-LNCEL). When to 'ulReflectDlCac' the uplink CAC iFLBTargetLoadNonGbrDl or 3c (35 carriers) indicates that these UEs have 1 If iFLBTargetLoadGbrDl or LNCELs) a UE can get configured in DL carrier For MHz system 25 PRBs*, If iFLBTargetLoadGbrDl or Maximum number of PRBs allocated for NBR Carrier aggregated UEs with 1 or more SCell need reported in the X2and Resource iFLBTargetLoadPdcch are setStatus to 0%,Update the cellwill willbe PCell (P-LNCEL) 2PRBs*, SCells (S-LNCEL). iFLBTargetLoadNonGbrDl or aggregation ininaddition to the primary cell (PCell, for 10 MHzsame system 50 iFLBTargetLoadNonGbrDl or traffic per UE UL and DL. more resources than nonCA Ues (PUCCH and set tovalue the value as the downlink CAC. never offer any available capacity for Inter This is multiplied by tLoadMeasX2 to define Carrier aggregated UEs with 2 SCell need a iFLBTargetLoadPdcch are set to 0%, the cell will P-LNCEL). for 15 MHz Load system 75resources PRBs*, iFLBTargetLoadPdcch are set to(PRBs) 0%, theiscell will The amount ofwith radio MAC PS); Frequency Balancing to its neighbor cells. the periodicity which the collected available higher amount of resources (PUCCH) compared never offer any available capacity for Inter This value is multiplied by tLoadMeasX2Eicic to for 20 Mhz system 100 PRBs* are available. never offer any available capacity for Inter calculated in % ofBalancing the amount available PRBs depending Therefore limiting the ofas CA-UEs iscells. resource reports from the enquired neighbor cells with single carrier UEs as which long UL signalling is Frequency Load to its neighbor define the periodicity with the collected *Frequency reduced by common resources like PUCCH, Load Balancing to its neighbor cells. This parameter defines howwhy many PRBs are 3c on the system. necessary. are evaluated done only via PCell. That's the information available resource reports thecan enquired RACCH, PDCCH, SIBs etc.from which consume allocated toifsystem Format 3 HARQ process when the For 5 MHz 25 PRBs*, Determine congestion handling shall becell applied is relevant. neighbor cells areto by the eNB and some PRBs (e.g. 3evaluated PRBs) incarrier average. cell is configured support aggregation for 10 MHz system 50 PRBs*, In case the threshold is modified online and the ifDedicated congestion isofdetected by layer 2. VoiP talk configuration for extended the periodicity the ABS algorithm. with more than or equal totothree component for 15 MHz system 75 value is decreased, existing CA-UEs may stay It iscase highly recommended configure the value In the threshold isPRBs*, modified online and theinto time for QCI1 Dedicated BLER target for DL LA in % for QCI1 carriers. for 20 Mhz system 100 PRBs* are available. the cell, but the new value applies to new 'true' bitrate for non-GBR valueifis'Nominal decreased, existing CA-UEs bearers' may stayisin *admision reduced bythe common resources PUCCH, checks only. activated, i.e. if actNbrForNonGbrBearers is set to the cell, but new value applieslike to new RACCH, PDCCH, SIBs etc. which can consume 'true'. admision checks only. some PRBs (e.g. 3 PRBs) in average. Indicates the dedicated Maximum number of HARQ transmission for QCI1 in DL, when of in Indicates the dedicated Maximum number RRC_Connect mode in the cell. HARQ transmission forBLER QCI1reconfiguration in UL, which is timer Dedicated and This settingHARQ is used not only atinaRRC_Connect QCI1 bearer configured for each UE when for QCI1. When this timer expires UL-S and/or DLMultiplication factor thethroughput QCI1 traffic (based setup and when the for UE's falls belowon a mode in the cell. S are entitled to perform a reconfiguration of GBR) to achieve the qci1MaxThroughputDl. calculated throughput threshold Multiplication factor for the QCI1 traffic (based on HARQ and BLER parameters if throughput GBR) to achieve the qci1MaxThroughputUl. Dedicated Target BLER for AMC for QCI1 measures of the UE are such thatUL require they reconfiguration. Parameter ripAlarmingConfig is used to activate/deactivate as well as to configure the Parameter actRIPAlarming activates/deactivates threshold andinduration for RIP alarming. RIP alarming the LNCEL instance. RIP defines alarms Parameter alarmThresholdCrossingTime for the LNCEL instance are only send if the when a RIPalarmThresholdULSF alarm will be raised ordefines cleared. Parameter theWhen parameter is set to value "true". the RIP value is above/below the alarm threshold threshold for the RIP alarming for UL subframe. If for alarm threshold time (e.g. 5 the the measured RIP valuecrossing is above/below the minutes) then RIPAlarm alarmThreshold will be raised/cleared. threshold for atthe least Crossing This is usedanfor RIPwith alarms for Uplink Timeparameter (e.g. 5 minutes) alarm severity major Subframe. is raised/cleared.

This timers defines the periodicity according which neighbor cells are requested to report their available resource status

This timer defines the periodicity with which neighbor cells are requested by the eNB cell to send updated values of the load measurements for eICIC via X2 Note: Vaidl values are 1000, 2000, 5000, 10000; This parameter defines the maximum time interval which mayfor elapse from when a cell UE for hasstart left aofcell Threshold RSRP of serving by handover till when it returns to that cell by GERAN Measurements when UE has QCI1 Threshold for RSRP of serving cell for such start of another handover in order to consider event bearer WCDMA Measurements when UE has QCI1 as a PingPong bearer Threshold for RSRP of serving cell. For a UE with Threshold for iffiltering cells out of reported QCI1 bearer, value of istarget below Threshold for RSRP serving cell. For a UE with A4 event based on RSRP values due toreported interthreshold2GERANQci1 (event A2)out then GERAN Threshold for iffiltering cells of QCI1 bearer, value istarget below frequency service based trigger measurements are started. A4 event based indicates, on RSRQ due interthreshold2WcdmaQci1 (event A2) thentoWCDMA This parameter ifvalues the neighbor cell This parameter is aimed for postprocessing frequency service based trigger measurements are started. referenced by this relation is an allowed partner Inhibits autonomous removal of the (RSRP) the related A4 report and is neighbor not IE to be The dBm value is mapped to the 3GPP value cell for active mode loadconfiguration equalization. in the UE. relation bythe eNB. configured inTS any report according to 36.133: Specifies frequency layers that are preferred This parameter is aimed for postprocessing The dBm value mapped to the 3GPP IE value Value-Range follows 3GPP TS 36.133 chapter *according -140 dBm means aA4 threshold lower than -140 for service based handover. The eNB will (RSRQ) the related report and isare not tobased be to TS 36.133: Specifies the frequency layers that preferred 9.1.4 on the configured frequency layer list try to steer configured in any report configuration in the UE. *dBm -140 dBm means a threshold lower than -140 for service based handover. The eNB willMDT based the maximum number of active UEs *Defines values between -139 dBm and -44 dBm mean a UEs with the established service to those Value-Range follows 3GPP TS 36.133 chapter dBm on the configured frequency layer list try to steer configured for periodic UE measurement reporting threshold lower than the configured value but parameters of-139 this structure describe whether preferred layers with service based i.e.a 9.1.4 *The values between dBm and -44 dBm mean UEs with the established to handover, those within athan cell. value isservice set by the operator atcell higher orThis equal to the (value - 1value dB) enhanced vendor specific extension tracing on UEs with VoLTE calls will be guided to those threshold lower than the configured but This parameter describes whether tracing of AoA preferred layers with service based handover, i.e. MDT tracelayers session *higher -43 (Power dBm means astart. threshold higher than or equal level (PHR), Angle of Arrival frequency actively by the eNB. The than orHeadRoom equal towill the (value - 1to dB) as part of enhanced vendor specific extension UEs with VoLTE calls be guided those This describes whether tracing of for PHR Only UEs that enter the cell can be selected to -44parameter dBm (AoA), Timing Advance (TA), UL SINR) enabled configured values are only if is feature * -43 dBm means aor threshold higher than or equal tracing is enabled not. frequency layers actively byapplicable the eNB. The as part of enhanced vendor specific extension MDT, i.e. will be configured for periodic or not.dBm LTE1127 'Service Based Mobility Trigger' is to -44 configured values arenot. only applicable if feature tracing isused enabled or measurement of reportStrongestCell It is also as feature flag for RIP tracing and activated, i.e. parameter LTE1127 'Service Based Mobility Trigger' (RSRP/RSRQ of serving cell and neighboriscells). RIP alarming. actInterFreqServiceBasedHo is configured to activated, i.e. parameter Only UEs that were configured for periodic UE 'true'. actInterFreqServiceBasedHo is configured to measurement reporting and did not reach the For each cell there can be only one MTRACE When in addition feature LTE490 'SPID selective 'true'. reportAmount areiscounted as(actSelMobPrf active MDT UEs. object that contains this structure. mobility profiles' activated is When in addition feature LTE490 'SPID selective Only the UEs that were configured for periodic UE Parameter ripReportInterval defines the reporting configured to 'true'), the specified frequency mobility profiles' is activated (actSelMobPrf islayers measurement reporting (whether successful or interval for RIP measurements. in MODPR to freqLayListServiceBasedHo applylayers only configured the present) specifiedare frequency not, i.e. ifMOPR FGI 'true'), bitexists 16 not traced in an when no for the specific SPID or in MODPR freqLayListServiceBasedHo apply only ImmediateMDTAndTrace session. when no SPID is assigned to the UE. when no MOPR exists for the specific SPID or If MODPR applies no service based when no SPID is assigned to the UE.mobility will There are two types of RIP reporting: type1 per be provided if the parameter is omitted or for If MODPR applies no service based mobility will PRB&subframe reporting (value PRB_subframe) autoAdapt 'true'. Parameter ripTracing configures whether be providedis ifset thetoparameter is omitted or tracing and type2 for per subframe vendor based reporting (value of RIP as part of enhanced specific autoAdapt is setdescribes to 'true'. whether tracing of TA as This parameter subframe). The parameter value is based the absolute extension tracing is enabled oron not. part enhanced vendor specific extension This of parameter describes whether"ARFCN". tracing oftracing UL radio-frequency channel number The parameter value is based on the absolute is enabled or not. SINRparameter as part of describes enhanced the vendor specific This type of trace radio-frequency number "ARFCN". extension tracingchannel is enabled or not. session: StructureImmediateMDTOnly, that contains the IP address and the port ImmediateMDTAndTrace or TraceOnly. be number of the RT PM Collection Entity. Itofshall This contains the IP address the set byparameter the operator. Collection Entity that receives the PM Counter data, i.e. TNES IP address.

This parameter contains the Port Number of the Collection Entity that receives the PM Counter data, i.e. TNES IP address. This parameter describes the report interval for RT PM data.

Indicates the maximum number of Session Detail Log (SDL)provided files that8can be uploaded within an Operator character string needed by interval. This istothe total credentials of normal and catchup the SDL client derive used for SDL Indicates the IP address or Fully Qualified Domain files per Itupload interval. upload. can be modified by the operatorfor as Name (FQDN) ofmeasurement the primary destination configuration of type LTEHoRlf needed, but it must be the same as used on SDL Session Detail Log (SDL) data. Server (NetAct CSL server).

configuration of measurement type LTE MAC

This parameter will set the interval of PM counter stats for WiFi

Defines the Baseband Extension Module Identifier. Defines the planned product code for the unit and itDefines is usedthe by planned planningproduct tools before is unit and code BTS for the commissioned. After BTS is commissioned, itThis is used by planning tools before BTS isclock parameter represents the accepted product code parameter (prodCode) from commissioned. After BTS is commissioned, quality levels. unit is used by BTS SW autodetected product code parameter (prodCode) from This is the product by planning tools autodetected unit iscode usedused by BTS SW before is commissioned. BTS is tools This is BTS the product code used After by planning commissioned, product code parameter before BTS is commissioned. After BTS is (prodCode) from autodetected unit is used by BTS commissioned, product code parameter SW. (prodCode) from autodetected unit is used by BTS SW. parameter indicates if announced messages This are requested from all configured ToP masters, or only from active and higher priority masters. This parameter is used to decide if the selection of the master shall be the Thisactive parameter selects thedone PTP according domain number, IEEE1588-2008 orthe according to the the PTP ITU-T telecom that is inserted in header of message. This parameter a table that holds all profile (G.8265.1specifies (10/2010)). properties of with thespecifies configured Timing over priority Packet This parameter configured 1 Furthermore this parameter the quality TOPIK-telecomProfile Thethe range andclock the default masters of the BTS. for this Timing over Packet master. Lower values level is distinguished. value shall depend on the selected profile mean higher preference for selecting the ToP (WBTS_SYNC_70214) master as provider of the Timing over Packet clock signal. range is 0..255 if Announce messages are requested from all masters

This parameter specifies the configured priority 2 for Timing over Packet Lower valuesof Thisthis parameter defines the master. operator’s selection mean higher preference for selecting the ToP syslog transmission to atoremote server. This parameter is used configure the remote master as provider of the Packet clock The operator sets this flagTiming to trueover to request the syslog such as the syslog server IP address, This parameter specifies the DSCP value that will signal. BTS to begin syslog transmission to the remote syslog and be used by theport, BTS for protocol. remote syslog range isserver 0..255 ifspecifies Announce messages are This parameter whether theflag BTS syslog server. The operator sets this toshould false transmission. requested from all masters send syslogs to the remote syslog server in RFC to request the BTS to stop syslog transmission to This parameter holds the IP address of the remote value is fixed atNSN 128 ifproprietary Announce messages arethe 5424 format or format. When the remote syslog server. The BTS also stops syslog server. This parameter holds the port number ofthe The value of this parameter when changed from requested only from highest priority master remote syslog server is either the OMS orthe the syslog transmission automatically after remote syslog server. 6514 for TLS and 514should for for default could interfere with other traffic types. This parameter defines the duration in duration. minutes customer’s syslog server, RFC5424 format specified Remote syslog transmission UDP are the standard ports used. When the Caution should be exercised when changing remote syslog transmission. be chosen. When the remote syslogsyslog server isthis a This parameter defines the remote remote syslog server is chosen to be the OMS, parameter. This parameter specifies the duration in minutes NSN tool, proprietary format can be chosen. When transmission parameter is set to true but transport protocol forshould remote syslog transmission. This parameter defines syslog only standard ports be chosen. for which the BTS should send syslogs to tool, the transmission status (setwhether by system) is false then When the remote syslog server is a NSN transmission toserver. remote server isobject currently ON or This is an instance identifier of remote syslog When the BTS is false->true sequence is needed from UDP at protocol must be chosen. OFF the BTS. TRBLCADM. transmitting syslogs a sent remote syslog server, NMS/BTSSM. Activate WiFi When syslogs are flag totobeto by the BTS to the the The BTS sets this true before itbybegins operator can override this parameter setting the remote syslog server, UDP insyslog anWiFi IPsec This is transmission an action parameter to trigger Access syslog tousing the remote server Remote syslog transmission parameter to OFF, tunnel, parameter must setfactory to UDP. Point tothis reboot and come upbe with setting. and it to false after it stops evensets before the transmission forsyslog the duration transmission to the remote syslog server specified by this parameter was completed. This is an action parameter to trigger reboot of WiFi. This parameter limits the amount of uplink traffic in Mbps originatedidentifies from WiFiWiFi Access Point, in order This parameter configuration to prevent starvation of the shared backhaul due object. to large amount of WiFi traffic. Note this parameter is not applicable for HW variant FWHH.

EUTRAN Parameters RL70

Recommend Documents